Brihat_Samhita

CHAPTER. I Introductory. 1, Glory beto the Sun who is the author and the Soul of \\ the Universe, the ornament of the firmament and who is enve- Joped ina thousand rays of the color of molten gold. / 2. Having correctly examined the substance of the volami nous works of the cages of the past, I attempt to write a clear treatise neither too long nor too short. 3. What means the notion that the works of the Rishis are sound and not so the works of men ? In cases where the matter refers to no mantra, what is there to choose between, when the meaning is the same because the words are different? 4, IfBrabma hes declared “ Kshititanaya divasa varo nashubhakrit”’* and man“‘Kaja dinamanishtam”* what is there to choose between the work of man and that of a Deva? 5. Having examined the vast works thas have proceeded from ‘writers from Brahma dowowards, I purpose to write a brief work embodying the substance of the same. The task is a pleasing one to me. 6. There was darkness (chaos) in the beginning. Then ~ came water (into existence). On it (floated) a gold colored egg, the (divine) seed consisting of the Earth and the Firma- ment from which there arose Brahma, the creative agent with the sun and moon for his eyes. / * Both the phrases mean that Tuesday is an inauspicious day though ex- presse in different words. ## Page 16 2 Brrnat Samarra. (Cx. 1 7, Kopila* says that the Universe had its origin in pradha- na; Kanathat in drivyat andthe like; a few in kala (time)s others] in Svabahava (nature); and some§ in Karma. 8. Enough of this (subject of Cosmogony)$ on account of its vastness. If this question wero discussed, it would swell very much in length. The subject have now to treat of is the Apgavinischaya (Sambita) section of Jotis Shastra. 9. Jotis Shastra treats of many different subjects and con. sists of three sections. ‘The sages call the whole by the gene- ral name of Samhita, This **seotion which treats of the motions of the planets is called the Tantra Shastra(Astrenomy). Another section is the Hora Shastra (Horoscopy). The third section isknown as the Angavinischya Shastra (Sambite or natural astrology). 10. In my work on Astronomy, I have treated of the he- liacal rising and setting of the planets as well as their retro- grade and re-retrograde motions and the like. In my work on Horoscopy I havo fully treated of nativity, of yatra and of marriage. 11. In the present treatise, I have'rejected questions and re-questions, historical narrations, unimportant planetary phe- nomena and all that is useless; and I purpose to speak clearly only of the vital traths of the several subjects treated of. * Kapila was the author of the sankhya Philosophy. + Pradhana isa due proportion of the three gunas Sativa, Raja and Tem, Kanitha, also called Kénétha, which term literally means the atomgiver 46 the founder of the atomio theory. %, Drvya : those are nine:carth, water, air, fire, akas, Kala {time} dik {direction}, atma [the son}, and mands (tho mind). {J _A few: those are the Pauranikas, § Others: these are the Lokayatikas. $ Some: these are the Meomamsakas, ** ‘Tho Sloka fs evidently quoted from Varaha Mihira’s work on Astro= ‘omy, krown as the Puncha Sidhantika which appears to have been lost, ## Page 17 Cx. 2) Brat Samarra. By CHAPTER IJ. Tax JyourisnaKa*, ‘Wo shall now proceed to gives brief description of (the qualifications of) a Jyoutishaka, He must be of noble birth and of agreeable appearance; meck, truthful and without jealousy ; of proportional limbs ; of joints well built and of good grow have no physical defects; be of fine hands, feet, uails, eyes, chin, testh, ears, forehead, eye-brows and head ; of fine physique and of high, sonorous voice, Generally speaking do not virtues and vices follow the body? Tus vintoes:—He must be of cleanly habits, able, noble-mind- ed, eloquent and of originality and imagination; must possess a knowledge of place and time; be meek and without nervousnes must be dificult of conquest by bis fellow students; must be able and devoid of vices; must be leamed in matters of expiatory ceremonies, of Hygeine, of Occult Magic and of ablutions; maust bea worshipper of the Devas and an observer of fast and penance; must be ofremarkable genins and capable of solving any difficulties save in matters of direct divine interference; and finally, he must be learaed in astronomy, natural astrology (Samhita) and horoscopy. In Astmonouy:—He must have studied the works of Pulisa Romaka, Vasishta, Surya and Pitamaha; he must have acorrect, Knowledge of Yuga (48,20,000 Solar years), Varusha (a sular year), Ayana (6 solar months), Ruthu (2solar months), Masa (asolar month), Paksha (15 solar days), Ahorathra (a solar aay), Yama (one-eighth of asolar day), Muhurtha (one-thirtioth of a solar day), Nadi(one-sixtieth of asolar day or 24 minutes), Finads(one sixtieth of a Nadi or 24 seconds), Prana (4 seconds) ‘Truti(33,750th of a second) and parts of a Truti and other ® One who is versed in Samhita, Astronomy and Horoscopy. ## Page 18 4 Brimar Sauna, TOn. 2. divisions of time and also of divisions of space. He must have a clear knowledge of the Causes of Solar, Savana, * Siderial and Lunar months as well as of intercalary Iunations and intercalary days. He must have a knewledge of tho beginning and end of Shashtyabda (a cycle of 60 years), a yuga {5 years), Varsha (a year), Masa (a month\, Thina (a day) and hora (an hour) and of their lords. ‘He must know the solar and other divisions of time, their similarity and dissimilarity and must be capableof propound- ing the fitness or unfitness of each for particular purpose: theso divisions cf time are, of Man, of Devas,of Jupiter, of Pithris, of Star (Siderial) of the Sun (solar), of the Moon (lunar, of the Harth (terrestrial), and of Brahma. If the methods of calculation given in the five Astrono- micsl works mentioned above sbould produce different results he-must beable to calculate correctly the places of the sun and planets by actual observation (by means of shadow and water level and with the help of Astronomical instruments) of the termination of their ayana (northward and southward course,) of their being duo east to the observer after rising and of their altitude at any time. ‘He must know the reason for the correction required for the conversion of the heliocentric into geocentric longitude and vice versa; the causes of the ayana of the sun and planets and of their slow and rapid movements at different times. In solar and lunar eclipses, he must be able to caloulate the timesof the commencement and end of the eclipses, the places of first and last contact, the magnitude and duration of . 30times the interval from sun rise to sunrise, + Vide siokas 23 and 26 Obapter VIII. ## Page 19 On. 2.) Burmar Sama. 5 the eclipse; in total eclipses, he must be able to calculate the time between middle eclipse and the beginning or end of total phase, (this period being technically known as Vimarda). He aust also know the color of the eclipsed Iuner disc. He must be able to calculate before hand the times of the Moon’s con- junction with the planets as well as of planetary conjunctions. ‘He must know the length, in yojana (5 miles), of the daily motion of each planet in its orbit and of the orbit itself, and generally the length, in yojans, in every case. ‘He must know the Earth’s revolation round the sun and its rotation round its axis; ite shape, size and the like; the latitude of 1 place and its complement; the nature of the hour circle; the chara dala kala [the difference between 6 hours and half a day}, the times of the rising of the Zodiacal sigs. He must also be able to calculate time from shadow and shadow from time and to convert Jongitude into right ascension and right ascension into longitude. He must be able to meet objections and questions in clear and distinct langnage and must be capable of explaining the science in its purity in just the sume way os separating the pare gold [from all dross] and making it capable of retaining its value when submitted tothe touch stone, tothe fire and to the hammere How can one, who is incapable of entrapping others with a bard question or of answering any that is put to himself or of explaining bis views to his students, expect to become an as- tronomer? The fool whose exposition is at variance witb the text and whore illustration is opposed to such exposition is not unlike one who addressing Brahma as Parvatti (Goddess) bogins his praise by recounting the vices of a prostitute. The predictions of one, who knows astronomy well, who is able to calculate the exact Lagna with such helps as the she ## Page 20 6 Baar Saunrra. [Cx. 2 dow, water and astronomical instraments and who is well ver- ed in horoscopy will never fail. Vishnagupta says “flying with the speed of the wind, one might find it possible to cross to the ocean’s opposite shore; but anon-Rishi can never, even mentally, reagh the opposite shore of the vast ocean of jotishsastra”” And in hornscopy * the Jyoutishaka must know such divi- sions of space as rasi (a sign of Zodiac or a space of 30°), hora (15° orhalf asign), drekkana (10° or one third of a sign), navam saka (8° 20’or one ninth ofa sign), dvadasamsaka (2° 80’ or one twelfth of a sign), trimsamsaka(1° or one thirtioth of a sign), and their strength or weakness considered horoscopically ; he must know the horoscopic strongth of the planets with respect to their dikt (direction), stanat (place), Kala,§ [time], Cheshta] [motions, conjunctions and the like]. He must know the temperament of the planets and the ports of the body lorded over by each; the mineral division # Here follow anumber of technical terms which might appear forbid. {ng to persons not conversant with the subject. + $ Mercury and Jupiter have dik bala when situated in ono of the there signs, Mosha (Aries), Simha (LooJand Dhanus (Sagittarius), technically known faethe eastern signs.” The Sun and Macs havo it if in one of the three ‘signs, ‘Vrishaba "Taurus], Kenya [Virgo], Makara capricornus known as the South- ern Signs Saturn has it in one of the threo signs, Mithina (Gemini), Tula (Libra) Kumbha (Aquarius) known as the western sigus. Venus and the Moon have itifin oneof the three signs, Katuku [Cancer] Prischika [Scorpio] and ‘Meena (Pisces) known as the northren signs, A planet has Stana ala if he is in his own sign, in a friendly ‘sign, in hhis doha sign or in his own navamsa or drekkana, § ‘Themoon, Mars and Satara have Kalabala at night, Mercary’has it at ‘all times, theother planets during tho day, the malefic planets in the waning moon and the benefio ones in the waxing'moon. A planet has also Kalabala jn bis year, month, day and hour. {The sun and moon have cheshta bala when in ono of the six signs from ‘Makara; the other planets havo it when retrograde, when in conjunction with ‘the Moon, or when in their greatest brilliancy. In conjunctions the northern planets are it, ## Page 21 Cu. 2] Brat Saunrm. 7 of each; the caste, sex and aathority of each and the like; he must be able to state, from the time of conception or birth of a person, particulars connected with these occasions s0.as to insure belief; he must be able to say in what casos a child will die in infancy, and to calculate tho period of one’s ex- istence; he must be able to divide one’s life into planetary divisions and subdivions; he must be able to use the ashtaka- varga* Tables to a given horoscope, He mustknow how t the several Raja, Chandra, Dvigraha, and Nabhasa yogas affect the fortunes of men, He mustalso know how the fortunes of men are affected by the position and look of planets. He must be able to calculate the cause of one’s death and discover his future life. + _ He must be able to discover auspicious periods for marriages and the like. In yatra t he must know the fitness or unfitness of a titht (lunar day], vara [week day], Karana, Natchatra, Muhoorta, and Lagna [a sign of zodiac] and yoga for particular purposes. He must be able to interpret natural gestures and dreams; § he must be able to state when a prince ought to start for battle to secure succees in war; he must be learned in rules relating to ablations and sacred fire ceremonies in honor of the planets and offerings to evil apirits; he must beable to interpret pheno- mena connected with such sacred fires and with elephants and horses while mounting the same, He must be able to interpret the language and gestures of * ‘The object is todiscover from the positions of the planots ia one’s nativety how the planets affect one’s fortanes as they pass through the several odincal signs, 4 Those are particular positions of the planets. This literally means journey—evidently royal marches and forms a rection of horoscopy. § To ascertain the King’s fortunes in war, the practice wastodirect the minister, the astrologer & the priest to sleep in the Temple and then to interpret their dreame, ## Page 22 8 Bernat Samarra. (Ca. 2. fighting men and the like; he must be learned in the Shadguna* and upayat policies; he mast be able to predict the success or failure of an undertaking; he must be able to interpret omens; ho must have a knowledge of favourable halting places for the King’s army; he must beable to interpret the color of cere- monial fires; he must know when to employ the minister, spies, messengers and forest men; he must be able to give di- rections touching the capture of the enemy’s fortress. On all the above subjects, works of learned men exist. The predictions of one to whom the truths of the science appear as if sproad before his eyes, written on his mind and planted in his breast will never fail. A true Astrologer is also one who has thoroughly mastered the Science of Samhita. Tt treats t of the motions of the sun and planets; of their size, color, rays, brilliancy and shape snd changes in the same of their disappearance and reappearance; of their courses and deviations therefrom; of their retrograde and re-retrograde motions; of their conjunction with the stars and of their places among the stars and the like. It treats of the effects of agastya chara§ and saptarishi chara § on particular parts of India, corresponding to parti- cular portions of the ecliptic; of the stellar divisions of every substance, animal and plant, and of their increase or decrease _ according to the motion of the planets among the stars; of the formation and interpretation of various figures presented * ‘Those aresix—1.8andhi or reconciliation with the enemy. 2 Vigraha or ‘open battle, Yana or proceeding to battle or other strategic movement 4. Asana ‘orstopping in th capital § Deayidham or of two enemies to join one with a view to defeat the other 6. Aerya or submission. + ‘These are four 1. Sama or reasoning with. 2. Dana orgift.3. Bheda or bringing about dissension among the enemies. 4, Denda or punishment. 2 The following is by no means an exhaustive list of tho subjects treated of, § _Heliscal rising of canopos. Hl © Heliacal rising of the Bear. —~ * ## Page 23 Ca. 2] Barmar Samarra. 9 by the planets when meeting together; of planetary conjunc- tions; of planetary years; of monsoonish indications of the weather; of the moon’s conjunction with Rohini (4th constel- Intion), swati (15th constellation) and the tw» ashadas (20th and 21st constellations’, on particular week days of themonth of Ashada and of predicting the mature of the coming weather and crops from the same. It treats of the prediction of immediate rain from sur- rounding phenomena; of judging the nature of the fature crops from the growth of plants and flowers; of the halos round the sun and moon; of lines of clouds crossing the solar disc at rising and setting; of the winds; of meteoric falls; of false fires; of earthquakes; of the red sky immediately before sunrise and after sunset; of the fanciful shapes of clouds ; of dust storms; of thunderbolts; of the price of food grains; of gardening. . It treats of indradhvaja, * ot the rainbow and of architect- ure; of the prediction of events from casual words and ges- tures and from the cawing of crows; of the formation of Zodia- cal circles for purposes of horary astrology. It treats of the prediction of future events from phenomena connected with the deer, the dog and the motions of the wind; of the construction of temples, towers and palaces; of the casting of images and of founding the same; of the growth of plants and trees: of under currents; of certain anoual ceremonies to be performed by princes for success in war. + It also treats of the prediction of events from the flight of the kanjana(a small black bird-the graculer religiosa) and from the appearnce of various sbnormal phenomena, of expiatory cesem- onios; of miscellaneous planetary phenomena; of ghrits kambalast of the royal sword.; of patta;{ of the features of a house * This refers to the erection of a fiag staff on occasions of certain an- ‘nual ceremonies performed by princes. +. Accertain coremony of ablation on tha occasion of @ sovereign’s coronation ‘ 4. A gold ornament for the forehead. ## Page 24 10 Bemuar Samarma, (Ce. 2 cock, a cow, a sheep, a horse, an elephant, a man and a woman. It also treats of the treatment of women; of moles in the body; of injaries to shoes and clothes; of hairy fans; of walking sticks,; of beds and seats; of lamplight; of tooth brush and the Tike. Generally, the determination of the fortunes of men and Princes depends on matters enumerated above and changing every moment. It therefore behoves a prince to employ as- trologers solely upon this work, Asit is impossible for a single astrologer to observe and determine all the phenomena occurring day and night, the task must be assigned to four competent and well paid astrologers; one of them is to observe the east and south-east; another the south and south- west; a third the west and north-west; and the fourth the north and north-east. For the fall of meteors and the like is sudden in its pature and the determination of one’s fortunes depends on the sbape, color, gloss, size and tho like of these falling bodies aué upon hew they approach or cross planets and stars, And Bhagavan Garga says:— 7. Thet prince meets with ruin who does not support a Jyoutishaka well versed in all the Divisions and Subdivisions ‘of Sambita and in Horoscopy and Astronomy, 8. Even men who, having conquered their passions and cut asunderall ties of family, live in woods, desire to ques- tion a learned Jyoutishaka regarding their fature. 9. As isthe night withouta lamp and the sky without the sup, 50 is prince without a Jyoutishaka and he gropes his way in the dark. 10, If there were no Jyoutishakas, the muhurtas, the tithees, the nakshatras, the ruthus andthe ayanas would go wrong. . 11, Ib therefore behoves a prince who loves success, fame, ## Page 25 Cz.2} * Bamar Samarra. wn wealth, happiness and renown to sacure the services of » learned Jyoutishaks. 12, He who loves prosperity ought not to live iu a conatry devoid of a Jyoutishaka. He (the Jyvutishaka) forms as it were the eye of the land and where he dwells, sins exist not. 13, A learned Jyoutishaka not only escapes hell bat (aiter death) goes to the Brahma loka and obtains salvation. 14, That Brahmin Jyoutishaka who has mastered both the text and the purport of the entire scieuce deserves to be res- pected and fed first on occasions of Sradha and he purifies the party of diners. 15. Even the Mlechas and the Yavanas (Greeks) who have well studied the science are respected as Rishis. Such being the case, if the Jyoutishaka should happen to be a Brahmin, who will deny him respect? 16. A pretentious Jyoutishaka whose knowledge of the science has been picked up from what has occasionally fallen on his ears ought not to be consulted. 17, He who, not having studied the science, passes for a Jyoutishaka is a sinner and a disgrace to society. 18, He who ridicules the words of a Jyoutishaka, as well as the person who sneors at the science itself, will suffer miseries in the hell of darknoss. 19. To question an ignorant man is not unlike begging of aclod of earth at the gato of acity for a gift: whatever is truth will finally triamph. . 20. One that, after the occurrence of an event, pretends -that his. prediction already meant so much, and one that ‘wanders away from the subject as well asthe person who is proud, having only an imperfect knowledge of the subject shall be rejected by a prince. . 21: He who well knows the hora, the ganita and thr ## Page 26 12 Bumar Samarra, (Cu. 2 Sambita shastrea ought to be respected by the prince who loves victory and admitted into his court. 22. ‘That service, which a single Jyoutisahaka, having a knowledge of placo and time can render toa prince, cannot be rendered to him by a thousand elephants or by four thou- sand horses. 23. The evils of bad dreams, of sad thoughts, of ill cmens and of evil deeds and the like will vanish immediately ne bears of the moon's motion among the stars. 24. Neither the father nor the mother nor the relations ‘nor friends of a prince will desire go much his well being and that of his subjects as e true Jyoutisahaka.

CHAPTER III, On re Son. 1, At onetime, the Sun's southward course commenced on his reaching the middle of Aslesha (the ninth constellation} and its northward course on its reaching the beginning of Dha- nishta (the twenty-third constellation, the Delphin of Europe- ap Astronomers). This must have been the case as we find it -so recorded in ancient books. 2, Whereas at present the one course of the sun commen- ces at the beginning of Cancer, and the other at the beginning of Capricorrus. That it is so, and different from what it was at one time can easily be ascertained from actual observation as follows: 8. Bither from observing some distant point in the hori- zon where the sun rises or sets or from observing the ingress -or the egress of the end of shadow of a perpendicular rod placed at the centre of a big horizontal circle (the change in the sun’s conrse can be detected.) 4, Itthe Sun should change his course before reaching: ## Page 27 Cx. 8] Barat Samm, 13 Makara (Capricornus) ho will bring evil on the west and south ; and ifhe should do so before reaching Kataka {Oancer], he will bring evil on the north and east. 5. The Sun when he changes his course from north to south and when in his usual condition will bring on prosperity and increase of crops; bat when he undergoes a change either in his usual course or in his usual appearance * he canses fear to mankind. 6. Eyvon on other than new-moon days the Kethu named Tvashta eclipses the solar disc. Then seven princes and their subjects will perish by the sword, by firo and by famine, 7. Tho dark spots, also known as Kethus, the s:ns of Rahu ‘are Thamasa, Keelaka and the like, and are 88 in number. How they affect the earth depends upon their color, position and shape. 8. If those spots should appear on the solar diso, man- kind will suffer miseries; if on the lunar disc. mankind will be happy; batif they teke the shape of a crow, a headless human body, or a weapon, mankind'will suffer even though the spots should appear on the moon, 9. When the spots appear on the solar disc the waters will get disturbed; the sky will be filled with dust; high winds capable of breaking down the tops of mountains and of trees, will carry pebbles and sand along their course. 10. The treos will fail to yield in their appropriate seasons birds and animals will appear to be burning; there will be an ‘appearance of false fire all round; ani lightning and earth- quake will afflict mankind. 11. If there should appear on the solar disc Kethust other than the thirty-three already mentioned, or spots pike- like in shape the effects of these and of solar eclipses are the * Therecent phenomenon of the blae orgreen rayloss gun is am instance, + This term in applied both to comets and te solar spots ## Page 28 u Barat Samarra. (Ca. 8 same as those assigned to them in the Chapters [V and XT] on Rahuchara and Kethuchara. 12. ‘The princes of the countries in which the spots are visible will be afflicted with miseries. 18. Even Rishis, reduced to mere skeletons by starvation, giving up their pious course of life, with fleshless infants in their arms, 14, Deprived of their property by highway men, with long sighs, closed eyes, emaciated bodies, and with their sight dimmed with the tears of sorrow will proceed with difficulty to other lands. 15. Men, reduced to mere bones and astamed to beg will be harassed both by their own princes and by the princes of other lands, Some will begia to speak disparagingly of the character and deeds of their own sovereign. 16. Even though there should be indications of good rain, the clouds will yield little rain ; the rivers will fall and [food] crops will be found [only] here and there. 17. If the spots should be of the shape of a rod the prince dies; if of the shape of a headless body mankind will suffer frem disease; if of the shape of a crow they will suffer from robbers; and if of the shape of a pike, they will suffer from famine. 18. If the solar spots should be of the shape of the em. Dlems of royalty such as Chatra [umbrella], Dhvaja [flag staff] and Ohamara [hairy fan] and the like, the reigning prince will be dethroned and a foreign prince will begin to reign, If the spots should appear like sparks of fire, like thesmoke and the like, his subjects will suffer. 19: A single spot will bring on famine; if twoor more apots should appear, the reigning priace will die; if they should appear white, red, yellow or black then the Brahmins, the Kshatrias, the Vaisias or the Sudras will suffer respectivly. ## Page 29 Cn. 3.) Berar Samarra, 15 20. Only those parts of the earth will suffer in the corres- ponding parts of which on the solar disc the spots happen to appear. 21. If, when the rays are turned away from tho earth the color of the sun be thatof copper the commander-in-chiof dies; if it be green or yellow the king’s son dies; if it be white the royal chaplain dies. 22, If the sun be variegated in color or of the color of smoke there will be either immediate rain or mankind will snffer from robbers and from weapons. 28 If in Sisira [Februrry, March] the sua be of copper color or red black, if, in Vasanta [April, May], blue crimson, if, in Greeshma [June, July}, slightly white and of gold color, if, in Varsha [August, September], white, 24, If, in Sarat[October, November], of the color of the contre of the lotus, if, in Hemanta [December, January), of blood color, mankind will be happy. If, in Varsha [August, September], the rays of the sun be soft, mankind will be happy even though the aun should be of any of the colors mentioned above. 25. lf, in Varsha, when the rays are sharp, the aun bo white then the Brahmins, if of blood color the Kshatrias, it yellow the Vaisias, and if black the Sudras will porish. If, as said above, the rays be soft, mankind will be happy. 26. If, in Greeshma, the sun be of blood color mankiad. will be afflicted with various fears; sy, 1 Varsha, he bo black there will be drought on the If, in Hemanta he be yellow there will be immediate fear from disease. 27. If the solar disc should be crossed by the rainbow the Princes of the land will be at war with one another. If in winter the disc be clear there will be immediate rain. ## Page 30 16 Barmar Samarra. [Cu. 8. 28, Ifin Varsha the color of the sun be that of the flower Sireesha (Mimosa flexuosa) there will be immodiate rain ; if the color be that of the peacock’s plume there will be no rain for 12 years to come. 29. If, then the sun be black there will be fear from worms and reptiles; if itbe ashy pale there will be fear from foreign princes; if the eun should appear with a hole that prince will perish in the ster*of whose nativty the sun then happens to be. 80. Ifat other times than rising or setting the sun be of the color of the blood of @ bare there will be war in the land; ifhe should appear like the moon, the reigning prince will be killed and a foreign prince will succeed immediately. 31. Ifthe sun should appear like a pot; he brings on hun- ger ond death; if he should appear broken, the reigning prince dios; if without rays, mankind will be afflicted with fears; if like a gate, then the capital city, if like an umbrella then the country, will perish. 82, If the sun should appear like a flag staff, or a bow, or quivering or of sharp rays he will bring on wars; if there shonld appear black lines on his disc the reigning prince will die by the band of his own minister. 38. If,at rising, + the sun should be crossed by the fall of an acrolite, or thunderbolt, or by ligh tning, the reigning prince will die and a foreign prince will succeed. 84, If, for several days, there should appear a helo round the sun both atrising and setting or if the sun should, at such periods, be of blood color, the reigning sovereign will be de- throned and a foreign prince will succeed. 85, Ifatrising and setting the sun should be hid by clouds cf the shape of implements of war, he will bring on strife; if these clouds should appoar like a deer, a buffalo, a bird, an ‘* The atar of & person is that constellation in which the moon is at the time of nis birth, ‘t Or setting, aocording to commentator. ## Page 31 Ca. 8} Baraat Sawarra. \7 ass or young camel, mankind will be afflicted with foars. 36. Tho planets, when subjected to the hot rays of the sun are freed from their impuritids just.as gold is purifiod by the action of the fire. 87. If the halo should be tothe north of the eun there will be rain; if to the south there will be wind; if on both sides there will be fear from floods; it above the sun (towards the meridian) then the king, if below it (towards the horizon), then his subjects, will perish, 88. Ifthe san should be of blood color when in mid-heaven, or if he should appear red bye dust storm the reigning prince will die. 89. If the sun should be either black or a mixture of black and other colors and if birds and animals should fearfully howl towards night-fall, mankind will perish. 40. If the solar disc should be of clesr appearance and not irregular in shape and if its rays be pure, wide and far- reaching and if the duo should be stainless mankind will oujoy Prosperity.

CHAPTER IV. Ox rae Moon, 1, The Moon is always below (nearer to the Earth than) the sun. It is spherical in shape. Ono half of itis always illumined by the light of the sun, while the other half is dark owing to its own shadow, just like a pot placed in the sun. 2, The rays of the sun falling on the watery moon remove the darkness of the night (on Earth) just in the some way as light reflected from a mirror (placed in the sun) removes the darkness (from) within a room. 3. The moon after quitting the place (direction) of the ## Page 32 18 Brrgar, Samarra. (Ca 4. sun becomes illumined by the sun from below and she then also rises after the sun. 4. ‘Thus the lunar dise appests more and more illumined day by day by the sun according to her change of place, just in the same way as the western half of a pot becomes gradually illumined by the sun ia the after-noon. 5. Ifthe moon’ should pass to the south of Jeshta* (the 18th constellation), Mula (the 19th constellation) and the two Ashadas (20th and 21st constellations) she destroys ‘seeds, creatures in water and forests; and there will also ho fear from fire. 6. Ifthe moon should pass to the south of Visakka (the 16th constellation) and Anuratha (the 17th constel- lation) she will bring on evil. If sho should pass through the middle of Magha (the L0th constellation) or of Visakha (the 16th constellation) she will bring on. prosperity. 7. Jn the six lunar mansions’ ‘beginning from Revati (the 27th) the stars are towards the east; and in thetwelve beginning from Ardra (the 6th) they are in the centre; and in'the nine beginning from jeshta (the 18th) they are in the west of the several mansions; and the moon’s conjunction with the several lunar mansions is said to take place when the moos is in the middle of these mansions. ..‘ D 8. Ift the two liorns of the moon should appésr bat slight- Jy raised and far from each other ‘presenting the appearance of a boat, she brings trowSle on the sailors but prosperity on man- kind at large. 9, Ifthe notthern horn of the moon shoald be higher ‘* ‘The Moon can never pass, the commentator adds, to the south of the four stars mentioned iu the text ordinarily and-that wherever the phenomena, esoribed in the text clash with astronomical: calculations they. should be treated as abnormal. + The author now proceedsto state certain unusual appearances of the ## Page 33 Cu. 4.) Burma Sasmmrra. 19 than the other by one-half, the moon appearing like a plough, ploagh-mon will then suffer. Theyand their prince will be friendly and. there will be prosperity ia the land. 10. If thé southern horn should be higher than the other by one half, the appearance of the moon is also said to be plough like but of evil consequences. The ruler of Southern India will dio and his army will engage in war. 11. Ifan.the first Innar day after newmooz, both horns should be alike and of equal height, thero will be the same pro sperity and rain throughout the month as on such first lunar day. If the moon should appear like a rod, the cattle will suffor and the sovereign will rule with.a severe rod. 12, If the moon should appear like a bow, there will be war in the land; and those will succeed whose places lie in the direction of the: yow-string: ., If the moon should appear stret_ ched from Nosth to South presenting the appearance of a car- riage pole there -will be earthquake (within that mouth). 18, If, when the northern hori is a ligtle higher than the other and bent aside, the soathera horn is straight like a carri- age pole, pilgrim. parties will suffer and there will be no rain. 14. Ifone of the homns.should appear higher than the other and bent down atthe end, cows will suffer. 15. If the horns should together appear like a circle then the provincial rulers will have to quit their places*. 16. Ifthe northern horn shéuld bo higher than the south- ern one otherwise than as stated already, the crops will flourish and there will be good rain, If the southern horn * In all tho sbove casos tho observation is to be made on the first or second Jauar day and these unusual phenomena will produce evil only when they clash with the calodlated phases of the moon and not otherwise. It is therefore fhe dniy of almanso publishers to give beforehand tho pha for the information of the poblio. ‘The antbor now proceed tostate certain ordinary phonomens, ## Page 34 20 Brat Samus, [Ca. 4. should be similarly higher there will be famine and fear in the land. 17. If, toany person who observes on the first lunar day after new- moon, the moon should appear of only one horn, or if ono of the horns should appear bent downwards or if she appear like a fal) moon (when in reality such is not the case) the person dies*. 18, Having thus described the shape of the moon we next proceed to describe her size (generally): if the moon should appear small there will be famine, and if big, prosperity, in the land. 19, If the middle of the moon should appear small, there will be hunger in the land and princes will be afflicted with cares. If the middle should appear big she will cause pros- perity and plenty. 20. Ifshe should appear broad, she will increase the prosperity of the princes; if she should appear big there will be happiness in the land, and if emall, there will be abundance of that grain which men like most. 21. If, during the waxing moon, Mars should be eclip- sed by a horn, the border (Mlechs) princes as well as wicked rulers will suffer; if Saturn should be so eclipsed there will be fear from weapons and from hunger; if Mercury should be so” ‘eclipsed there will be drought and famine in the land; if Jupiter should be so eclipsed eminent princes will suffer; and if Venus, the minor princes will suffer. As regards the waning moon the subject has been elsewhere treated. 22. Jf Venus should be eclipsed by the lunar disc the people of Magada, the Yavanas, the Mlechas, men of * ‘This evidently refers to some optical illusion consequent on the disea- 06 of the eye. 1 know of an old gentleman who for the laa ten months ‘wees a double sun anda double moon. It follows from’ this that some et least ‘of the abnormal appearances of the sun aud moon may not iuprobably be, the result of optical illusions affecting mankind more or less. ## Page 35 Cua. 4. Bargat Saumita. 21 Palinda (a barbarous tribe), the Nepaulees, the Bhringees, and the Marwarees, the men of Cutch and of Sorat, the Math- ras*, the Panchalas, the Kekayas, the Kulothakas, the Can- nibals and the men of Usinara (Candahar) will suffer miso- ries for 7 months. 28, If Jupiter should be eclipsed by the Innar diso the men of Candahar, of Sonveeraka, of Sindh and of Keora, (Ca- shmere) the ralers of the Dravida countries and Brahmins as “well as food grains and mountains will suffer for ten months, 24, If Mars should be so eclipsed the rulers of Trigartha (Lahore) and of Malwa, with their fighting men in their cars, the chiefs of Kulinds, the rulers of Sibee, of Oudh, of Kuru (Delhi), of Mathsia and of Sakti will suffer for six months, 25, If Saturn should be eclipsed by the lunar disc, the ministers of Youdheya, the Kouravas, the Arjunas as well as the men of the eastern countries will suffer miseries for ten months, 26, If Meroary should be 80 eclipsed the men of Magada, of Muttra and those on the banks of the river Veena will suffer miseries while the rest of the land will enjoy the happiness of Krithaynga. 27. If the moon should be eclipsed by Kethut she will destroy prosperty, health and plenty. Artisans will perish, and thieves will suffer greatly. . 28. If while the moon is eclipsed, she be crossed by the fall of a meteor, that prince will die in the star of whose na tivity the moon then happens to be. 29. Ifthe lunar disc be of ashy color, of sharp rays or red, or rayless, or red black, or appear broken there will be fear of hunger, of war, of disease and of robbers. 80. Ifthe lunar disc should appear white and of the color of the snow, of Kunda,§ of Kumuda|| and of crystal of Hindustan Proper. +, Probably the Snirs inhabiting the Oountry on the west of the Indus. i ‘This refereto the lunar eclipse when the moon is in the descending node, ‘A Bpecies of white q flower. do ## Page 36 22 ‘Burmar Sawdrns, Cm! 4. he brings prosperity on the land. 31. Ifthe diso.of the moon. that regularly waxes and wanes should appear white resembling the color of the kunda flower or that of the stem of the lotus or if the moon’s aourse or diso or rays should suffer no irregular change thare will be prosperity in the land. $3, During the waxing moon the-Brabmins, the Ksha trias and mankind at large will prosper; and during the wa- ning moon they will suffer miseries. The increase of . pros- perity will commence after the new-moon and of adversity after the fall moon.

CHAPTER V. “Ow Ranv.* © Some say that Rahu, the asura, though his head was out, dies not but lives in the shape of planet having tasted of ambrosia. 2 Thet he has a disc like the sun and moon and as that disc is black it is invisible when in the sky. excepé on the occasion of eclipses in virtue of a boon from Brahma. 8. Others say that he rosombles a serpent in shape with his head severed from his tail; afew that he is bodiless, that he is mere darkness and that he is the son of Simhika. 4, Now, if he has a body or be simply » head with a regular motion in, the ecliptic, how comes it that he eclipses the sun and moon when they aro 180° from him? 5. I€ his motion be not subject to fixed laws, how comes it that his exact place is ascertained; how comes it thathe never eclipses hy the part of his body between hia heat and tail. * ‘The moon’s node, ie, one of the two points whero the moon's or bit cats the ecliptic, ; ## Page 37 x. 5.] , Barmar Summa. 23 6. If beiug of the shape of a serpent he eclipses with his head or with his tail, how comes it that he does not hide one half of the heavens lying between his head and tail. 7. If, as some say, there be two. Rahus, when the moon is eclipsed by one of them at rising or settiug how comes it we ‘see the sun in the opposite point uneclipsed by the other Rahu vf equal motion ? 8. The truth is that in her own eclipse, the moon enters the shadow of tho earth, and in that of the sun, the solar disc. Hence the luner eélipse does not commience at the western limb nor the solar at the eastern limb. ¥. Just as the shadow of a tree neither continues in the same direction nor of the same length, so changéa the shadow of the earth, night atter night owing to the revolution of the sun, 10, When the moon, whose course is always from west to east, is due opposite to the sun swerving neither much to'ths north nor to the south, she enters the shadow of the earth, ‘ 11.- The moon, moving from the. west, hides the, solar disc from below just like-a ‘cloud; and the solar eclipse varies: differently . in different countries according to the different degrees of visibility of the eclipsed disc. 12. What eclipses the mooa is bigger than the moon; what eclipses the sun is smaller than the sgn. Hence, in ‘semi-lanar and semi-golar eclipses the luminous horns. are respectively ‘blant-antl sharp. 18. Thus the catises of the eclipses have been stated by Yearned astronomers; that Riku does not cause the eclipets is the trath of the shastras. . 14. “May you be satisfied by the gifts and fire offerings (of men) on the occasion of the ectipsés” is the boon bestowed, on Raba by the command of Brakama. ## Page 38 pyy Barmat Sawarra. [Ca. 5. 15. On the occasion of the eclipses, Rahu’s presence is recognized and he is worshipped; and the moon’s ascending node is tormed Raha and her course (north or south) is ascer- tained astronomically with respect tosuch node. 16. Ié1s impossible to determine eclipses by other means than those described above ; even on other than new or full moon days, the luminaries may be eclipsed sbnormally—by comets aud the like, 17, It is wrong to sey that there can be no eclipse unless five planets are in conjunction and it is equally wrong to suppose that on the previous Ashtamy (Bighth lunar) day the coming eclipse and its properties can be sacertained by examining the appearance of a drop of oil on the surface of water. 18, The magnitude of the solar eclipse is determined by moans of the moon’s parallax (in latitude); the points (on the disc) of the commencement and termination of the eclipse are determined by means of both parallax and angles*; the times of the commencement and termination of the eclipse by moans of the time of new moon, The details of the process of calculation are given by mo in my work on Astronomy. 19. Commencing from the time of creation, Brahma is the lord over the new and fall moon periods of the first six months; the Moon is the lord over those of the second six months; Indra over those of the third six months; Kubera over those of the fourth six months; Varuna over those of the fifth six months; Agoi over those of the sixth six months and Yama over those of the seventh six months; and so on— the cycle being repeated over and over again. 20, If Brahma should be lords stated above, cows and Brahmins will prosper; there will be health and happiness in ‘* Tocboically known as Akshavalanam and Ayanavalanam. ## Page 39 08.5.) Burmar Sanarra, 26 the land; and crops will thrive. Ifthe moon should be the lord, the effects will be those described above; also, learned men will suffer and there will be drought. . 21, If Indra should be the lord, the princes will beat war with each other, the crops of Sarat (October and November), will perish and there will be no prosperity in the land. If Kubera should be the lord, rich mon will suffer ia their wealth but there will be prosperity in the land. 22, If Varuna should be the lord, princes will suffer ; the rest will be happy and crops will fourish. If Agni should bo the lord, there will be good crops, and there will also be health, freedom from fearand abuadance of water. 28, If Yama should be the lord, there will be drought, famine, aud total blight of crops; in the next parva mankind will be afflicted with misery, hunger, death and drought. 24, IE the eclipses should occur before the calculated times, there will be miscarriage of pregnancy and wars in the land;if they shoald occur after the calculated times, flowers and fruits will perish and there will be fear in the land and blight of crops.* 25. Ihave described, as above, the effects of the occur- rence of eclipses either before or after tho calculated timos in accordance with the ancient shastras; but the calculation ofa really learned Astronomor will at no time fail. 26. If there should be both lunar and solar eclipses in one month,t princes will suffer both from dissensions among their own army and from wars, *The commentator is of opinion that these irregular phenomena must be “pata (abnormal) in their natare. + This is taken to mean the thirteenth or intoroalary Ianar month in the opinion of Vyasa who in his Mehsharat (Bhishtaa Parva) ‘oearrence of such eclipecs in an intoroalary month wh na from engaging in war; and Garga isalso of the samo ## Page 40 26 Barmar Samarra. (Ca. 5 27 Ifthe eclipse should occur at rising or setting, the crops of Sarat (October and November) will perish and priaces will suffer. In total eclipses if the eclipsed sun or moon should ‘be subject to malefic planetary influence there will be death and famine in the land. 28, If the san and moon should begin to be eclipsed when only half risen, deceitful men will suffer as well as sacrificial rites. Lf they should be eclipsed whoa in the first section * of the firmament, those that live by fire and virtuous Brahmins will suffer as well as men belonging to one of the holy orders. 29. If they should be eclipsed when in the second sec. tion of the firmament, ryots, heretics, merchants, the Kebatriyas and commanders of the army will suffer, If when in the third section, artisans, the Sudras, tha Mlechas and ministers will suffer. 80. If when in mid-heaven, the central provinces will suffer, but there will be happinsss over the land an the price of food grains will fall. If when in the fifth section, herbivorous animals, miais‘ers and house hold iamatea will suffer as also the Vysias. 81. If they should be eclipsed wan in the sixth sec- tion of the firmament, women and the Sudras will suffer ; if when setting, robbers and the border Mlechas will perish. ‘Those willbe happy in whose section the eclipse tormmates. t 32, If the sun and moon should be eclipsed when in their uttara ayana (northward march), the Brahmins and the Kebtriyas will suffer; if when in their dakshina ayana (southward march) the Vysias and the Sudras will suffer If the eclipse should commence at th» northera, easteca, * Out of the six sections of the visible hemispherical vault, + The commentator adds that if an clipse should both commence and terminate in one and the same section there will be both suffering first and Aeppiness next, ## Page 41 Ca. 5.) Bamar Sawurra. 27 Sonthern, or western point of the diso, the Brahmins, the Kehatriyas, the Vysias or the Sudras will suffer respectively 38. If the diso should be eclipsed at one of the corners,# the Mlechas, persons proceeding to battle and those who live by fire ¢will perish; if the southern limb should be eclipsed aquatic creatures as well as elephants will die ; and if tho northern limb should be eclipsed cows will suffer. 34, If the eastern limb should be eclipsed there will be abundant rain; if the westera limb should be eclipsed, farmers and servants will suffer and seed grains will be destroyed. 35, If the sun and moon should be eclipsed when in the sign of Aries (Mesha), t the Panchalas, the Kalingas, § the Surasenas, the people of Comboja,] of Odhra || of Kirata$ soldiers and persons who live by fire will bo afflicted with mis- ries. 36, If the sun or moon should be eclipsed when in the tign of Taurus (Vrishabba), shepherds, cows, their owners and eminent men will suffer miseries. 87. If they should be eclipsed when in the sign of Gemini (Mithuna), chaste women, princes, powerfal petty chiefs, learned men, people living on the banks of the Jumna ond the rulers of Balhika and Matsia with their subjects will suffer miseries. 38. If they should be eclipsed when in the sign of Cancer (Kataka) the Abhooras, the Sabaras, * * the Palhavas, * NE, 8. E. 8. W, or N. W. te g. Smiths, pottersand the like. + Gf the fixed Hindu Zodiac. § Kalinga ; a district on the Coromandal coast extending from bolow Cuttack to the vicinity of Madras. T Camboja ; probably the Combodia of Cochin China. || Odhara ; the nothern part of Orissa. $ Kirata: « degrated mountain tribe, © Baberas: a wild mountain tribe. ## Page 42 28 Bomar Samm, [On..5. the Mallahs, the Matsias, the Kurus,* the Saks, + the Pan. chalas and the Vikalast will be afflicted. with miseries and food grains will be destroyed. 89, If the sun and moon should be eclipsed when in the sign of Leo (Sims) hill men, prince like people possessed ofa single military force, {princes and forest men will suffer miseries, If they should be eclipsed when in the sign of Virgo (Kenya), crops, poets, writers and singers will suffor and the tice fields of Asmaka, and Tripura |j will be destroyed. 40. If they should be eclipsed when in the sign of Libra ‘Tula), the people of the extreme border lands on the ‘West, the people of Sind, the trading classes, and the people of Broach will be afflicted with miseries. If when in the siga of Scorpio (Vrischika), the people of Udambara, of Mathra,$ of Chola and of Youdheya will all euffer miseries along with soldiers armed with poisoned weapons, 41, If they should be eclipsed when in the sign of Sagit- taras (Dhanus), mininsters, fine horses, the Videhas, the Mullas, the Panchalas, Physicians, merchants and persons skilled in the use of destructive weapons will perish. If whenin the sign of Capricornus (Makara), fishes, the families of ministers, the chandalas, skilled magicians and physicians and old soldiers will perish. 42, If they ehould be eclipsed when in the sign of Aquarius (Kumbha), hill men, men of western countries, carriers, robbers, shepherds, serpents, worthy men, lions, citizens and the people of Barbara will perish. If when ia the sign of Pisces (Meena), the products of the sea bach * Karns: people of the District of Delhi. t Sakas: probably the descendants of the Tartars and Scythians who ins ‘Tripura: The modern ‘Tj 1 Vikalas: 2s warrior tribe. 4 Binslo military force; Cavalry, or Infantry or tho lke. % Matha: s country to the N, W. of Hindustan, ## Page 43 Cx.5.] Bemar Saupta. 29 men of respectability, and of learning and persons that live by water will suffer. * Also those provinces will be affected which correspond to particular lanar mansions in which the eclipses happen to occur, a8 will be explained in the Chapter (14) on Kurmaivi- phage. 48, Solar and Lunar eclipses are of ton kinds and they are technically known as 1 Savya,2Apasavya, 8 Lehana, 4 Grasana, 5 Nirodha, 6 Avamardana, 7 Aroha, 8 Agrhata, 9 Madhyatama, 10 Tamontya.t 44, Ifthe eclipse should commence on the left side of the disc, it is technically known as Savyagrasa: the earth will then be flooded with water and there will be joy and freedom from fear. If it should commence on the right side of thé disc, it is technically known as Apasavyegrasa: man- kind will suffer from their rulers and from robbers. 45. If the solar or lunar dise should be just dimmed by darkness all round which disappears immediately, the eclipse is technically known as Lehana (licking) Grasa : all creatures will be happy and the earth will be fooded with water. 46. Ifa third, or a fourth, or one half of the diso should be eclipsed, itis technically known as Grasana (seizing with the mouth) grasa—partial eclipse : the wealth of prosperous princes will suffer diminution and prosperous countries will be afilicted with calamities. 47. If the eclipse should, commencing at the edge, travel ‘© Such a string of apparently incoherent ideas might appear inexplicable to persons ignorant of Antrologs in which all object, animate and inatimate ‘are divided into planetary, stellar, zodiacal and other divisions. + ‘Theee terms are explained in the subsequent stanzas; some of thom have ‘xo English equivalents, ## Page 44 80 Barmat Sawmrra, [Cn. 5, inwards and remain there for a time of the shape of a dark ball, it is technically known as Nirodha (blocking up) grasa: all creatures will be happy. : 48, If the eclipse should be a total one and continue #0 for a time, it is known as Avamardana (tormenting) grasa : the then chiet! provinces will euffor and the then chief rulers will be afflicted with miseries. 49. Té iramediately after the termination of the eclipse, the disc shonld be re-eclipsed * (by comets and the like), it is technically known as Arohana (climbing) grasa: the princes will be at war and there will be fear in the land. 50. Ifa small portion of the dise should be so slightly eclipsed ss to resemblo a mirror covered with the vapor of hot breatb, the eclipse is known ss Aghrata (smelling) grasa : there will be good rain in the land. 51. Ifthe middle of the eclipsed dise should be dark while the disc continues bright all round, the eclipse is kuown as Madhyatama (centrally derk) grasa—annular eclipse: the Central Provincest will be afflicted with miseries, mankind will suffer from stomach pain and there will be fear in the land. 52, Ital round the disc, the darkness be thick, and in the middle, it be slight, the eclipse is technically known as Antyatama (terminally dark) grasa: the crops will be injaredt and mankind will suffer from robbers. 58. If the eclipsed disc should appear white, thore will be prosperity and plenty in the land, but the Brahmins will suffer ; persons who live by fire will be afflicted with miseries, 54, If the disc should appaar yellow, there will be increase of dieease in the land and crops will suffer. If the disc should * ‘Thic, the commentator adds, mast be abnormal, + According to Mana the country to tho east of ‘Vinasana: (the modern Paniput) fo the west of Allahabed, to the north of the Vindya mountain and. to the South of tho Hinelayas, ‘f Those injaries, known as Koti badba, aro six : excessive rain, drought, rade, graze hoppers birds, foreign invasion. ## Page 45 Cn. 5] Barat Samnrra, 31 appear of gold color, swift footed animals and the Mlechas will suffer and there will be famine in the land. 55. Ifthe dise should bo of the color of the sky at dawn of day, there will be famine and drought and birds will suffer. If red-black, there will be prosperity and plenty in ghe land but slight rain. 56. If the disc be of the color of the pigeon or of blood color or of the color of gold or yellow-black, mankind will suffer from starvation, If again tho disc ba black or as said above, of the color of the pigeon, the Sudras will suffer from disease, 57. If the eclipsed disc should appear yellow resembling the topaz in color, the Vysias will perish and there will be Prosperity in the land. If the disc should appear to be bur- ning, there will bo fear from fire; if it should resemble gold ore, thers will be wars in the land. 58. IE the diso should appear black resembling the color of the stem of durva grass (agrostis linearis) or yellow, there will be much death in the land. If of the color of the flower patali (Bignonia Suaveolonis)—trampet fl>wer—there will be fear from lightning. 59. If the eclipsed disc bo of the color of red dust, the Kshtriyas will suffer and there will be no rain. Ifof the color of the rising sun, of lotus, of the rainbow, tkere will be suffer- ing from weapons. 60, If Mercury should see the eclipsed disc, honey and oil will become scarce; princes will suffer. If Mars should ee the eclipsed disc there will be war in the land and fear from fire and robbers. 61. If Venus should see the eclipsed disc, crops will be injured and mankind will be variously afflicted. If Saturna should see it, there will be drought and famine in tho land and fear from robbers. 62. These evil effects, resulting from planetary look at ## Page 46 32 Barmat Samerna, [Cu.5. the eclipsed disc, apply as well to the time of termination of ‘the eclipse as to its commencement. If Jupiter, a beneficent planet, should also seo the eclipsed disc, the evils described will vanish in just the same way as the flame of fire dies out when water is poured over it. 68. If during the eclipse, there should occur tempests, meteoric falls, dust storms, earth quakes, universal darkness, -or thunder bolt, the eclipse will re-occur after six, twelve, eighteen, twenty-four, thirty, or thirty-six months respec tively. 64. If Mars should be eclipsed by Rahu, * the people of Avanti, those living on the banks of the Cavery and the Nerbada and haughty princes will be afflicted with micorios, 65, If Mercury should be so eclipsed, men living between the Ganges and the Jumna, on the banks of the Sarayu andin the country of Nepaul, those living about the east sea and on the banks of the Sonne will suffer and women, princes, soldier boys and men of letters will perish. 66. If Jupiter should be so eclipsed, learned mea, kings, ministers, elephants and horses will perish and persons living on the banks of the Indus and in the northern countries + will suffer calamities. 67. If Venus should be so eclipsed, the people of Dase- raka, of Kekayo, of Yodheya and of Aryavarta and the Sibees will svffer; women and ministers will be afflicted with miseries. 68. 1f Saturn should be so eclipsed, the people of Mar- war, of Pusbkara J and of Sourashtara, the minerals, the low ® The eclipsod or eclipsing lanar or eolar diso as the caso may be. + Northern countries : a river, probably an imaginary geographical line, is stated to ron from the N. E. to the 8. W. of India and conntries to the North and West «i this line are known aa the Northern and tho Wastern countries ‘and those ‘o the East and Sonth of it, as the Eastern and the Southern coun- tries, J Poshksra: n celebrated place of pilgrimage now called Pokur 5 miles from the city of Ajmere, ## Page 47 Cx. 5.) Brrgar Sawmrra, 88 classes inhabiting the Arbuda hills, and the hillmen of Goman- ta and Pariatra will perish immediately, 69. If the solar or lunar eclipse should fall in the Innar month of Kartika, * persons who live by fire, the Magadas, the eastern princes, the Kosalas, +, the Kalmashas, the Snragenas and the people of Bonares will suffer miseries ; the ruler of Kalinga with his ministers and servants and the Kehatriyas will perish but there will be prosperity and plenty in the land. 70. If the eclipses should fall in the Innar month of Margasirat, the people of Cashmere, of Ondh and of Pandsa § Will suffer miseries; quadrapeds will porish, men of the western countries and Somaysjecs { will suffer calamities; there will be good rain and prosperity aud plenty throaghout the land. 71. If the ectipses shonld fall in the lanar month of Pou- she,$ the Brahmins snd the Kshatriyas will suffer; the people of Sindb, the Kukuras|j and the Videhas will perish; there will tbo slight rain end foar of famine in the land. 72. If the eclipses should fall wthin the lunar month of ‘Magha**, persons noted for filial duty, the descendants of Va- sishta, men acting up te the Vedic principles, eléphants and horses will suffer distress; the people ot Vanga tt, of Angs, Y and of Benares will be afflicted with miseries; and there willbe rain sited to the wants of the ryote. ‘* ‘Kariika : October-November, when the fall moon iain the asteriam of + the Modern Ough, t Png fovember-Docomber, when the full moon is in the asterism. ‘andrd: the modern Bengel and Behar, alomarajoos: those who have tasted ofthe jaioo of the soma plant inthe Fou: Decne fa j; when the fall moon is in the Ianar mansion il Kokuras: a branch of the Yadavas © Moghs: January-February, when the fall moon is in the constellation of ‘tt ‘Vaoga:East Bengal. B Ange: Bengal Proper near Bhagulpnr. ## Page 48 84 Banat Samarra. (Cx. 5. 78, If the eclipses should fall in the Innar month of Phaiguna,* the people of Vanga, of Asmaka, of Avantika and the Mekalas will be afflicted with disease; dancers, food crops, chaste women, bow-makers, the Kshatriyas and ascetics will also suffer. 74, Tf the eclipses shonld fall inthe lunarmontb of Chaitrat painters, writers, singers, prostitutes, men learned in the Ve- das and dealers in gold,the people of Poundra, of Odra, of Kek- aya and of Asmaka will soffer distress and there will be good rain throughout the land.t 75. Ifthe eclipses should fall in the lunar month of Vai. sakha§ cotton, gingelly and beans will be injured ; the Iksh- wakus,{| the Youdheyas, the Sakas and the Kalingas will suffer, -but there will be prosperity over the land.$ 76. If the eclipses should fall in the lunar month of Jye- shta,|| the Brahmins, the Queens of the reigning sovereign, crops, rain, large gatherings of men, beautiful persons, the Salpas and the Nishadas will suffer. 77. If the eclipses should fall in the lunar month of Asha- dha**, wells, wet fields and rivers will become dry ; dealers in roots and fruits, the people of Gandhara, of Cashmere, of Pa_ Iinda and of China will perish; and there will be abundance of rain. 78. If the eclipses should fall in the lunar month of Sra_ pity rialems February-March, when the foll moon is in the ssteriam of algun. + Cheitra: March-April when the full moon is in the Constellation of Ohi- tra, Immediately after tho eolipse, tho Commentator adds, § Vaisakha : April-May, when tho fall moon is in the Innar mansion of Vai- J Teshwakas : a warrior tribe. $ To the end of the yoar, adds the Commentator. Il Syeshta : May-June, when the fall moon is in the asteriam of Jyeehta. . © Ashedha : June-Jaly, when the fall moon is in the oonstellation of Ashadbae ## Page 49 Ca. 5.) Barmat Samurma. 35 ‘vans,* the people of Cashmere, of Pulinda and of China, the ‘Yavanas, the Kurus, the Gandharas and the people of Madhya. desa (Central Provinces), the horses of Camboja and the crops of Sarat will perish; the rest of mankind will enjoy prosperity and will be happy. 79, If the eclipses should fall in the lunar month of Bha- drapada + the people of Kalinga, of Vanga, of Magada and of Surat, the Mlechas, the Suveeras, the Daradas t and the Sakas will perish; pregnant women will miscarry’ but there will be prosperity over the land. 80. If the eclipses should fall in the lunar month of As. ‘wayuja§ the people of Camboja, of Chins, the Yavanas, surgeons, tho Balhikas and the people living on the banksof the Indus, together with the physicians of Anarta and of Pomndra and the . Kiratas will perish, but there-will be prosperity in the land. 81. Lunar and solar eclipses terminate in ten ways techni. cally known as 1. dakehina hanu, 2. vama hanu, 8. dakshina kuke shi, 4. vama kukshi, 5. dakehnia payu, 6.vama payu, 7. sanchar~ , dana, 8. jarana, 9. madhyavidarana, 10. antavidarana.§ 82. Ifthe Inner eclipse should terminate at the south eaatern point of tke disc, the termination is technically known as dakehina hanu (right jaw) : crops will perish; facial disease will afflict mankind ; princes will suffer; and there will be good rain, 88. Ifthe lunar eclipse should terminate at the North eastern point of the disc, the termination is known as vama © Bravans : July-August when the full moon is in the constellation of Brae yeoa, + Bhadrey sion of Bhadarepads. $ Dareda : © country bordering on Cashmere. ec basdimagois: September-Ootober, when the fall moon is in the constellation .ugust- Septomber, when the fall moon is in the lanar mans | Kiratas: abarbarous mountain tribe. $ Those terms are explained in the subsequent stantas, ## Page 50 36 Bernat Samurra. (Ca. 5. hanu (left jaw): the king’s son will be afflicted with fears; there will be facial disease and wars, but prosperity over the whole land. 84, Ifthe lunar eclipse should terminate at the southern point of the disc, the termination is known as Dakshina Kukshi (right abdomen): the king’s son will suffer and the enemiosin thesouth may then be defeated in wars. 85. If tho Innar eclipse should terminate at the northern point of the diso, the termination is techincally known as Vama- Koksbi (left abdomen,) : pregnant women will miscarry and crops will suffer to sonie extetit. 86. If tho luriar eclipse should terminate at the South ‘Western and Notth Western points of the diso, the terminations are known a6 Dakehina’Payn (right anus) and Vama Payn [left anus] respectively: there will be diseases of the genital organs in the case of both tershinstions, end the Queens of reigning Sovereigns will suffer in the‘onse of tho latter. 87. Ifthe limerectipse should commence and terminate at the eastern point of the diso,* tho termination is known as Sanchardans (vomitting): there will be prosperity and joy in the land and food crops will flourish. 88, Ifitehould commence at the eastern point and termi- nate at the western point of the diso, the termination is known aa Jarauia (deceying ): mankind will be afflicted with hunger and: with ware; where then will they go for protection? 89. If the middle of the eclipsed diso should first begin to clear, the termination is known as Madhya Vidarana (central opening’): there will ‘be’anger at heart and prosperity over the land but not much rain, 90, Ifth¢ edge should first begin to clear all round, while there is darkness in the centre, the termination is known as ® This, the Commentator adds, must be utpata ( abnormal ) in its charsoter- ## Page 51 Cz.5) Batman Saumima. 87 Anta Vidarana (terminal opening): Madhyadesa or Contral Pro- vinces_ will suffer, and the crops of Sarat will be injured. 91. These termiaations of the lunar eclipse apply to those of the solar eclipse, the only difference being that where the East has been referred toin the former, itmust be taken to mean the ‘West in the latter.* 92, If, within seven days from the termination of an eclipse there should ocour adust storm, mankind will suffer from starvation ; if there should occar a fall of snow there will be fear from disesso ; if there should occur an earthquake, the chief rulers will die. 98, If, within the said period, there should occur any meteoric fall, the ministers will dio; if clouds of various hues should appear, mankind will suffer from various feors ; if clouds should begin to roar, there will be misoar riage of preg- nanoy ; if lightning should appesr, ralers and tusked animals will suffer. 94. If, within seven days from the termination of an eclipse, there should sppear'a halo round the Sun’ or Moon, there will be disease in the land; if there should be an sppea- rance of falso fire about the horizon mankind will suffer from ralers and from fire; if there should be a'storm, there will be fear’ from robbers. 95. If there should appear either » rainbow, or a comet * club-like in shape, people, afflicted with hunger, will suffer from foreign yoke ; if there should be either planetary conjunc- tions or cometary appearances princes will be at war with one another. 96. Ifthere should occur @ fall of good rain within the said period, there will be prosperity in the land and the evils described sbove will disappear. ‘* ‘The commentator adds, as a corollary from the sbove, that such direo- tine as 8, N., N. W.,and N. .,im the caseot the Lunar eclipse should be taken to men X,, 8, 8.B., and 8., W., in the caseof the nolar eclipes, ## Page 52 38 Barat Samara, (Cu. 5. 97 fon the new-moon day immediately succeeding a lanar eclipse, there should occur a solar eclipse, there will he dis- sensions among men and discord between husbands and wives. 98. 1f,on the contrary, there should occur a Innar ec lipso on the fall moon day immediately succeeding a solar ec- lipse, the Brahmins will perform various sacrificial rites ond mankind will be happy. Norz:—It may be some relief to the monotony of what hag preceded to append here a description of certain ceremonies for the expiation of the evil effects of the eclipses. In lunar eclipses those persons will suffer in tho sign of whose nativity in which the Sun was, the moon happens to be eclipsed. Again, if an eclipse should occur in the sign in which the Sun was in one’s nativity, then the persons on his father’s side will suffer ; if in the sign in which the Moon was in one’s na- tivity then the persons on his mother’s side will suffer. Again that person will also suffer ia whose Lagna* or Nakshatra the sun or moon is eclipsed. If the eclipse should occur in the 19th constellation from that in which the moon was in one’s nativity the person will be afflicted with miseries, if he should fail to perform the re- uisite expiatory rites : it therefore behovesa person to avert the ovil effects of an eclipse by gifts, by fire ceremonies, by tho worship of the Devas, by japa and by (eclipse) ceremoni- al ablutions. He nhould get a serpent made of gold or flour and pre- sent it to Brahmins on the day of the eclipse. He shall then recite the mrittyunjaya and other well known mantras. As all the devas are present on the océasion of an eclipse, man- * Legna: that pertionlar sign of the zodiac which is cut by the easterm bocison atthe time of one's birth. ## Page 53 Cx. 5.3 Burmar Saunrna. 39 tras or japas ovght not tobe recited or performed while the eclipse progresses but only when the eclipse begins to decline and terminate, though, during the former period new man- tras may be learnt. Asregards the ablations above referred to, we quote from Matsyapurana : That person, in the lagna of whose nativity an eclipse oc- curs, ought to bathe in the water purified by mantras and by drugs as prescribed below. On the occasion of the eclipse he shall adorn four Brahmins with garlands of white flowers and with white sandal paste; he shall-fix four pots in four places near each other and he shall bring earth from places frequented by elephants, by horses, by chariots and by cows and from ant-hills and from before the entrance to the palaces of kings as well as from deep waters, and throw the earth into the water pots; he shall also put, into the water panchanga- vya*, pearls, yellow pigment, lotus, the conch shell, a pieco of crystal, white sandal paste, mustard seed, ariconuts, the frag- rant root of the plant Andropogon Muricatus and the resin bde- lium (exadation of the Amyris Agallowchum); he shall then invoke the devas into the pots. The Brahmins shall then say alond, “May all the seas, rivers, and other waters come into these pots for the purification of our Master”. The Brahmins shall then invoke, by their respective mantras, the devas presiding over the eight points of the compass, They shall also invoke into the pots the deities presiding over all creatures end things, with or without mo- tion, in the three worlds as well as Brahma, Vishou and the Sun. They shall also chant verses from the Rik, Yajus and Sama Vedas. The pots also shall havethreads tied round their necks and adorned with white fowers and white paste. The master shall then be bathed with the charmed waters * Panchagavys ; 0 mixture of the cow's milk, curd, butter, urice and dong. ## Page 54 40 Bargar Samarra. (Cu. 6. after bathing the master shall present cloths and cows to Brahmins and worship bis favourite gods. At the com- mencement of the eclipse the Brahmins shall tie, over the master’s head, a cloth containing bits of the five precious gems and a gold plate with mantras inscribed in it, The gold plate shall then be proseuted to the Brahmins, He who bathes as prescribed sbove will not only be purified from the ovil effects of an eclipse but will gain the higher worlds, —

CHAPTER VI. Ow. Mags. 1, The retrograde motion of: Mars is of five kinds known technically as 1. uehna, 2, asrumukha, 8. vyala, 4. lohitanana and 5, nistrimaa musala, * 2. If Mars should begin to retrograde from the 7th, 8th or 9th constellation from that in which he reappears + after his conjunction with the Sun, such retrograde motion is techni cally known as wshna: when Mars should reappear after bis next conjunction with the Sun, persons who live by fire will be afflicted with disease. 8. IfMars should begin to retrograde from the 10th, 114b, or 12th constellation from that of his re-appearance, ‘such retrograde motion is known as asrumukha: when Mars should re-appear after his next oonjanction with the Sun, jnice will be injured and there will be disease and drought. 4, Ifhe should begin to retrograde from the 18th or ‘14th constellation from that of his reappearance, such retro- $ Bhs lerme are explained in the subepquent stanzas +. Mars is said to disappear when within 17 degrees fromthe Sun and to re- ‘sppeay-when beyond it, ## Page 55 Cu. 6.] Barat Samarra. 41 Srade motion is known as vyala: when he should disappear before his next conjunction with the Sun, wild boars and fierce animals will be afflicted with distress, 5. If Mars should begin to retrograde from the 15th or the 16th constellation from that of bis reappearance, such re- trograde motion is known as rudhiranana; at the time of euch reappearance mavkind will be afflicted with disease in the face and with various fears, but there will be prosperity in the land. 6. If ho should begin to retrograde from the 17th or the 18th constellation from that of his reappearance such re- trograde motion is known as Asimusala; when Mars is in his re-retrograde motion, bands of robbers will be afflicted with dis- tress and there will be drought and wars in the land. 7. I Mars should re-appear in the constellation of Poor- vaphalguni [sacred to Bhaga} or in that of Uttaraphalguni [sacred to Aryama], retrograde in the constellation of Uttara shadha [sacred to Visvedeva],and disappear in the constellation of Rohini [sacred to Brahma], he will afflict the three worlds with miseri 8. If Mars, after his reappearance in the constellation of Sravana, should retrograde in that of Pashya, anointed monarchs will be afflicted with miseries; those countries and those persoas will suffer in whose Nakshatra, Mars should begin to reappear.* 9. If Mars should pass through the middle of the cons. tellation of Malha and retrograde back through the same, the raler of the Pandia country will perish and mankind will suffer from wars and drought, 10. If Mars should, after cuttiog through the constella- tion of Makha, »pproach the middle of Visakha, there will be ‘® For the Nakshtra of a country vide. Chap. on Koorma Vibhaga, ## Page 56 42 Bargat Samerta. [Ca, 6. famine in the land ; if he should cut through the constellation of Rohini, there will be fearful deaths in the land. 11, If Mars should pass to the south of the constellation of Rohini, rulers will suffer, prices will rise and there will be little rain ; if Mars should appear enveloped in emoke or with a pointed flame, the people of Pariyatra * will perish. 12, If Mars should pass through the constellations of Rohini, Sravana, Moola, Uttara Phalguni, Uttarashadha, Utta- “Tabhadrapada and Jyeshta, he will destroy clouds charged with rain. 18. If Mars should pass through the constellations of Sravans, Makha, Punarvasu, Haste, Moola, Poorvabbadrapada Asvini, Visakba and Rohini there will be prosperity in the land, 14, If Mars should appear with a large and clear diso or red like the flower of Kimsuka (Butea Frondosa) or of Asoka (Jonesia Asoka Roxb) or of clear and fine rays or like molten gold or if he should pass through the northern path, + rulers will be bappy and there willbe prosperity in the land.

CHAPTER VII. On Marcuny. 1, Mercury never reappears ¢ after his conjunction With the sun without upsetting the existing order of things ; the causes fear from flood, from fire and from storms and para. lies trade by abnormally enhancing or lowering the price of food grains. wr araine: CRs ‘western portion of the Vindhaya chain ¢ Northern path :1 paths acoortting to Girga, the nine constellations from Bharani to Makbs constitute the Northern path; the nine from Poorrephalgaat to ‘Moola constitute the middle le Path and the nine from Poorvashadhs fo Aswini gaat he Seathora pth 2 Me disappears whon within 14 de from the Bun and re-sppears ‘yond thai distance; bus when retrograde, th lity ia only 14 dogreas, ## Page 57 On, 7.) Barat Sawurar, 43 2, IfMercury should cut through the constellations of Bravana, Dhanishats, Rohini, Mrigaseorsha, and Uttarashadha, sacred, respectively to Vishnu, Achtavasu, Brahama, the ‘Moon and Visvedes, his disc appearing to rub against those of the stars, he causes drought and disease in the land. 8, If Mercury should cut through the five constellations from Ardra to Makha, mankind will suffer from wars, from hunger, from disease and from drought. 4. Ifhe should cut through the six constellations from Haste, his diso appearing to rub against those of the stars, cows will suffer, the price of liquid substances and of juice will rise, but there will be abundance of food grains in the land. 5. Ifhe should cut through tho constellations of Utta- raphalaguni (sacred to Ariyama, the Sun), of Kritika (sacred to Agni, the fire), of Uttarabhadra andof Bharani(sacred to Yams), all living creatures will be affticted with disease in blood, in fesb, in bones and the like. 6. Ifho should out through the constellations of Aswi- ni (sscredto the Aswini Devas), of Sateya (Sacred to Varuna), of Moola and Revati, tradesmen, physicians, boatmen, crea- tures of water and horses will suffer, 7. Ifho should ont through one of the constellations of Parvaphalgoni and Purvashadhe andParvabhadra mankind will suffer from Lunger, from wars and thieves and from disease. 8. In Parasara’s work on Astronomy, Meroury has soven courses assigned to him; they are technically known as 1. Prakrita, 2. Vimiera, 8. Samkshipta 4 Teekkshna 5. Yoganta 6. Ghora, and 7. Papakbya. 9. If Meroury should pass through the constellations of Svati, Bharani, Robini, and Krittike, sacred respectively to Vayn, to Yama, to Pitamaha and to Agni, his course is techni- cally known as Prokrita. If ho should pass through the constel - lations of Mrigaseershs, Ardre, Makha, Aslesha, sacred, ## Page 58 cy Barnar Sawarra, (Cx. 7.. respectively, to the Moon, to Siva, tothe Pritris and to the serpent, his course is known as Misragati. 10.. If Mercury should pass through the constellations of Pushya, Punarvasu and the two Phalgunis, his course is known as Sankshipta., If he should pass through the constel- ations of the two Bhadrapadas, of Visukha, of Aswini and of Kevati, his course is known as Teokshna, 11, lf Mercury should pass through the constellations of ‘Mocla and the two Ashadhas,bis course is known as Yogantika, I such course should lie through the constellations of Srava- Chittra, Dhanishta and Satabhishak, it is known as Ghora, 12, If Mercury should pass through the constellations of Hasta, Anuradha, Jyeshta, sacred respectively to the Sun, to Mittra and to Indra his course is known as Papa, Woe now proceed to state the periods, in days, of the effects of Mereu- ry’s reappearance in, and course through, particular lunar mansions. 18. The effects of the Prakrita, and other courses of Mercury described above, will last respectively for 40, 80, 22, 18, 9, 15 and 11 days. 14, When Mercury is in his Prakrita course, there will be increase of health, of rain and of crops, and there will be Prosperity in the land. Ifhe should be either .in his Samk- shipta or Misra course mankind willbe partly happy and partly miserable. When in his remaining four courses, Mer- cury brings on adversity. 15. According to Devalaya, the effects of the ruju(direct), the Ativakra (over retrograde', the vakra (retrograde) and the vikala (of irregular rate), motions of Mercury will last res« pectively for 80, 24, 12 and 6 days. 16, When Mercury is in his ruju course, mankind will bo happy; when in his ativakra course he will destroy wealth ; when he is in bis vabra course there will be ware in the lands ## Page 59 Cx. 7.3 Bumar Sauurra. 45 and when he is in his vikala course mankiad will be afflicted with fear and diseaso, 17. If Mercury should, after his conjunction with the Sun, reappear in the month of Ashadha or Sravana or Vysakha, or Magha, there will be fear in the land; but if he should be in his course in those months there will be happiness in the land. 18, If Mercury should so reappear in the month of Kartika or Aswayuja, there will be wars in the land, and man- kind will suffer from robbers, from fire, from disease, from flood and from hunger. 19. When Mereury should disappear, the chief towns in the land will be besieged by enomios, but when he reappears the siege willbe raised. According to some writers, the latter occurs only when Mercury reappears as an evening star; and learned writers also say that the chief rulere will also get an accession of territories. 20, IfMercury should be of the color of gold or of a parrot or if it should resemble the hue of the Sasyaka* gem, or if his disc should appear glossy or biginsize, mankind will be happy; but ifotherwise, they will be afflicted with miseries,

CHAPTER VIII. On Juprree. 1, Tho years of Jupiter take their names from the several Nakshatras in which ho reappearst after bis conjunc- tion with the Sun; and these names are identical with the names of the lunar months. © Basyaka: @ species of precious atoue colored like the inner frnit of a cos ‘com, nut ; perhaps an opal. petond ite disappears when within 11 degree fom the San and reappeary ## Page 60 4 Brat Saumra, (Cx. 8. 2 ‘These years beginning from Kartika follow, each, two stars beginning from Krittika; but the fifth, the eleventh and the twelfth years follow, each, three Nakshatras.t 8. In the Karttika year of Jupiter, oart drivers, persons that live by fire, and cows will be afflicted with miseries; there will be disease and wars in the land; flowers of blood and of yellow color will thrive, 4. In the Margasira year of Jupiter there will be drought, and crops will be injured by animals, by rate, by grass hoppers and by birds ; there will be disease in the land and rulers will be at strife even with their friends. 5. In the Pousha year of Jupiter mankind will be happy; princes will cease their enmity to one another; the price of food crops will become cheap doubly or tribly and there wily ‘be an increase of ceremonies to secure special benefits. * 6, Inthe Magha year of Jupiter there will bean increase, of respect to fathers ; all creatures will be bappy, health and rain will prevail over the land; the price of food grains will fall; and mankind will be more friendly than ever. 7, Inthe Phalguns year of Jupiter there will be pros- perity , rain, end crops, here and there; women will suffer aiteries ; thieves will become powerfal and ralers tyrannic. 8. Inthe Chaitra year of Jupiter there will be slight + Thos, when Jupiter resppears, 1, In Krithike or Robini his year is known as ... 3, Tn Mrigasirabaor Ardra cs * * * * * 5 In Poorvuphalgani or Uttaraphalguni or La w+ Phalguns * * * * 11, In Satabiahak or Poorvaproshtapads or Deano. -Proahiapedia 1, In Revati or Aewati or Bharani \ewayuja are known as Poushtika arm, the corssatve of this ‘hich aime at the removal of existing evile—the two of Naimittika (purposive) Karma, whose correlative . ceremonies, the daily observance of which is enjom ## Page 61 On. 8] Bermar Sauarna. 47 rain, good food, and happiness; rulers will become mild; Jeguminous grains will increase and fair men will suffer mise- ies. 9, In the Vysakha month of Jupiter princes with their subjects will be virtuous, fearless, and happy; men will engage in sacrificial rites and there will also be growth of crops. 10. In the Jyeshta year of Jupiter the chief men of e caste, of every family, of every opulent class and of every vi Jago as well as princes and learned men will suffer miseries; and grains excepting Kaaga * and pod graias will suffer. 11, In the Ashadha year of Jupiter there will be crops here and there and drought in other places, mankind will not be very happy; and ralers will be afflicted with cares. 12. In the Sravana year of Jupiter mankind will be happy and crops will thrive and ripen well; wicked men and impostors will soffer with their followers. 18, In the Bhadrapada year of Jupiter the produce of creepers will thrive as well as the first crops ; but the second crops will fail and there will be prosperity in some places aud foar here and there. 14. In the Aswaynja yoar of Jupiter the rainfall will be incessant ; mankind will be happy and prosperous ; all living creatures will grow strong and food supply will be abundant. 15, When Jupiter passes through the northern path * there will be health aud happiness in the land; when he passes through the southern path the reverse of these will be the case; and when he passes through the middle path there will be neither much of the former nor much of the latter. 16. If, in one year, Jupiter should pass through a space of two stellar divisions, there will be prosperity in the land; Ksoga | Kind of Fenic ood, Panton Taligum, sera vazition which are valtiratod and form articles of food for the pose CJ ‘These paths have already been explained, ## Page 62 48 Brut Samra, [Cx. 8, if he should pass through two anda t:alf of such divisions there will not be much of it; and if at any time, he should pass through over tw anda half of these divisions crops will be injured. 17. If the disc of Jupiter should appear of the color of fire, there will be fear from fire ; if yellow, there will be disease in the land ; if dark-blue, there will be wars; if green, suffer- ing from thieves, and if of blood color, suffering from weapons, 18, If the disc of Jupiter should appear of the color of smoke there will be drought ; if it should be visible during day, ralers will perish and if it should appear large and clear at night, mankind will be happy. 19. The Naksbatras, Rohini and Krittike, form the body of the Vatsara Parusha,* the two Ashadhas form his navel, Ayalya forms tho heart and Makha, the heart-bladder ; when benefic planets pass through these, there will be happiness in the land ; if malefic planets should pass through the body, there will be suffering from fire and winds; if they should pass through the navel, there will be suffering from starvation; if they should pass through the heart-bladder, roots and fruits will suffer, end if they should pass through the heart, crops will perish. 20, Multiply by 11 tho number of past solar years from the time of the Saka prince (Salivabana), and take 4 times the product ; to it add 8589, and divide the sum by 8750. 21. Add the quotient to the said number of solar years from the time of the Saka prnice, and divide the sum by 60; the remainder represents the numbor of years by which Jupiter has advanced in his cycle of 60 years ; (call itJ.); divide this remainder by 5, the quotient will give the number of yugas preceding the currents yuga of Jupiter calculated from Vishnu * ‘Vathsare Parasha : the 12 years oycle of Jupiter personified, ## Page 63 Cx. 8] Baimar Saumiza. 49 (the name of the first of Jupiter's 12 Yugas, each consisting of 5 years); ond the remainder will give the years by which Jupiter has advanced in his current Yuga. 22, Divide J. (Jupiter's years) by 12 and multiply the remainder by 9 and divide the product by 4; the quotient will represent the number of Nukshatras, calculated from Dhanishta, passed over by Mean Jupiter and the remaicder the number of Navamsas passed over by him in the next Nak- shatra. Nots:—We will now explain the principles involved in the calculations contained in the three preceding stanzas : A kalpa contains 1000, Chatur Yugas ; in a kalpa, according to Ariyabhatta the number of siderial revolutions or years of the Sun is 4,8290,00,000; and the wamber of siderial revola, tions of Jupiter is 364224000; but as each revolution contains 12 yesrs, the namber of Jupiter’s years in the same period in 487,06 88,000, in other wards, ia @ Chatur yuga, ee Solar : ee Jupiter's}: 48,20,000:43,70688 £11875: 1897 or ::8750 : 8794, tosuit ourselves to the figures ia tho toxt. So that for every 3,750 solar years we got3,750-+44 years of Jupiter ; therefore a solar yeor=1+s4ty years of Jupiter. ‘Wo mill now find cut the number of years by which Jupi- ter bad advanced in the Kaliyag at the commencement of the Saka ere, it being knowa that the number of solar years during the said period is $179. We have the following proportion, 8750 : 8794 :: 8179: z, years of Jupiter require’, z= Si86 x 5t70 = 8216}426, the number of years of Jupiter from the commencement of the Kaliyug to the com- tenement of the Sake era. Now it is known that Kaliyags commenced in the year ## Page 64 50 Baraat Samarra. (Cu. 8 Vijaya (thé 27th year from Prabhava, which ie tho first year in a cycle of 69 years of Jupiter). Therefore 8216}42§ + 26 or 2424424, being divided by 60, the remuiader will give the particular year of Jupiter (in bis cycle of 60 years) from Prabhava at the time of the commencement of the Sika era and this remainder is 24446 which is the 3rd year or the year Sukla of the cycle. Now 2138 = $84. Coming down to the period subsequent to the commence- ment of the Saka era we have, as already stated, 1:1 gffq ::.No. of past Solar years: 2, No. of past Jupiter’s years. vw. @ = No, of past 44 x No. of past Solar years Solar years 3750" Adding to this the 24428 or $926 years which elapsed from the beginniag of Prabhava to the time of the commence- ment of the Saka era we get, No. of past } + 44x No. of past Solar years , $626 Solar years 3750 3750 = No. of past) , 44% No. of past Solar years + 8626 = Solar years 3750 when this is divided by 60 the remainder will give the year of Jupiter in his cycle of 60 years commencing from Prabha- va; call this remainder J. Now as there are 12 yugas (each of 5 years) in a cyclo of 60 years J, being divided by 5, the quotient will give the number of yugas that have elapsed from the firet yuga of Vishnu ard the remainder the number of years by which Jupiter bas advanced in the current yuga. (For the names of these yugas vide stanza 23). This brings us to the end of Stanza 21. Stanza 22 aims at discovering the particular Iunar mansion or Nakshatra in which Jupiter might happen to be at any given time: Time ## Page 65 Cz. 8.) Bauar Samra. 51 taken by Mean Jupiter to go over a sign of Zodiac is called a year of Jupiter. Therefore a number of such years will represent the number of signs gone over by Mean Jupiter during the time. In 12 such years Mean Jupiter makes a circuit of the heavens. Now the year Prabhava commences when Jupiter enters (or re- appears according to commentator) in the constellation of Dhanishta in the month of Magha, and Mean Jupiter takes 12 years from Dhanishta to it again. If therefore J were divided by 12, the remainder will show the number of years taken by Mean Jupiterto go over the number of lunar mansions lying between Dhanishta and the particular lunar mansion in which Jupiter might happen to be at the given time. Call this remainder R. As stated above, R, which reprosents the number of years, also represents the number of Zodiacal sigas. Now as each sign contains 2} lonar mensions the number of Innar mansions required (from Dhauishta)=24 x It =R. This brings us to the end of Stanza 22. It will be observed from the above that the figure given in stanza 20 is 8589 and not 8626. The fact is that in our process we adopted Aryabhatta’s figure, there being a differ- ence of opinion among Hindu Astronomers regariing the number of the siderial revolutions of Jupiter ina kalps. For instance: Baskaracharriar gives it as 364226 455 against 864 224 000 of Aryabhatta. But what we want is Varaha Mihi. ra’s figure. As his Astronomical work, Panchasindhantika, is now lost we cannot give it exactly; but calculating backwards from the figure 8559 appearing in the text, we find the num- ber of siderial revolutions of Jupiter, according to Varsha Mibira to be 364 190 000. This is probably the correct figure, 28, ‘The twelve yugas of Jupiter’s cycle are known as belonging tothe Devas 1. Vishnu, 2. Jupiter, 3. Indra, 4 _ Agni (fire), 5. Tvashia, 6, Ahirbudhnya, 7. The Pitris, 8, Vasu- ## Page 66 52 Brigat Sawurta. (Cz. 8. deva, 9, Soma (the moon), 10. Indragnt, 11. Asvinideva, 12, Bhaga. 24, The five years of each ynga are known as 1. Sam- vatsara, 2, Parivatsara, 8. Idavatsara., 4. Anuvateara, 5, Idvatsara, These are sacred respectively to 1. Agni (fice), 2. Arka (the Sua); 8. Ohandra (the Moon), 4. Prajapati (the Creator), 5. Rudra (the Destroyer). 25, Generally in every yuga, there will be good rain in the first year * and atthe beginning ¢ of the second year; excessive rain in the third year; moderate rain at the end (of the rainy season) of the fourth year ; and slight rain the in the fifth year. 26. Inthe first four yugas there will be prosperity inthe land; in the next or middle four there will nob be much of it ; and in the lest four mankind will suffer miseries, 27. When Jupiter reappears at the beginning of the constellation of Dhanishta ia the month of Megha, the first year of the cycle of 60 years of Jupiter known as Prabhava commences. In it all creatures will be happy. 28, In the same year there will be drought in certain places and suffering from storm and fire; the crops will be injured; phlegmatic maladies will afflict mankind; ueverthe- less mankind will be happy. 29. The next year is known as Vibhava the third as Sukla, the fourth as Pramoda, and the fifth as Prajapati: in each of these years mankind will be happier than in the next preceding year. 80. In the same four years there will be good growth of the Sali t crop, of sugar cane, of barley and other crops * In the four months from August to November according to the commentator. +, Of the rainy season—Angust and Septémber, according to the coms mentator. Sali: a epecies of rice ## Page 67 Cu. 8.) Barmat Samatma. 53 in the land; mankind will be freed from all fears and they will live at peace, in happiness and without the vices of the Kaliyuga. 31. The five years of the second yaga are known as 1, Angira, 2. Srimukha 3. Bhava, 4. Yuva and 5. Dhatri. Of these, during the first three years mankind will enjoy hap- piness and during the last two they will not enjoy much of it. 82, In the first three of the above five years there will be abundance of rain and mankind will be freed from fears and anxieties; in the last two years the rainfall will tbe moderate but disease and wars will afflict mankind, 88. The five years of the third yuga sacred to Indra are known as | Eeswara, 2. Bahudhanya, 8. Pramadhi 4, Vikrama and 5. Vrisha. In the first two years mankind will enjoy the happiness of Kritayug. In the year Pramadhi they will feel miserable but in the years Vskrama and Vrisha they will again be happy. 83. The first year of the fourth yuga is known as Chi- trabhanu; in it mankind will be happy. The second is known as Subhanu. In it mankind willbe neither happy nor mise. rable; there will however be disease in; the land but no deaths in consequence. 36. ‘The next year is known as Tarana; in it there will be abundance of rain. The next is known as Parthiva; in it crops with thrive well and mankind will be happy. The fifth year is knnwn as Vyaya; in it amorous sensations will pre- vail over the land. 87. -Tho first year of the next yaga sacred to Twasta is known as Sarvajit. The next year is kaowa as Saree dhari Tho next three years aro Virodhi, Vikritatand Khara: in the second of these, mankiod will be happy and they will be afflicted with fears in the other years. 88. The five years of the next yoga are 1. Nandano ## Page 68 54 Bernat Samara, (Cx. 8. 2. Vijaya, 8. Jaya 4. Manmatha 5. Durmikha: during the firet three years there will be happiness in the land ; in Man. matha mankind will feel neither bappy, nor miserable and in the year Durmukha they will feel miserable. 89. The years of the soventh yaga are 1. Hemalamba, 2 Vilambi, 8. Vikari, 4, Sarvari and 5. Plava, 40. In the first of these years crop: will generally be injured and there will be storm and rain; in the second year crops will not grow in abundance and the rainfall will not be much ; in the third year mankind will be afflicted with fears and there will be much rain; in the fourth year there will be famine; in Plava, the fifth year, there will be prosperity in the land and aleo much rain. 41, The first year of the next yuga sacred to Visvedeva is Sobhakrit; the next year is known as Subhakrit; the third ia Krodhi; and the remaining years are known as Visvavasu and Parabhava. 42. During the first two years minkind will be happy; during the third they will fool exceedingly miserable and duriug the Inst two years they will be neither happy nor misor- able; but ia the year Parabhava there will be fear from fire and suffering from weapons and from disease; the Brahmins and cows Will also suffer. 43, The first year of the ninth yuga is Plavanga, the next year is known as Keelaka, the third is known as Soumya and the last two years are known as Sadharana and Rodhakrit ; of these, during tho years Keelaka and Soumya man- kind will be happy. 44, In the year Plavanga mankind will suffer mach; in Sadharana there will be slight rain and crops will suffer; in the fifth year there will be a variety of rainfall and crops will thrive. ## Page 69 Cz.8,] Brmar Sawarma. 85 45. The first year of the next ynga sacred to Indragni is known as Paridhavi; the remaining years are Pramadi, Anan. da, Rakehasa and Anata. 46. Inthe year Paridhavi the Madhyadess will suffer the ruling prinoss will perish, there will be slight rain and fear from firo; in the year Pramadi mankind will be disposed to be inactive; villagers will ba at strife; red flowers and red seed Will be destroyed. 47, In the next year maukind will be happy. In the years Rakshasa ani Anila there will be deaths ond decay in the land; in Rakshasa again the summer crops will thrive and in Anala there will be fear from fire and much suffering in the land. 48. The fiveyears of the eleventh yagaare 1. Pingala, 2, Kalayukta, 8. Sidharta, 4, Roudra, 5. Durmati. In the first year there will be much rain and fear from thieves and mankind will suffer from consumption of the lungs and the like asthmatic complaints. 49. Tn the year Kalayukta mankind will suffer from vari- ous evils; but in Sidharta they will be happy in moro ways than one, In the year Roudra mankind will suffer much and there will be loss and ruin in the land. In Durmaté there will be moderate rain. 50. In the twelveth yaga sacred to god Bhaga, the first year is known as Dundubhi; the crops will thrive well. The next year is known as Udgari; in it the raling sovereigns will perish and there will not be good rain. 51. The third year is known as Rakshasa; in it there will be fear from the attack of tasked animals, and mankind will suffer from disease. The fourth yearis known as Krodha; in it there wil! be anger in the land and countries will be ruined in consequence of internal strife. ## Page 70 86 Baimar Sauurra, [Ox. 9. 52. The last year of the last yuga is Kehaya; there Will then bemuch rain in the land; the Braamins will be afflicted with fear and farmers will prosper. The Vysyas and Sudras will bo happy asalso persons that deprive others of their property. Thus have been described briefly the effects of the sixty years of Jupiter's oycle. 58, If the diso of Jupiter be full of pare rays and largo and appear of the color of white jasmine or white water lily or crystal and if he does not suffer by occultation by or con- Junction with, other planets and when he is in his good course mankind will be happy.

CHAPTER IX. On Vunvs. 1. The ecliptio is divided into nine divisions known as Veadhis (paths), According to some each division consists of three constellations beginning ‘rom Aswini: these divisions are technically known as 1. Naga (serpent), 2. Gaja (clo- phant) , 9. Iravata (the divine elephant or serpent), 4. Vn shabha (bull), 5. Go(cow), 6. Jaradgava (old ox}, 7. Mri- ga (deer), 8. Aja (ram), 9. Dahana (fire). 2, According to others the Naga Veedbi consists of the constellations of Swati, Barani and Kritika ; the Gaja Veedhi of the three constellations from Rohini; the IravataVeedhi ofthe three from Punarvasu ; the Vristabha Voedhi of the three from Magha ; the Go Veedhi of Aewati, Revat, Poorva- bhadrapada and Uttarabhadrapada. 8. Tho Jaradgava Veodhi copsists of the three consteila- tiona from Sravana ; the Mriga Veedbi of the three from Anuradha; the Aja Veedhi of Hasta, Visakha, and Chitra ; and the Dahana Veedhi consists of the two constellations Poorva- shadba and Uttarashadhs, ## Page 71 , Cz. 9.) ‘Barra? Samarra, 37 4, Ofthe nine Veedhis the first three are known as tho northern Veedhis ; the next three as the central Veedhis and the last three as thesouthern Veedhis. Again in tho case of each three the first is knownas the northern Veedhi, the second ag the central Veedhi and the last as the Southern Veedhi. 5, According to some the position of a Veodhi follows that of the Yoga Tara (chief star) of the particular constel- lation ; so that if the star should be on the north of the eclip- tic, the Veedhi is known as the northern one; ifon the eclip- tic, it is kaowa as the central one and if on the south of the ecliptic, it is known asthe southern one. 6, According to others the nine constellations from Bharani form the northern Veodhi or path, the nine from Poorvaphalguni form the central path and the pine from Poorvashadha form the Southern path. 7. Ifwriterson Jotishasastra should disagroo it is not for me to determine the correct view ; I have only to state the views here of several authors. 8. If Venus should either disappear or reappear * in a northern Veedhi there will be prosperity and happiness in the Isnd ; if in a central Veedhi there will not be much of either; and if ina southern Veedhi mankind will be afflicted with miseries. 9, If Venus should disappear or reappear in the several Veedhis beginning from the northernmost one the condition of the world will respectively be 1. very excellent, 2, ex- cellent, 8, good, 4. fair, 5. moderate, 6. tolerable, 7. poor, 8. very poor, 9. miserable. 10. The four constellations from Bharani are known as the first mandala (circle or division). If Venus should re- appear in it there will be prospority in the land ; the people of ®* ‘Venus disappears when within 10 degrees from the San and reappears beyond that limit, J \ Y ## Page 72 58 Barat Samarra, [Ca 9 Vanga and of Anga, the Mahishas, the Balhikes, and the Kalingas will be afflicted with fears. 11 IfVenus, who so reappears in the sid circle, should be crossed by a plant, the rulers of the Bhadras, of the Aswas, of the Surasenakes and ot the Youdheyas and of Kotivarshat will perish. 12 The four constellations from drdra form the second Mandala or circle ; if Venus ehould reappear in it, the rainfall will be modérate and the growth of food crops will alzo be moderate ; tho Brahmins will suffer, especially those who are wicked. 13, If Venus who so reappears in the said circle, shonld be crossed by a planot, the Mloshas, forestmen, persons that live by dogs, the hill men of Gomants and Gonarda, the Chan. dalas, the Sudras and the people of Videha will bocome wick- ed and lawless. 14, The five constollations from Magha form the third man- dala: if Venus should reappear in it, crops will suffer; there will also bo suff-ring from hunger and robbers, Chandalas will prosper and there will be an intermingling of castes. 18, If Venus, who so reappears in the said mandala, should be crossed by # planet, shepherds, hunters, the Sudras, the Pundras, the border Mlechas, tho Sulikas, forestmen, the Dravidas and persons who live close to the sea will be afflicted with miseries. 16. The three constellations from Swati form the fourth mandala; if Venus should reappear in it, mankind will be free from fear; the Brahmins and Kshatryas will prosper and friends will turn into enemies. 17. If Venus, who so reappearsin the said mandala, should * Kolivarsha : the city of Devikote in the Coromandel Coast, ## Page 73 Cx, 9.) Berar Samarra, 59 be crossed by a planot, the chiefs of the hanters will perish; the Ikshwakas, the border Mlechas, the people of Avanti and of Polinds and the Surasaaas will also perish. 18. The five constellations from Jyeshta form the fifth mandala; if Veuus shou'd reappear in it, the people of Cash- mere, the Asruakas, tho Matsyas, those living on the banks of the Charudevi and in the country of Avanti will suffer from hunger, from thieves and from disease. 19. If Venus who so reappears in the said mandala should be crossed by a planet, the Abhiras, the Dravidas, the Ambas- tas, the Trigartas, the Sourashtras, the people of Sindh and of Souviraka and the raler of Benares will perish. 20. Tho six constellationstrom Dhanishta form the sixth mandala; if Venas should reappear in it there will be wealth and prosperity in the land and cows will thrive and crops will be abundant but fear in certain places. 21. If Venus, who so reappearsin the said mandala, should be crossed by # planet, the Sulikas, the people of Candabar and of Avanti will be afflicted with miseries, The Videhas will perish. ‘Tho servants of theborder Mlechas and of the Yavanas will prosper. 22. If Venus should reappear or be crossed by a planet in the western portion of the mandalas beginning from Swati and from Jyeshta or in the eastera portion of the mandala beginning from Magha, there will be happiness in the land; in all the other mandalas the effects will be the same as those already described whereever Venus might happen to reappear or be then crossed. 28, If Venns should be visible before’ sunset th:re will be fear in tho land; if visible throughout the day, mankind will suffer from hunger and from disease ; if visible at mid- day in conjunction with the moon, the king’s army and capital city will saffer. ## Page 74 60 Barmay Samarra. [Ca % 24, If Venus should pass throngh the constellation of Krittika, the Barth will be so much enundated with water as to make its surface even. * 25. If Venus should pass through the constellation of Rohini, Earth will assume the samo appearance of doath and devastation as if she was going through the ceremony of Ka- palika forthe oxpiation of the sin of murder. 26. If Venus should enter the constellation of Mrigasir. sha, juice and crops will suffer; if she should enter the cons- tellation of Ardra, the people of Kosala and of Kalinga will suffer aud there will bo abundance of rain. 27. If Venusshould enter the constellation of Puvar. yasu, the people of Ashmaka and of Vidarbha will become law- less. If Venue should enter the constellation of Pashya, there will be good rain; singing and dancing parties will suffer 28. Tf Venus should enter the constellation of Aslosha, there will be much suffering from serpents; if Venus should pass through the constellation of Magha, clephant keepers or mivisters will suffer and there will be abuadance of rain. 29, If Venus should pass through the constellationof Poorvaphalguni, hill men and the people of Pulinda will perish and there will be abundance of rain; if she should pass through the constellation of Uttaraphalguni, the people of Kuru, of Jangala and of Panchela will perish, and there will also be rain. 80. Ifsheshould pass through the constellation of Hasta, the Kouravas, and painters will suffer; there will be no rain ; well-diggers and birds will suffer. If she should enter the constellation of Chittra, there will be good rain, 81. If she should enter the constellation of Swati, there will be much rain; servants, merchants and boatmen will become wicked ard lawless. If she should enter the ## Page 75 Cx.9.] Barat Samarra. 61 constellation of Visakha, there will be good rain and trades- men will suffer. 82, Ifshe should enter the constellation of Anusha, rulers will be at strife ; if she should enter the constellation of Jyesta, the chief rulers will suffer; ifshe should enter the constellation of Moola, physicians that deal in medicinal plants will suffer. In each of these three cases there will be drought in the land, 88. IfVenus shoald onter the constellation of Poorva- shadha, the creatures of water will suffer; if she should enter the constellation of Uttarashadha, diseases will in- crease. Ifshe should enter the constellation of Sravana, diseases of the ear will afflict mankind. If she should enter the constellation of Dhanishta, heretics will suffer. 84, If Venus shoald enter the constellation of Satalhi- shak, drunkards or dealers in liquor will suffer ; if she should enter the constellation of Poorvabhadra, gamblers will suffer aswell as the Kouravas and the Panchalas, and there will be rain in the land. 35. If Venus should enter the constellation of Uttara- bhadra, fruits and roots will be injured ; ifshe should enter the constellation of Revati, travellers will suffer; if she should enter Aswini, horsekeepers will suffer and if she should enter Bharani, hillmen and the Yavanas will suffer. 36. If Venus should either reappear or disappear in the 8th, 14th, or 15th lunar day of the waning moon, the Barth will be flooded with water. 87. I€ Jupiter and Venus should be opposite to, that is, 180° apart from, each other and if they should be at the same time due east and west of each other, mankind will suffer from disease, from fears and from sorrow, and there Will be no rain, ## Page 76 62 Burmat Samra, [Cz. 9. 88, Tf the course of Jupiter, Mercury, Mars and Saturn should just precede that of Venus, mankind, eleph- antsand magicians will be at strife among themselves ; storms and deaths will afflict mankind. 39. Friends will coase to be friends; the Brabmins will coase to perform religions ceremonies properly ; there willbe no rain ; and mountains will be riven asunder by thunderbolts. 40. Ifthe course of Saturn should just precede that of Venus, the Mlochas, cats, elephants, asses, buffaloes, black grains, hogs, barbarians, the Sudras and travellers in the south willsuffer by diseases of the eye and by windy dis- orders, 41. Ifthe course of Mars should just precede that of Venus, mankind will suffer from fire, from wespeons, from hun- ger, from drought and from thieves; all the creatures and objects of the north will suffer and the sky will be filled with fre, lightning and dust. 42, If the course of Jupiter should just precede that of ‘Venus, he will destroy objects that are white, the Brahmins, cows and temples; the east will suffer; there will be a full of hail from the clouds and diseases of the neck; the crops of Sarat will thrive well. 43. If the course of Mercury should just precede that of Venus, and if Mercury should then have either disappeared or + reappeared, there will be rain in the land; diseases and bilic ous jaundice will afflict mankind ; the crops of Greeshma will flourish ; ascetics, persons who have performed sscrificial rites, physicians, dancers or wrestlers, horses, the Vysias, cows, rolers in their chariots and all yellow objects will perish and the west will suffer. 44, If Venus should be of the color of fire, there willbe fear from fire; if of blood color, there will be wars in the land ## Page 77 CH. 101 Brrgat Samarra, 63 if of the color of burnished gold, there will be disease ; if green, there will be asthmatic complaints; if ashy-pale or black, there will be drought im the land. 45, If Venus should be of the color of coagulated milk, of the white water lily, or of the moon, or if her course be direct, or if she should be the successful planet in conjunc- tions, mankind will enjoy the happiness of Kriteyuga,

CHAPTER X. Ow Sarory. 1, If the disc of Saturn should appear glossy and if his course should lie through the constellations of Sravane, Swati, Hasta, Ardra, Bharani, or Poorvaphalgani, the Earth will be covered with water. 2, If his course should lie through the constellations of Ayulis, Satabbisbak, Jyesht), there will be prosperity in the Jand but slight rain ; if his course should lie through Moola, mankind will suffer from hunger, from weapons and from drought. We will now proceed to state the effects of Saturn’s course through each of the 27 constellations. 8. If the ccurse of Saturn should lie through the first constellation of Aswini, horses, horse-keepers, poots, physi- cians and ministers will perich. If it should lie through the constellation of Bharani, dancers, players on musical instra- ments, vocal singers, low people and deceitful men will perish. 4, Ifhis course shovld lie through the constellation of Krittike, persons that live by fireand commanders of armies will perish ; and if through Rohivi, the people of Kosala, of Mathra, of Benares and of Panchala and carriage drivers will suffer. 5. If the course of Saturn should lie through the cons- ## Page 78 64 Barmar Sauurra. [Cx 10. tellation of Mrigaseersha, the people of Vatsa, * the officiating priests in sacrificial rites as well as the persons that perform them, reverend men and the people uf Madhyadesa will suffer miseries; if through Ardra, the people of Paratha, and of Ramata, oil mongers, washermen and thieves will suffer. 6. If the course of Saturn should lie through the cons" tollation of Punarvasu, the Panchalas, the border Mlechaa and the people of Surat, of Sind and of Souviraka will suffer miseries ; if his course should lie through the constellation of Pushya, bell ringers, criers, the Yavanas, tradesmen, doceit- fal men and flowers will suffer. 7. Ifthe course of Saturn should lie through the cons- tellation of Ayulya, the creatures of water and serpents will suffer ; if through the constellation of Magha, the Balhikas, the Chinese, the people of Candahar, of Sulika and of Paratha, the Vysias, store houses and merchants will suffer. 8. If his course should lie through the constellation of Poorvaphalguni, juice sellers, prostitutes, virgins and the Maharashtras will suffer miseries ; if through Uttaraphalgeni, kings, ascetics, jaggery, salt, water and the town of Taksha- sila in the Punjab will suffer. 9. If the course of Saturn should lie through the cons- tellation of Hasta, barbers, mill-men, thieves, physicians, weavers, elephant keepers, prostitutes, the Kosalakas, and garland makers will suffer. 10, Ifthe course of Saturn should lie through the cons- tellation of Chitra, women, writers, painters, various utensils will suffer; if through Swati, the people of Magada, reporters, messengers,’ charioteers, mariners, dancers and the like will suffer miseries: 11. IE the course of Saturn should lie through the constellation of Visakha, the Trigartas, the Chinese and the * ‘Yates: name of a country; its chief town is Lousumbha, ot on ## Page 79 {Cx 10 Bamar Samara. 65 Kulootas, saffron, shel-lao, crops, every thing of bright, red or crimson color will suffer. 12, If the course of Saturn should lie through-the constellation of Anuradha, the Kulutas, the Tanganas * and the Khasas, the people of Cashmore, ministers, drivers, and bell-ringers will suffer and friends will turn into enemies. 18. If the course of Saturn should lie through tho constellation of Jyeshta, the king’s chaplain, the king’s favo- rites, valient soldiers, and mixed crowds of men of different castes will suffer ; if through Moola. the people of Benares, ot Kosala, and of Panchals, fruits, medicinal plants and sol- diers will suffer. 14, Ifhis course should lie through the constellation of Poorvashadha, the people of Anga, of Vanga, of Kosala, of Girivraja + of Magads, of Pundra, of Mitila and of Tam- ralipte ¢ will suffer miseries. 15. Ifthe course of Saturn should lie through the cons- tellation of Uttarashadha, the people of Dasarna, § the Yava- nas, the people of Oojein, barbarians, the people of Paryatra, and the Kunty-bhojas will suffer. 16, If the course of Saturn should lie through Sravana public officials, the chief Brahmins, physicians, and priosts ‘and the people of Kalinga will suffer miseries. If his course should lie through Dhanishta, the ruler of Magada will ‘become triumphant; and treasury officers will prosper. 17. If the course of Saturn should lie through the constellations of Satabhishak and Poorvabhadra, physicians, poets, drankards or those that deal in liquor, tradesmen and ministers, will be afflicted with miseries; if it should lie me of a people in the upper part of the valley of Sarsyu, name of the capital of Mag sh of the ‘Tamralipta : namo of people near the western mont Ganges. EDatamo'tname of « poop living oath east of Madbyadesa ta the centze of Hindustan, ## Page 80 66 Barmar Sanur, (Cx, 11 through the constellation of Uttarabhadra, dancers, travel- lers, women and gold will suffer. 18. If the course of Saturn shonid lie through Revati, the servants of the reigning sovereigns, the people of Krou- ehadvipa, * the crops of Sarat, barbarians and the Yavanas will suffer. 19. If, while Saturn is in Kritika, Jupiter should be in the constellation of Visakha, mankind will then become very wicked. If both the planets shoald be in one and the same constellation the chief towns will suffer. 20. IfSaturn should appear variegated in color, birds will perish ; if yellow, there will be fear from hunger ; if of Dlood color, there will be wars in the land and if of ashy color, mankind will be very much at strife. 2). If Saturn should appear as bright as the cats’eye gem or paro or of the color of the bana (a black flower) or ‘Atasi + flower, maukind will be happy. Whaterermay be the color of Saturn, the persons who or objects which correspond to the particular, color will saffer. (t]

CHAPTER XI. Ow Comers AND THM LIKE. 1. Having examined the treatises of Garga, Parasara, ‘Asita, Devala and many others on Ketus §, I now proceed to give acloar account of the some. 2. ‘Ihe reappearance or digappearance of the Ketus is not subject to astronomical calcnlations. ‘The Ketus are of three kinds—celestial, etherial and terrestrial, @ Krouchadvipa or Krouncha: @ mountain or part of the Himalsyan range situated in the eastern part of the chain on the north of Assam. ¢ Atasi: common flax bearing s blue flower. Tavs ie white che Brabming, if red the Kshatriyas, if yellow the Vysyas, if black the Sudras and if bine the Chandalas will suffer. {§ Ketua:This term is defined by the Author in stanza 3, and is made te ineinde Comets, meteors falling stars, solar and lunar spots ‘andthe like Iuvainous bedies. ## Page 81 {Cx 11 Brmar Saxurra, 67 8, Ketus are luminous asppoarances resembling fire but without the power to consume objects-the glow worm, certain phosphorescent appearances, gems, precious stones and the like excepted. 4. Thectherial Ketus appear in flag staffs, implements of war, houses, trees, horses, elephants and the like. The celestial Ketus appear in stellar regions ard the terrestrial oes appear in pits and low groundsin the surface of the Earth. 5, Some writers* siy that the Ketusare 101 in number; otherst say that they are 1,000 in number; Narada says that there is but one Ketu which appears in various shapes at various times. 6. Whether there isone Ketuor many, the effects to be described are various and these effects depend on their reappearance or disappearance (at partiaular times and places) their positions, the heavenly bodies with which they might appear to be in contact and on their colors. 7. The effects will last for as many months as the num- ber of days during which the Ketus continua to be visible; if visible for months, the effects will last for years’t). !he effects will commence after three weeks from such appearances, 8, Generally if the Inminous body or comet be small clear, glossy, straight, transient, white and visible either immediately after their appearance or some time afterwards there will be bealth and happiness in the land. 9. IE it be the opposite of these, or of the shape of the rainbow or with two or three tails, mankind will not be happy. 10° The Ketus or comets that resemble garlands, gems and gold are named Kirana Ketus and are 25in number; they bave tals and uppear in the Eastand in tho West; they are the sons of the Dun, and when they appear, prinees will begin to be at strife. ® Parasare for instance. + Garga for instance. Tie Couinentatoraayn Brom 1 to 24day8 0 ity the etfacbe will lust from 1 v9 zamontot, From 25 to 80 days of two years; if visible for 2} montus for instance, the tools wil lat for'3} #7 or 4 years, ## Page 82 68 ‘Brrgaa Samarra. (Ox. 11 li. The Ketus that are ofthe color of the parrot, of fire, of Bhandhu-Jivika* flower, of Shel-lac or of blood are the sons of Agni (fire) and appear in the South- East; they are 25 in number; when they appear mankind will be afflicted with fears. 12, The Ketus or comets whose tails are bent and which are of sharp rays and black are the sons of Yams; they are 25 in number; they appear in the South; when they appear there will be deaths in the land. 18. The Ketus or comets + that appear like a mirror, are round in shape without tails but with rays and looking like oil or water are the sonsof the Barth; they are 23 in nnm- ber, and appear in the North-East; when they appear man- kind will be afflicted with fear and hunger. 14, The Ketus or Comets that appear bright like the moon, silver, snow, while jasmine and the white water lily are the sons of the moon ; they appear in the North and are 8 in number; when they appear mankind will be happy. 15, The single Comet possessing three tails and three colors is named Brahmadanda and is the son of Brahma; it appears anywhere; when it appears the world willcometo an end. 16. Thushave been stated briefly 101 Ketus and we will now proceed to state clearly the 1,000 Ketus already re- ferred to. 17, The Comets thatappear in the North and North East are 84 in number; they are the sons of Venus; they have large, white and shining discs and when they appear mankind will not be happy. 18. The comets that appear glossy, with rays and double tailed are 60 in number; they are the sons of Saturn; ‘they ap- pear anywhere and are named Kanaka Ketus; when they appear mankind will feel very misserable. * Bhandhvjivika: Pentapetes Phoenicoa— o plant with sred flower + which ‘opens at mid-dey. and” witherv away the next morning at sanrise, called in tamil Onnum se. ## Page 83 [Cz. 11 Bemar Sascurma. 69 19. The Comets which aro white, of single disc, withoat tails and glossy are named Vikacha Ketus and are the sons of Jupiter. They are 65 in number; they appear in the South and when they appear mankind will not be happy. 20. The Comets that are neither very bright nor clearly visible to the naked eye, and that are long and white are named Taskera Ketus ;they are the sons of Mercury, they appear any where and are 51 in namber : when they appear mankind will feel miserable. 21. The Comets which are of the color of blood or fire and with threo tails are named Komkuma Kelus : they are tho sons of Mars and are 60 in number. they appear in the North and when they appear mankind will fool miserable, 22, The Ketus that sppear as spots in the solar and lunar discs are $3 in number. ‘They are named as Tamasa and Keelaka Ketus. They are the sons of Raku. ‘Their effects have been stated in the Chapter on the Sun ‘vide stanza 7. Ob.3.) 28. The Comets that resemble the flaming fire or a gar- lsndare 120 in number. ‘They are the sons of Agai and sre nomed Visvarupa Ketus, When they appear there will be fear from fire, 24. The Comets that are dark-red in color, without disc, Presenting the appearance of Chamara* and with scattered rays are named Arana Ketus. They are the sous of Vayu (the wind) and are 77 in number ; when they appear mankind will feel miserable, 25. The Comete that resemble clasters of stars are named Ganake Ketus ; they are 8in number and ate the sons of Prajapati, ‘Those thatare oblongulart in shape, are 204 in number and are the sons of Brahma, * Ohamara ; the busby tail of the Bos Grunniens. + Gaxga ays triangular, ## Page 84 70 Barmar Saxarta. (Cx, 11 26. ‘The Comets that resemble clusters of bamboo canes and that areas bright as the moo are named Kanka Ketus; they are the sons of Varuna aud are 82 in number. When they appear mankind will suffor miseries. 27. ‘The Comets that resemble a headless trunk are named Kabwudha Ketus; they are the sons of Yama and are 96 in number ; and are without dises ; whea they appoar there will be much fearall over the Earth. 28. The Comets that are white possessing a single diso | are 9 innamber; they appear in the four comers. Thus we | have given an account of 1,000 Ketus, We shall now give a fow particulars connected with thom. 29. Vasa Ketuis a comet which lies with its head towards the North; it is of large size, glossy, and appears inthe west. When it appears there will be immodiate * deaths in the land but prosperity in the end. 30. HastiKeta resembles the Vasa Ketu; but if it appears of sherp rays, there will be fear in the land. Sastra Kotu also resembles the Vasa Ketu but is glossy and appears jn the West; and when it appears, there will be wars and’ deaths in the land. 31. Kapola Kotu is visible on new-moon days; its tail is of the color of. smoke: its course lies through the eastern half of the visible hemisphere; when it appeara man- kind will suffer from hunger, death, drought and disease. 32. Rondra Kotu isa comet resembling the dagger’s end and is of a dull red color; it appears + in the South-Hast and travels through a third of the sky and produces the sane effects as the Kapala Ketv. F 88. Chala Kota is a comet which appears in the West with a tail an inchin length pointing to the South;as it pro- ceeds more and more towards the North, itincreases in length. | '* On the day of appearance according to commentator. + About the oonstellation of Ashadha socording to commentator. ! ## Page 85 Cx. 11) Barman Sanurta. 7 84+ After touching the Ursa Major or the Pole tar, or the constellation of Abhijit, it taras back and after travolling one half of the sky disappears in the South. 35. When this Ketu appears, the country between Allahabad and Oojeio, the forests near Ajmere, the north, the country of Devika and Madhyadesa will perish. $6. The other countries will also suffer in several places from disease and fom famine; the effects describs1 will last for 10 months according to some and for 18 months according to others(t). 37. Swota Ketu isa comet which appeara in the East about miduight with its tail pointing to the South. Ka Ketu is a comet of the shape of @ carriage pole and appears in the West. Both the above Ketus are seen simultaneously for 7 days. 88. If both ahould appear glossy, thera will be pros- perity and happiness in the land; if the Ka Ketn should be Visible for over 7 days, tkere will be much suffering from wars for ton years. 39. The Sweta Ketu is of the shape of the twisted hair and of a‘dull and disagreeable aspect; it travels jthrough a third of the sky and then retraces its steps. When it disap- pears it leaves only a third of mankind as survivors, 40. Rasmi Kotu isa comet possessing a tail slightly colored like smoke; it appears in the constellation of Kritika. ‘The effects are the same as those assigned to Swota Keta. 41. Dhrava Keta is » comet possessing no fixed course, color or shape and appears anywhere in the heavens, in the eky and on Earth. When it appears glossy, mankind will be happy- + For8 years socording to Parasara and Garga, ## Page 86 72 Brmar Sawnrra. {Cq. 11 42, To those whose death might be near this Ketu appears in the several divisions of the King’s army, in houses,in trees, in hills and in house hold utensils.[*} 48. Kamada Keto is a comet of the color of the white water lily. It appears in the west with its tail pointing to the east ard is visible only fora night, When it appears there will be unprecedented happiness in the land for a period of ton years. (+) 44, Mani Ketu is acomet which appears for only 3 hours occasionally ; it possesses an invisible disc and appoars in tho ‘West ; its tail is straight and white and it resembles a line of milk drawn from a human breast.(t) 45. There will be happiness in the land from the very time of its appearance for four and a half months; reptiles and vencmous creatures will come into existence (§) 46. Jala Kotu is comet which appearsin the west with a raised tail; it is glossy, when it appears there will be prosperity iz the land for 9 months, and the world will be freed from all miseries. 47. Bhava Ketu isa comet visible ouly fora single nightandin the East, possessing small disc; it is glossy; the tail is bent like that of a lion. 48. Thore will be unprecedented happiness in the land for as many months es the number of hours for which it con- tinnes tobe visible; if it should be fearful to look at fatal diseases will afflict mankind. * According to Parasara it is seen in trees, mountains, bamboos, China yore, reads, implements of war, jewels, chariots, elephants, camels, beds seats, vensela and the like, ‘The number of these Ketus is 10, 21,60, or 100 in the opinion of several writers. + Vridha Garga says that this happiness cannot be au unmixed one; according to bim, cometary appearances never fail to produce evils, }. This and several other comets can be very well identified by a look into the Map of comets published by Europeans, § According to Parasara if the comet continues to be visible for over ‘8 hours serpents, mongooses and the like will come into existence, ## Page 87 cu 1] PRIVAT SAMHITA. 73 49. Padma Ketn is a comet white like the stem of tho lotas. If it appear only for a night there will be joy and happiness in the land for 7 years- 50. Avarta Ketu is a comet of a red color ; it appears in the West at mid-night with ite tail pointing to the South and it is glossy. ‘There will be happiness in the land for as many months as the uamber of Kshanas (Four minutes) for which it continues to be visible. 51. Samvarta Ketn is a comet which appears ia the West in the evening with a tail of the color of smoke and copper, extending to a third of the sky and resembling the sharp ond of a dagger ; it is fearful to look at- 52. Princes will suffer in wars for as many years as the number of hours for which it continues to be visible. ‘hose persons will also suffer in the star of whose nativity the comet appears. 58. Omitting the benefic comets, we shall proceed to state . the several princes who will perish accotding as the malefic comets either dim with their tails the stars of the various con- stellations or appear to be in contact with the same. 54. Ifthe stars of the constellation of Asvini should be dimmed by the tails of or appear to be in contact with, malefic comets the ruler of Asmaka* will perish ; if the stars of Bha- rani should be so dimmed or in contact with malefic comets, tho raler of Kiratas will perish ; if those of Krittika, the ruler of Kalinga will perish ; if those of Rohini, the raler of Sura- sena will perish. 55. If the stars of tho constellation of Mriga Seersha should be dimmed by tho tails of or appear to be in contact with malofic comets, the ruler of Aseenara will perish ; if * Most of theso countries have bocn already explained. ‘The rest wborever thoy ean be identified, wil be explained as we proceed. ## Page 88 4 DRIHAT samara. (ca. 11. those of Ardra, the ruler of the people subsisting by the pro- ducts of water will perish ; if those of Punarvasu the ruler of Asmaka will perish ; and if thoso of Pashya the ruler of Magada will perish. 56. IF tho stars of the constellation of Aslesha shonld be dimmed by the tails of or appear to be in contact with malefic comets, the ruler of Asika will perish ; if those of Magha, the roler of Anga will perish ; if those of Poorvaphalgani, the raler of Pandya will perish ; if those of Uttaraphalguni, the ruler of Oojein will perish ; and if those of Hasta, the ruler of Dau- daka* will perish. 57. If the stars of the constellation of Chittra should be dimmed by the tails of or appear to be in contact with malefic comets, the ruler of the Karas will perish ; if those of Swati, the rulers of Cashmere and Camboja will perish. 58. If the stars of the constellation of Visakcha should be dimmed by the tails of or appear to be in contact with, . malefic comets, the ruler of Ikshwaka and of Aluka will perish ; if those of Anuradha, the raler of Pandra will perish ; if those of Jyeshta the chief emperor will auffer. 89. If the stars of the constellation of Mula should be dimmed by the tails of or appear to bein contact with, malefic comets, the rulers of Andhra and of Mathra will perish ; if those of Poorvashadha, the ruler of Benares will perish ; if those | of Uttarashadha, the rulers of Youdheyaka, of Arjunayana, of | Sivi and of Chaitya will perish. | 60. If the stars of the constellation of Sravana should be dimmed by the tails of or appear to be in contact with, the malefic comets, the ruler of Kekaya will perish ; if those of Dhonishts, the ruler of Punjab will perish ; if those of Sataya *Dandake: name of a district in the Dekhan between the Nermada and Godaveri rivers which in tho time of Ramachendra was a forest and celebrated as a place of pilgrimage. ## Page 89 cu. 11) BRIHAT SAMIIITA, rh the raler of Ceylon will perish ; if those of Poorvabbadra, the ruler of Bengal will perish ; if those of Uttarabhadra, the raler of Neiwisha will perish ; aud if those of Revati, the raler of Kirata will perish. 61. If tho tails of the comets should be crossed by the fall of meteors there will be happiness in the lund; if there should be a full of rain at the time of the appearance of a comet mankind will be exceedingly happy ; but the people of Chola and of Avagana as well as the white-men, the infidels and the Chinese will suffer. 62. The rulers of the countries to which the bent tails of the comets point, of the countries in the direction of which the tails of the comets extend and of the countries corresponding to the several constellations (as described above) with whose stars the comets might appear to be in contact, will triumph over their enemies and be happy. Nor :—Compare, with the above, what modern science has to say on the subject of comets : «© What then is a comet according to the latest scientific researches ? ‘The spectroscope has pretty well solved the query. It consists, first, of a more or less solid nucleus on fire, blazing und glowing ; second, of vast masses of incandescent gas, constitating the luminous head; third, solid materials, constituting the tail, which are ponderable, which reflect the Sun’s light and are carried along by the influence of the nucleus; fourth, an immense prolongation of the tail in the nature of attenuated volumes of gas. The solid materials of a comet, it is believed, consist of stones and sand, particles ground by ceaseless attrition. ‘The proof of this is the con- cession of most astronomers that meteoric showers are shreds and patches of cometic matter, dropped from the tail, and these meteors are stones. ‘Ihe gonesis of comets is found to ## Page 90 16 BRIHAT SAMHITA. [ca. 12. be in tho explosion of planetary bodice, a theory not without good scientific authority.” “ Avago estitaates that there are 17,000,000 of these fiery wanderers within the orbit of Neptune, and Lambert regards 500,000,000 as a moderate estimate for those in the Solar System- All the astronomers agree that they are scattered through space as profusely as the fish in the seas. The Orbit of the Earth is over-whelmed in a fine net-work of cometary orbits, and our globe is like a lost child in a forest full of wild beasts.”

CHAPTER XII. Ow Canorus-+ 1. The mighty ocean whose watersywere swallowed by Agastya, exhibited gems that eclipsed the splendor of the crowns of the Devas and rocks broken by the action of the sharks on them and thus presented an appearance beantifal, though without water. 2. Ibalso exhibited hills with trees, corals and gems and the scene was rendered picturesque by serpents that issued from tho rocks. 8. It exhibited whales, water elephants and rivers and gms scattered over its bed, and, though deprived of water, presented an appearance splendid as Devaloka. 4, There wore ulso seen, moving to and fro, whales, pearl oysters and conch shells, and the sea altogether looked like a summer lake with its moving waves, water lilies and Swans. “Canopus: This star is sacred to Agustya who is said to havo drunk off the ocean and suppressed the heights of the Vindaya mountains. ‘The first S.stanzas, curiously enough, are dovoted to a description of the beauties of the ea on tho oocasion of the former feat, and the 6th stansa which is written in Dandaka metro is devoted to a description of the boauties of tho mountains on the occasion of the latter feat. The language rhetorical, ## Page 91 ca. 12.) BRIHAT SAMILITA. 71 5. Its huge white waves looked like clouds; its gems looked like stars ; its crystals looked like the Moon ; and its long bright serpents bearing gems in their hoods looked like comets and thus the whole sea looked like the sky. 6. Hear now the effucts of the heliucal rising of Canopus, astar sacred to Agastya who suppressed the Vindaya moun- tains whose soaring heights obstracted the course of the Sun ; to which the pictured robes of thu Vidyadhara females leaning for support on their lord’s arme and flying aloft in the sky formed beantifal flowing flags ; whose caves were the abodes of lions which, having drunk of the perfumed blood of ele- phants in rut had their mouths covered with bees that looked like so many black flowers, and from which caves issned rivers ; whose summits appeared to score the starry vault; whose rocks were full of buzzing bees scared by the violent palling of flower trees by wild elephants and were also the abodes of hyenas, of bears, of tigers and of monkeys ; through which lay the secret course of the Ravi which appeared to em- brace its bosom with the affection of a mistress ; and in whose forests dwelt the Devas and also Brahmin recluses, some sub- sisting on water, some on roots, some on the air and some altogether without food. 7. When star Canopns reappears after its conjunction with the Sun, waters muddled by their contact with the earth will resame their original clearness just in the same way as tho minds of the Sadhus naturally recover their original purity after contact with the wicked.* 8. The autumn is attended by the Chakravaka + on both its sides (i. e., beginning and end) ; in it is heard the music of the ewan ; and its opening is marked by the beautiful red eky ; * The rhetorical beauty in this stanza consiste in a certain Slesha (doublo ‘meaning) contained in the term Ku Samayoga, which moans both contact with the earth and contact with the wicked. The next threo stanzas describe tho beauties of the autumn which commences with the reappearanco of Canopus, Chakravaka: the roddy goose commonly called the Brabmani duck, ## Page 92 78 BRIHAT GAMEITA (on. 12. in all these respects the season resembles a woman with a ris- ing bosom, sounding jewels and betel colored mouth. 9. Again in the season of autamn will be found the blue and white lotus growing side by side, hovered over by beauti- ful lines of bees, tender oreepers adding beauty to the scene ; the season therefore resembles a charmiug woman with blue eyes, fair face, black hair aud thin brows. 10. As if to view the beanty of the pure disc of her lord the Moon, the summer luke opens at night her red lotus buds —her eyes—of soft petals in which lie concealed the black bee serving as the pupil of the eye. 11. The Earth, by means of her arms, the waves, adorn- ed by the lotus, the Swan, the ruddy goose and the water- crow appeurs to welcome the appearance of Agastya with her offerings of gems, abundant flowers and fruits. 12. ‘The poisonous and hot waters poured down by clond- covered serpents by order of Indra become puro and fit for use on the reappearance of the Star Canopus- 18. ‘The very thought (meditation) of the sage Agastya is calculated to wash off one’s sins; his praise (worship) mast be capable of doing more. For the benefit, therefore, of princes,* I will now speak of the rales of the Arghya (offering) to be presented to Agastya as stated by the Rishis. 14. The time of reappearance of the Star Canopus is different in different places ; and it is for the learned Astrono- mer to ascertain these tines for given places. In the Town of Oojien the star reappears when the sun just begins to enter the 24th degree of the sign Leo-t The commentator adds that this offering is equally binding on all men, and forms part of man’s Nityakarma. In Vishnu Rahasya we find Vishnu addressing Agast worship thee by the offering of Arghya shall shall enjoy wealth and prosperity in Sweta Dwipa (Vaikantha.) + Leo: The word in the text is Agatasya Kanyam, which literally means be- fore the San enters tho sign of Virgo, bat which the commentator takes to mean, being in Leo, Vide note to stanza 21. ## Page 93 cn. 12.) DRIBAT SAMHITA. 9 15. When the darkness of the night should just begin to be broken by streaks of red light from the eastern horizon, princes, previously prepared* for tho purpose, ought to offer their Arghyam to Agastya by pouring it on the earth in the direction of the Star Canopus rising in the South Hast us will be pointed out by the Astronomer. 16. ‘The offering to be made by princes in honor of Agastya shall cousist of the frugraut flowers of the season, of fruits, of precious stones, of gold cloths, of cows, of bulls, of well couked rice, of sweet-ments, of curdled milk, of colored rice, of perfumed emoke and fragrant paste. 17. A prince making this offering, with a truly devout spirit, on every occasion of the reappearance of the Star Canopus for 7 years will be freed from disease, will triumph over his enemies, and will become the Sole ruler of the Kurth. 18. A Brahmin making this offering to the extent of his ability will become learned in the Vedas and will be blessed with a wife and children ; a Vaisia doing the same will get cows; and a Sudra doing it will get weulth, and all the four will be freed from disease and become virtuous-+ 19. If the dise of the Star Canopus should present a dis- agreeable appearance, there will be disexse in the laud; if yellow, there will be drought; if of the color of smoke, cows will suffer ; if of unsteady light, mankind will be afflicted with fears ; if white red, they will suffer from hunger and from star- vation ; and if of very small disc, the chief ‘Towns will be sur- rounded by the enemy. © Proviously prepared : by fasting and performance of Agastya pooja, accord- ing to commentator. + According to Matsyapurana, tho offoring must be made 7 times on some ‘one morning before dawn within 7 days from the reappenrance of Canopus. According to some other authority the offering should be continued for 17 years, ‘and must be accompanied in the case of the first three classes of men by the Singing of Vedio hyrans. For a detailed account of the ritual connected with the coremony the reader is referred to Bhavishyapurana and to a work entitled Danamala. ## Page 94 80 BRIUAT SAMHITA. [om 18. 20. If Canopus should appear of the color of silver or crystal, or brilliant, there will be prosperity in the land, and mankind will be free from fear and disease. 21. If Canopus shoald be crossed by metoric fulls or by comets mankind will suffer from hunger and death. When the san enters the constellation of Hasta, Canopus reap- pears, and when he enters the constellation of Rohini, Canopus disappeurs.

CHAPTER XIII. Ow tHe Ursa Mason, on ‘Tae Constetation or Sarra Risiis. 1. Tho Seven Rishis form os it were a garland of the white lotus to lady North or look like her smile or seem to be her lords. 2. Or by the direction of hor lord the Pole star, lady North, appears to dance round as the Séven Rishis move in their course. I begin to treat of these stars adopting 4 the views of Vridha Garga. 8. Daring the reign of Yudhishtirat 2526 years be- © Tho statement in tho text amounts to this: Canopus reappears when the sun enters the 17th dogree of the sign Virgo, and disappears when the sun entora the 11th degree of the sign Taurus. This the commentator says cannot ‘be ordinarily, and is besides opposed to what has been stated in stanza 14th, ‘According to commentator the author has quoted in tho last stanza the opinion of Parasara which is only an instance of Utpata. It cannot be otherwiso ; for Canopas is ndeof tho sign Gemini which is 70° from Hasta and only 50 According to some Canopus reappears on the 8th lunar day or on new-moon- Gay of the waning moon of tho month of Asvayak (Tula and Vrischika). Thie ‘opposed to actual observation and mast be regarded os Utpata. ‘Again in Vishou Rahasya Vachana itis stated that Canopus reappears when the Sun enters Hasta; but this as well as what Brihaspati says, the commentator regards as beinig true for the Northorn countries. ‘+ Yadhishtira, otherwise known as Dharmapatra, the eldest of the Pandus who flourished at the end of the Dvaparayuge. 22596, i. nearly 4,500 years ago. ‘The reader will note that at this carly period at least, if not earlier atill, the Hindus wero noted for their knowledgo of Astronomy and that they had recognized the motions of the stars, spoaks highly of their powers of observation ## Page 95 ca. 13-] DRIHAT SAMIITA. 81 fore the commencement of Vikrama Saka the Seven Rishis were at the constellation of Magha (Regulus).* 4. The Rishis take a period of 100 years to go over each of the 27 Asterisms-+ ‘They rise in the North-East and fare accompanied by the chaste Arundhati, the consort of Vasishtha.¢ 5. ‘The eastern-most of the group is Bhagavan Marichi ; the next to him is Vasishtha; the next is Angirasa and the next two are Atri and Pulastya. 6. Tho next in order are the Rishis Palaha and Krita- ‘The chaste Arundhati closely attends her husband the sage Vasishtha-§ 7. If the Rishis should be crossed by meteorio falls, thunderbolts, or comets, or if they should appear dim or with- out rays or of very small diso, they will cause misery and suffering to the persons and objects they severally represent ; but if they should appear big or bright there will be happiness and prosperity. 8. If Marichi should be affected as described above the Gandharvas, the Devas, the Asuras, skilled magicians and physicians, the Yakshas, the Nagas and the Vidyadharas will also be afffieted. 9% If Vasishtha should be crossed by meteoric falls or otherwise affected, the Soythians, the Yavanas, the Daradas, * Regulus : vide last note to the next stanss, An Asteriam is 18°. 20° of the ecliptic : at the rate of 100 years each the Rishis take 2,700 years to make a circuit of the heavens. + The Rishis aro said to bo in that constellation of the ecliptio with which the ‘western most two either rise at Lanks (equator) or culminate at the meridian. In ‘Vishoo Purana it is statod that when the observation was made at one time, the ‘two Bishis were found in Maghs. The Parana also states that when the Rishia should reach the constellation of Poorvashada passing over a space of 10 asterism in 1015 yoors tho Nandaa will reign. § Vasishths, as slready obsorvod, is the last star but one. What is pointed ont as Arundhati near Vasishtha is not the real Arundhati; che is declared in the Bastras to be s Sookshms Tara (Telescopic star) very clos to Vasishtha. ~ n ## Page 96 82 BRIHAT SAMHITA. [cw 14. the Paratas, the people of Camboja and the Rishis of the forests will suffer ; but if Vasishtha should appear bright, he will cause happiness. 10. If Angiras should be affected as described above, men of knowledge, men of acute intellect and the Brahmins will be afilicted ; if Atri should be so affected the products of the forests and of water, seas and rivers will suffer- 1L. Along with Pulastya will suffer the Rakshasas, the Pisachas, the Asuras, the Deityas and the Nagas. Along with Polaha will suffer roots and fruits, and along with Kritu will soffer sacrificial rites and persons performing them.

CHAPTER XIV. On Korma Viszaca.* 1. The countries of the Earth beginning from the centre of Bharata Varsha and going round: the East, South East, South, &¢.,———are divided into 9 divisions corresponding to the 27 Innar asterisms at the rate of 8 for each division and beginning from Krittike. 2. ‘The Constellations of Krittike, Robini and Mriga- seersha represent the Madhyadesa or central division consist- ing of the countries of Bhadra, Arimeda, Mandavya, Salwa, ‘Neepa, Ujjihana, Mara, Vatss, Ghosha, the countries border ing on the Jumna and the Sarswati, the countries of Mateya, ‘Madbyamika- 8 Madhurake, Upajyotishake, Dharmarani, Surasens, Gouragreeva, Uddebika, Panda, Guda, Asvatth, Panchal ‘Karma Vibhaga : Tho geographical divisi ticularly, corresponding to the various stellar object is to discover which of the countries of the arth will suffer when plano- tary and the like celestial phenomens oocur. ‘The Chapter therefore ‘one, though it may not be found to be interesting study to the general render. Tt may bo usod as a goographical dictionary of reference when necessary. A fow more geographical terms oocar in Chapters XVI and XVII. For convenience of reference it is proposed to give an alphabetical list of the more important terms ‘occuring in the three Chapters at the end of Chapter XVII with the modern names given opposite to each. ## Page 97 cu. 14) BRIBAT SAMHITA. 88 4. Saketa, Kanku, Kuro, Kalakoti, Kukura, the Pariyatra mountains, Oudambara, Kapishthals, Gajabvaya. 5. The constellations of Ardra, Punarvasa and Pashya represent the Eastern division consisting of the mountains of Anjana, of Vrishabha, of Dhvaja, of Padma, and of Malyavan; the countries of Vyaghramakha, Suhma, Karvata, Chan- drapura, Soorpakarna. 6. Khasa, Magada, Sibiragiri, Mithila, Samatata, Udra, Asvavadana, Dantaraka, and farther-east Jyotisha, Louhitya, Kshirasamudra, the land of the Canibe 7. ‘The Eastern Ghants, the countries of Bhadragondaka, Poundra, Utkala, Kaseo, Mekala, Umbashts, Yekapada, Tamraliptike, Kosalaka and Vardhamana. 8. The constellations of Asleshs, Magba and Poorva- phalguni represent the South Eastern division consisting of the countries of Kosala, Kalinga, Vanga, Upavanga, Jataranga, Soulika, Vidarbha, Vatsa, Andhra, Chedika, Oordhvakentha- 9. The islands of Vrisha, of Nalikera and of Charma; the countries of Vidarbharaga and other countries in the Vindaya mountains, of ‘Tripuri, Smasradhara, Hemakuta, Vyalagriva, Mahagriva, 10. Kisbkindha, Kantakasthala, Nisahde, Purike, Dasarna, Nogns, Parna and Sabara. * 11. The constellations of Uttaraphalgani, Hasta and Chitra represent the Southern division consisting of the coun- tries of Ceylon, Kalanjana, Sourikirns, Talikata, the moun- tains of Giri, Negara, Melaya, Dardora, Mahendra and Malinya and the countries of Broach, 12. Kankata, Tankana, Vanavasi, Sibike, Phanikara, Konkans, Abhira, Akara, the river Vena, the countries of ‘Avanti, Dasapura, Gonarda, Kerala, 18. And Carnata ; the forest of Mahatavi, the mountain of Chitrakute, the countries of Nasikya, Kolls, Giri, Chola, ## Page 98 84 BRIHAT GAMEITA. fon. 14 Krounchadvipa and Jatedhara, the river Canvery and the mountain of Risyamuka- 14. ‘The islands of Vyduryadvipa, Sankhadvipa, Mukta- vipa, Trivaricharadvipa and Dharmapattanadvipa ; the coun- tries of Ganarajya, of Kristna, Chellar, the Sike, Surpa and Kusnmanaga mountains, 18. The forest of Tambavana, the country of Karmane- yaka, the South sea, the countries of Tapasasrama, Rishika, Kanchi, Marucbi, Pattana, Cherya, Arya, Simbala, Rishabha, 16. The Town of Baladeva, the forost of Dandaka, the countries of Timingilasana, Bhadra, Kachhe, Kunjaradbari and Tamraparni. 17. The constellations of Swati, Visakha and Anuradha represent the South-Western division consisting of the coun- tries of Palhava, Camboja, Sindh, Souvira, Badavamukha, Arava, Ambashtha, Kapila, Narimakha, Anarta, 18. Phenagiri, Yavana, Makara, Karnapraveya, Para- sake, Sudre, Barbara, Kirate, Khands, Kravya, Asia, Abbira, Chanchuka, 19. Hemagiri, Sindhukalaka, Raivataka, Surashtra, Badara, Dravida and Mabarnava. 20. The constellations of Jyeshta, Mula,and Poorvashadha represent the Western divisions consisting of the five moun- tains of Maniman, Meghavan, Vanougha, .Kshurarpana and Astagiri and the countries of Aparantaka, Santike, Haihaya, Prasastadri, Vokkana, 21. Punjab, Ramatha, Porat, Tarakesbiti, Jringa, Vaisya, Kanaka, Sake and the rude Mlecha countries in the west. 22. The constellations of Uttirashadha, Sravana, and Sravishta represent, the north western division consisting of the countries of Mandavya, Tukhara, Talahala, Madra, As> make, Kulata, Lahada, Strirajya, Nrisimba, Vanakha, ## Page 99 cu. 14.) BoIAT GAMHITA 85 28. The tivers the Veoumati, the Palgalnka and the Guruba, and the countries of Marakachha and Charmarangs whose people possess a single eye, single lock, a long neck, a Jong face and long ha 24, The constellations of Satabhishak, Parva Bhadrapada, Uttara Bhadrapada represent the Northern division consisting of the six mountains of the Kylass, the Himalayas, the Vasu- man, the Dhanushman, the Kroancha and the Mera and the countries of the North Kuradess, Kebndrameena . 25. Kaikaya, Vasati, Yamuna, Bhogaprastha, Arjuna- yana, Agnidbra, Adarsantadvipi, ‘Trigarte, Turaganana, As- wamukha. 26. Kesadhara, Chipite, Nasika, Daseraka, Vatadhana, Saradhana, ‘T'akebasila, Pushkalavata, Kailavata, Kuntadhana- 27. Ambara, Madrake, Malava, Pourava, Kachara, Dan- dapingala, Manahala, Huns, Kohala, Seetake, Mindavya, Bha- tapara. 28. Gandhara, Yasovati, Hematala, Rajanya, Khachara, Gavys, Youdheya, Dasameya, Syamaka and Kshemadburta. + 29. The constellations of Revati, Asvati and Bharani represent the North-Kastora Division consisting of the coun- tries of Merakanake, Nashtarajya, Pasupala, Keera, Kasmira, Abhisara, Darads, Tangana, Kaluta, Sairindba, Vanarashtra. 80. Brihmapara, Darvade, Amara, Vanarsjya, Kirata, Chins, Kouninds, Bhalla, Palola, Jatasura, Kunatha, Kbasba, Ghosha, Kuchike; 81. Yekacharana, Anavisva, Suvarnabhu, Vasovana, Divishta, Pourava, Chiranivasana, Trinetre, Munjadri and Gandbarva. 82. Ifthe nine divisions of the 27 constellations from Krittike should suffer from the presence of malefic ‘planets# in them, the ralers of Panchals, Magade, Kalinga, * These aro Batarn, the Sun, Mars, Rabu and Ketu according to commen- tator. ## Page 100 86 BRIHAT GAMIITA. [cH 14. 88. Avanti, Auarta, Sindb, Souvira, Harahoura, Madra and Kouninda will respectively suffer miseries. Norg.—The following list is from Parasara. The chief mountains are 7. The chief rivers are 40. The chief oceans are 4. The number of smaller rivers flowing into seas is 6,000. The chief countries are 99. ‘The number of peninsulas is 10 ; of Sandy deserts is 8 ; of deep lakes 80 ; of islands 80. The number of rivers whose course is westwards is 5,000- According to Vikrama Simba the three constellations from Krittike form the womb, the navel and the heart of lunar Zodiac ; the three from Ardra form the neck, face and so forth going round as’ before, so that Oudh, Mithila, Kou- siki, Gaya, Patna, Apichatra as far as Allthabad are in the womb of the lunar Zodiac ; Bengal, Utkala, Kalinga and Magada are in the head ; Vengi and Kousala are in the right foot ; Simhala, Maleya, Kanchi and Kishkinds are in the right side, Kashmore is in the left side; Kuru, Nepala and China are in the left foot. ## Page 101 87 BRIHAT SAMBITA. on. 14] xa ow 19 9% Ne os | 99 4T & ‘3st 0 | 09 ose 9% Nw | 8 of S 6 No ot | 2 eee = 8 ‘3% 0 | $e 168 = te ‘Ng 18 | ot 965 : 55 ‘Not | 1 188 = % Nw 9 | st sm 2 os +s 8 | 1s 806 oa or 8% 9 | te soe 2 st. sw oot | oe Hs : a ie oF | wm 6 a ot sa 1 | we oe * a ‘se ot | o 18 n ‘N48 | Bt var at 38) 6 | oF eet ia sgor st | ag eat 1 ‘Nd St | 2g 1st or Net owt | at wt 6 ‘Noo | oF ost 7 . ‘s@ it | og att " , ‘xy 0 |e oot = B ‘No 9 | Ht es cs 2 ‘sy ot | oF 69 5 : “398 at | oF e9 oa g. ‘sa 9 | 9 oF 5 H NE og | 99 6g onokory ‘wows, & | ~ " T “opmayeT open suor, *poredinoo amg "2H FORO rs MCU sg om 70 great o “yBuo[ ony arom Ya 20M o7 OT eT worm sony 30 quod es5 spare omy 29 wom Joq aUOHUTTOVEAOD gE OH} 70 BID}E JOIYO a0 eDUD;DLK ## Page 102 88 BRIHAT SAMBITA- [cu. 15. " QHAPTER XV. Ow que Narsnarzas- 1. Those who are born on the lunar day of Krittike will delight in white flowers, will perform sacrificial rites, will be skilled magicians and metaphysicians, will be diggers, barbers, Brahmans, potters, priests or astronomers-* 2. Those who are born on the lanar day of Rohini will be devout men, merchants, rulers, rich men, Yogis, drivers, or men possessed of cows, cattle and the animals of water, far- mers and men possessed of wealth derived from mountain produces % ‘Those who are born on the lunar day of Mrigasira will delight or deal in perfames, dress, pearls, flowers, fraita, precious stones, wild beasts, birds and deer ; will be Somayajia or singers; will be lascivious; will be good writers or pain~ ters. 4. Those who are bora on the Innar day of Ardra will delight in killing, tortaring, lying, in adultery, thieving, cheat- ing and tale-bearing ; will deal in pod-grains, black magic, sorcery and exorcism. 5. ‘Those who are born on the lunar day of Punarvasn will be noted for trathfalness, generosity, cleantiness, respect able descent, personal beauty, sense, fame and wealth ; thoy will also be merchants, dealing in excellent articles, will be fond of service and will delight in the company of painters and soulptors. 6. ‘Those wha are born on the lenar day of Pashya will bo dealers in barley, wheat, rice, sugar-canes and in the prodace of the forest ; will be either ministers or rulers ; will live by water ; will be Sadhus and will detight in sacrificial rites. * Of course one and the same person cannot be all these ; thaugh several charsoters might belong to him, ## Page 103 on. 15. BBIHAT SAMHITA- 89 7. ‘Those who are born on the lunar day of Aslesha, will be dealers ia perfaines, roots, fruits, reptiles, serpents and poison ; will delight in cheating others of their property ; will be dealers in pod grains ; and will be skilled in medicine of every sort- 8 ‘Those who are born on the lanar day of Magha will be possessed of wealth, grains and store houses ; will delight in frequenting hills and in the performance of religious rites ; will be merchants ; will be valient ; will take animal food and will be female haters. 9. Those who are born on the lunar day of P. Phalguni will delight in dance, in young women, in music, in painting, in sculptare and in trade’; will be dealers in cotton, salt, honey and oil and will be for ever in the enjoyment of the vigor of youth. 5 10. Those who are born on the lanar day of U. Phalguni will be mild, cleanly, modest, heretical, generous and learned ; will be dealers ia grains ; will be wealthy, virtuous and in the company of princes. 11. Those who are born on the lunar day of Hasta will be thieves, dealers in elephants, chariotecre, chief ministers, painters, merchants and dealers in pod grains ; learned in the Bastras and of bright appearance. 12. ‘Those who are born on the lunar day of Chitra will be dealers in jewels, precious stones, fine cloths, writers and singers, manufacturers of perfumes, good mathematicians, wea vers, surgeons, ocalists and dealers in Rujadhanys.* 18. ‘Those who are born on the lunar day of Svati will delight in keeping birds, deer, horses ; will be grain mer- chants ; dealers in beans; of weak friendship ; weak, of abstemious habits and skilled tradesmen. * Rajadbanya ; a kind of rice—Panicum Framentaceum, known in Tamil as Hovetigowa, 12 ## Page 104 90 BRIBAT SAMBITA. [cH. 15. 14. Those who are born on the lunar day of Visakha will grow trees yielding red fuwers and red fruite ; be dealers in gingelly seeds, bewns, cotton, black gram and chiek peas and worshippers of Indra and Agni- 15. Those who are born on the lunar day of Anuradha will be valient; heads of parties; fund of the company of Sadhus, keep vehicles and grow every species of crop. 16. ‘hose whoare born on the lunar day of Jeyshta will be valient, of good descent, wealthy, famous ; disposed to cheat others of their property, fond of travelling, ralera of provinces or commanders of armies, 17. Those who are born on the Invar day of Moola will be draggiste, heads of men, dealers in flowers, roots, fruits and seeds ; will be rich and will delight ia garden work- 18. “hose who are born on the lunar day of P. Ashadha will be of gentle miners; fond of sea-voyage, trathfal, cleanly apd wealthy; will delight in earth work ; wilt be boatmen ; will be dealers in fraite and flowers of water. 19. Those who are born on the lunar day of U> Ashadha will bo chief ministers or wrestlers; will keep elephants and horses, will be religions ; will be men of principle ; soldiers ; buppy and of bright appearance. 20. Those who are born on the lanar day of Sravana will be canning, of active habits, efficient workmen, bold, virtuous, god-fearieg and, truthful. 21. Those who are born on the lunar day of Sravishta will be shameless, of weak friendship, haters of women, generous, rich and free from temptation. 22. Those who are born on the lunar day of Satabhishak will be fishermen or dealers in fish and hogs ; washermen ; dealers in wine and birds. 23. Those who are born on the lunar day of P. Bhadra- pada will be thieves, shepherds, torturers ; wicked, mean, and ## Page 105 cu. 15.) BRIBAT SAMHITA. 91 eoeitfal ; will possess no virtues ; will neglect religious rites and will be successfal in fight. 24, Those who are born on the lunar day of U- Bhadra- pada will be Brahmins, performers of sacrificial rights ; will be generous, devout, rich and observant of the rules of the holy orders ; will be heretics, rulers, dealers in rice. 25. ‘Those who are born on the lunar day of Revati will be dealers in water-flowers, salt, gems, oonch shells, pearls, creatures of water, fragrant flowers and perfames ; they may also be boat-meu- : 26. Those who are born on the lanat day of Aswani will * keep horses, will be commanders of army ; physiclans, ser- -vants, dealers in horse, riders, tradesmen or masters of horses. 27. Those who are born on the lunar day of Bharani will deal in precions stones, will be flesh eaters, will be wick- ed men ; will delight in acts of killing and torture ; will be dealers in pod grains ; will be of low descent or weak-inded. 28. The constellations of P- Phalguui, P. Ashadha, P. Bhadrapada and Krittika belong to the Brahmin class ; those of Pashya, U. Phalguni, U- Ashadha and U- Bhadrapada belong to the Kshatriya class, ; those of Revati, Anuradha; Magha and Rohini belong to the Sudra class. 29. The constellations of Panarvasu, Hasta, Abhijit and Aswini belong to the Vaisya cliss; those of Mula, Ardra, Swati and Satabhishak belong to the butcher class. 80. The constellations of Mrigaseorsha, Jyeshta, Chittra and Sravishta belong to the ‘serving class ; those of Aslesha, Visokha, Sravana and Bharani belong to the lowest or Chan- dala class, 81. That constellation in which the Sun and Satara might happen to be together or through which Mars might happen to pase or in which the retrograde motion of a planet might lie or in which a Janar or solar eclipse might take place or through which the moon might pass, ## Page 106 92 BRIHAT SAMHITA. [en 16. 82. Will bring misery to the persons and objects it represents. If on the other hand the constellation should be free from any such affection the same persons or objects will prosper.

CHAPTER. XVI. Ow THe Praners. 1. The sun presides over the people of the Western half of the Nerbada, of the countries on both banks of the Sonue, of Orissa, Bengal, Suhma, Kalinga, Balhika, Saka, Yavana, - Magada, Sabara, Eastern parts of Jotishapara, China and Camboja. 2. Over the people of Mekala, Kirata, Vitake, the outer and inner mountains, Palinda, the Eastern half of Dravida and the east bank of the Jamna. 3. Over the people of the Chumpa city, the Udumbaras, the citizens of Kousambi, of Chedi, of Kalinga in the forest of the Vindeya mountains, of Pandra, of Golangula, of Sri- parvata and of the town of Vardhamana ; “4, And over the people living on the banks of the Iks- hamati-, Ho also presides over hill-men, quick-silver, deserts, shepherds, seeds, pod grains, bitter flavor, trees, gold, fire, \ poison, persons successful in battle. 5. Over medicines, physicians, qaadrapeds, farmers, kings, butchers, travellers, thieves, serpents, forests and re- nowned and cruel men. 6. The moon presides over citadels fortified by hills or by water, over Oude, Broach, the sea, the city of Rome, the conntry of Tukhara, dwellers in forests, the islands of Tankana, Hala and Strirajya in the big seas. 7 She presides over sweet juice, flowers, fraits, water, salt, gems, conch shells, pearls, creatures of water, paddy, barley, medicinal plants, wheat, Somaysjis, kings attacked in the rear, and Brahmins. ## Page 107 cu. 16.] BRIHAT SAMHITA. 98 8. She also presides over fine, white horses, charming young women, commanders of armies, articles of food, clothes, horned animals, the Rakshasas, farmers and Srouties.* 9. Mars presides over the people residing in the west half of the countries on both banks of the Sonne, the Nerbada and the Beas; over those residing on the banks of the Nir- vindhya, the Vetravati, the Sipra, the Godavary and the Vena. 10. The Ganges, the Pioshni, the Mahanadi, tho Indus, the Malati and the Para ; he also prosides over the country of Uttara Pandya, the Mahondra, the Vindaya and the Malaya mountains and the Choladesa 11. The Dravidas, the Videhas, the Andhras, the As- makes, the Bhasapuras, the Konkanas, the Mantrishikes, the Kuntalas, the Keralas, the Dandakas, the at the Milechas and the mixed races: 12. He also presides over Nassik, Bhogevardhana, Vi- rata, the countries bordering on the Vindaya mountains and over the people living on the banks of the Tapti and the Gumtee- 18. He presides over citizens, farmers, chemists, firemen, soldiers, forest-men, citadels, chief towns, butchers, sinners, hanghty men ; 14. Kings, children, elephants, fops, infanticides, shep- herds, red fruits, red flowers, corals, commanders of armies, jeggery, wine and cruel men ; 15 Over store-houses, Agnihotries, metal mines, the Sakhyas in red robes, the Badhists, thieves, rogues, persons harboring deep hatred and gluttons. 16. Moreury presides over the western half of the Lou- hitya river, the Indus, the Gogra, the Gambhiraka, the Ratha, * Bronty, a person skilled in a knowledge of the roles relating to sacrificial rites. ## Page 108 94 BRIHAT SAMHITA. [cu 16. * the Ganges aad its tributary the Kousi. He also presides over the countries of Videha, and Camboja ; 17. The eastern half of Muttra, the Himalayas, the Go- manta and the Chitrakuta mountains, Sarat, people living on table lands, on the gurface of water, in valleys and in moun- tains ; 18. Over persons possessing a knowledge of the laws of drink, of mechanics, of music, of writing, of gems, of color and of perfames ; he also presides over painters, grammarians, mathematicians, physicians, sculptors ; 19. Spies, jugglers, infants, posts, rogues, tale-bearers, bluck-magicians, messengers, hermaphrodites, buffoons, sor cerers, and conjarers ; 20. Over sentinels, danoers and dancing masters ; over ghee, gingelly and other oils ; over seeds, dver bitter flavor, over observers of religions ceremonies, over chemists and males- 21. Jupiter presides over the eastern part of the Indus, the western half of Muttra, the countries of Bharata, and Bouveera ; the town of Sraghna, the province of Udichya, the Vipasa and the Satadra rivers, the countries of Rametha, Salva ; 22. ‘Trigarta, Pourava, Ambashts, Parate, Vatadhans, ‘Yondheya, Sarasvate, Arjanayana, one half of Mateya ; 28. Over elephants, horses, priests, rulers, ministers, marriages and health ; over mercy, trathfulness, cleanliness, religious observances ; over learning, gifts and charity ; 24. Over citizens, richmen, grammariang, Vedic students, sorcerers, lawyers, the ensigus of royalty—the umbrella, the flag-staff, the Chamara and the like; © Rothe is the Gundak according to Kasyapa, ## Page 109 ca. 16] BRIHAT SAMHITA. 95 25. Over Saileyika,* mansi,t tabara,t kuashths,§ quick- silver, salt, beans, sweet flavor, wax und chorakw|} 26. Venus presides over the town of Takshaseela, the countries of Martikavate, Bubugiri, Gandhare, Pushkalavataka, Praatbala, Malwe, Kaikaya, Dusarna, Osinara and Sibi. 27. Over the people living on the banks of the Vithasta, the Irawadi and the Chandrabhaga ; over chariots, silver mines, elephants, horses, elephant drivers and rich men; 28. Over perfumes, flowers, perfumed paste, gems, diamonds, ornaments, lotus or conch shells, beds, bridegrooms, young men, young women, objects tending to provoke lustful ‘desires and persons that eat good and sweet meals; 29. Over gardens, waters, voluptuaries and lewed men ; over fame, comfort, generosity, beauty, and learning ; over ministers, mercbants, potters, birds and tripbalat 80. Over simple silk, colored silk, flannel cloth, white silk, rodhre,t petra,$ obocha,§ nutmeg, sgaru,{} vache, pippili* and sandal. © Saileika : bonsoin or stomx known in Tamil as dur. + Mansi : othorwise known as Jatamansi, a medicinal grass—Cyperes stoloni- fereee known in Tamil as emir GA. ‘ETebara: the plant asia Tara, whoo seed is known ix Tamil a» garcons. § Kushtha : « medicinal plant used as a retfody forthe disoase called Takman Costus. Spociosas or Arsbicus known in tamilas Garage ib. WChoraks : tha husk of esndamom known in Tamiles s#Gerrenuh oF cod, Cpr. © Triphala : the three froite—the threg myrobalans, the fruits Terminalia Chebuls, T. Bellorica, and Phyllanthus Emblica Known in Tamilas sOsseus, pradzeris wd Qgddeent ; or the three fragrant fruita of nutmog, arecanut and cloves or the throe pweet fruite of grupo, pomoyarnate and date, + Bodhra: the tree Symplocos Rocemosa haying yellow leaves, known in Tamil as Qwdrr Oars Bis b. Patra: the leavea of Cinnamon, § Chocha : the bark of Cinnaman, | Agara: Agallochum, Amyris Agallochs known in Tamil as s7z@, F Vachs: a hind of aromatic root (according to some orris root) known in Tamil as wedy. ‘© Pippili : long pepper—Piper longum known in Tamil as @c.969, ## Page 110 96 BRIGAT GAMHITA- [ou. 16. 81. Satara. presides over the countries of Anarta, Arbu- , ds, Pushkara, Surat, Abhira, Sudra, Raivataka, countries through which the river Saraswati passes as an under-ground stream and the western countries. 82: Over the natives of Kurukshetra, the town of Bomnat, and persons bora on the banks of the Vidiss, the Vedasmriti and the Mahi ; over wicked men, uncleanly men and men of the lowest class ; over oil mongers, weak men and persons not possessing virility. 88. Over binders, bird hunters, impure men, boatmen, or fishermen, ugly men and old men ; over dealers in hogs, chiefs of tribes, men of wouk resolution, hill men, barbarous mountain tribes and over poor men- 84. He also presides over pungent flavor and bitter flavor ; over chemistry ; over widows, serpents, thieves, buffa~ loes, asses, camels, beans, leguminous seeds and Nishpava.* 85. Rahu presides over hill men, mountain peaks, outer, and inner caves, the Mlechas, the Sudras, persons subsisting on dogs and jackals, spear men, the couatries of Vokkana and Aswamukha and persons physically deformed. 86. He also presides over the most wicked in the family, over torturers, ungrateful men, thieves, persons who are un- trathfal, uncleanly and ungenerous ; over ass-ridera, duelists, persons of easily irritable temperament, infants in the womb and Chandalas. 87.. Over notorious sinners, fops, Rakshasas, excessive sleepers, all sentient beings and wicked persons; over black gram and gingelly seed. 88. Keta presides over mountains, fortified cities, the countries of Palhava, Sweto, Huna; Chola, Avagana, Mara ‘* Nishpava Cugsuus, species of pulse~Phasoolus Raaditus known in Tamil os ## Page 111 cu. 17) BRIHAT SAMHITA. ” China, and the Iand of the Mlechas; over rich men, men of note, men of industry and valor ; 39. Over men coveting the wives of others, men prying into the secrets of other men, haughty men, ignorant mep, sinners and persons fond of victory. 40. If at the time of reappearance, a planet should appear bright, of large diso and in his nataral condition, not crossed by thunder-bolts, meteoric falls or dust-storms and not suffer in conjanction with other planets or if he should be in his house or in his Ucchakshetra or if he should be within sight of a benefic planet, he will bring prosperity to the persons and objects presided over by him. 41. If on the other hand he should appear otherwise than as described above, the same persons and objects will Suffer miseries and people will also suffer from wars and from diseases and kings will be afflicted with sorrow. 42. Thongh free from enemies, princes will suffer from the intrigaes of their sons or ministers Their subjects, suffering from drought, will quit their native cities and resort to new towns and mountains. CHAPTER XVI. Ow Pranprazy Consonortone. 1. Astronomers are able to predict by calcalation before- hand the times and natare of planetary conjanctions- I have treated of this subject in my astronomical work, Panchasi- dhantika* basing my theories on the Surya Sidhanta. 2 The planeta all revolve in the sky and their orbits of motion lie one above the other. When seen from this great distance, the planets seem to move on one even surface. ; __.® Panchasidhantika ;—The public will be exceedingly glad to hear that two | copies of this splendid work on Astronomy, long supposed to have been lost, have , been purchased by the Bombay Goverament and that G, Thibant Phil. Dr. assisted i | Banat ‘Suddhakara is proparing an edition and sn English Translation of the 5 18 ## Page 112 98 BRIHAT SAMHTTA, [ow. 17. 8. The conjanctious of the planets are of 4 sorts known technically as 1. Bheda,* 2. Ullekhast 8. Amsumardana,t 4. Asavya,|| scoording as the planets are more and more dis- tant from each other, as stated by Parasara and other Rishis. 4. Ifthe planets shotld be in Bheda conjanction there will be drought in the land ; friends and persons of great families will tara into enemies ; if the planets should be in Ullekha conjanotion there will be ware in the land, and princes will quarrel with their enemies ; but there will be abundance of good food. 5. If the planets should be in Amsuvimarda conjanction, kings will be at war and mankind will suffer from weapons, from disease and from hunger ; if they should be in Apasavya conjanction, rulers will be at war with one another. 6. ‘The San when in mid-beaven is known as an Akranda planet ; when in the East he is known as a Poura planet and when in the West he is known as. Yayi planet. Morcary, Jupiter and Saturn are always known as Poura planets. ‘The Moon is always known as an Akranda planet 7. Keta, Mars, Rahn and Venus are known as Yayi pla- nets. The planet that euffers defeat§ in conjanction will cause suffering to the objects it represents ; but if triumphant, the objects will prosper. 8 Ifa Poura (citizen) planet, should suffer defeat in conjunction with qnother Poura planet, citizens und. ralers © Bhoda : this conjunction occurs when the iso of ono of the planots appoars ‘clipeed by that of the other planot, + Ulekbe : this occurs when tho diso of the one appears to rub against the ise of the other. +t Amsumardana : this ocours when the light of the ono mixos with the light of tho othor. {| Asarya: this oocars when the planets are part from each other, § Planetary conjunction, is known in Hinda Astronomy as Yodke (ght) ; when, a planet in conjnnetion, is to be deomed as saiioring defeat or aa teium. hant, the author describes farther on, ## Page 113 ox. 17] BRIBAT SAMHITAL 99 will suffer. Also if a Yayi (marching to war) planet should suffer defeat in oonjanction with another Yayi planct or if an Akranda (setting up war ory) planet should suffer defeat in conjanction with another Akranda planet or if either a Poura or Yayi planet should suffer defeat in conjanction with a Yayi or a Poura planet respectively the objects represented by the planet which suffers defeat will suffer miseries. 9. That planet is said to anffér defeat in conjunction, which might happen to be the Southern one, or of disagroe- able appearance or of unsteady light or which might begin to retrograde immediately after conjanction or which might ap- pear to be of small disc or which might be eclipsed by the other planets or which might undergo a change of nature or appear dim or of ugly appearance. 10. Ifthe planet should appear otherwise than as des- eribed above, he is deemed to be the trintmphant planet and that planet in conjauction which might appear of large, bright, shining disc is deemed triumphant though he might be the southern planets 11. Ifboth planets should be equslly bright, large and shining, the conjanction is known as Samagama—mere mect- ing as opposed to a meeting in fight. In such cases there is. a mutual liking between the planets—and hence also between the persons aud objects they represent ; but if both planets should be otherwise, the same persons and objeots will perish. 12. In cases whoreit might be doubtful whether the conjanction of two planets is s conjanction in fight or a mere meeting, it ia also doubtfal whether princes will prosper or safer. © Tho commentator states, asa corollary to the above, that a planct in con- junction which might appear of small diso or dim must be deemed to suffer defeat though he might be the northern planet. Again as Venus is ever bright, bo is generally the successful planct in conjunc- tions whether he happens to be the northern or southern planct according to Suria Sidhanta and Palisa Sidhauta, ## Page 114 100 BRIMAT SAMHITA, [om 17. 18. If Mars should saffor defeat in his conjanction with Japiter, the Balhikas, travellers and persons that live by fire will saffer ; if he should eo euffer in his conjunction with Morenry the Surasenas, the Kalingas and the Salvas will suffer. 14. If Mors should saffer defeat in his conjanction with Saturn, townamen will prosper but country people will suffer ; if he should so snffer in his conjunction with Venas, store- houses, the Mlechas and the Kshatriyas will suffer. 15. IfMercary should suffer defeat in his conjunction with Mare, trees, rivers, ascetics, tle people of Aemaka, the people of the North, sacrificial rites and the Deckshitas per- forming them will suffer much. 16. If Meroary should suffer defeat in his conjunction with Jupiter, the Mlechas, the Sudras, thieves, rich men, the people of rigarta and those of mountainous countries will suffer and there will slso be Harth-quakes, 17. If Mercury should suffer defeat in his conjanction with Saturn, boatmen, soldiers, creatures of water, rich men and pregnant women will suffer ; if he should so suffer in his conjanction with Venus, there will be fear of injary from fire and crops, clouds and travellers will suffer- 18. If Jupiter should suffer defeat in his conjunction with Venus the people of Kalata, of Kandahar, of Kaikays, of Madra, of Salva, of Vatea and of Bengal will suffer ; crops and cows will perish. 19. If Jupiter should suffer defeat in his conjanotion with Mars, the people of Madhyadess and princes will suffer and cows will perish ; if he should so suffer in his conjanction with Satarn, the people of Arjanayana, of Vasati, of You- dheya, of Sibi and the Brahmins will perish. 20. If Jupiter should safer defeat in his conjunction with Mercury, the Mlechas, trathfal men, armed soldiers and ## Page 115 cu. 17.) BRIHAT SAMHITA. 101 Madhyadesa will suffer; also the various persons and objects presided over by Jupiter will suffer. 21. If Jupiter should suffer defeat in his conjunction with Venus, travellers and eminent men will perish. ‘The Brahmins and the Kshatriyas will be at war and there will be no rain+ 22. The people of Kosala, Kalinga, Bengul, Vatea Matsya Madhyadesa and Surasena and. hermaphrodites will suffer great miseries. 28. If venus should suffer defeat in his conjanction with ‘Mars, the chiefs of armies will perish and princes will be at war; if Venus should so suffer in his conjunction with Mercury, the people of mountainous countries will suffer ; mille will be injared and there will be slight rain. 24. If Venus should suffer defeat in his conjunction with Saturn, the chiefs of tribes, soldiers, the Kshatriyas and crea- tures of water will suffer ; the several objects and persons pre- sided over by Venus will also suffer in addition. 25- If Saturn should suffer defeat in his conjunction with Venus, the price of food grains will rise and suakes and birds will suffer. If he should so suffer in his conjunction with Mars, the people of Tankana, of Northern circars, of Orissa, of Benares, and of Bulhika will suffer. 26. If Satura should suffer defeat in his conjunction with Mercury, the people of Bengal, tradesmen, birds, animals and snakes will suffer ; if he should so suffer in his conjanction with Jupiter, women will be happy ; buffaloes and the Scy- thians will suffer. 27. Thus have been described the special effects of the defeats of Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn in their conjunctions, each, with the other planets. ‘'o these effects mast be added the effects resulting to the several objects and persons presided over by the several planets. ‘Thess will snffer in proportion to the extent of defeat of the planets pre- siding over them. ## Page 116 102 BRIHAT SAMHITA. [oa 17. List of Indion Geographical terms alphabetically arranged with their modern names given opposite to each. A Abdhinagari, Dwaraks (the old). Ahiochalre Abicchattr, jameotham, Ajmer Akoopange, Sendakines. ‘Alakxounda; Alaknunda. ‘Amarakantake, Omerkantak. ‘Ambashta, Lahore (District). ‘Amritasaras, Amritear, ‘Anartam; Kaitywar. agaree, Dwaraka (tho old). a evan, Vegi Vang ‘nga, Bengal proper near Bhagalpar, ‘Angadapur, Sbalinbad (ia Ouse) ‘Angadesys, Shahabad (in Oude), Angedoaa, Bhagalpar (the Distrit). ‘Angeperi; Bhagulpur (the town). ‘Antarvedi, Gangetic Doab. ‘pags, Apage (a stream). ‘Aratta, Gujerat (provines) in Punj ‘Arbada, Abo. ‘Aryavarta, Northern India, ‘Ashmaks, ‘Travancore, ‘Asi, Asi (civer). ‘Asmaka, Bhi ‘Atreyi, At ‘Avantayah, Malwa (Western). ‘Avanti, Ov} ‘Avantiparam, Vantipur. ‘Ayodhya, Ondo (the town). B. Bhagiratheo, Hoogly ; Ganges. Bharatavareha, Indin, Bharakaccha, Barosch, Bhogavati, Bagmati. ‘Brahmaputra, Brahmaputra. ‘Brahmasarab, Bralmasarae. Beahraayoni: Brahmajoin (abil) inhmavarta, India Upper. Brindavana, Brindaban. a Chaityakagiri, Ratnagiri. Champa, Bhagulpur (the town). Chandra, Chenab, Chandrakant, Chandrika, Chenab. Gharmanvati, Chambol attagrama Chittagong. Shoouty Ching. Chintarathya, Chindinthara, Chitra, Chittanr. Chitrakuta, Chitrakote. Chitropala, Chitteur. Cholamandais, Coromandel. Dd. Dakshinsmanasam, Dakshinamsnas- Dakshinapathm Southern India. Damaliptam, Tumlook. Damodara, Danadar. /Darada, Dard (the osantry).. Dardaragiri, South Bastern Ghauts. Baraparam, Dialogs Fenn a of Malwa or Bun‘ pars, par Pande Daserna, Dasan (river or country). aera, he Great Done Javagin,Deogir or Dow Dorairda, Doverkunda, Devikodbam, Dingjpore (Southern), Dhara, Dhar. Dharmapatianam, Sahot Mahet ? Dharmaparam, Dharmapur. Dhermarangam, Dharmran- Drishtadvato, Cogar. [Dashpars, Chenaul [Dwaravall, Dwaraka (the old.) Dwarika, Dwaraka (the old). G. Gadegrama, Gargaon. Gadhfoararom, Rano ‘mice ia th janarajye, Nemo. of a Empire in the nase South of India, JGandaks, Ganda (District). JGandaki, Gandak. Banged’ Capote, vars, Hardwar. ## Page 117 ca. 17.) Girivrijam, Bi Godavaree, Godavares. Gokarna, Rameswaram. Gomatee, Gnmtes, jorathagiri, Bila Govardhave, Gobardhan. Gouda, Bengal (Northera.) Gourapari, Gaur. Gurjara, Gojerat (Province) in Panjab, Haimarater, Ganj ‘Hlarikeliyn, Benge! (Eaxtern,) Hariprasthan, Delhi (town,) ‘Hatake, Lodak (provines } Hemakute, A mountain to the north of ‘the Himalayas, Homanta, Homa, Hiranvate, Ramagenga, Hiranyataho, Sona (river) Hiracy Giver ‘Hradiuee, Jhelam (river) L Indraprastham, Delhi (town.) Indyja, Nerbud. Indamatee, Kalocmudeo (Rastern.) ‘Indamatee, Chenaub ? Travati, Bavoo, a Jalandhars, Jollunder Doab. peaberal ane on mabburmi, fadia (Norther oe a Chakri, aoe (Northern, para, i TeeBrathos Soka, x Kacoha. Chashak (the plain.) Kacchare, Cachar? Ealingeptran, Kes Hangs, District i the C dal in tho Coroman ath, ‘const (Ganjam District.) wnagati, Rajmabendri, Kalyenam, Galan, pur. ‘BRIHAT SAMHITA. 108 Kenakhalanh, Kankhal, village.) Keatal, Khanthal iho mowtain) Kapea, a (river. _ Kapise, Coser ts (a river in Midnapur.) Kapishtalam, Kaithal. Kaseepures, Benaren. Kashmira, Cashmere, Kataka, Cuttack, Kaveri, Canvery (river. Keekadt sehar (Sout Keera, Cashmere. Kela, Canara. Kerale, Malabar. Ketakspuram, Kaira, Khagi, aka. : Khunamushs, Khunomush. Kolahalagiri, Brahmajiuin (8 hill.) Kolnpuram, ona esl ats he prvine) Encore Kovermbi, Kossm. Konsikee, Coos. Kousikee’ Knochah, Pures (the Dis- Kram Kamraj oad K 20, Krishna. Kritha Kousiks, Hydrabad (Wostorn). ‘Krounoba, o mountain on the North of ‘Anoan. Kulata, Kula (tho district), Eumelt, Goma mari rine Kondinam, Bidar Kruntala Hydorabed (8. Westrs). Eorujengulam, Morat (tho division). arojangalam, Mera . Karabahettra, Eosipat. ion) Karaathalam, K Eccl Ramage? sara r cig i L Ladhs, Ahmedabad District. Takabanavati, Ganr. Lalitapattanam, Lalitpattam, ‘Tampaka, Lamghab, andi. Langalineo, Ne Yanke, an island in the Equator, Lavans, Looni, ## Page 118 104 Loharam, Lahor. ‘Louhitya, Brahmaputra, ‘Madhumates, Sind (a river in Oneb- mere.) Madhoparam, Madhupar. Madhura, Madura. Madhyadees, Contral India, Medra, Bhutan. Madraioss, Rechma Doab (lower) Madrishmots, Bhoragae. Mogedhe, Behar (South,) Magedhi” Pancha. Maltakosee, Kosi. Mhanadi, ‘Phalgn. Malraohirs, Hyderabad (West). abapadmasaras, Walar Lake. Mahoo, Myhe, Maheosura, Mysore. ‘Mehondragir, Easton Ghanta, eae shotavnpuram, Mahobia» Malate, Shahabad. Melawa, Malwa. Malasachala, Southern Ghats, ‘Malayerara, Malabar Malinee, Bhagulpar (town.) Malineo, Painune Mallabhumi, Bankora. ety a aot ‘Malyevan, a mountain to tho Monat Mera. Jeypore. Mayapara, Mayapar, Omerakaitak (the moont.) Mike ahat Modagis, woongye. ‘Modapuram, Madawar? Nogapattanam, Negapatam. Nesranjina, Nila fa torent.) Nlaseto, Adams bridge, ‘BRIHAT SAMHITA. on. 17. Nanda, Alakananda, ‘Nandinee, Oude (the town.) kya, Nasik. Oudhra, Northern Orisea. Pr. Padmakshetra, ono of the four secred Gistricte in Orissa, Padmapur Paras, A Brahmin settlement betwoon ‘the Jams and the Ganges. Parnasa, Puunass, Punch (village.) Pariyatra, The central or western por- {ion of the Vindhya mountains. Pataliputra, Patna. Patishtanam, Paiten, Pattanam Patton, taseela, Hyderabad (in Sind.) Phalga. A mountain on the north of a tho river Indas, Binakiai, Ponnar (river) oorvagunga, Nerbada, Pondanya, Badeon, Prabhasan, Pattan Somanate? Pragivtish Kemrogp: Prag}yotishapurar, Gauhal Prastbala,Pattala. Prathudakam, Pohoa. Prayags, Allahadad (Provinoe Preta kta, Preta kula (Gaya) Panahpana, Panpun. Pundra, the modern Bengal and Bebar. Pondravardhana, Pandua, Punngabhomi, Northern india, Paraniya, Parnes (town,) Pari, Pari, /Purvambudhi, Bay of Bengal. ## Page 119 on. 17-] Pashkaram, Pokor. Pushpeparam, Patna, R Radha, Western Bengal. aivathke, Gina, a Heiagriaty Ramagadge, amg Aamnalirday Koratabetra (tho lake?) Beka expan moana parvata mountains. Hishigit, Udajagir: (near Bajgus)- Hotifalja Katia, a Hodran, Adam's peak. Saketa, Ayodhya. Sulatara, Lavor. Samanaswasa, Jomna, Samasthaleo, Gangetic Doab. Benkesyam, Be ‘Bankess. pay Sekedanle, Gis Chega, Oitang. Saravati, ” do, Sayyanavat, Rarakshetra (lak Sestakundam, Seotakand, near Moongir. Setubundha, Adams’ bridge. Sibika, A Gini ‘in Cashmere. Simbala, Ceylon, Sindhu, Sind (a river in Cashmere), Sindlundees, Nor North Western Punjab, visa Bivi, Jeteh ‘Beat, (Lower.) Sitadra, Sat! Somodbhava, Norbada, Sona, Son, Soudhadesa, Soonda (District.) Sudhaparam, Sona. (town.) Sourendhra, Sarbind. Soarsabtra, Gajirat, Kattiwar. Bouveers, Jetch Dos (upper.) Sowasths, Swat (District) BRIHAT SAMHITA. 105 Sowasthavam, Swat (town.) ‘Sowasthavee, Swat (river.) ‘Sravasti, Sahet Mahet ? Srihatte, Sylhet. Srookabetram, Pari, Srirungapatianam, Seringupatam, righ, Stiszuteeram, Thaneewar. Suhms, Western Bengal. ‘Sundarivana, Sunderbans. ‘Surapuram, Bopur. Sarasona, Matte, (Province.) Bariakurtda, Dekshinamanas, Surparakum, = oarguon. Swarai Swarnaice, Mandakineo, Swarr, Subuaratha. Sym Tabkaperacs aki (Panjab) ram, Taki (Pu Talakdtam, Talent Tamalika, Tumlook. ‘Tamaralipta, Tarslook. ‘Tamraparni, Tamarsbest ‘Tangans, eens roe a relper Ret Pet eH Tepe derabad (East.) Tia Heat ryakerota, Raves Rega hore ing, Hyder (Bast.) eee Ganges. Teipar, Fewas, ‘Teisrote, Gan ‘Tangabhadea, Tambudra. Pangavena, Tanga. ‘Tarushka, Turkestan, ople in the y of Baraya, U ds, Orissa. Udayagiri, Udayagiri in Orissa, Udumbara, Catch. Ugra, Cansra: ayant, Ghia kcal (Diatit) Upahtia, Hydorabad (South West) Useenara, Jetch (doab) Lower. 4 ## Page 120 106 Debhepesam, Uekars, ‘Utkale, Orissa. Uttaraioanasam, Uttaramanus (in Gaye.) v. Vohika, Punjab, Vairadbam, Bairat Voisanti, Bosare., Vaiterani, Baitarinee. Valabbi, Babri. Ve Vanatnalinge, Dearne (the old). atures Sognda (he Dito) snga, East Bengal. Yak, a, Masi, ‘tarda. Varthasies Batbargi Varabamole, Barmala. snasi, Bonares. Vi ta, Ailababad. faranavata, Ailababa Varapavatam, Baraon. Vardhamons, Burdwan. Varendra, Bengal (North). Varnakalura, Warangal. Varnava, Bunnoo. Yarau, Kram (the vive), Varunée, Kaloenades. (West). Vatadhaoam, Batoair. ataadose, Allahaba: nam, Korat. Vateapal ‘Vedasruti, Sot, Suti. BRIHAT SAMBITA. [ox. 18. Yemen Birbhum. jena, Warns, ‘Venasanj Vetravati, ‘Vidarbha, Berea (West,) Berar ; Bidar? ‘Vidasmriti, Sot; ‘Sati. Videha, A District in the province (Ancient Mithila). ‘The leo. of Behar Tis Vikeartperer, Eitetapar. Vindhayachala; Vindhaye mountains. Venere, Hea Yagapura, Yo Zaganapur, Yamane, J Yamunndriy Jamanatsi (peaks). Yasohara, Yoyupuram,

CHAPTER XVIII. On THe Moon’s Consuncrion wit THe Piangts. 1. Ifthe Moon should pass to the north of the constel- lations (wherever possible) and of the planets, her course is known as Pradakshina (course from left to right). She will then cause prosperity to mankind; if on the other hand the toon should pass to the south of the stars and planets she will cause misery. 2 Ifthe Moon should pass to the north of Mars, powerful mountaineers will triumph in fight; the Kshatriyas with their ## Page 121 cx. 18.] BBIHAT BAMHITA. 107 armies that march ont for battle will prosper and crops will be abundant. 8- If the Moon should pass to the north of Mercury, citizens will triumph in fight; crops will flourish; there will be matual attachment among men and the royal treasuries will be fall. 4. If the Moon should pass to the north of Jupiter, citi- zens, Brahmins, the Kshatriyas, learned men, acts of virtue and charity, the people of Madhyadesa will prosper and mankind in general will be happy- 5. Ifthe Moon should pass to the north of Venns, trea~ saries, elephants and horses will floarish; bow-men that march out for fight will triamph and crops will prosper. 6. If the Moon shonld pass to the north of Saturn, the rulers of citizens will triumph in fight and the Séythians, the Balhikas, the people of Sindh, the Palhawas and the ‘Yavanas will be happy. 7. Generally if the Moon, enffering in no way, should pass to the north of the constellations and planets, the objects and persons presided over by them will prosper ; if she should pass to their Sonth, the same objects and persons will suffer miseries. 8. In other words the effects described, when the course of the Moon lies to the north of planets and stars will be reversed when her course lies to the sonth of such planets and stars. Thus have been described the effects of the Moon’s conjunction with stars and planets. ‘The conjunctions of the ‘Moon with the stars and planets are not conjunctions in fight but are mere meetings known technically as Samagamas. ## Page 122 108 BRIHAT SAMTLITA. [ow 19.

CHAPTER XIx- On Pranerany Years* 1. Ifthe Sun should be the lord of the year, month or day, there will be crops here and there, the forests will be fall of wild, carnivorous animals secking for prey; springs will yield but little water; rivers will full; and diseases and medicine will not gain much in strength. 2 The heat of the Sun will be felt intolerable even in the dewy season; clouds though resembling mountains in size will not yield much rain ; the sky will be full of heavenly bodies of lost lustre; ascetics and cows will be afflicted with miseries. 8. Princes will range over the land in military order with proud elephants, horses, foot-soldiers and other strength, armed with bows, swords, cudgels and engaged in attacking countries as they march. 4. Ifthe Moon should be the lord of the year, the sky will be filled with clouds moving like mountains and of the color of black cobra, collyrium or the bee and filling the whole Barth with water and the sky with the roar of thunder. 5. The tanke will appear beautiful by the presence, in them, of the lotus and the white lily, the groves will be full of flower trees rendered charming by the hamming of black bees. Cows will yield abundance of milk, and will thrive; and wives will please their husbands by acts of love for ever. 6. There will be an abundant growth of wheat, rice, barley and other grains and also of oxcellent sugar-cane ; the towns and mines will flourish; the surface of the Earth will be marked by the construction of raised brick-works over the sites of sacrificial rites, the sky will be filled with the sound Tho role is that the planet in whose week day the new-moon falls in the lunar month of Chaitra is the regent of the yoar which then commences. ‘This Chapter is written in beautiful Sanscrit. ## Page 123 on. 19.) BRIRAT SAMBITA. 109 of Vedic hymns chanted by persons engaged in such rites ; and the Eérth will be under the protection of good ralers. 7. If Mars should be the lord of the year there will be fear from destructive fires gaining in atrength by the winds that blow over them and consuming villages, towne and forests ; mankind will suffer from the attacks of robbers, and there will be heard everywhere cries of distress and there will also be loss of property and cattle. 8. Though gigantic clouds might float together in the sky, they will yield little rain. Crops, even though they might be grown in wet places, will become dry and if they happen to grow and ripen at all, they will be cut and carried away by robbers: 9. Balers will little attend to the protection of their subjects ; bilions complaints will afflict mankind ; there will also be deaths from snake-bites and crops will suffer blight or be otherwise injured. 10. If Mercury should be the lord of the year, the arts of jagglery and sorcery will thrive ; rogues will prosper; towns and villages will flourish ; musicians, writers, ma- thomaticians and persons skilled in the use of arms will abound in the land and ralers will exchange rare and valuable gifts. 11. Mankind will be trathfal; Vedic studies will flourish ; criminal courts will adorinister justice according to the code of Manu; there will be found students of the higher motaphy- sics——Yoga Vidya and Brahma Gnana—in many places seeking their way to Salvation and there will also be found students of Logic and the like sciences. 12. Buffoons, messengers, poets, children, hermaphro- Gites, makers of perfames, and persons living on banks, over waters and in mountains will prosper ; medicinal plants will thrive- ## Page 124 110 BRIHAT SAMHITA. “fon. 19. 18. If Japiter should be the lord of the year, the sound of Vedic hymns chanted aloud by Brahmins in sactificial rites will fill the sky, cause distress to the enemies of the rites and bring joy to the minds of the Devas that partake of the offerings 14, Abundance of excellent crops will mark the Earth,large numbers of elephants, horses, cows and foot-soldiers will thrive; there will be an increase of wealth ; mankind will be happy under the protection of just rulers and the Barth will assume an appearance quite as bright as the starry heavens. 15. Tho sky will be fall of various huge clouds yielding abundance of rain ; crops will thrive and there will be pros- perity in the land» 16. If Venus should be the lord of the year, rice-crops and sugat-canes will flourish, low grounds will be filled with rain water, tauks will appear beautiful on account of the lotus growing in them ; and tho Earth will assame an appearance quite as charming as a lady be-decked with jewels. 17. Balers will achieve success in war ; the sky will be filled with the sound of the joy of triamph from the soldiers of the army ; all good men will be heppy and wicked men will dwindle and perish ; towns and villages will thrive and the earth will be under the protection of just ralers. 18. The spring season will be miarked by husbands fre- quently imbibing delightful honey (wine) in the company of their wives ; pleasant music from the flute ard the lyre will oft delight the ear and mankind will partake of their meals in company with visitors, friends and kinsmen and the} god of love will revel in triumph. 19. If Satarn shoald be the lord of the year, the land will suffer from wicked men, bands of robbers and big wars; cows will perish ; wealth will disappear ; there will be heard * The above aro special effects for Jupiter; to these must be added the effects described for the year in the Ch. on Jupiter. \ \ ## Page 125 cu. 20.) BRIBAT eAMETA. i the cries of people mourning for the death of their kinsmen in civil strife ; severe epidemics will break outand afflict people. 20. Clouds will be dispersed by winds ; trees will suffer from disease ; the sky will be filled with dust concealing from view the discs of the Sun and Moon ; tanks will become dry and rivers will fall. 21. Crops found growing here and there will perish for want of waters and in other places they will thrive only when fed by the slight rain sent down by Indra: 22. Generally if the Lord of the year should appear of small disc or- dim or in his Neecha house or if he should suffer dofeat in conjunction, he will not produce. all the evil effects assigned to him. If he should be otherwise, the effects will be good. If a year already known to be a bad one (vide Ch. on Jupiter) should also be found bad under this Chapter, there will be an increase of adversity ; if found good in both ways, then, an increase of prosperity ; if found to be both good and bad, there will bea mixture both of prosperity and adversity.

CHAPTER XX. Ow Pranerary Merrinas.* 1. People living in that quarter of the earth will suffer from weapons, from hunger and from other miseries in which direotion a planet reappears after, or disappears by, its con- junction with the Sun-+ 2. If when the planets meet sos to form a circle, a bow, a triangle, » rod, a citadel, » lance or a Vujrayudhat man- kind will suffer from starvation, from dronght and from war.§ "® ‘This refers to the spparent goometrical figures formed by the meoting of planets. + This accords with the opinion of Kasyspe. Vajrayodha: » three edged weapon narrow at the middle and broad at both ends. § Kasyapa says that if the planets meet in other than certain well-known figures mankind will be happy. ## Page 126 112 BRIHAT GAMHITA. [cu. 20. 8 The ralera of those parts ofthe earth will suffer from foreign invasions and be dispossessed of their countries by foreign princes which correspond to the quarters of the heavens in which the several planets are seen to meet as described above towards night-full.* 4, ‘Che objeots and persons represented by the several asteriams in which the planets happen to meet will suffer; bat if the discs of the planets should be bright and apart from one another there will be happiness in the land- 5. Planetary meetings are of five sorts known technically as 1. Samvurta, 2. Samagama, 8. Sammoha, 4. Samaja, 5. Sannipata and 6. Kosa- We will now define these and state their effects. 6. If ina single sign, Poura planets and Yuyi planets should meet together to the number of 4 or 5, the meeting is known as Samvarta- If either Rabu or Keta should join them the meeting is known as Sammoha. 7. If, ina single sign, there should meet either Poura planets or Yayi planets, in either case the meeting is known as Samaja. If when Saturn and Jupiter meet, some other planets should join them, the meeting is known as Kosa-t 8. The meeting of a planet which reappears in the west with another planet which reappears in the east, after their conjunction with the Sun is known as Sannipatee If the meeting planets should suffer no change in their nature and should appear bright and of large size, the meeting is known a8 Samagama. There will then be prosperity in the land- 9. The effects of the Samvarta and Samagama meetings are indifferent——i- e there will be neither mach of pros- * Lines drawn from Madhyadoss and from the Zeuith to the eight points ‘of the compass will divide both the Karth and the sky into eight equal parte and the Madhyadess will correspond to mid-heaven. + This accords with the opinion of Badarayana ; but according to Parasara if when Jupiter and one or two other planets meet, Saturo should join them, the meeting is known as Kosa. ## Page 127 cu. 21] BRIHAT SAMHITA. 118 perity nor much of adversity ; tho effects of the Sammoha and Kosa meetings are dissstrons in their character; in the Samaja meeting there will be an equal degrep of prosperity and adversity; and in the Sannipata meeting, mankind will be at war with one another.

CHAPTER XXI. On tae Ramm Croupa.* As food is the support of life and food depends upon rain, it is important to discover the laws of rain by any means. 2. Iwill now proceed to state these laws in accordance with the views of Garga, Parassre, Kesyapa, Vatsa and others on the aubjeot. 8. The predictions of an astronomer who pays oxclasive attention, both day and night to the indications of rain afford- ed by preguant glonds, will as little fail of eucooss as the words of Rishis- 4 What science can possibly excel, in interest, the acience relating to the prediction of rain, by » thorough stady of whieh one thongh ignorant in other matters passes for a great astrologer in this Iron Age- 5. Somet say that the days of the appearance of the pregnant clouds immediately follow the bright half of the lunar month of Karttike-———Ootober and November. This view is however not in accordance with the views of many writers on the subject. We therefore will give here the views of Garga and others. 6. The days on which clonds are to be deemed pregnant commence from the dey when the moon reaches the Asterism ‘® The main idea in this Chapter is that clouds thet appear in certain sea sons of the yoar are to be deomed as proguant clouds and thet they yield rain ai perticalar times and places. + Bome; Siddhasons and mon of his School, 16 ## Page 128 114 BRINAT SAMBITA. [ow 21. of P. Ashadhas on any of the lunar days, from the first, of the bright half of the lunar month of Margasira——November and December. 7. If pregnant clouds appear when the Moon is in a cer- tain Asterism the delivery of rain will occur 195 days after,t when the Moon will be in the same Asterism. 8. Clouds conceiving during the bright half will be de- livered daring the dark half of a lunar month and clouds con- ceiving during the dark half will be delivered during the bright half. Also clouds conceiving during the day will be delivered at night and clonds conceiving at night will be delivered during the day; also clouds conceiving in the twi- light of the morning will be delivered in the twilight of the . evening and clouds conceiving in the twilight of the evening will be delivered in the twilight of the morning.¢ 9. Clouds that conceive in the bright and dark halves of the month of Margasira——November and December and in the bright half of Pousha——December and January— will be delivered of rain respectively in the dark half of Jyeshtha——May and June—and in the bright and dark halves of Ashadia—dJane and July; bat the fall of rain in these cases will only be moderate; and clouds that conceive in the dark half of Pousha will be delivered of rain in the bright half of Sravana—Jaly and August. 10. Clouds that conceive in the bright helf of Magha— January and February,—will be delivered of rain in the dark half of Sravana and those that conceive in“the dark half of ‘© P. Ashadha or the first quarter of U. Ashsdha according to commen- tator. 4,0, fully 7 months ater, os the sdeil psi of the moon is exactly 27 days, 7 hours, 43 minutes 11°4 seconds, ‘This Stanza enabloa us to ‘tho very day of the occurrence of rain. {The Commentator adds: clouds conceiving at mid-day will be delivered ‘at midnight and vice versa. In all these cases the interval between conception and delivery is of course 195 days. This stanss enables us to determine tho ‘very hour of the occurrence of rain-fall, ## Page 129 cn. 21] | BRIHAT SAMEITA. 15 Magha will be delivered in the bright half of Bhadrapada— August and September- 11. Clouds that conceive in the bright half of Phalguna —February and March—will be delivered of rain in the dark half of Bhadrapada and those that conceive in the dark half of Phalgana will be delivered in the bright half of Aswayuja —September and October. 12- Clouds that conceive in the bright half of Chitra —March and April—will be delivered of rain in the dark half of Aswaynja and those that conceive in the dark half of Chitra will be delivered in the bright half of Karttika—October and November.* 18. Clonds that conceive in the East will be delivered in the west and clouds that conceive in the west will be delivered in the east. The same rale holds with regard to the other directions and also with respect to the winds that appear both at the times of conception and delivery.+ 14 If gentle and agreeable winds blow from the north, north-east and east, if the sky should be clear, if the Sun and ‘Moon should appear surrounded by bright, white, thick halos ; 15. Ifthe clouds should appear hinge, bright, dense, or shaped like a needle or a sword and red, if the sky should ap- pear dark as the crow’s egg, if the Moon and Stars should appear white ; 16. If the twilight should be marked by the rainbow, by the low rumbling roar of thunder, by lightning, by the mock sun or parhelion, if it be of agreeable appearance, if groups of birds and animals should sound sweet music from the north, north-east and east; Those stanzas enable us to determine the particular fortnight of the fall } of rain. + This stanza enables us to determine the direction ofthe fall of rai. ## Page 130 116 BRIRAT BAMHITAS [oH 21. 17. If the planets should appear of large bright disc, if their course should lio to the north of the constellations, if they should be free from abnormal affections, if the trees should grow well and be free from disease ; if men and cattle should be happy ; 18. ‘These are indications of a healthy pregnancy; and in such cases the clouds will yield abundance of rain. We will now proceed to state the indications of a healthy prog- taney of rain-clouds in the sevetal seasons of the year. 19. In the months of Margasira and Pousha, if the sky should appear very red just before sun-rise and just after sun— set; if the clouds should appear surrounded by halos; if the month of Margasira should be found to be very cold and if the fall of snow should be exocssive in the month of Pousha ; 20. In the month of Magha, if strong winds should blow, if the discs of the Sun and Moon should be dimmed by the fall of snow, if at tising and setting the Sun should be hid by clouds and it be then exceedingly cold; 21. Inthe month of Phalgana if strong and violent winds should blow, if fine clonds should be found marching from place to place, if broken or imperfect halos should appear in the sky, if the eun should appear of the color of gold or red; 22. In the month of Chitra if the sky should be marked by winds, clouds, rain and halos; in the month of Vaisakha if there shoald be rain, lightning and thick clouds, in all these cases it may be concluded that the pregnancy of the clouds is a healthy one- 28. If the pregnant olonds should be of the color of pearls or silver or of the color of the bark of the Tamalae tree or of the blue lotus or of collyrium, they will yield abundance of rain. * Tamala: a tree with o vory dark bark and with white blossomp—— Xantho chymus Pictorius, ## Page 131 on. 21.) DRIMAT SAMHITA. 117 24, If the pregnant clouds should be exposed to the hot rays of the Sun, if they should be accompanied by gentle winds and appear as if covered by drops of rain, they, will yield abundance of rain. 25+ Ifthe appearance of the pregaant clouds should be marked by meteoric falls, by thauder-bolts, dust-storms and the appearance of mock-fires about the horizon; or if at the time of such appearance, clouds should present the shape of cities and towers and if spots should appear in the solar diso or if there should be planetary conjanctions at the time; or, 26. If there should be = shower of blood, if halos or rain-bows should appear in the sky, if there should be a solar, or lunar eclipse at the time, in all these cases the pregnancy will miscarry. 27. If the symptoms ofa healthy prognancy assigned for the several seasons of the year should fail, the pregnancy will miscarry and the clouds will yield little or no rain, 28. Clonds that conceive when the Moon isin the as- toriams of P. Bhadrapada, U. Bhadrapada, P. Ashadha and U. Ashadha and Rohini will yield abundanoe of rain. 29. Clouds that conceive when the Moon is in the astorisms of Satabhishak, Aslesha, Ardra, Swati and Magha will yield rain continuously for several days unless the preg- nancy should have suffered in any of the ways stated above. 30. Clouds that conceive when the Moon is in any one of the five asteriams referred to in the last stanza in the six months from Margasira to Vaisakha, will yield rain respeo- tively for 8, 6, 16, 24, 20, and 8 days continuously.* 81. If either the Sun or Moon should be attended by a malefic planet at the time of conception, the subsequent rain-fall will be marked by hail, thunder, and fish. If, on the other hand, either the Sun or Moon should be attended by or This enables us to determine the duration of rain, ## Page 132 18 BRIHAT BAMHITA- [ou 21- within view of a benefic planet at the time of conctption the rainfall will be abundant. 92. If there should be fall of heavy rain at the time of conception, the pregnancy will miscarry and there will be no rain. ‘This will be the case only when the quantity of rain- fall exced one-eighth of a Drona. 88. If, owing to adverse planetary influences, the prog- nant clonda should fail to yield rain at the seasons describ- ed, they will do so at the period of the next conception and in such a case the rain will be marked by a shower of hail. 84 If milch animals should romain wamilked for a long period, the milk will become solidified ; so, the rain which the clouds fail to yield at ‘the proper season becomes congealed after a time in the sky. 85. If a healthy pregnancy should be established in the five ways given below (vide stanza 87), the rainfall will extend to 100 Yojanas (500 miles) all round. If one of the five indications be wanting, the extent will be reduced to one-half ; if two should be wanting, to one-fourth, and so forth. 86. Ifthe pregnancy should be marked by all the five indications, the quantity of subsequent rain-fall will be a Dron if in such a case the rain should be attended by strong winds, the quantity will only be 8 Adhakast; if by lightning, the quantity will be 6 Adhakes: if then the sky should be over- cast by clouds, the quantity of rain-fall will be 9 Adhakas ; if there shoald be the roar of thunder then 12 Adhakas of rain will fall. 87- ‘The signs of a healthy pregnancy are winds, rain, lightning, roar of thander and the appearance of clouds at the time of conception ; in such a casa the subsequent rain- A Drona is equal to 200 phalas. ‘Tho stansa implies that the measure- ment should be made by means of a rain-gauge which ought to be a ciroular ‘vessel with © mouth, a cubit in diameter. +t Adhaka: an adhaka is one-fourth of a drona or 50 phalas. ## Page 133 on. 21.) BRIHAT SAMHITA. 119 fall will be abuadent; but if the rainfall should be excessive at the time of conception, there will only be a poor drizzling shower daring the rainy season. This Chapter enables us to determine beforehand the time, daration, place, extent, quantity and quality of rainfall. As rain is a subject of vital importance, the value of a fore- knowledge of the agricultural prospects of the country can never be over-estimated. The several civilized Governments will therefore do well, having a due respect for the wisdom of the ancient Hinda Sages, to oall upon their Meteorological departments to atudy this Chapter and Chapters 22 to 28 and submit a report on the fature prospects of the land, by way of teating the trath of the statements above made- Government Astronomers may also be directed to sabmit similar reports on the future condition of the Earth and of mankind at large, judging from the various phases of the Moon, course and con- junctions of the planets, the appearance of comets and so forth. This appears to us to bea wiser mode of governing the country than being taken by surprise by the actual occurrence of famine and drought and then trying to move Heaven and Earth to redress their miseries—not unlike the Turk Athlete who, unable to anticipate the impending blow of his adversary, raises his weapon in its direction only after it bas fallen heavily every time. ## Page 134 120 BRIHAT SAMHITA. (om. 22.

CHAPTER XXII. Ow Duarana oR Rain Sorrort Days. 1. ‘The four days commencing from the eighth day in the light half of the month of Jyeshta—May and June— are known as Vayu Dharana Days, that is, days from the winds that blow on which the natare of the health’ of the pregnancy of the rain-clouds might be determined. If the winds should be gentle and agreeable and then, if the sky should be covered by fine, bright clouds, there will be good rain. 2. Bat if, ia the eaid light half of Jyeshta, there should be a fall of rain in the four days when the Moon passes through the asterism of from Swati to Jyeshta, there will be rain in the reiny season—from Sravana to Karttika—Anguat to November. 8. If the four Dharana days should be exactly alike in their indications, there will be happiness in the land ; if dif- ferent from one another, there will be misery, and there will also be fear from robbers ; we have the recorded opinion of ‘Vasishta to the same effect. 4. If on the Dharana days the Sun and Moon should be covered by wot clouds attended by lightning and dust-storm, there will be good rain. 5. Ifonthe Dharana days tho sky should be marked by besntifal lightning alternately appearing in opposite benefic quarters, every species of crop will thrive. 6 If on the same days there should fall a shower of rain attended by dust-storm or if children shoald ia play blow through their months or birds sing or play in the dust or in water; if the halos round the Sun and Moon should appear bright and not much disfigured there will be rain and all crops will thrive. ## Page 135 ca. 28] DRIHAT SAMHTTA. RL 7. If, on the Dburana days, the clouds should appear beautiful and collected together with their course from left to right, there will be immediate rain and such rain will be ex- ceedingly useful to the erops-

CHAPTER XXIII. On Rain. 1. Judging from the rain’that falls on the days when the Moon passes from the asterism of P. Ashadha to that of Malu iu tho lunar month of Jyeshta and after the full-moon, an astronomer should predict the agricaltural condition of the country as well as the quantity of rain-full in the coming rainy season. 2 Falling rain should be collected in a vessel with a cir- cular mouth, a cabit in diameter and the collected rain should be measured with a vessel whoso capacity is an Adhaka, which is equal to 50 phalams.* 8. 'Thero will be continuous rain for as many days of the Moon's course from P. Ashadha onwards (in the rainy season) as the number of asterisms, through which, when the Moon passes, a shower of rain occurs just marking the Hurth, from the same asterism of P. Ashadha in the lanar month of Jyeshta, or there will be rain for as many duys as the number of rain drops sticking to the edge of the blades of grass. ‘The quan- tity of subsequent rain-full can also be ascertained from such rain-t 4, Some writers say that the subsequent rain-fall will be confined to the spot where the first shower falls; others say that the extent of the subsequent rain-fall will be 10 Yojanas— 50 miles—all roand ; but according to Garga, Parasara and Vasishta the extent is 12 Yojanas. * Porasara defines an Adhaka to be tho capacity of a vessel with a circular ‘mouth 20 inches in diameter and whose depth is 8 inches. + If such firat shower should be excessive thero will be no rain in the rainy season, 16 ## Page 136 122 DRIMAT SAMUITA. [ou. 28. 5. If there should be rain when the Moon passes through certain asterisms from P, Ashadba to Mula in the lunar month of Jyeshta then there will also be rain when the Moon passes through the same asterisms in the rainy season. If there should be no rain in the month of Jyeshta, there will be no rain in the rainy season. p 6. If there should be a fall of rain when the Moon passes through the asterisms of Hasta, P. Ashadha, Mrigaseersha, Chitra, Revati and Sravishta in the month of Jyeshta, there will fall 16 dronas of rain in the coming rainy season: If there should bea fall when the Moon passes throngh Satabhishak, Tyeshta and Swati, in the month of Jyeshta, the subsequent rain-fall will bo 4 dronas. If there should bo a fall when tho Moon passes through Krittika, the quantity of subsequent rain- fall will be 10 dronas. 7. If there should be a fall of rain when the Moon passes throngh Sravans, Magha, Anuradha, Bharani and Mula, the quantity of subsequent rain-fall will bo 14 dronas. If when through P. Phalguni, the quantity will be 25 dronas ; if when through Panarvasu, the quantity will be 20 dronas. 8. “If there should be a fall of rain, when the Moon passes throagh the asterisms of Visakha and U. Ashadha in the Inoar month of Jyeshts, the quantity of subsequent rain-fall will be 20 dronas; if when through Aslosha, the quantity will be 18 dronas; if when through U. Bhadrapada, U. Phalgani and Rohini, the quantity will be 25 dronas. 9. If there should be a fall of rain when the Moon passes through the asterisms of P. Bhadrapada and Pushya in the lunar month of Jyeshta, the quantity of rain-fall in the coming winter will be 15 dronas; if when through Aswani, the quantity will be 12 dronas; if when through Ardra, it will be 18 dronas- In all the above cases the subsequent rain-fall depends upon the asterisms remaining unaffected by comets, ## Page 137 cu. 24.) DRIHAT GAMHITA. 128 meteors and the like from the month of Jyeshta to the rainy season. 10. If the asterisms should euffer by the meeting to- gether in them of the Sun, Saturn and Ketu (descending node of the Moon) or by the course of Mars through them or by meteoric fulls, comets or planetary conjunctions, there will be neither rain nor prosperity in the lund ; bat if benefic planets should pass through the asterisms or if the asterisins should remain unaffected in any of the ways described above, maukiud will be happy.

CHAPTER XXIV. Ow Romi Yoos.e 1. ‘The grove of Mount Mera was rendered agroeable by the humming of bees sipping honey from the flowers of trees growing between rocks of gold, by the sweet music of birds at play and by the melodious voice of the Sylvan fairies. 2. It was in snch a grove of Mount Mera—the abode of the Devas—that Narada communicated to Brihaspati the laws of Rohiui Yoga ; the same laws have since been tanght by Garga, Parasara, Kasyapa and Maya to numbers of their disciples. 8. Having examined these truths I purpose to write a brief treatise on the same adopting the same views++ 4. It is part of an astronomer’s duty to examine the wenther indications on the day when tho Moon passes through © Rohini Yoga : This means the period of a day when the moon passes through the asterism of Rohini in the dark half of the lunar month of Ashadha. + These profatory remarks cloarly she tifle truths in the eyes of Hinda astron that tho weather indications of ono i 1y in a year should form the subject of so much calculation with tho ‘Hindas in dotermining the futuro agricultural prospect of the land while to the inexperienced eye of a Wostern-man of science, tho day appears as indifferent oF otherwise as any other day of the year argues that modern science is atill far behind in hor investigations of the laws of mature, iat what follow are important scien- ## Page 138 124 . BRINAT saMurTa. (on. 24. the asterism of Rohini in the dark hal of the lanar month of Ashadha—Jnne—July—and to predict scientifically the future, condition of land. 5. The astronomer should be able to determine before- hand the time of the Moon’s entry into the asterism of Rohiui- Thave treated of this subject in my work on astronomy: ‘Tho astronomer must base his conclusions on the nature of the . effects of Rohini yoga, on the size, gloss, color and course of the Moon ond by the appearance of any comets or fall of any meteors at the time. 6. The astronomer shall choose a suitable station imme- Giately to the North-east of his town, shall spend* 8 days in the worship of fire,t shall draw out a figure of the constellations with the planets in them and shall worship it with fowers, per- famed smoke and by gifts and sacrifices.t 7. Ho shall also prepare a raised platform, cover it with Kusa grass and place in the four points—N. E. 8, and W.— four pots§ filled with water, precious stones and medicinal herbs, covering the mouths with tender leaves. 8 He shall then procare every species of seed, charm them by means of the Mahavrita Mantra (referred to in the Adharvana Veds,) wet them with water rendered pure by con- tact with gold and kusa grass and gently put them layer over layer in a broad mouthed central pot and shall perform homa in honor of the Gods Vayu (the wind), Varuna (rai), and Soma (the Moon.) 9, He shall, beforehand, ascertain and mark out the soveral points of the compass and, planting vertically a flag staff—the stick being straight and thrice the length of the © Fasting according to Garga, + By Gayatri homa according to the same authority. I According to Garge, the astronomer should observe these religious ceromo- nies on the 8th lunar day of tho dark half of Ashadha. § Tho pots represent from the North the four months from Sravana to Kartika, r ## Page 139 cu. 24.) DRIHAT sAMMITA. 125 cloth which shall be thin, fine and of black color—he shall ascertain the direction of the wind at the time when the Moon euters the asterism of Rohini. 10. He shall divido the day on which the Moon enters the asterism of Rohini into 8 equal parts (of 8 hours ench) commencing from sun-rise—the parts representing severally the eight fortnights of the four months of the rainy season from Sravana to Kurtika ; and he shall determine on which month or fortnight and. how long there will be rain judging from the direction and duration of the wind. If the wind should blow from left to right there will be prosperity in the land ; if it should blow in some fixed direction, people living in that direction will be happy.* 11. After the Moon has passed through Rohini, the astro- nomer shall examine the seeds ; those that bear sprouts will thrivo well in the year and the quantity that will be harvested will be in proportion to the quantity that have sproated, in the case of each species of seed. 12. After the Moon has passed through the asterism of Rohini, if there should be heard ia every direction the sweet sound of birds and of animals, if the sky should be clear and the wind agreeable there will be prosperity in the land. We shall now proceed to state the effects of winds and cloud: 18. If, on the Rohini-yoga day, huge clouds, serpentlike in shape, should appear white-black in certain parts of the sky, white in certain parts and black in certain other parts with the lightning for their tongues and if the clouds should be collect- ed and appear twisted together ; 14. If they should appear of the color of the nut of the lotus, if their neighbourhood shoald be illamined by the light of the Sun, if clouds of various hues should fill the sky or if * According to Garga the day alone, and not the night, should be divided into four equal parts to represont tho four months of the rainy season and tho observa~ tion should also bo made during the day. ## Page 140 126 DRINAT SAMHITA. [ou. 24. they should appear of the color of the bee, of crimson or of the Hower of Kimsuka ;* 15. If the sky should be full of black clouds and if it be marked by lightuing or beautiful rainbow thas presenting the appearauce of a forest full of clephauts, buffaloes and wild fire ; 16. If the clonds appear like black mountains or rocks or if their color should resemble thut of the snow, pearls, couch shells aud the Moon; 17. Or if the clouds should be like elephants. the lightning for the rope of gold, the flying cranes for the tips of their tusks, the rain for their juice (ichor), their sides moving like the sides of the elephants, with the raiubow for their fligs of various hues, their dark color resembling that of the bark of the tumala tree and the bee ; with 18. If, immediately before sun-rise and after sun-set the clouds should appear of the color of the blue lotus and with the lightning, resemble the dark Vishnu dressed in cloths of gold; 19. If there should be heard the sound of the peacock, of chataka and of the frog, together with the roar of thunder- clouds filling the whole of the visible sky ; 20. If the sky should be overcast by clouds as described above for $ days-or 2 days ora single day, there will be abund- ance of rain and mankind will be happy. 21. If, on the other hand, the clouds should be of dis- agreeable appearance, of small size and dispersed by the wind or if they should be of the shape of the camel, the crow, dead bodies, the monkey and the liket and if they should at the same time remain mate, there will be no rain and mankind will not be happy- , * Kimsoka: tho tree Batea Frondosa, a tree beating beautiful red blossoms known in Tamil as Ueda. + Like rats, dogs, &c., according to commentator. ## Page 141 at 24.) BRIHAT SAMHITA. . 17 22. If, on the Rohini Yoga day, the sky should be clear and withoat clonds and the San exceedingly hot, there will be rain in the rainy season. If on the night.of the Yoga day, the sky with its glittering stars should resemble a tank with its lilies, there will also be rain. 28. If on the Rohini Yoga day, clonds should first appear in the East, crops will thrive well. If they should appear in the South-east, destructive fires will afflict mankind ; if in the South, the crops will suffer blight; if in the Sonth-east, ono half of the crops will suffer aud if in the West, there will be good rain 24. If the clouds should appear in the North-west there will be rain in some pluces and euch rain will be attended by the wind ; if they should appear in the North, there will be good rain and if in the North-east, crops will thrive. ‘The same effects are to be assigned to the wiud blowing from the several qaarters- 25. Ifon the Rohini Yoga day there should be meteoric falls, lightning, thunder-bolts; mock-fires, and cometary and other unusual appearances, or if there should be earthquakes or if the sounds of birds and animals shonld be hoarse and disagreeable thero will be no rain and mankind will not be happy: 26. If, on examining, the waters of the four pots from the north representing the four months from Sravana should be found fall there will be good rain in tho several months; if in any pot the water should have oozed ont completely, ther will be no rain in the month it represents and if incompletely, there will be a proportionate decrease in the quantity of the rain-fall. 27. If it should be desired to ascertain the fate of any sovereign or country during the year, there should be placed fresh pots each to represent a sovereign or a country. If, on examining, any of these pots should be found split or broken ## Page 142 128 BRIWAT SAMHITA. (ow. 24. the sovereign or the coantry represented will suffer miseries ; if the water should have disappeared, then ulso they will suffer and if fall, they will be happy. 28. If the course of the Muon should lie to the South of the stars of the Rohini group whether near or fur,* mankind will be afflicted with miseries. 29. If the Moon shoald pass jast touching the Northern- most star of the group, there will be good rain, but there will also be miseries; if she should pass to the north of the group and not in contact with it there wiil be abundant rain aud mankind will be happy. Waww 80. If the Moon should enter the Rohini group and puss through its centre, mankind will be rendered helpless und, troubled by the cries of children for food, they will travel to foreign lands, drinking the waters of maddy povls from their broken bowls. 81. If on the night of the Rohini Yoga day the Moon should rise first} and the group immediately uext after it, there will be happiness in the land and women will become amofous and subject to the influence of men. 82. If on the other hand the Rohini group should rise first and the Moou next after it,t men will become amorous aud subject to the influence of women- 88. If on tho night of the Yoga day the Moon at rising should be found to the South-east of the group, mankind will soffer miseries; if she should be found to the South-west of the group, crops will suffer injuries in various ways; if on the West und North-west the growth of the crops will be moderate; and if in the North-east the crops will thrive. ‘This will unusually be the case astronomically, according to commentator. + That is, if the Moon's conjunction with Rohini should take placo imme- diately after rising. That is, if the conjunction should have taken place immediately before rising, ## Page 143 cH. 25.] BRIHAT SAMBITA. 129 84. Ifon the Yoga day, the Moon should pass in contact with the Yogatara* (junction star) of the group, mankind will be tormented with varions fears; if the Yogatara should be eclipsed by the Moon, the reigning sovereign will be assassinat- ed by a woman. 85. If, towards nightfull, on the Rohini Yoga day, when cattle, led out in the morning, re-enter the town, the first animal ao entering should be either au ox or a goat, there will be abundant rain ; if it should be an animal black-white in oolor there will be moderate raiz——if in the last case the black color should predominate the raia-full will be abundant and if the white color should predominate there will be no rain. If the animal that enters first should be of any other color there will be slight rain-f 86. If on’the Rohini Yoga day, the Moon should be rendered invisible by the intervention of thick clonds, mankind will suffer from severe diseases; bat there will be abundant rain and crops will thrive.

CHAPTER XXV. Ow Swart Yooa-t 1. All that has been said with respect to Rohini Yoga apply to both Swati and Ashadi Yogas;§ but in the present chapter we shall only state certain special effects connected with Swati Yoga. * Yogatara: This is generally the brightest of the group. + Those views accord with those of Gargs, but Parasara adds : If an elephant, horse or a chariot should enter the town first in the evening of the Rohini Yoga day, thero will be succoss in war; if a monkey, an ags,a camel, a mungooso, a cat or a dog should so enter thero will be troubles. If a blind man should enter first, thero will be fear from thandor- bolts. Swati Yoya: This means the period of a day when the Moon passes through the asteriem of Swati in the month of Ashadhia. § Vide Chapter 26, W ## Page 144 180 BRIHAT SAMHITA [on 25. 2 Dividing both the day and night of the Swati Yoga day each into three equal parts, if at night there should be a fall of rain during the first division, all the crops will flourish ; if dariog the second division, gingelly, kidney-bean and black- gram will thrive and if during the third division, the crops of Greeshma will thrive and those of Sarat will perish. 8 If there should be a fall of rain during the first division of the day, there will be abundant rain in winter; the same remark applies to the second and third divisions; but in theso two cases worms and serpents will afflict mankind. If there should be a fall of rain throughout the day and night there will be uninterrupted rain for several days in winter. 4. To the dae north of Chitra there is a star known as Apam Vatsa. If the moon should pass near it mankind will ‘be bappy- 8. If there should be a fall of snow on the dark night of the seventh lunar day of the dark half of the month of Magha —Zanuary and February, or if a strong wind should blow or if dripping clouds should roar uninterruptedly or if there should be constant lightning or if the Sun, Moon and Stars should be wholly concealed by tho clouds, mankind will be happy and crops will thrive- 6- The same remarks apply to the Swati Yogas occurring in the months of Phalgana (February and March), Chaitra (March and April) and Vaisakha (April and May). But of tho Swati Yogas, that occurring in the month of Ashadha (June and July) is the most important. # Ata distance of about 5°. ## Page 145 cu. 26.) BRIHAT SAMUITA. 181 CHAPYER XXVI- On Aswapui Yooa.* 1. On the day when the Moon passes through the asterism of U- Ashadha in the lunar month of Ashadha, the Jyoutishaka shall weigh quantities of all seeds; if on weigh- ing them again on the next day, any seeds should be foand to weigh more, those crops will flourish; if they should be found to weigh less, they will not grow at all. ‘There aro Mantras to be addressed to the weighing-machine while weighing. a oat 2. Minesea, Goddess of Truth, thou art deserving of praise- ‘hou art now goiug to show that which is trath. O ‘ruth, thon art ever truthful. 8. © Trath by whose might the Sua, the Moon, the planets and the stars rise in the East and set in the West, thon wilt show now, 4. That trath which is ig all the Vodas, that trath which is spoken of by those that know Brahma and that trath which is to be found in the three worlds ; 5. Thou art the daughter of Brahma; thon art sung as Aditya ; thy Gotra (family) name is Kasyapee and thy simple name is Tula (weighing-machine.) 6. ‘The Jyoutishaka shall take two square pieces of white silk, the side being six inches long, and attach the four ends of each to the ends of four strings each ten inches long ; the length of the string attached to the middle of the beam shall be six inches. 7. Ho shall pat gold weights in the Southern (right) scale and the several articles to be weighed in the Northern © This moans the period of a day when the Moon passes throngh the asteriem of U. Ashndba in the lunar month of Asladha—June, July. ## Page 146 182 DRIWAT SAMHITA. [ow. 26. (left) scale ; waters to be weighed shall also be put into the northern scale ; if well-water should be found to weigh more whon weighed the next day, there will bo no rain in winter ; if rain water should weigh more there will be moderate rain ; if tank or lake water should weigh more there will be abun- dant rain. 8. Tho condition of elephants shall be determined by (weighing) their tusks ; that of cows and horses by their hisir; that of princes by gold, that of Brahmins and others by wax ; that of countries, years, months and days shall also be deter mined by the wax, and that of other articles by the articles themselves. 9. Gold is the best materiul for making the beam of the balance; silver is of middle importance ; if these two cannot be had, the beam may be of blackwood ; it may also be of that arrow iron which was employed in killing @ man. ‘The length of tho beam shall be twelve inches.* 10. That article which should be found to weigh less when weighed again will perish ; that which weighs more will flourish ; that which weighs neither more nor less will neither flourish nor decay. These are tho secret lawa relating to the balance and these may also be followed on the occasion of the Rohini Yoga day-f 11. In the Swati, Ashadhi and Rohini Yogas, if the Moon should be accompanied by malefic planets, there will be misery in the land. If on account of the intervention of the intercalary lunar month, the Yoga day should occur twice, the observation shall be made on both the days and the effect, whether good or bad will be doubled. # An incl or that of 8 grains of barley placed longth-wiso. hhoman finger, + Also on the Swati Yoga day according to commentator. the space covered over by 8 grains of barley placed side by side— It is alao the breadth of ## Page 147 cu. 27.) BRIHAT SAMHITA- 188 12. If the observations of the three Yogas point to effects of the same character, the prediction may be made without hesitation; but if tho effects are different, those of Rohini ‘Yoga should be adopted. 18. If on the Yoga day the wind should blow from the East, Soth-east, South, &., there will be growth of crops, fear from destructive fires, slight rain, moderate rain, abandant rain, excessive rain attended by storms, good rain, and excel- lent rain respectively. 14. If there should be rain on the Iunar day of the dark half immediately following the Ashadhi Yoga day when the Moon is in the asterism of P. Ashadha, the rainy season will be a prosperous one but not otherwise. 15. If on the Fall-Moon Ashadhi-Yoga day, the wind should blow from the North-east after sunset, crops will flour- ish.

CHAPTER XXVII. On raz Winns. 1- If, immediately after sunset; and on the Ashadhi Yoga day, there should blow the east-wind, fresh from its contact with the waves of the east sea, warmed by the rays of the set- ting Sun and cooled by the rays of the rising Moon, the rainy season will be marked by dark dense clouds in all directions ; and the crops of autamn and of spring will flourish. 2. If then there should blow the South-cast wind from tho Malayachala hills, there will be fear from destructive fires everywhere and the Barth will be covered with the ashes of objects consumed by such fires- 8. If then there should blow the South-wind through forests in the branches of whose trees the monkeys swing as they are moved by the wind, the clouds being forced by tho ## Page 148 134 BRIHAT SAMHITA. [ou. 27. winds, will yield as little rain as the elephant yields the juice of rat when strack with the driver’s hook or a miser his wealth when well-beaten. 4. If, immediately after sunset on the Ashadhi Yoga day, there should blow the South-west wind, sweeping into the sea the cardamom and clove fraits, the Earth will be filled with the bones of those that die from want of food and drink and the appearance of the Enrth will resemble that of a young lady just losing her husband. 5. If then the West-wind should blow raising up dust- clouds from the ground, crops will flourish ; the chief ralers will engage in war and the Harth will be covered with the blood and flesh of those that are killed in battle. 6. If, immediately after Sunset on the Ashadhi-Yoga day, the North-west wind should blow strong and fast, the Earth will pat on a smiling and happy appearance from excellent rain, frogs will be heard croaking in all directions ; there will be one unbroken scene of green crops everywhere as far as the eye can reach and perfect prosperity will reign over the land- 7. If at the time when the Greeshma season just comes to a closes, the North wind should blow charged with the odoar of the fragrant flowers of the Kadambat tree, the Earth will be covered with water from clouds whose various hues will appear beautiful by the light of lightning, the Moon being invisible at the same time. 8. If the cool North-east wind shonld blow aloud, being felt agreeable by the Devas themselves, and charged with the. odour of the flowers of Punnagat of Agaru§ and of Parijatal] just after sunset on tho full moon day of the Innar month of Ashadha, + The treo Nauclea Kadambs, a tree with orsnge colored fragrant blossoms. 1 Pannaga : name of tree, Rollevia Tiuctoria (from the blossoms of which a yellowish dye is prepared.) § Agara : Agellochum, Amyris Agallocha (already oxplained). || Parijata : The coral tree. ## Page 149 cu. 28.] BRIHAT SAMHITA. 185 there will be good rain and crops will floarish ; mankind will be under the protection of good rulers triumphant over their enemies.

CHAPTER XXVIII. On Inweprate Rain. 1. If, in the rainy season when the astrologer is ques- tioned about rain, the Moon should be in one of the watery signs® and if that sign should at the same time bo either the rising sign or the fourth, the seventh or the tenth sign from it, it being then the light half of the month, there will be abund- ance of immediate rain ; if it be the dark half of the month and the Moon in one of the watery signs and within sight of benefic planets, there will ulso be abundance of immediate rain; if in the latter case, the Moon should be within sight of malefio planets, there will be slight rain. ‘The same rules ap- ply to Venns as to the Moon- 2 If the questioner, at the time should happen to touch wot substance or any substance one of the meanings of whose name is water or if he should be at the time close to water or engaged in work connected with water or if at the time the word ‘ water’ should be heard from anybody, immediate rain may safely be predicted. 8 If, in the rainy season, the rising Sun should ap- pear dazzling or of the color of molten gold or glossy or bright as the cat’s eye (gem) or if the mid-day Sun should be felt exceedingly hot, there will be rain that day before Sun- set. 4. If, in the rainy season, the water should be without flavor or the sky of the color of the cow's eye or clear and * Watery Signs : Th (Pisces), the latter half of aro Kataka (Cancer), Kambha (Aquarius), Meena annya (Virgo) and of Makara (Capricurm ## Page 150 186 BRIHAT SAMHITAS [on. 28. without clouds or if salt should tarn into water or if the color of the sky should be that of the crow’s egg or if the atmos- phere should be still and no wind should blow or if the fish should be found to jump from water on the bank or if the frog should be heard to croak incessantly, there will be imme- diate rain. 5. If the cat should be found to scratch the ground with its claws, if metallic dross should be found to be of bad smell or if children should erect banks and bridges in the street with, earth out of play, there will be immediate rain. 6. If mountains should appear black like collyrium, if the caves should be felt very warm or if the lunar halo should ap- pear like the color of the eye of the cock, there will be imme- diate rain. 7. If the ant, when undistarbed and of its own accord, should leave its hole with its egg, if serpents should be found to copulate or to climb up trees, there will be immediate rain. 8. Ifthe blood-sacker (lacerta cristata) should be found to stare at the sky from the tops of trees, or if cows should raise up their heads and look at the Sun there will be imme- diate rain. 9. If the sheep should be found reluctant to go ont, if they should shake their ears or kick with their legs or if dogs should be found to do the same, there will be immediate rain. 10. If dogs should be found to get to the tops of houses, if they should look at the sky all round, or if during the day lightning should appear in the North-east, there will be imme- diate rain and the Earth will be covered with water- 11. If the Moon should be of the color of the eye of a parrot or a dove or of the color of honey or if the mock-moon should be green, there will be immediate rain. ## Page 151 cu. 28.) DRIHAT SAMHITA- 187 12. If the sound of thander should be heard at night, and lightning, red and straight like a rod, should appear during the day, or if the cool east-wind should blow, there will be immediate rain. 18. If the tender leaves of plants and creepers should be found to grow with their hoads pointed to the sky, if birds should be found to bathe in watery particles or if serpents should be found to rest on grass blades, there will be immedi- ate rain. 14. If the clouds which appear at sun-rise or at sun-sot should be of the color of tho peacock, parrot, the blae jay or chatake (arculus melanoleucus), if they should be as glossy as the China rose or the lotns or if they should be of the shape of undalating waves, of mountains, of crocodiles, of a tortoise, of the boar or of the fish, and if they should float layer over layer, there will be immediate rain. 15. If,all round, the clouds should appear white like chalk: or the moon and in the centre black like collyrium or the bee and glossy, if they should be of various shapes and dripping drops of rain and presonting the appearance of a flight of steps, if they should appear in the East and move towards the West or appear in the West and move towards the East there will be immediate rain. 16. If at the time of sun-rise or sun-set, there should be seen in thesky the rainbow, clouds rod-like in shape, the mock- sun or parhelion or the appearance known as Rohita (straight rainbow), or lightning or halo, there will be abundance of immediate rain. 17. If at the time of sun-rise or sun-set the sky should be of the color of the wings of the partridge, or if there should be heard the sound of birds at play, there will be immediate rain and uch rain will continue throughout the day and night. 18 ## Page 152 188 BRINAT SAMHITA. [on 29, 18. If at the time of sun-set, the white straight rays ot the Sun should shoot out as if they formed so many ont stretched arms of the Western Ghaats and if clouds about the horizon should then begin to roar, there will be abundance of rain. 19. If, in winter, the Moon should be in the seventh house from Venns and within view of benefic planets, or if she should be in the 9th, 5th or 7th house from Saturn (also within view of benefic planets) there will be immediate rain. 20. Generally thero will be rain at the periods of heliacal rising and setting of the plancts, planetary conjanctions, of new and fall moons, when the Sun is at tho end of his Ayana (course to the North or South) and when the Sun is in the asterism of Ardra.* 21. There will bo rain if Meroury and Venus, or Mercury and Jupiter, or Venus and Jupiter should meet; if Saturn and Mars should meet and if they should not be accompanied by or within view of benefic planets there will be fear from storms and fires 22. If the planets should be close to the Sun, either all to ite east or all to its west the rain-fall will be so great that the earth will be buried under one sea of water.

CHAPTER XXIX. On Frowses anp Prants. 1. Judging from the growth of the fruits and flowers of trees and plants we may determine beforehand what articles can be had cheap and in abundance and what crops will thrive. 2. If the Salat tree should bear fruits and flowers, Ka- rama (white rice) will grow in abundance; if the red Asoka © From about the 20th of Jane to the 8rd of July. + For an explanation of these botauical terms, Vido glossary at the end of this chapter, - ## Page 153 cu. 29.) BRIHAT SAMHITA. 139 should bear fraits and flowers red paddy will grow; if the Ksheerika should bear fruits and flowers white paddy will grow and if the black Asoka should bear fraits and flowers black rice will grow. 8. The growth of the Nyagrodha (the Banyan tree) indi- cates the growth of Yava (barley) ; the growth of Tindulca indi- cates the growth of the Shashtyka rice ; and the growth of the Aswatta indicates the growth of all crops. 4. The growth of the Jambu (the rose apple) tree indi- cates the growth of the gingelly and black gram ; the growth of Sireesha indicates the growth of the Kangu ; the growth of Madbuka indicates the growth of wheat and the growth of the Saptaparna indicates the growth of the barley. 5. ‘The growth of Atimuktaka (mountain ebony) and that of Kunds (cassia) indicate the growth of Karpasa (cotton) ; the growth of Asana indicates the growth of Sarshapa mustard (plant); the growth of Badari (Jajube tree) indicates the growth of Kulattha, and the growth of Chiribiha indicates the growth of the Mudga- 6. If the Atasi (common flax), Vetusa (the ratun) and palasa trees should bear blossoms, Kodrava will thrive ; if Tilaka should bear blossoms, conch-shells, pearls and silver can be had in abundance and if Inguda should bear blossome, Sana (hemp) will thrive. 7. The growth of Hasti Karna (castor oil-tree) shows that elephants will thrive; that of Aswa Karna shows that horses will thrive ; that of Patala (trumpet flower) shows that cows will thrive and the growth of plantains shows that goats and sheep will thrive. 8 If the Champaka should bear blossoms, gold can be had in abundance ; if the Bandhujeovaka should bear blos- soms corals can be had in abundance, if Kuravaka should bear ## Page 154 140 BRIWAT SAMEITA. [ou 29. blossoms, diamonds can be had in abundance and if Nandica- varta should bear blossoms, oat’s-eye (gem) can be had in abundance. 9. The growth of the Sindhuvara indicates that pearls can be had in abundance ; that of Kusumbha (Safflower) indi- cates that Kamkuma can be had in abundance, that of the red lotus indicates that rulers will prosper and that of the blac lotus indicates that ministers will prosper. 10. If Savarnapushpa (the globe amaranth) should blos- som, Merchants will prosper ; if the lotus should blossom, the Brahmins will prosper, if the white water-lily should blossom, priests will prospor and if Sougandhika (the blue lotus) should blossom the Commanders of armies will prosper and if the Arka plant should blossom, gold will become cheap. 11. If the mango should thrive well, there will be pros- perity in the land; if Bhallata (marking-nut plant) should thrive, there will be fear in the land ; if the Peelu tree should thrive there will be health in the land; If Khadira and Sami should thrive, there will be famine in the land; and if the Arjana tree should thrive there will be good rain. 12. If Pichumanda (the nimb tree) and Naga should bear blossoms, there will be prosperity in the land ; if Kapittha should bear blossoms, there will be storm ; if Nichula (Hijjul) should bear blossoms there will be drought and if Kutaja should bear blossoms there will be disease in the land. 18. If Durva (bont grass) or the Kusa grass should blos- som, sugar-cane will thrive ; if Kovidara should blossom there will be fear from destructive fires; and if Syamalata should blossom, prostitates will prosper. 14. There will be good rain in those countries where trees, shrabs and creepers grow Inxuriantly with glossy leaves uninjured by worms, but if the leaves should bo otherwise there will be little rain. ## Page 155 ou. 29.] BRIHAT SAMEITA ML GLOSSARY OF INDIAN BOTANICAL TERMS. Arjava, The tree terminalia Arjuna, wg sus. Arke, the plant Calotropis Giguntea, a@ag, Asana, Pterocarpus Bilobas, Cases. Asoka, Jonesia Asoka. It is tree of moderate size be- longing to the leguminous class with magaificent red flowers, tersurin Aswakarna, Vatica Robusta, géemor. Aswattha, The holy fg tree ; ficas religiosa, srewos i. Atasi, Common flax, aren. Atimuktuka, Mountain ebony, @@s« 52. Badari, Jajube tree, Qosez. Bandhujeeva, Pentapetes, Phoonicea, Qaxiurdv or 228159 ogéQrn. Bhallata, Marking-nat plant, Cashewout plant, Gra@er eo. Champaka, Michelin Champaka, esos. Chiribilva, A tree, Dalbergia Arborea, yseatoris- Darva, Bent grass, panic grase, Panicum Dactylon, a@sioysd. Hastikarna, Castor oil tree, exderéseré@ or Gan cou. Inguda, Name of a medicinal tree—Terminalia Catappa, erg Jamba, The rose apple tree, Eugenia Jambolana, eras. Kalama, White rice growing in deep waters ; it is sown in May and Juno ond ripens in December or January, @avcr’ore eubum. Kanga, A kind of panic seed ; Panioum Italicum. Kapittha, Feronia Elphantam, eermozs- Karpasa, Cotton, ug sf. Khadira, the treo Acacia Catechu, having hard wood, aqaranod. ## Page 156 14a BRIHAT SAMHITA. [cm 29. Kodrava, A species of grain eaten by the poor, Paspalum Sorobicalatum, az@> Kovidara, A tree Banbinia Veriegata wtw sf or Qaraig wad. Ksheerika, The fig tree, Bomb Kulutha, A kind of pulse, docichos enifloras, Qsreire. Kumkuma, The plant and the pollen of the flower-Cro- ons Sativus, Gist. Kanda, Cassia, esau Kuravaka, Crimson species of amaranth, ugsrenf. Kusa, Poa Cynosuroides, Gene Kusumbha, Safflower, Carthamus Tinctorius, syrusréQeup» Kutaja, avariety of Jusmine, G wiles. Madhuka, Bassia Lattifolia, @oxeu. Mudga, A sort of kidney-bean Phaceolas Radiatas or Phaceolus Mungo, Quo. ‘Naga, ‘The small tree with fragrant blossom, Mesna Rox- burgha, -jeiéu or Aperad. Nandikavarta, A species of plant, Nerium coronarium, sé Quraro. Nichula, The tree Barringtonia Acntangula commonly called hijjal, @#dscdy. Nyagrodha, The Indian fig tree, gouors. Palasa, Butea Frondosa, ye. Panduka, A species of rice, Qaver’or@ne. Parijata, A shrub Nictanthes Tristis, uworiodsers. .Patala, The trampet flower tree, ur BA. Peelu, A tree ; Dillenia Speciosa earwéamis. Pichumanda, The nimb tree, Cardy Pannaga, Rottleria Tinctoria from the blossoms of which a yellowish dye is prepared. “Sala, The Sal tree probably the Diospyros Ebenaster fur- nishing timber, géemosi or watts Sami, Acacia Suma possessing a tough hard wood sup- posed to contain fire, asieifios id. ## Page 157 cu. 80.] BRINAT SAMHITA. 148 Sana, hemp ; Cannabis Sativa, «0 or exii1y. Saptaparna, The tree Alstonia or Echites Scholaris, o Budurenori- Sarshapa, Mustard seed, s0@- Shashtike, A kind of rice of quick growth ripening in about 60 days, 2nusrigqea. Sindhuvara, ‘The tree Vitex Negundo, @ore@. Sireesha, Acacia Sirisa, ares. Sougandhika, The blue lotus, Qedagpi. Sukara, A species of rice, apy Oac- Suvarnapushpa, the globe amaranth ; eeuoge>, Syamalata, A medicinal plant, Periploca Indica, country Sarsaparilla, scr@hésQary- Tilaka, A species of treo with beautiful flowers, wgsanp torte Tinduka, The tree Diospyros, Embryopteres, Qsdrgrdanis wor or goiieo. Vetasa, The Ratan ; calamus Rotang, &ragsA- Yava, Barley, werev-

CHAPTER XXX. Ow Twitiaer Hours. 1. That period which precedes the moment when the Sun has just half risen and that which succeeds the moment when the Sun has just-half set, daring which the stars are in visible is known as Sandhyakala or twilight period. From the peculiar indications of this period effects may be predicted as follows. 2. These indications are connected with animals, birds, tho wind, the halo, the parhelion or mock-sun, the Parigha,* the Abhravriksha, + the rainbow, the Gandharvanagara, the Solar rays, the Danda t and dust clonds, their gloss and color. © ‘This is an appearance in the sky of the shapo of an iron bar. + Am appearance resombling a treo in shape assumed by the clouds. 2 An appearance in tho sky rosembling a clab. . ## Page 158 145 BRIHAT SAMUITA. [cu. 80. 8. If during the period of twilight animals should conti- nue to bowl fearfully, the village will perish; if these avimals remaining to the South of an army should go howl with their faces tired to the Sun, euch aruiy will meet with ruin. 4. If cither animals should remain quiet or the winds should blow gently on the uorth side of an army there will be wars in the land; if this should take pluce on the sonth side of an army such army will be reinforced ; if it should take placo on both sides there will be rain. 5. If ab day-break birds and animals should howl with their faces turned to the Sun, the country will perish ; if they should so howl on the south side of a town such town will fall into the hands of enemies. 6. If immediately before sun-rise or after sun-sot violent winds should blow breaking the tops of towers, trees and houses, carrying sand and pebbles slong their course, howling fearfally and bringing down birds in fight there will be misery in the laud. 7. If daring the twilight hours either gentle winds or no winds should blow, or if birds and animals should either sonnd gently or remain quiet there will be prosperity in the land. 8. If during the twilight hours such appearance as the Danda, lightning, olowds fish-like in shape, parkelion, halos, the fainbow and the appearance known as Irawata (an imperfect rainbow) and solar rays should appear bright and glossy there will be immediate rain. 9 If the rays of the rising or setting Sun should be bro- ken, of unequal lengths, destroyed partly, altered in appear ance, not straight, turning to the left, thin, small, short, blunt or ineffectual and dim there will be dronght and wars in the land. ## Page 159 cx. 80. BRIMAT sAMuITA. 45 10. If, whotr the eky is cleat, the rays shoutd shoot into the sky aud shonld be clear, straight, long and turning to the right, there will be happiness in the land. 11. If the raye of the rising, setting or mid-day Sun should be white, glossy, unbroken and straight, the rays are known as Amoghs (excellent) rays. 12. If the color of the rays of the rising or setting Sun should be ® mixtare of white, black and yellow, or red-white or black-white, or variegated or red or green, or of the color of gold and if the rays should extend throughout the sky, there will be rain and there will ulso be slight fear after seven days. 18. If tho rays of the rising or setting Sun should be of the color of copper, the commander-in-ohief will die; if they should be yellow und red, he will suffer miseries; if green, animals and crops will perish, and if of the color of smoke cows will suffer. 14. Ifred, mankind will suffer from wars and destruc tive fires ; if white-red, there will be rain attended with winds ; if of the color of ash, there will be no rain; if the rays be variegated in oolor or if the color should be a mixtare of black: and other colors, there will be slight rain. 15. If the dust raised by the wind at sun-riso or aun-sot should be very red or very black, and if such dust should appear to miove in the direotion of the Sua, mankind will saffer . from varidis diséases:; if the dust should be white, there will be happinais-in: the land.* 16. Danda is an appearance in the sky of the shape of a rod caused by the wind bringing together clouds and solar rays ; if this shoakd appear in the south-east, south-west, north- * Parasara says that if tho rising or setting sun should be covered by dust reveling thie white poiider of coiteh, prinees will triumph in war and mankind will bo happy. ct) ## Page 160 146 BRITAT SAMHITAL [ou 80. west or north-east, rolers will suffer misories; if it shonld appear in the east, south, west or north, the Brahmins will suffer. 17. If it should appear at sun-rise or sun-set or mid-day (ia one of the corners), there will be wars in the land ; if it should be white, red, yellow, or black, the Brahmins, the Kshatriyas, the Vysias or the Sudras will suffer respectively ; couutries to which the Danda points will also saffer. 18. If the appearance known as Abhrataru (cloud-tree) should be seen with its ends of the color of coagalated milk, the body being black, and if it should conceal from view the midday-sun, thero will be abundant rain ; also if the clouds should appear of beautiful yellow color and thick at the bot- tom, the rain-fall will be abundant. 19. If the appearance of Abhravriksha should for some time move regularly and then disappear, the king that marches out for fight will perish; if it should appear like a young tree, princes and ministers will perish. 20. If the twilight sky should be of the color of the blue lotus, of the cat’s-eye gem, or of the nut of the lotus, and if the san should have either began to rise or should not have set, there will be immediate rain. 21. If during the rainy season the twilight hours should be marked by the appearance of clouds shaped malefically,* if the clouds should assume shapes known as Gandharva- nagara (Air-Castles), and if the sky should be filled with snow, dust and smoke, there will be drought ; if the same things should occur in any other season, there will be wars in the land. 22. If in tho Sisira (dewy) and other seasons of the year, the twilight sky should be naturally red, yellow, white or # Like a crow, a vultare, an ass, and the like, ## Page 161 ca. 80.) BRIBAT SAMHITA. 147 variegated in color, or of the color of lotus or of blood, there will be prosperity in the land daring such seasons ; but if the color be not a natural one, that is, brought on by dust-storms and the like, mankind will suffer miseries. 28. If a cloud shaped like 8 man with a weapon in his hand should appear cut and in this state move in the direction of the sun, there will be fear from enemies; if the sun should appear to enter clouds of the shape of a white town, the raler will get a new town and add it to his possessions. 24. If white, thick clouds should come forth from the south and conceal the sun, there will be rain ; if cloads bush- like in shapo and rising in quarters other than that in the direction of the sun und conceal the sun, there will also be rain. 25. Ifat'sun-rise the appearance known as Parigha should appear white, the reigning prince will suffer ; if of blood color, his army will revolt; and if of the color of gold, the army will gain in strength. 26. If the appearance known as Parhelion (mock-sun) should be seen on both sides of the sun and be large, there will be mach rain; and if it should appear all round the san, not a drop of rain will fall. 27. If at ean-rise or sun-sot the clouds should appear of the shape of a flag or umbrella, a mountain, an elephant or a - horse, the chief ruler will triumph in war; if they should be of blood color, there will be wars in the land. 28. If at sunrise or sun-set clouds should resemblo columns of smoke of burnt straw and be of agreeable appear- ance, the army will gain in strength. 29. fat sun-rise or sun-set clouds should appear to hang above the horizon and of the shape of trees and red and of dis- agreeable appearance, there will be prosperity in the land; if ## Page 162 48 BRIMAT 6AMHITA. [cu. 81. the clouds should assume the shape of towns, mankind will be ‘happy: 80. If birds, the she-jackal and other animals should howl turning to the sun, if the twilight sky should be marked by dust and by the appearances, Danda and Parigha, and the son should appear for several days of altered appearance, the chief raler will die and there will be famine in tho land. 81. Generally effects assigned to indications connected with the morning twilight hours will come to pass at once, and those of the evening twilight hours, either in the night or within 8 or 7 days ; but effects assigned to halos, to dust- storms and to Parighe, will either come to pass at once or take 8 or 7 days; those assigned to the solar rays, to the rainbow, lightning, to parhelion, to clouds and to winds will take effect that same day ; those assigned to birds will take 8 days ; and those assigned to animals, 7 days- 82. The twilight sky is visible for a Yojana (5 miles) ; lightning for 6 Yojanas ; tho roaring of the clonds will be heard at a distance of 5 Yojanas; and there is no limit to the extent to which meteors might fall.*

CHAPTER XXXI. On Drapaua-+ 1. If the appenrance of Digdaha should bo of yellow color, ralers will suffer ; if it should be of the color of fire, tho country will suffer ; if red and tho wind should blow from right to left, crops will snffer- ® Accordingly, Devala says that effects assigned to meteoris falls are not con- fined to partionlar localitios, but are felt throughout the land. + Preternatural rodness of the horizon as if on fire. ## Page 163 cH. 82.) BRIHAT SAMHITA. 149 2. If the appeurance should be very bright and cast shadows, the ralers will suffer ; if it be of blood culor, there will be wars in the lund. 8. If the appearance shonld be seen about the eastern horizon, rolers and Kshatriyas will suffer ; if it should be seen about the south-enstern horizon, painters, sculptors and children. will suffer ; if in the south, wicked men, the Vysias, and mrs- sengers will suffer; if in the south-west, re-married virgin widows will suffer- 4. If the appearance should be seen nbout the western horizon, Sudras and farmers will suffer ; if in the north-western horizon, thieves and horses will-suffer; if in the north, tho Brahmins will suffer; and if in tho north-east, heretics and merchants will suffer- 5. If when the sky is clear, tho stars bright, and the wind blows from left to right, the appearance of Digdaha should be of the color of gold, rulers as well as the country will prosper-

CHAPTER XXXII. On Eartnquaxes. 1. Some say that carthquake is cansod by hago water monsters and some that it is caused by the elephants support- ing the Earth, resting for s time from their labor, 2. According to some earthquake is caused by the vio- lent collision of winds and their striking the Earth in conse- quence, and according to others the cause is some invisible and unknown agenoy. 8 Once upon atimo, in the days gono by, tho Earth, being shaken by the rising and falling of winged mountains, addressed Brahma (the creator) in the court of Indra, as fl- lows, and with feelings of shame. ## Page 164 I 150 DRIHAT SAMBITA. [on. 82. 4, Lord, I was named by ‘Thee as the Unmoving. ‘This character has now suffered, und Iam unable to bear tho troubles cnused by moving mountains. 5. Brahma, perceiving her broken speech, trembling lips, bent head and weeping eyes, spoke as follows : 6. “O Indra, relieve the Eurth of her grief ; throw thy wenpon—the Vajrayudla—to destroy the wings of moun= tnins2? Indra saying, « It is done,” told the Earth not to fear aud spoke to her us follows : 7. Vayu (the wind), Agni (fire), Indra and Varana (God of rain), will however henceforth shuke thee respectively in the first, second, third and fourth, six hours of day and night, to indicate the fature good or bad condition of the world. 8. The asterisms of U- Phalguni, Hasta, Chitra, Svati, Ponarvasu, Mrigasira and Asvini are known as the circle or division of Vaya. ‘The previous symptoms of an enrthquake of Vayu’ occurring when the Moon is in any of these seven asterisms, will last for seven days, 9. ‘These symptoms are: the sky will be filled with dust and smoke, violent winds will shake the trees, and the rays of the sun will appear dim. 10. In a Vayavya earthquake the crops will perish ; the Earth will become dry ; foresta will suffer ; medicinal plants will be destroyed ; and tradesmen will be afflicted with dropsy, asthma, madness, fever aud phlegmatic affeo- tions. 11. Prostitates and men handling weapons, physicians, women, poets, musiciuns, morchants, painters and sculptors will suffer miseries, as well as the people of Surat, of Kura, of ‘Magads, of Dasarna and of Matsya. 12. The asterisms of Pushya, Krittika, Visakha, Bha- rani, Magha, P- Bhadra and P. Phalguni are known as the ## Page 165 on. 82.) BRIWAT SANHITA. 151 circle of Agni. ‘The previous symptoms of an earthqanke of Agni occnrring when the Moon is in any of these seven asterisms, will last for seven dnys. 13. These symptoms are: the sky will be filled with the light of fulling meteors, and the appearance of Digdaha will be seen about the horizon, and fire and wind will rage over the lund. 14, In an Agneya earthquake, the clouds will be destroyed; tanks and lakes will become dry; rulers will become hostile to one another, and man! ring-worms, cutaneous eruptions, fever, spreading itch and jundice. ind will suffer from 15. Also men of bright appearance, cruel men and the people of Asmaka, Anga, Bulhika, ‘Tangana, Kalinga, Bengal and of Dravida, and numerous hill-wen will suffer miseries. 16. The asterisms of Abhijit, Sravana, Dhanishta, Ro~ hini, Syeshta, U. Ashadha and Anuradha are known as the circle of Indra. ‘The previous, symptoms of an earthquake of Indra occurring when the Moon is in any of these seven asterism, aro as follows : 17. Clouds like eo many moving monntaine, roaring aloud, attended by lightning and black as the horn of a buffalo, as the beo and the black cobra, will yield abundance of rain. 18. In an Aindra earthquake, the Vedas, men of high caste and of high families, rulers and commanders of armies, will perish. Dysentery, inflammation or swelling of the neck, diseases of the face, and the vomiting diseases will afflict mankind. 19. Benares, Yagandhara, Kirats, Keera, Abbisara, Hala, ‘Madra, Arbada and Malawa will suffer, and there will be rain to suit the wants of the people. ## Page 166 152 BRUEAT SAMHITA. [on. 82. 20. ‘The asterisms of Revati, P. Ashadha, Ardéa, Astesha, Mola, U- Ashadha and Satwbhishak are known as the circle of Varuna: ‘The previous symptoms of sn ourthquuke of Varuna ocourring when the Moon is in any of these seven asterisms are as follows : 21. Clonds of the color of the blao lotus, of the bee and of collyrium, sounding agreeably, in masses and attended by lightuing, will yield sharp rain. 22. In Varuna earthquake persons working at the sea or in rivers will perish ; there will be excessive rain and rulers will cease to be hostile. ‘The people of Gonardha, Chedi, Kukura, Kirata and Videha will suffer miseries. 28. Tho effects assigned to earthquakes will oecur within six months; those assigned to the other Utpatas will occar within two months : these occurrences are classified by some under the heads of the four circles above referred to» 24. Meteoric fulls,* clond-eastles, dust-storms, thunder- bolts, earthquakes, fiery appearances about the horizon, violent winds, solar and lunar eclipses, changos in the appearance of stars ; 25. Rain-full from a clondless sky; the simalteneous cecurrence of wind and rain, the appearance of smoke and sparks where there is no fire, the entry of wild animals into villages, the appearance of rainbow in the eky at night; 26. Any unusual appearance of the sky at sun-rise or sun-set, broken or imperfect halos, rivers running in opposite directions, there being heard thé music of the dram in the sky, and the like unusual occurrences should be classified under the heads of the four circles of Vaya, Agni, Varias and Indva-t ® Stanzas 24 to 26 are taken from Varaha Mihira’s Samasa Samhita. + Ganga says ; persons ia whose Nakshatrad carthuskos sid thi’like Utpatas coou will suffer misories 5 they shall therefore porform expiatory coremonica im honor of the particular Deva under whose influence the occurrences tako places ## Page 167 on. $2.) Bulitat aAMHiTA, 188 27. As regards the effects of earthqtiskes classified with respect to time and Nakshatra, whenever thete is an inconsis- tency, the Aindra character with respect to titnd will take pre- cedence over the Vayavya character with tespevt to Nakshatra ; and the Vayavya character with respect to time over the Aindra character with respect to Nakshatra; and so in the case of the Varuna and Agneya character of each earthquake, division with respect to time takes precedence over division with res- pect to Nakshatra-¢ 28. If an earthqaake should partake of the character of one of Agni and Vaya, the chief ruler will perish, and mankind will suffer from hanger, fear, death and drought. 29. If an earthquake should partake of the character of one of Varana and of Indra, there will be prosperity in the land, good rain and gladness of heart, cows will yield mach milk, and ralers will coase to be hostile. 80. If a earthquake should partake of the character of one of Vaya and Varana, the people of Oojien, of Pulinds, of Videhs, of Oashmere, of Dravida, of Vasanta, and those that live on the banks of the Saraya, will suffer miseries. 81. If an earthquake shonld partake of the character of one of Indra and of Agui, the people of Ikshwaku, Asmarathya, Pata, Chara, Abhira, China and Marukaccha and prosperous ralers will suffer miseries. 82. In the case of those Utpatas for the effects of which no period has been given, the rule is as follows: if the occur- rences belong to the circle of Vaya, the period is four fort- nights ; if to the circle of Agtti, three fortnights ; if of Indra, seven days; and if of Varuna, the effects will come to pass immediately. + Garga says that if an earthquake is connected with two Nakshatras, division ‘With vospect to tims of day takee Btansas 30 and 81 aro taken from Parasara, 20 ## Page 168 154 BRIHAT BAMHITA, (cx. 88. 88. In an earthquake of Vayu, the shock will be felt at a distance of two hundred Yojanas (1,000 miles); in one of Agni, 110 Yojanas; in one of Varana, 180 Yojanas, and in one of Indra 160 Yojanas. 84, If after the occurrence of an earthquake another should occur on the rd, 4th, 7th, 15th, 80th or 45th day the chief ruler will perish. CHAPTER XXXII. On Uxxas on Mergons.* 1. Meteors are appearances of those who, having enjoyed in the higher worlds the effects of their Punnyakarma (good deeds), fall down to the Earth. These meteors are of 5 sorts known technichally as 1. Dhishnya, 2. Ulke, 8. Asani (thunder: bolt), 5. Vidyut (lightning), and 5. Tara.t 2 Dhishnya produces ita effects within a fortnight; Ulka takes algo the same period ; Asani produces its effects within'a month and a half; Vidyat within 6 days and Tara takes the same period 8. Tara produces only a fourth of the effects assigned to meteors in general. Dhishnya one-half, and Vidynt, Ulka and Asani produce their fall effects. 4. Asani is a meteoric substance, circular in shape; it strikes with a loud report men, elephants, horses, door, rocks, houses, trees and sheep and passes into the Earth. 5. Vidynt is a large bent fiery substance and strikes, with s lond and fearfal sound, living creatures and collection of wood. * This term has been made to inclade a namber of unusual appearanoos— ‘Vide text. + Garga says that weapons that bave slipped from the hands of the Devas ‘are known as Ulkas (‘‘meteors.”’) ## Page 169 cu. 88.) DRIHAT saaarTa. 185 6. Dhishnya is a blazing fiery meteoric appearance, thin and with a small tail, and visible beyond a distance of 40 cubits. Its length is two cubits- 7. Tara is a meteoric substance, a cubit in length, and of white or copper color, or of the color of the stem of the lotus ; it will appear to move either horizontally or vertically downwards or upwards as if dragged by some invisible force. 8. Ulka (meteor) ia an appearance with « large head, avery small tail and of the length of a man’s body ; as it falls it increases in length. ‘This appearance is of several kinds. 9. Tt assumes the shape of a dead body, a weapon, an ass, camel, a crocodile, a monkey, a tusked animel, a plough, deer, a lizard, a snake or smoke, and it sometimes appears double headed- It canses misery in the land. 10. Ifit should be of the shape of » flagstaff, of fish, an “elephant, a hill, a lotus, the moon, a horse, melting silver, a swan, the Bilva tree, the vajrayadha (a weapon), or conch or 8 triangle, there will be prosperity in the land. 11. Numberless meteors fall from the sky; these im- port misery to the reigning sovereign. Meteors that sim- ply whirl round and round import misery to the world at large. 12. Those meteors which, when they fall, just appear to touch the solar or lunar disc, or to issue from it and which are at the same time sccompanied by earthquakes import a foreign rule, famine, dronght and fears of various sorts. 18. If the meteors should appear to move from the right to the left of the sun and moon, houseless people will suffer miseries, If a meteor which appears to have issued from the sun should fall before one who marches out for fight, it imports good luck. ## Page 170 486 BRIRAT SAMRITA. [ow. 88: 14, If the meteors ahould be white, red, yellow or black, the Brahmins, the Kshatryas, tha Vysias and the Sudras will respectively suffer ; the same effects will oocur if the metegr falls with its head, breast, side or tail foremost. 15. If the meteor should be of fesrfal appesrance snd if it ghould fall in the north, east, sonth or wont, the Brah- ming, the Kehatriyas, the Vysias end the Sudras will suffer respectively. If the meteor should appear straight, glossy and broken, and if in its fall it be visible to within a short distance from the Earth, the Brahmins and the others will prosper (according ‘as the direction of the fall of the meteor is the north, east, south of west). 16. If the color of the meteor shonld be white, black, red, blne, of blood oolor, of the color of fire, or black, or of the color of ash, and if its appearance should be fearful, and if i should appear cither immediately before sun-rise or after sun- sot or during the day, or, if it should appear crooked or cut. into halves, there will be fear of foreign invasion. 17. Ifthe moteor should ba seen ta fall crossing the disas of stars and planets, the persons and objects represented by such stars and planets will suffer. If it should be seen to fall crossing the discs of the san or moon at rising or setting, houseless people will suffer. 18. If a meteor should be seen to fall crossing the discs of P. Phalguni, Punarvasa, Dhanishta and Mola, young women will suffer. If it should be seen to fall crossing the discs of Pashya, Swati and Sravana, the Brahmins and the Kehatriyas will suffer. . 19. If it should be seen to fall crossing the discs of the pole-star and benefic planets and stars, the chief ralers will suffer ; if orossing the discs of malefic planets and stars, thieves will suffer, and if crossing the discs of ordinary stars, masic and fine-arta will suffer. ## Page 171 ag. 33.) BRIBAT SAMBITA. 187 20. If the meteor should be seen to fall on the images of the Devas the rulers and their countries will suffer ; if it should fall on the Sakra tree (Pentaptera Arjana) kings will suffer, and if on houses, the owners thereof will suffer. 21. Ie it should be seen to fall crossing the disos of the direction planets* the countries situated in the respective Gireetions will suffer ; if on threshing floor, farmers will saifer ; and if on the sacred trees planted in public places virtuous men will suffer. 22. If it should fall at the entrance to towns, the towns will suffer; if on ornamental stractures over buildings, the people will suffer ; if in the middle of Brahmin habitations, the Brahmina will suffer ; and if in oattle-fold, the owner of the herd will suffer. 28. If, while it falls, its noise should be like the roar of the lion, like the sound caused by striking against one’s breast or like a combinstion of vocal and instrumental music the ralers with their countries will suffer. 24 Ifthe meteoric appearance should be soem to, hover in the sky for along time, of the ahapo of a stick, or if it should be seen of the shape of Indra’s banner suspended in tho sky as if by throads, ralers will suffer. 25. If while it falle it should retrograde in ite motion, merchants will suffer; if it shonld move horizontally, queens will soffer; if vertically downwards, ralere will anffer ; and if vertically upwards, the Brahmins will snffor. 26. If the meteor should be of the color and shape of the pescock's train, there will be misery in the land; if it shold move like a serpent, women will suifer- 27. If it should appear circalar in shape, towne will suffer; if of the shapo of an umbrella, priests will suffer; and Son—H. ; Venns—B. E.; Maro—8. ; Ralre—8. W. ; Saturn 73 Meroury—N. ; and Jupiter—N. E. ## Page 172 158 BRIHAT SAMHITA. (on. 84. if of the shape of a clamp of bamboos, the kingdom will be imporilled. 28. If it should be of the shape of a snake or a pig, or appear as if covered with sparks of fire, or cut or fall -with noise, there will be misery in the land. ~ 29. If it should appear of the shape of the rainbow, the ~ Kingdom will suffer; if it should disappear in the sky, clouds will be destroyed ; if it should move against the course of the wind or obliquely or retrograde in its motion, there will be misery in the land. 80. If it should fall on a town or an army, the raler will suffer from such town or army; if it should appear to come blazing from a certain quarter, the prince that marches for fight in that direction will succeed in battle. OHAPTER XXXIV. On Hatos. 1. When the sky is filled with thin light clouds, the solar or loner rays, gathered together by the action of the wind, and made into circles of different sizes and colors form what are known as Halos. 2. If the color of these halos should be red, their lord is ie Indra; if blne, Yama; if gray, Varuna; if of the color of the dove, Nirruti (a demon presiding over the S. W: point of the compass); if of the color of the cloads, Vaya; if variegated in color, Hesanya (a deity presiding over the N. E. point of the compass); if green, Kubera (God of wealth); and if white, Agni. 8. Kubera also causes the halo to appear black, and the other gods to appear with the color belonging to each. If a halo should be seen to appear and disappear at brief intervals of time, it is cansed by Vaya, and it will not produce effects of & permanent natare. . ## Page 173 on. 84.) BRIHAT SAMBITA, 159 4. If the halo should appear of the color of peacock or fire or silver, or oil or milk, or water, and of the shape of a complete circle and glossy, there will be happiness in the land. 5. If the solar or the Ionar halos should continue from the rising to the setting of the luminaries, frequently changing in color, or if the halos should appear red or disagreeable or imperfect or oblongolar or triangular in shape, or of the shape of a bow, there will be misery in the land. 6- If the halo should appear of the color of the neck of the peacock, there will be rain; if itshould appear variegated in color, the chief ruler will be assassinated ; if of the color of smoke, there will be fear in the land; if of the color of the rainbow or red like the flower of the Asoka, there will be wars in the land. 7. If in tho reiny season, the solar or lunar halo should either appear of a single color, or glossy if of different colors, or occupied by clonds sword-like in shape, or if the sun, while surrounded by a halo, should appear very bright and yellow, there will be immediate rain- 8. If the solar or Inner halos should appear big at the eastern or western horizon or at the meridian, and if birds and animels should be found to howl with their faces turned to the San or Moon, and if the color of the halos should be dim, mankind will be tormented with various fears. If the halo should be crossed by meteors or lightning, the chief ruler will meet his death by weapon. 9. If, daily,e the Sun and Moon should appear red, the chief ruler will die; if halos should be frequently seen round the Sun and Moon at rising or setting, or in the meridian, rulers will be killed. ® According to Garga if the appearance should last for a single day, the chief ruler will die, and if for 7 days, the country will perish. ## Page 174 160 BRIMAT SAMBTTA. , (on. $4. "40. If the halo shonld consist of two concentric circles, the commander-in-chief will be afflicted with fear, and there will also be wars but not of a fearful nature ; if the halo should consist of three concentric circles, there will be wars ; if of four circles, the first prince will suffer miseries ; and if of five circles, the capital city will be seized by the enemy. 11. If the halo should inclade within it a planet, the Moon and Stars, there will be either rain within three days or wars within a month. According to some that prince will snffer miseries the lord of the Lagna (rising sign) of whose nativity, the lord of the sign occupied by the Moon, and whose star should happen to be included within the circle of a lunar or solar halo. 12. If Satum should be incladed within the circle of a lanar or solar halo, the minor crops will perish ; there will be rain attended by storms and deaths among settled farmers. 18. If Mars should be so included, children and com- manders of armies will suffer and there will be fear from wars and destructive fires. If Jupiter should be go incladed, priests, ministers and rulers will suffer. 14. IfMeroury should be so incladed, ministers and per- manent writers will be happy and.there will be good rain. If Venus should be so included, princes that march out for fight will suffer and there will be good food in the land- 18. If Keta should be so included, mankind will suffer miseries from hunger, fire, death, and from ralers. If Raha should be go incladed, pregnancy will miscarry, there will be disease in the land, and ralors will suffer. ## Page 175 7 on. 84.) “ parman sasnama. 161 16. If two planets should be incladed within a solar or lunar halo, there will be wars in the land; if three should be 80 included, mankind will suffer from hunger and drought. 17. If four planets should be included within a halo, rolers, ministers and priests will suffer ; if five or six planets should be so incladed, the world will come to an end. 18. If while the comets do not appear, Mars and other planets should be separately eclipsed, or if the stars should be 80 eclipsed, ralers will perish.* 19. If the halo should appear on the first day of the dark or bright half of a lunar month, there will be deaths among the Brahmins; if on the second day, there will be deaths among the Kehatriyas; if on the third day, there will be deaths among the Vysiyas; and if on the fourth day, there will be deaths among the Sudras ; if the halo should appear on the fifth day, villages will suffer; if on the sixth day, towns will enffer; and if on the seventh day, treasuries and store- houses will suffer. 20. If the halo should appear on the eighth day of the dark or bright half of a lunar month, the first prince will suffer; if on the ninth, tenth or eleventh day, the king will suffer ; if on the twelfth day, the chief town will be besieged by the enemy, and if on the thirteenth day, there will be con- fasion and dismay in the army. 21. If the halo should appoar on the fourteenth day of the dark or bright half of a lunar month, the queen will suffer ; and if on the fifteenth (new or fall moon) day, ralers will suffer. 22. The inner circle of the helo represents citizens, the outer circle represents the army marching out for fight, and the central circle represents the army pursued by the enemy. * If comets appear at the time, the effects assigned to them will alone come topes, ## Page 176 162 BRINAT sama. [ou 85. 28. If any of these circles should appear of blood-color or black or of fearful appearance, the persons it represents will suffer defeat. If any of these circles should appear glossy, white and bright, the persons it represents will eucosed in battle.

CHAPTER XXXV. Ow THe Rarnzow. 1. The many colored rays of the Sun falling upon the clouds and being broken by tho winds take the shape of the rainbow in the sky. 2 In the opinion of certain writers* the rainbow is formed of the expired breath of certain serpents of the divine order ; princes that march out for fight in the direction of the rainbow will suffer defeat. 8. If two rainbows, similar to each other should appear perfect, unbroken, bent towards the Marth, bright, glossy, thick and variegated in color, there will be abundant rain. 4. Rainbows appearing in particalar quarters of the sky will cause the death of the persons represented by such quar- ters, and if the rainbow should be seen in places other than the sky, there will be deaths in the land; if it should appear white-red, mankind will suffer from weapons; if yellow, from fire; and if blue, from starvation. 5. If the rainbow should be seen in the middle of water, there will be drought; if on earth, crops will be injared; if on trees, there will be disease in the land; if on ant hills, there will be wars, and if seen at night, ministers will perish. * Kasyapa and men of his school. + Those aro given in a subsequent chapter vis: the chaptor on Sakuna. They .—E.; First prinoe-S. B.; Commander-in-chief— ins —N.. ## Page 177 cH. 86.) BRIHAT SAMHITA- . 168 7 6. If the rainbow should appear when there is no rain, there will be rain, and if while it rains, the rain will cease. If it should appear in the west, there will also be rain. 7. Ifat night the rainbow should be seen in the east, kings will saffer ; if in the South, the commander-in-chief will die ; if in the West, masters will suffer; and if in the North, ministers will suffer. 8 If, at night, the rainbow should appear white, red, yellow or black, the Brahmins, the Kshatryas, the Vysiyas and the Sudras will suffer respectively. If at night the rainbow _ should appear in particular quarters of the sky, the ralers in those quarters of the Earth will porish.

CHAPTER XXXVI. On Ganpwarvanacaras og Cioup Castries. 1. If the appearance of Gandharvanagara should he seen in the north, priests will suffer; if in the east, ralers will saffer ; if in the south, commanders of armies will suffer, and if in the west, the first prince will suffer. If the appearance should be white, the Brahmins will suffer ; if red, the Ksha- triyas ; if yellow, the Vysias ; and if black, the Sudras will suffer. . 2. If the appeatance shonld be seen in the north citizens and rulers will suffer ; if seen in the corners, the mixed races will suffer ; and if seen in the direction opposite to the sun, ralers will triamph in war. 8. If the appearance should be seen in all directions and for a long time, princes and countries will suffer ; if it shonld be of the color of smoke, fire, or rainbow, thieves and forest- men will suffer. ‘ If the appearance should be seen a little white, there will ; be suffering from thunderbolts and from storms ; if in the ## Page 178 164 BRIHAT SAMHITA. (cu. 88. direction of the sun, the chief ruler will perish ; if seen on the left side, there will be fear from enemies, and if on the right side there will be success in war. 5. If it should appear of various hues and shapes or of the shape of a flag, banner or archway, such bloody wars will rage over the land that the Harth will drink large quantities of the blood of elephants, men and horses.

CHAPTER XXXVII. Ow PasHELion. If the appearance of Pratisurya or Parhelion, should be of the color assigned to the Sun for the several seasons of the year and at the same time glossy, or if it should be of the color of the cat’s-eye (gem) or clear and white, there will be pros- perity in the land. 2 If the appearance should be yellow, there will be diseases in the land ; if red, resembling the color of the Asoka flower, there will be wars. If these appearances should together form a figare of the shape of a garland, there will be suffering from thieves and the chief raler will perish. 8. If the appearance should be seen to the north of the Sun, there will be rain; if to the south of the sun, there will be winds ; if on both sides of the Sun there will be fear from floods ; if seen above the Sun rulers will perish ; and if below the Sun, there will be deaths in the land. CHAPTER XXXVII. Ow Dvst-Srorus. 1. If the dust-storm should be so black and dense as to render mountains, towns and trees undistingaishable, the reigning prince will die- . ## Page 179 on. 89.) BRIHAT SAMHITA. 165 2 If the dust-storm should be of the color of smoke, there will be suffering in the countries in which the storm appears for the first time or disappears finally, within seven days from the occurrence of the event. 8 If the dust-storm should resemble white clonds, minjsters and people at large will suffer ; there will be wars in the land and mankind will be afflicted with innumerable miseries. 4 If the dust-storm should appear to hide the sky about sun-rise on one or two consecutive days, mankind will suffer from great fears. 5. If the storm should continue dense for a night the chief raler will perish ; but other princes will prosper. 6. If ine particular country the storm should be found to remain for two days together, that country will be overran by the army of the enemy. 7+ If the dust-storm should be found to continue for three or four days, there will be scarcity in the land, and juice will be injured ; if it should continue for five days, con- tending armies will engage in fight- 8 Ifa malefic dust-storm unaccompanied by the appear- auce of comets and the like abnormal phenomena should be seen in any Ritus (season) except Sisira (from the middle of January to that of March), it will produce the fall effects assigned to it.

CHAPTER XXXIx. Ow THounpERBoLrs. 1, When two winds come in collision, that which, being struck, falls on the Barth is known as thunderbolt; if at the time birds should begin to sound tarning to the Sun there will be misery on Earth. ## Page 180 166 BRIHAT GAMHITA. [on 40. 2. If there should occur a fall of thunderblot at sunrise, officials, kings, rich men, soldiers, women, merchants and pros- titutes will perish ; if the fall should occur within three hours after sunrise, sheep, the Sudras and citizens will suffer- 8. If the fall should occur before midday, the king’s servants and Brabmins will suffer ; if it should ocoar within threo hours after midday, the Vysiyas and clouds will suffer, and if before sunset thieves will suffer. 4. If the fall of thanderblot should occur at sunset, low- caste men will suffer; if it should oocar in the first three hours after sunset, cropé will suffer; and if before midnight, ghosts will suffer. 5. If the fall of the thunderblot should ocour within the three hours after midnight, horses and elephants will perish ; and if before sunrise, travellers will suffer, and also those countries will suffer in the direction of which the roar of than- dor appears to move. CHAPTER XL- Ow Sasya JAraxa on Vecerasie Hozoscory- 1. We shall now proceed to state the laws or yogas (positions of the planets) as stated by Badarayana (Vyasa) (from which to determine the growth of the greeshma or sarat crops) when the Sun just enters the sign of Vrischike (Scorpio) or the sign Vrishabha (Tanrus). 2 Ifat the time when the Sun enters the sign Scorpio, benefic planets should occupy tho said sign, or the fourth, seventh or tenth house from it, or if these four honses should be within sight of beuefic planets, the greeshma or summer crops will thrive. ## Page 181 cu. 40.) BRIGAT SAMHITA. 167 8. If, when the Sun is in Scorpio, Jupiter should be in Aquarius and the Moon in Leo or vice versa, the summer crops will thrive. 4. If, when the Sun is in Scorpio, Venus or Mercury or both should ocoupy either the second honse from the Sun, viz-, Sagittarius or the twelfth house Libra, summer crops will thrive. Ifat the same time the sign of Sagittarius or Libra should be within sight of Jupiter, such crops will grow in great abundance. 5. If, when the San is in Scorpio, and between benefic planets, Jupiter and the Moon should be in the seventh honse, Tauras, summer crops will thrive exceedingly well; and if, when he has just entered Scorpio, Jupiter should be in the second honse, Sagittarius, the extent of the growth of such crops will be one-half. 6. If, when the Sun is in Scorpio, Venus, the Moon and Mercury shonld respectively occupy the eleventh, fourth, and second houses (from Scorpio) and Jupiter the tenth house, summer crops will grow in abundance. 7. If, when the Sun has just entered Scorpio, Jupiter should be in Aquarius, the Moon in ‘Taurus, Mars and Sa- tarn in Capricornus, the summer crops will thrive well and there will also be fear of foreign invasion and diseases in the land. 8 Tf when the Sun is in Scorpio, there should be male- fic planets on both sides, crops will be injured ; and if a male- fic planet should occupy the seventh house, Taurus, crops will saffer blight. 9. If, when the Sun is in Scorpio, malefic planets should occupy the second house Sagittarius and if they are not within sight of benefic planets the first crops will suffer and the sub- sequent crops will thrive- ## Page 182 168 BEIBAT GAMHITA. (on. 41. 10. If, when the Sun is in Scorpio, two malefic planets should occupy the seventh house, Taurus, crops will be in- juired; but if such seventh house should be within sight of benefic planets at the same time, crops will grow here and there. 11. “If, when the Sun is in Scorpio, two malefio planets should occupy the seventh and sixth houses, crops will thrive ‘and the price of commodities will fall. 12. Tho growth of the autumnal crops should be deter- mined from the position of the planets with reference to sign Taurus at the time when the sun enters it just in the same way as the summer crops as stated above. 18. If while the Sun passes through the signs of Aries, Tanros and Gemini, he should be accompanied by or within sight of benefic planets, the summer crops will flourish and the price of such produce will either be moderate or will rise. : 14, If while the Sun passes through the signs of Sagit- tarins, Capricornas and Aquarins, he should either be accom- panied by or within sight of benefic planets the autumnal crops will flourish and the price of such produce will either be moderate or will rise ; if at the time of harvest the sun should be either accompanied by or within sight of malefic planets, prices will either flactuste or fall. CHAPTER XLI. On Commoprrtes. 1, I shall now proceed to state the Zodiaoal division of commodities adopting the views of the sages of the past with a view to enable men to know before-hand what articles can be had in abundance and what will become rare. ## Page 183 cx. 41.) BRIHAT SAMHITA. 169 2. Sign Mesha (Aries) represents cotton and woollen fabric, loathern oil jars, beans, wheat, raggy, barley, dry orops in general and gold. 8. Sign Vrishabha (Taurus) represents cloths in general, flowers, wheat, rice, barley, buffalo and cows ; and sign Mi- thuna (Gemini) represents the autumnal crops, creepers, the root of the lily and cotton. 4. Sign Karkataka (Cancer) represents Kodrava, plan- tains, bent grass, fraits, roots, leaves and bark ; and sign Simba (Leo) represents food grains, juice, the skin of the lion and the like animals and jaggery- 5+ Sign Kanya (Virgo) represents common flax, barley, horse gram, wheat, kidney-beans and Nishpava (a kind of lega- minons plant—Dolichos tetraspermus) ; and sign Tula (Libra) represents black gram, wheat aud mustard seed. 6+ Sign Vrischika (Scorpio) represents sugar-canes, wat grains, metals, and woollen fabric; and sign Dhanus (Sagit- tarius) represents horses, salt, cloth, weapons, gingelly seeds and roots. 7+ Sign Makara (Capricornus) represents trees, bushes, wet grains, sagar-canes, goldand black-lead ; and sign Kum- bha (Aquarius) represents water-fraits and flowers, gems and articles of various shapes. 8. Sign Meena (Pisces) represents pearls and other shell- gems, diamonds, various oils and fishes. 9. If Jupiter should occupy the 4th, 10th, 2nd, 11th, 7th, 9th, or 5th house frou any particular sign of the Zodiac or if Mercury should oooupy the 2nd, 11th, 10th, 5th, or 8th honse from any particalar sign ; 10. Or if Venus should occupy the 6th or 7th house from a particular sign, the articles represented by that sign will perish ; and if he occupies any of the other houses, the articles 22 ## Page 184 170 ‘BRIHAT SAMHITA. (cx. 42. will flourish; if malefic planets should occupy the 8rd, 6th, 10th, or 11th house from a particular sign, the articles repre- J sented by that sign will flourish and the reverse will be the case if the planets occupy any of the other houses- houses other than the 8rd, 6th, 10th, and 11th houses from = particular sign, the articles assigned for that sign will soll dear and become scarce. 12. Generally if benofic planets should be powerfal in their several signs us stated above, articles will flourish and the prices will be moderate and the articles themselves can be 11. Ifpowerfal melefic planets should occupy any of the x had easily. F 18 If at any time a partioular sign should be within sight of benefic planets occupying malefic houses, the articles assigned for that sign will not be much injared, bat if the { planets should be powerfal malefic planets the articles will | perish. . } CHAPTER XLII. 1 On THe Price or Commoprriss. 4 1. Judging from the phenomena of excessive rain, of smotaorio falls, of the appearance of the Danda, of Halos, of | eclipse and parhelion occurring on the new or Full Moon day of a particular month ; ‘ 2. The astronomer shall determine that the price of com- @ modities will rise ; but if the phenomena should occur on any other days of the month, rulers will be at war. { 8. If the phenomena referred to above should occur | when the Sun is in the sign Mesha (Aries), April—May, tra- desman shall purchase the produce of Sarat ; and if the pheno- mena should occar when the Sun is in Vrishabha (Taaras), ho shall store up wild roots and fruits; and if he should dispose ## Page 185 ou. 42] BRIHAT SAMHITA. m of these articles in the fourth month after purchase, ho will make much profit. 4. Ifthe phenomena should occur when the Sun is in the sign Mithuna (Gemini), the tradesman shall store ap juicy articles and grains, and if he should sell them iu the sixth month he would make much profit. 5+ If the phenomena should occur when the Sun is in the sign Karkataka, he shall store ap honey, perfames, oil, ghee and sugar, and if he should dispose of them in the second month, they would fetch double their value; but if he should dispose of them before or after the second month, he would sustain loss. : 6. If the phenomena should occar when the Sun is in the sign Simha (Leo) the tradesman shall store up gold, gems, leather, armours, weapons, pearls and silver, and if he should dispose of these in the fifth month, there would be much pro- fit; but if he should do so either before or after the fifth month, he would sustaiv loss. 7. If the phenomena should occur when the Sun is in the sign Kanya (Virgo) the tradesman shall parchase Chamara (fan), asses, camels aud horses ; if he should dispose of them in the sixth month, he would get donble their value- 8. If the phenomena should occur when the Sun is in the sign Tala (Libra) the tradesman shall store up yara goods, crystal wares, flowers of gold color and grains; if he should dispose of them in the sixth month, he would get double their price. 9. If the phenomena should occur when the Sun isin the sign Vrischikea (Scorpio) the tradesman shall store up fraita and roots of a lasting nature and various precious stones, and if he should dispose of them at the end of two years, they would fetch double their price. ## Page 186 172 BRIHAT SAMHITA. [ow 48. 10. If the phenomena shonld occar when the Sun is in Dhanus (Sagittarius) the tradesman shall store up conch shells, corals, articles of orystal and pearls; if he should dispose of them in the sixth month, they would fetch double their price- 11. If the phenomena should ocear when tho Sun is in the signs of Makara (apricornus) and Kumbha (Aquarius) the tradesman shall store up iron and other metels, vessels and grains; if he should dispose of them at the end of a month they would fetch double their price. 12. If the phenomena should occur when the Sun is in Meena (Pisces) the tradesman shall store up roots, fraita, ves- sels and precious stones; if he should dispose of them in the sixth month, they would fetch double their price- 18. If the Sun or Moon should happen to be in a single sign accompanied by an Atimitra (very friendly) planet, the tradesman may deal profitably in the articles assigned for that sign. 14. If the New or Full Moon should either be sccompa- nied by or within view of benefic planets the price of commo- dities will rise. If the Sun should be either accommpanied by or within view of malefic planets, the price will fall- Generally predictions are to be made on a fall consideration of the strength or weakness of the Zodiacal signs. CHAPTER XLIII. On Inpea Dawasa or Inpea’s BANNER. 1. The Devas addressed Brahma as follows :— Lord, we are unable to defeat the Asuras in fight and we have there- fore come to thee for help.” Brahma spoke to the Devas as follows :— ## Page 187 cu. 48.) BRIHAT SAMHITA. 178 2. “The Supreme Vishnu of the sea of milk will give you a banner at the sight of which the. Asuras your enemies, will cease to oppose you in battle.” 8 Tho Devas, including the great Indra, took leave of Brahma and, proceeding to the sea of milk, began to sing as follows the praises of Vishnu on whose breast shone brilliantly the Koustabha gem :— 4. ‘Lord of Lakshumi, the unthinkable, thou hast no equal ; thou art omnipresent and thou existest invisibly diffused through the bodies of all corporeal croatures ; thou art the Su- preme Soul and thou hast neither beginning nor end.? 5. God Narayana, pleased with the praise of the Devas,” gave them a Dhwaja (flag-staff) which at the same time sorved both as the Sun and the Moon respectively to the lotus-like face of the Deva and Asura females. 6+ Indra was inightily pleased to accept the gift of the Dhwaja which had its origin in the Tejas (light) of Vishna and which was set with precious stones and mounted on an cight- wheeled car shining brilliantly as the Summer Sun- 7. Planting erect the Dhwaja, which was adorned with a girdle of small bells, with garlands, with umbrellas and with a huge bell, Indra defeated his enemies in the field of battle. 8 Indra gave the Dhwaja, which was of bamboo wood, to Vasu, the ruler of the province of Chediy who was gifted with the power of flight into celestial regions, and Vasu then performed pooja to the Dhwaja. 9. Indra, pleased with Vasu’s pooja spoke as follows :— those princes who might go through a similar ceremonial wor- ship shall become as prosperous and successful ralers as Vasu, the ruler of Chedi. ## Page 188 174 BBIWAT SAMHITA. [om 48. 10. ‘The subjects of these rulers will also become happy and prosperous and be freed from fear and disease. ‘The Dhwaja itself shall indicate the course and nature of fature events. 11. By command of Indra the ceremonial worship of the Dhwaja has been gone throngh by princes desirous of strength and victory. I shall now proceed to give a brief description of the same according to the Shastras- 12, On an auspicious day and in an auspicious hour and Nakshatra, the astronomer shall leave for the forest accom- pained by the carpenter- 18. He shall not cut any tree growing in flower gardens, in temples, on cremation grounds, on public roads, on sacrifi- cial fire-sites or trees of short growth, or dried trees or trees of stinted growth at the top, thorny trees or trees surrounded by creepers and over-grown with mistletoes. 14. He shall also reject trees with holes in which dwell numerous birds and trees injured by the wind or fire and he shall reject trees of feminine denomination, for all those trees are not fit for the staff of Indra’s banner. 15. The five trees Arjne*, Asvakarnas, Priyaket Dhavat, Udambara,§, are suited for the purpose. Either one of these or some other well known tree : 16. Or, some tree growing on yellow or black soil shall be selected by the astronomer who, alone and ut night, approach- ing the same, shall touch it and address it as follows :— # & © already explained. + Priyaka, known in Tamil ssw buwsd ‘f Dhava—Acacia Leucophloca, known in Tamils QawCat@orib, § Udambars—The tree Ficas Glomerata, ## Page 189 ou. 43.) BRIHAT SAMHITA. 175 17. “May it be well with the demons that dwell in this tree, salatation to you all, accept these presents and be pleas- ed to dwell in some other place.” 18. O excellent tree, the king wants thee for the con- struction of his Indra-Dhwajae May it be well with thee. I entreat thee to accept of this honor.” 19. The astronomer shall, facing either the East or North, cut the tree before sunrise ; if, while cutting, the axe should produce a rustling sound, it indicates evil If the sound should be agreeable or loud, it indicates good. 20: If the tree should fall on the East or North side without breaking or bending or being caught by a neighbonr- ing tree, the ruler will become triumphant in war. If it should fall otherwise, the tree shall be rejected. 21. He shall cut off four inches at the top and eight inches at the bottom, and shall then put the wood in water. He shall then remove it to the town gate cither in a cart or on the shoulders of men. 22 If, while it is being carried in a cart, any of the spokes of the wheels should break, the king’s army will revolt ; if the felly of the wheel should break, the army will suffer destraotion. If the axle should break, the king’s wealth will suffer; if the pin or bolt (at the end of the pole) should break, the carpenter will die. 28. On the Ashtamy (8th lunar) day of the light half of Bhadrapada, the king, accompanied by the citizens, astrono- mers, astrologers, ministers and priests in their robes, 24. Shall cause the beam to be carried in procession round the town after covering it with a new cloth, and adorn- ing it with flowers and perfumes, sweet music playing all the while. ## Page 190 176 ‘BRIHAT GAMHITA. (ox. 48. 25. ‘The town shall be adorned with flags, festoons and garlands; the citizens shall all be merry, the streot shall be Kept neat and clean and the party shall be accompanied by dancing women in their best attire- 26. ‘The houses and shops shall be decorated ; Vedic hymns shall be chanted aloud ; dancers and dancing masters and singers shall dance and sing at every cornor and at tho junction of roads. 27. If the flags with which the town is adorned should happen tobe white, there will bo success in war ; if yellow, there will be disease ; if of mixed color, there will also be suc- coss in battle, and if red, there will be wars in the land. 28. If while the beam is carried, it should be strack down from its place by a frightened elephant or other animals the king will be afflicted with various fears; or if children should clap their hands or animals engage in fight there will be wars. 29. ‘Tho carpenter shall again work the beam into a proper shape and plant it over the place prepared for the pur pose The King shall spend the Yekadasi (11th luner) day by the side of the beam without sleep. 80. ‘The priests, dressed in white robes and tarbans shall perform homa (fire ceremony), chanting hymns in honor of Indra and Vishnu and the astrologer shall note the indications around and build his predictions theron. 81. If the fame of the home fire should assume the ap- pearance of benefic objects, if it should emit good odour or ap- pear bright and large, it indicates prosperity to the King and not otherwise. I have treated of this subject in my work en- titled the Yoga Yatra. * A manuscript copy of this work is with Dr. Kerne now in Leydon, Holland. ## Page 191 cH. 48.) BRIHAT SAMHITA. 177 82. Ifat the moment of the final ahuti (pouring of ghee into the fire) the flame should appear bright and fine and whirl to the right, the King will become the sole raler of the entire tract of land watered by the Ganges and the Jamna and surrounded by seas on both sides. 88. If the flame should be of the color of gold, of the flower of Asoka, of Kurandaka or lotus or of the éolor of Vyduriya or the blue lotus, the King will become so prosperous and wealthy that the dark rooms of his pulace will be illanined by the rays of light proceeding from abundance of spelndid gems. 84. Ifthe sound of the flame should resemble that of rolling chariots, the sea, the clouds and elephants or the sound of drum, the king will become so prosperous that numberless ratting elephants will be seen rabbing aganist one another in the direction of his march and forming one dark scene as far as the eye can reach. 85. If the flame should present the shape of a pot, a horse, an elephant, a banner, or a mountain, the King will become the sole raler of the country to which the Hastern and Western Ghauts form as lips aud the Himalaya and Vindhaya mountains form as breasts. 86- If the fire should smell like the juice of elephants in rat, like the earth, the lotus, parched grain or honey, tho king will become so prosperous and powerfal that the ground before his seat will be lit with the rays of the gems in the crowns of ralers bending in submission before him. 87. What has been said with respect to the hom fire on the occasion of the ceremony in connection with Indra Dhwaja applies as well to homa fires on occasions of nativity, sacrificial fire ceremonies, Graha Santy (purification of houses), royal marches and of marriages. ## Page 192 178 BRIHAT BAMHITA. (cu. 43. 88. After feeding the Brahmins with rich and samptaons meals and presenting them with money, the prince either on the 12th lunar day, when the Moon is in the asterism of Sravana or other stars, shall have Indre’s banner duly planted in its place. 89. According to Mana, images known as Indra’s dangh- ters, and seven or five in number, shall be made under the direction of men learned in the Shastras: of these a figare known as Nunda eball be attached to the beam at a point which is a quarter of its height from the ground; another figure known as Upananda shall be fixed at the middle point of the beam. 40. A third figure known as Jaya shall be placed at a point above Nunda whose distance is one-sixteenth of the height of the beam ; a fourth figure known as Vijaya shall be fixed at a similar height above Upananda. ‘Two more figures, each known as Vasundhara, shall be fixed at the same height, the one above Jaya and the other above Vijaya. A seventh figure known as Sakragenitri (Indra’s mother) shall be fixed in the intervening space, one-eighth of the banner in height, lying below the central point. 41. The king shall farther cause to be made the several ornaments of various shapes which the Devas were pleased to present to Indra’s banner. 42, ‘The first oraament was presented by Visvakarma. It was oblongular in shape and of the color of red Asoka flower; the second was presented by both Brahma and Siva. It was a girdle of various hues. 43. The third was presented by Indra. It was octagonal in shape and black-red in color. The fourth ornament, known as Masookara, was presented by Yama; it was black and glossy: ## Page 193 ca. 48.) BRIHAT SAMEITA. 479 44. The fifth ornament was presented by Varuna; it was hexagonal in shape and looked like a line of waves ; it was white-red in oolor. ‘The sixth ornament was presented by Vayn; it was made of the feathers of the peacock and looked like blue clouds; it was a bracelet for the upper arm. 48. The seventh ornament was presented by Subramania; it was bis own bracelet of curious make. The eighth was presented by Agni ; it was of the color of fire. 46. Tho ninth was prosented by the Moon; it was made of a precious stone resembling the Vyduriya. ‘The tenth was presented by Twashta; the Sun; it looked like the wheel of a chariot. 47. The eleventh was presented by Visvadevas; it was of the shape of the lotus and was an ear ornament. The twelfth was presented by the Rishis ; it was of the color of the blue lotus; this was also an ear ornament. 48. The thirteenth was presented by Jupiter and Venus; it was a head ornament; it was a little bent both at the top and bottom, but broad at the former end ; it was red and was of the color of shellac. 49. Tho several ornaments above enumerated have for their lords the several Devas by whom they were respectively presented. 50. The first ornament shall be placed at a distance from the foot equal to a third of the circumference of the eam ; the second above the first at seven-eighths of the dis- tance of the former from the foot of the beam the third above the second at seven-cighths of the distance between the first and second, and so on. 51+ On the fourth day the ceremony shall be completed. ‘The following mantras, quoted by Mang and found in the Shastras, shall then be recited — ## Page 194 180 BBIBAT GAMHITA. [on. 48. 52. “As thou wert at one time pleased to accept the gift of a variety of splendid ornaments made by the Devas accompained by Siva, the Sun, Yama, Indra, the Moon, Kubera, Agni, Varuna, the Rishis, the Apsaras, Sakra (Venus ), Gara (Jupiter), Subbramania and others, so we reqnest thee to be pleased to accept now of a similar gift from us. 54. Thon art Vishnu, the deity that existe throughout eternity,—the all-pervading principle—who appeared in his Varaha Avatar. ‘Thou art Yama, Agni, Hiranyagerbha, Indra and Jupiter. 55. [invoke the all-knowing Agni, the protecting Indra, the lord of the Devas, who is known under the names of Sakkra and Vrittr ara, that our heroes may be successful. 56. The above sacred texts are to be recited by the king fasting, on the occasion of the completion of the ceremony, of planting the pole, on its entry into town and when it is bathed and adorned with flowers and at the closing ceremony: 57. ‘The pole shall be adorned with an umbrella, a flag, mirror, fruits, crescent-shaped jewels, garlands of flowers, plan- sugar-canes, with the figure of the tiger and of the lion, with the various ornaments already mentioned,and with figares shaped like the window, together with the figures of the eight Dikpatis, placed around. 58, ‘The rope shall be unbroken ; the peg, driven into the ground, shall be of strong wood ; the pole shall be secured at the bottom within a strong wooden framework, and the figures known as Indra’s daughters shall also be of strong wood. All these having been secured the flag shall be hoisted up amidst the joyfal noise of the people, the blessings and salatation of the priests, the loud sound of the kettle drum, of tabor, of ## Page 195 cu. 48.) BRINAT SAMHITA: 181 conch-shell and other musical instraments, the sound of Vedio texts chanted by the Brahmins and in the absence of any inauspicious sound. 60. ‘The people shall offer with both their hands fruits, curdled milk, ghee, fried grain, honey and flowers: They shall also offer their salatations and praises and shall assist at the ceremony. ‘he banuer shall be so placed that its end might be bent a little in the direction of the enemy’s city that he might become powerless. 61. Ifthe banner could be raised neither hurriedly nor too slowly but steadily, and so that the garlands and numerous ornaments might not be injured, it indicates prosperity to the king ; if otherwise it indicates evil which the priests shall take steps to avert by expiatory ceremonies. 62. If the hawk, the owl, pigeons, crows and vultures should settle on the pole, the king will get into dangers and diffioalties. If the blue jay or king-fisher should sit at the top, the first prince will suffer. If a falcon should in its flight, strike the tip of the pole, the king will lose his sight- 68. If the umbrella should break and fall down, the king will die. If bees should begin to deposit honey in a corner, thieves will increase; if a meteoric fall should occar at the time, the king’s chaplain will die; if a thanderblot shoald occur, the queen will die. 64. If the flag should accidentally fall to the ground, the queen will dio ; if any of the ornamenta should drop down there will be droaght in the land; if the pole should break in the middle, the chief minister will suffer ; if it should break at the top the king will suffer; and if at the bottom, the citizens will saffer. 65. If the pole should accidentally happen to be surround- ed by smoke, there will be foar from destructive fires ; if it ## Page 196 182 BRIHAT GAMEITA. (om. 44. should be surrounded by darkness, the land will fall into some serious hallacination ; if the figare of the tiger should break and fall, ministers will snffer ; if the pole should break and fall towards the north, east, south and west, the Brahmins, the Keshatriyas, the Vysias and the Sudras will suffer respeo- tively. 66. If the rope should break and fall, children will suffer ; if the figure known ss Indra’s mother should fall, the king’s mother will die ; any indications, for good or for evil, occur ring at the time and connected with children and travellers, will also come to pass- 67. After keeping the flag hoisted ap for four days, on the 5th day the king shall, after due Pooja to it, have the flag brought down, and thus close the ceremony for the well-being of his subjects and his army. 68. That prince will have nothing to fear from his ene- mies who duly respects and performs the ceremony connected with Indra Dhwaja, which was duly performed first by Vasu, king of Chedi, who was gifted with the power of fight into celestial regions and after him by numerous other kings: CHAPTER XLIV. Os rae Lusrrarion or ARMs. 1. Soon after Bhagavan Vishnu rises ¢ (from bed) to whom the clouds form as eyebrows, the Sun and Moon as eyes, and whose naval pit is like the lotus, the king shall perform the ceremony of lustration of arms for the health and well-being of his horses, elephants and subjects. * A military and religious ooremony held by kings before taking the field. ‘+. This is the 11th lunar day of the light half of Krittika when Vishuu rises from sleep. ree ## Page 197 cH. 44.) BRIHAT SAMHITA. 183 2 The ceremony known as lustration of arms shall bo performed on the 12th or the 8th or fall Moon day of the light half of the month of Karttike or Aswayaja- 8 On some pure spot in the north-eastern part of the town shall be constructed a structure of fine wood, 16 cubits high and 10 cubits square at the top. 4. A lustration room also be constructed of the timber of Sala and of Udumbara as main beams, and of the branches of the Kakuba for rafters and cross-sticks, and of a thick coating of grass with an arch-way, adorned with a matsya dhwaja constructed of bamboos. b+ Bhallataka, rice, coshta and Siddharta (the white mus- tard) eball together be tied to the neck of horses already taken to the lastration room, by moans of a string for the health of these animals. 6. Seven days shall be spent in the worship of sacrificial fire by the recitation of Vedic hymns sacred to the Sun, to Varuna, to Visvadeva, to Brahma, to Indra and to Vishou for the benefit of these horses. 7. When the conch and other musical instruments are sounded, the horses should not be allowed to get frightened, nor should any expressions of censure be directed towards them, nor should they be beaten. 8 On the 8th day, to the south of the wooden structure and east of the shed there shall be formed a platform (a fire place) surrounded by Kusa grass and the bark of tree, facing the north. 9% ‘The king shall cause to be put into the pote sandal paste, Koshta, eamanga, haritala, manassila, priyangu, vacha, danti, amrita, anjana, rejani, suvarnapushpa, and agni- mantha. ‘Notes.—Stansas 9: Koshta : Costus Arabicus, known in Tamil as @ayrai.._ 1b, ‘Samanga : Bengal madder pe bOerm., arta Buurot of rons sofigreub, ## Page 198 184 BRIHAT SAMHITA. [on 44. 10. Also the roots of Sveta, of Purnakosa, of Katam- bhara, of Trayamana and of Sahadevi ; also the plants Naga- kusuma, Swagupta, Satavaree, and Somarajes. 11. And“the king shall cause due honors to be paid to the pote, offering to them cakes and sweotmeats made of honey, milk and flour. 12. The king that loves wealth shall also cause to be offered to the fire, Ahutis of the dried twigs of the trees Kadira, Palasa, Oodambara, Kashmira and Aswatha ; and the ghee vessels shall be made of gold or silver. 18. The king shall sit on tiger skin near the fire facing the east with horses, physicians and astronomers by his side- 14. ‘The laws relating to the fire place (Vedi), to priests and to fires in connection with the Lustration ceremony are the same as those stated in connection with Yatra, Grahayajua and Indra Dhwaja. 15. ‘The king shall adorn with white new cloths, sandal paste, perfumes and garlands, both elephants and horses of good breed and priests who have bathed. ‘Manaseila Red arsenic: Ger Gin, Priyangu: Panio seed. Vache: Orris root: qartby. Danti: The plant Crotose polyandram: gy ster Cali. Amrita : Piper longum: @5@20sr5.. ‘Anjana: Sulphuret of Antimony. Rajani: Curcuma longa: ug ed pag, Sovarnapushpe : The Globe amaranth. esr wo 50,6. Agnimantha : Premna spinoss: aired # Ox up.. ‘Notes.—Stansa 10: Svota:Aconitum feron: Qasdrterdarseer 52. Pornakosa: Achyranthes aspera: g rj 569. Katambhara: The plant Bignonia Indica: «@aGy resend. medicinal plant:Cessalpina palchorima: in9fSQerren tor, _, Sthedevi : Herbs used in certain rites of ablation at the consecration of an idol: @grOeds asi. Nagakusuma: Roitloratinctoria: @.p, src. Swagupta: plant Mucuns pruitus (lar Bar a. Sstavaree: Aspangas recemosus: ig ‘Trayamat ‘Notes.—Stanza 12: Udumbara: fig treo, Ficus glomerata : /@).o1b, Kashmira: Ficus clastion:wdreg ib, aaa ‘The other torms have already been explained—Vide pp. 141 to 148. { ‘ _—_- ## Page 199 on. 44.) BEIHAT SAMEITA. 185 16. Ho shall, addressing kind words to these and with the music of the conch-shell and other instruments take them gently to the platform near the wooden stractare. 17. If the horse thus led by the king should stand with ite left leg lifted from the ground, the king would easily tri- umph over his enemies. 18. If the horse should get frightened, the king would suffer miseries ; the effects desoribed for various other indica tions connected with elephants and horses in the work on Yoga Yatra apply equally to the Lustration of arms. 19. The priests shall’ give to the horse to eat a rice ball, touching the same ; if the horse should either amell or eat the ball, the king will triumph in fight and will suffer dofoat if otherwise. 20. ‘The priest shall dip a twig of the glomerous fig tree into the water-jars and rab it over the bodies of the horses, chanting the Santika aud Poushtika mantras ; he shall simi- larly rab the twig over the army, the elephants and the king himeelf. 21. Besides, for the prosperity of the country, the priest, after performing homa by means of the abhichara mantras, shall, with the spear, stab in tho breast a figure of the enemy made of earth. 22. The priest shall then touch with his fingers the bit of the bridle and pat it in the horse’s month. The king, after purification by Lustration, shall get on the back of the horses and attended by his army, shall proceed towards the north and other directions for purposes of conquest 28. The king cheored by gentle winds rendered odorous by contact with the jaico of ruiting elephants ; ploased with the music of the dram and conch-shell ; bright as the rising 4 ## Page 200 186 DRIGAT s*MHITA. [om 45 sammer-sun from the numerous sparkling gems of his crown ; 24 Resembling mount Meru with its swans from the moving chamara on both sides; with garlands and clothes moved to and fro by the chamara air made sweet by contact with sandal paste ; 25. Beantifal as the rainbow from the various hnes of the light issuing from diamonds and other gems of his crown, ear pendants, armlets and the like ; 26. Attended by horses that appear to soar aloft in the sky, by elephants that with their tread seem to cleave the earth and by soldiers resembling a host of the Devas after suo- cessful battle, himself like Indra shall march on horscback for purposes of conquest 5 27- Or, adorned with jewels set with diamonds and pearls, with white garlands, tarban, sandal paste and clothes ; with the white umbrella spread over his head and mounted on the back of a huge black elephant, thus resembling the bright Venus with the moon near it and ‘over the dark clouds, he shall march for conquest. 28, Tho king who marches for conquest attended by foot soldiers, cavalry and elephants, all in high spirits and with numerous bright weapons of war, striking terror into the heart of the enemy, shall easily conquer the earth. CHAPTER XLV. On rae Wagratt.* 1. L-shall here state the effects of the first appearance of the bird known as Khanjana (wagtail) on the king’s march as stated by Rishis. * The bird is known as Khanjana in Sansorit. Tt is a species of wagtail. Mounte alls, Alba, ## Page 201 ot. 45.) BRIBAT SAMHITA. 187 2 If the bird be one of the species possessing a large body and along and black neck, it is known as Bhadra; it forebodes good-luck ; if it be one of the species black up to the neck or face, it is known as Sampoorna ; it forobodes success: 8. If it be one of the species with a dark spot in the neck and with white cheeks, it is known as Rikta; it fore- bodes evil. If it be yellow, it is known as Gopeeta; it also forebodes evil- 4. If it be seen on trees of sweet fruits and fragrant flowers or close to sacred water, or on the heads of elephants, horses and serpents, on the tops of temples and on the king’s palace, in flower gardens o on the mansions of the rich ; 5. Near cows, cowpens, gatherings of Sadhus or holy- men, sacrificial fire-sites, festival places, kings, Brahmins, elephant-sheds, horse-sheds, an umbrella, a flag-staff, a cha- mara and the likes 6. Near gold, white cloth, places adorned with the lotus and the water lily, in places washed with cowdung, on vessel containing cardled milk or on heaps of grain, it forebodes prosperity to the king. 7. Ifit be seen near swampy places, the king would eat sumptuous meels; if on cowdung, he will get a good supply of milk and card; if on green tarf he would got good cloths and if on chariots, he would leave his kingdom. 8. If it be seen seated on the tops of houses, the king would lose his wealth ; if on snares, he would be impri. soned ; if on impure places, he would suffer from disease ; and if on the back of the sheep, he would soon obtain bis desired object. ## Page 202 188 BRIBAT SAMHITA- (cu 45. 9. If it should be seen seated on the back of a buffalo, a camel, an ass, on the bones of animals, on cremation grounds, in the corners of houses, on pebbles or gravels, on rocks, on the walls of towns, on ash or on hair, there would be deaths, diseases and fears in the land. 10. If it should be seen when it is shaking off ite wings, there would be misery in the land; if when in the act of drink- ing water from the river, there wonld be prosperity; there woald also be prosperity if seen about sun-rises aud if about snn-set, there would be misery in the land- 11 If the king should march in the direction in which the wogtail should be seen to fly immediately after the Lustra- tion ceremony is over, he would triumph over his enemies, 12. Where the wagtail should be seen to copulate, there would be treasure in the ground under; where it should be found to vomit, there will be orystal beads in the ground under it; where it passes stool; there would be found chsrocal under ground; these may be found to be the case on actual examination. 18. Ifthe wagtail should be found dead, the king would die; if of broken limbs, the king would suffer similarly; if covered with wounds, a similar fate will befall the king; if found to enter ita nest, the king would get wealth and if per- ceived in its flight his relatives will visit him- 14. If the king should chance to nee in some pure apot a wagtail foreboding good, he shall then and there perform pooja on the ground with sandal paste, flower and perfumed smoke; he is then sure to prosper: 15. If he should chance to seo a wagtail foreboding evil, he shall perform pooja to Brahmins, preceptors, yogis and the ## Page 203 oH. 46.) BRIHAT SAMBITA. 189 Dovas ; he will escape the evil effects. He shall abstain from meat for seven days. 16. The effects of the firat appearance of the wagtail will come to pass within a year; if dering this peroid the wagtail should be seen again, the effects of such second sight will come to pass that same day before sunset. In making predictions from the wagtail the astrologer shall take into account the direction of its flight, ite place, body, the rising Zodiacal sign at the time, the Nakshatra or the Moon’s place at the time, and whether the bird is seen with its face turned to the sun or away from the san. CHAPTER XLVI. Ow Porrenre- A Portents connected with idols or statues of the Devas in the Tomples. 1. I shall now proceed to state the laws relating to por- tenta which Bhagavan Garga taught to Attri; what follows is summary of the same. 2. Mankind, because of their sins, suffer misfortunes, and the approsch of these is indicated by portents, stellar, at- mospheric and terrestrial 8. Mankind by their misdeeds, offend the Devas, and the Devas send down portents to indicate their displeasure ; the king shall perform expiatory rites for the redress of the mise- ries which otherwise are sure to befall mankind. 4 Unusual phenomena connected with the planets and stars are known as stellar portents. Meteors, thunderblots, tempeats, halos, clond-castles, rainbows and the like are known as atmospheric portents. ## Page 204 190 BRIAT sAMHITA. [on 46. 5. Any unusual phenomena connected with both mov- able and immovable terrestrial objects are known as terrestial portents. ‘The effects of these can be avoided by means of expiatory rites, whereas the effets of atmospheric portents can only be softened by such ceremonies, and in the opinion of some the effects of stellar portents cannot be avoided or sof- tened by any means. 6. Our own opinion is that even stellar portents can be assuaged in the rigour of their effects by large gifts of gold, food, cows and lands, and by drawing down the milk of on the temple floor and by a crore of ahutis in the sacred cows fire. 7. The king, in consequence of his sins in his former birth, will be afflicted in his own person, in his children, treasury, vehicles, citizens, wives, priests and subjects at large. 8. Ifthe Linga and the idols of the Devas in the temple should for no apparent cause break, move, perspire, shed tears, fall down, speak or do the like, the king’s country would suffer miseries. 9. If on festive occasions the car, the axle, the wheel, the yoke, or the flag should break or fall, or if any of them should be found to have been removed from its place and another put in its stead, or if the tie should break and the parts get loose or if the car should stick into the ground and refuse to move, the king will suffer with his country. 10. Portents connected with the idols or statues of the Rishis, of Yama, the Pitridevas and of Brahma will affect the Brahmins, the Kshatryas and the Vysias. Those connected with the statues of Rudra and the Dik Palakes will affect the lower animals. 11. Portents connected with the statues of Jupiter, Venus and Saturn will affect the family priest. Those con- nected with the statue of Vishnu, will affect mankind at large. ## Page 205 on. 46.) BRIHAT SAMHITA. 191 Portents connected with the statues of Skands and Visaka will affect the provincial rulers. 12. Portents connected with the statue of Vedavyasa will affect the ministers; those connected with the statue of Vinayaka will affect the commanders of armies ; those con- nected with the statues of Dhata and Vidhata indicate the des- traction of the world. 18. Portents connected with the statues of the sons, daughters, wives and servants of the Devas will affect the king’s sons, daughters, wives and servants. 14. Portents connected with the statues of the Rak- shasas, the Pisachas, the Yakshas and the Nagas will affect as before the king’s sons, daughters, wives and servants. ‘The above will all take effect within eight months. 15. When any unusual phenomena portentous in their nature occur in connection with the statues of Devas in tem- ples, the priests shall bathe and fast for 8 days, and with a pious mind also bathe the.statnes in water and adorn them with flowers, sandal paste, cloth and the like. 16. He shall satisfy the Devas by the offer of Mad- huparka,* sweetmests and cooked rice, and he shall throw ahutis of boiled rice into the fire, chanting mantras appro- priate to the several Devas- 17. That king who for seven days shall perform homa, feed Brahmins and worship the Devas accompanied by music and dance, and who shall present large sums of money to the Brahmins, shall be freed from the effects of all his sins- B, Portente connected with fire. 18 That prince will suffer with bis kingdom in whose province a fire breaks out where there is no fire or fire ceases to burn even when fed with fuel. ‘* Madhuparka : a mixture of honey and clarified butter. ## Page 206 192 BRIMAT SAxcHITA. [om. 46. 19. If either water or flesh or any wet substance should catch fire and burn, the king will suffer miseries ; if weapons of war should catch fire and burn, there would be war in the land. 20. Iftemples and palaces of kings or the mansions of the rich, archways or gates, flag staff and the like should catch fire and burn, or if these’should do so being struck by light ning, there would surely be @ foreign invasion of the land 6 months after the ocourrence. 21. If smoke should appear in a place where there is no fire, or if a dust storm or darkness should cover the land during day time, or if the stars should be invisible at night when the sky is cloudless, or if the stars should be visible during the day time, mankind will be subject to various fears. 22. Iffire should break out for no apparent causo, towns, quadrupeds, birds and men will saffer. [f beds, clothes or the hair on one’s head should be seen to smoke or with sparks of fire, there would be deaths in the land. 28. If weapons of war should be seen to catch fire, or ‘become like snakes, or should sound or come out of their case or quiver, there will be fearfal wars in the land. 24. When portents connected with fire occur the king shall satisfy god Agni by homa ceremonies, throwing into the fire ahutis of the twigs of milky trees, of mustard seed and of ghee aud he shall present gold to the Brahmins. Cc. Portente connected with trees. 25- If tho branches of trees should break and fall down for no apparent cause, there would be wars in the land ; if the trees should be heard to langh, the king would quit his dominions ; if they should be heard to weep, diseases would increase. ## Page 207 ca. 46.) BRIHAT SAMHITA. 198 26. If the trees should bear fruita or flowers in the wrong. season, the country will be attacked by the enemy ; if young trees should blossom, children will perish ; if the juice of trees should ooze ont, all articles will suffer. 27. If toddy should ooze out from trees, the king’s vehi- cles will saffer injuries ; if blood should ooze oat, there will be in the land ; if honey, mankind will suffer from diseases ; if oil, there will be famine, and if water, there will be great fears. 28. Ifa dead tree should sprout and grow, or if a living tree should suddenly die, there will be decrease of strength and food in the land ; if a tree which has fallen should rise of itself, there will be fear from diseases. 29. If the superior trees should bear blossoms or fruits in the wrong season, ur if such trees should catch fire or smoke, kings will be killed. 80. If trees should grow like serpents or talk, mankind will euffer death. In the case of portents connected with trees, the effects will begin to be felt after ten months. 81. For the expiation of the evils the prieste shall honor the tree with flowers, sandal paste, perfamed smoke, clothe, and the like, and hold an umbrella over it, and placing a Siva- linga at ite foot shall perform Rudrajapa and offer to the fire six ahutis in honor of Rudra. 82. The king shall feed Brahmins with rice cooked in milk, with honey and with ghee. In the case of portents connected with trees, the Rishis have directed that the king shall make gifts of land to the Brahmins. D. Portents connected with Orops. 88. If the stem or stock of the lotus, barley and the like should be found to divide into branches or if crops should bear double fraits or double flowers, the owner or proprietor of the land will die. 5 ## Page 208 194 BRIHAT SAMHITA [on. 46, 84- If crops should grow over-luxariently, or if @ single treo should bear a variety of fruits or flowers, the country will be invaded by the enpmy. 85. If th gingelly should yield double the usual quan- tity of oil, or if such seed should contain no oil, or if rice should be found without flavor, mankind will suffer from great foars. 86. Flowers or fruits portentous in their nature should be removed beyond the limits of the village or town. In such cases, the priests shall satisfy God Soma by the offer of rice ahutis to the fire or by animal sacrifices. 87. In the case of any portents connected with crops, both the crops and the land should be presented to the Brah- mins. In the middle of the very land the king shall satisfy the Harth by the offer to the fire of rice ahnti: the evils will thon disappear. E. Portents connected with rainfall- 88. Drought forebodes famine; excessive rain forebodes suffering from hunger and foreign invasion; rainfall in the wrong season forebodes disease, and rainfall from a cloudless sky forebodes the king’s assassination. 89. When the seasons are otherwise good, the presence of heat in tho place of cold or that of cold in the place of heat, or the absence of either, forebodes that 6 months after and through supernatural means the kingdom will be in danger and mankind will suffer from diseases. 40. If there should be continued rain for 7 days in a wrong season, the chief ministor and the sovereign will die ; if there should fall a shower of blood, armed men will engage in fight ; if there should fall a shower of flesh, bones, or mar row, mankind will suffer from pox or plague- 41. If there should fall a shower of grain, gold, skin, fruits, flowers or the like, mankind will suffer from various ## Page 209 on. 46] BRIGAT sAMETTA. 198 fears, and if there should fall a shower of cberooal or dust, the town will perish. 42. If when the sky is cloudless, there should fall a shower of stones or of creatures of annsual appearance, or if there should be either a drought or excessive rain, the crops will suffer injaries known as Hetibadha.* 48. If there should fall a shower of milk, ghee, honey, cardled milk, blood or warm water, the country will meet with rain ; in the case of a shower of blood, the king will be at war. 44, If when the san shines bright and when he is not hid by cloads or the like, objects should be found to cast no sha- dows at all, or if the shadows should be of wrong shapes, the country will suffer from various fears. 45. If when the sky is without clouds, the rainbow should appear at day or night in the cast or west, there will be a great famine in the land. 46. In the case of portents connected with showers, the priest shall perform homa in honour of the Sun and of the deities presiding over the clonds and the winds ; and the king shall also give to the Brahmins grain, rice, cows and gold. BR Portents connected with Water. 47. If rivers should, in course of time, recede from towns, or if deep lakes in the neighbourhood should become dry, such towns would be deserted by the inhabitants. 48. If rivers should be seen to ran carrying oil, blood or flesh, or if the water should be found very maddy, or if they should be seen to ran in opposite directions, there would be foreign invasion of the country after six months. 49. If wella should be found to blaze, to emoke, to boil, * Eetibedba : plague, distress, drought, exeessive rain, swarm of rate and ## Page 210 196 BRIHAT SAMHITA- [cH 46. to weep, to call, to sing or to spring mankind would suffer from plague or pox. 50. If water should be found to spring from places un- dug, or if its smell or flavor should suffer change, there would be great fears in the land ; if any unusual phenomena should occur near pieces of water, there would also be great fears. ‘The king shall perform expiatory rites in the very places as prescribed below. 51. In the case of portents connected with water, the priest shall perform homa in honor of Varuna, reciting the mantras sacred to him. G. Portents connected with Births. 52. If two, three, four or more children should be born to. woman at a time, or if the offepring should be of defective organs, or if it should be born with extra organs, the country would suffer miseries as well as the family. 58. Ifa mare, a she-camel, a buffaloe or a cow should bear twins, these animals would perish after six months ; in the case of portenta connected with births, Garga has proscrib- ed, in two stanzas, certain expiatory rites : 84. Ho (the husband) who desires prosperity should banish the woman to foreign lands and should satisfy Brah- ming by the gift of what they are fond of, and shall also per- form expiatory homa ceremonies. 55. In the case of quadrupeds, they too shall be sepa- rated from the herd and expelled to foreign lands ; if not, the ruler of the towns as well as the herd of cattle would perish. a. Portente connected with Quadrupeds. 56. Among quadrupeds if an animal of one species shonld copulate with one of another and procreate issues, cows and birds would suffer ; if either bulls or cows or dogs shonld suck each other, ## Page 211 on. 46.] BRIHAT SAMHITA. 197 87. ‘There would be foreign invasion of the country after three months. Gargs has prescribed, in two stanzas, certain expiatory rites : 58, ‘Tho animals shall either be rejected or expelled to foreign lands or given away to others. ‘The Brahmins shall also be satisfied with presents. Japs and Homa ceremonies shall also be performed 59. Tho priest shall satisfy God Dhata by the offer to fire of rice and by animal sacrifice by means of the Prajapatya mentras; Brahmins shall also be fed largely and given money: I Portents connected with the Wind. 60. If vehicles should move when not drawn by horses or other animals, or if they should refuse to move when so drawn, the country would suffer from various fears and the army would perish. 61. If, when unstrack, instraments of music should be heard to sound, or if they should not sound when struck or produce wrong sounds, there would be foreign invasion or the reigning sovereign would perish- 62. If-vocal or instramental music or the soand of the dram or any other mysterious noise should be heard in the sky, or if moving objects should refuse to move and immov- able objects bogin to move, or if a dram should be found to be mute when strack, the raler would suffer death, disease or dofeat in battle. 68. If monkey-apes shonld be seen to copalate, or if lad~ les, winnowing baskets or other utensils should be heard to sound in an unusaal manner, or if a jackal should be heard to howl, there would be wars in which armed men would engage in fight, according to the sages. 64. In the caso of portents connected with the wind the king shall worship a representation of God Vaya made of the ## Page 212 198 BRIHAT SAMEITA, (on. 46- flour of barley, and shall have the five mantras beginning with « Avayo” recited by Brahmins. 65. He shall satisfy tho Brahmins by feeding them with rice cooked in milk and by the gift of money to them, and rice-homa ceremonies shall also be performed and the officiat- ing Brahmin shall be paid liberally. J Portents connected with Animals and Birds. 66. If country birds should begin to dwell in woods, o if wild birds should begin to dwell in towns, or if day birds should be found to move about at night or if night birds should be found to move about daring the day, 67. If either animals or birds should be found to move in circles either immediately before sunrise or after sunset, or if they should herd together and howl in the direction of the san, the country would suffer miseries. 68. If dogs shonld be found to cry ut the gates of houses in a weeping tone, or if jackals should be found to how! facing the sun, or if a dove or owl should enter the palace of tho king, 69. If the cook should be heard to cry soon after sun-set, or if the cuckoo should be heard to cry in the hemanta (cold) season, or if the hawk and the like birds should be found to move in circles from right to left, there would be misery in the land. 70. Ifbirds should swarm about houses, places of wor ship, towers or gates, or if honey-combs or ant-hills or lotus should be found to be formed or to grow in euch places, there would be misery in the land. 71. If dogs should bring within human dwellings bones or limbs of dead bodies, there would be plague in the land. If animals and weapons should be found to speak, the king would die; and the Rishes of old say as followa: 72. In the: case of portente connected with birds and ## Page 213 cH. 46.) BRIHAT SAMHITA 199 animals homs (fire) ceremonies shall be performed, and the officiating Brahming shall well be paid. Five Brahmins shall be appointed to recite the mantra beginning with “ Devah- kapota.” 78 A large number of cows shall be presented to Brah- mins, each gift being made by the recitation of the mantra beginning with “ Sudeva.” ‘The Brahmins shall also be’ made to recite Sakunisooktam as well as the Upanishads and the Sivasankelpa mantras. K. Miscellaneous portents. 74. If Indra’s banner, bolts, pillars or gates should break or fall down, or if doors, towers, flag-staffs should break or fall down, the king would die. 7% If both the morning and evening sky should appear to be burning, or if there should be smoke in the forest where there is no fire, or if ditches should appear in places where there were none before, or if earthquakes should occur, there would be misery in the land. 76. That the country would suffer miseries whose ruler respects heretios or atheists, or who refuses to follow the rules of life observed by the great and holy men of the land, or who is of an irascible temper, or who is jealous or fearful and who is inclined to quarrel with his subjects. 77. That country will also suffer in which children are found with weapons, pieces of wood or sticks in their hands beating (animals) and uttering such expressions as beat, kill, cat, break and the like. 78 That honse will meet with rain in whose walls figares of dead men or of the master of the house is drawn with char- coal or red chalk- 79. That house will also suffer miseries in which is seen the epider’s web or which is not swept clean and adorned with ## Page 214 200 BRIHAT SAMHITA. fon. 46. flowers both morning and evening, or in which there is con- stant quarrel between persons, or where the lady of the house is for ever dirty. 80- If Rakshases are seen, there will be plague in the | land. Ganga has prescribed ceremonies for the expiation of the evils of all miscellaneous portents. 81. ‘The eightoon Mahasanti ceremonies (great ceremo- nies of expiation) prescribed in the Adharvana Veda must be performed: Bali (food) shall also be offered in‘honor of Indra and Indrani (Indra’s queen) who shall also be worshipped in every month. Le Phenomena which are not portente. 82. If after the occarrence of a portentous phenomenon, either the king should die or the country should suffer mise- ries, or if a comet should appear, or a solar or Innar eclipse shoald ocenr or ifthe phenomenon is ono due tothe particular season, the evila described for such phenomenon would not come to pass. ' 88. What phenomena are not portents but are due to the particular seasons are briefly stated by the sons of Rishis (in the following 12 stanzas.) 84. If in the Vasanta Ritu (April—May) there should occur a thanderbolt or an earthquake, or if the roar of thun- der should be heard immediately before sun-rise and after san- set, or if the appearance of a halo, dust-storm or smoke should be seen, or if the Sun should appear very red both at rising and setting ; 88. Oriif trees should yield food, juice, oil, honey, flowers or frnite, and if cows and birds should appear lustful, there would be prosperity in the land. 86. If in the Greoshma Rita (summer) shooting stars and meteors should fall, and the discs of the san and moon ## Page 215 on. 46.) BRIHAT SAMMETA. 201 should appear brown, or if things should appear to barn or smoke or covered with sparke, in the absence of fire, or if the | ayy should be fall of dust or distarbed by the wind ; 87. Or if the red sky of the morning’ and evening should } appear disturbed and agitated as the sea, or if rivers should fall or become dry, there would be prosperity in the land. 88. If in the winter season such appearance as the rain- bow, halos and lightning shonld mark the sky, or if a dead tree should sprout and grow, or earth-quakes occur, or elovat- ed grounds should become hollow or hollow grounds should become elevated, or if mysterious noise should be heard from below the earth, or if ditches should be formed on the surface of the earth ; 89. Or if tanks, rivers, ponds and the like should be flooded with water, or if such water should overflow the banks, or if land-slips occur or houses should break and falt, there would be no cause for fear. 90. If in the Sarat Ritu (October and November) the wives of the Devas, or the Demons, the Gandharvas or the ve- hicles of the Devas should appear in the sky, or if during the day the planets, the constellations, or any of the stars should become visible ; 91. Or if music, vocal or instramental, should be heard in forests or on hills, or if crops should thrive or water de- crease in quantity, there would be no cause for fear. 92. If in the Hemanta Rita (December and January) cold winds should blow or suow should fall, or if animals and birds should be heard to cry, or if Rakshasas and Yakshas should be seen or voice should be heard in the sky ; 98. Or if the horizon, the sky, the forests and mountains should appear dark as if covered with smoke, or if the Sun should be invisible both at rising and setting, there will be prosperity in the land. 6 ## Page 216 202 BRIWAT GAMHTTA. (om. 47. . 94. If in the Sisira Rita (February and March) snow should fall or portents connected with air should oocar, or any unusual or wonderfal appearances should be seen, or if the sky should appear black as collyrium, or if shooting stars or me- teors should fall ; 95. If women should give birth to children of unnatural form, or if cows, sheep, horses, deer or birds should do the same, or if leaves, sprouts or creepers shonld be of unnatural appearance, there would be prosperity in the land. 96. Ifunneual phenomena, due to particular seasons, oc- car in such seasons, there would be prosperity in the land, and if they oocnr in other seasons, there would be misery in the land. 97. The atterances of mad men, of children and of wo- men will never fail to come to pass- 98, Words of trath are to be found in the Devas, from them they come to men ; haman words are therefore prompted by the Devas and are therefore trace 99. Even though ignorant of astronomy and astrology, if person should be well learned in the laws of portents, he would become famous and would be liked by the king. I have thus stated the secret views of the Rishis by a thorough study of which one acquires a knowledge of the past, of the present and of the future. CHAPTER XLVII. Mayora Currraxa on Morety Mreceniany. 1. Ihave stated the effects of a namber of stellar, atmom pherio and terrestrial phenomena, and of the motions, conjanc- tions, conrses and the like of the planets to some extent. 2 An attempt at recapitulation of the above will be deemed a fault in Varaha Mihira, who is so well known for ## Page 217 ott. 47.) BRrHAt saMirra. 208 His brevity in composition. Ib is no donbt improper to restate what has been once stated, but Jyoutishakas will not deem it a fault on the present occasion. For it is a well known fact that every work on Sambita must have a chapter of this na- ture, technically known as Mayara Chitrake. 8. Mayura Chitraka is repetition of what has been once said. If I should omit this Chapter, even then, I should be open to the fault of an omission of what ought to find a place in a work on Samhita. 4. If the five planets should be of brilliant appearante and should pass through the northern path, there would be prosperity and plenty in the land; if they should be of dim appearance and pass through the southern path, there. would be famine and deaths in the land and mankind would snffer from robbers. 5. If Venus should pass through the asterism of ‘Megha while Jupiter passes through that of Pashya, ralers would cease to be hostile to one another, and would become happy and the people would be freed from diseases and would become happy- , 6. If the moon and the five planets should oppress* any of the asterisms of Krittika, Maghe, Robini, Sravana and Syestha, iniquity would prevail in the western countricst. 7. Ifin the evening, the planets should appear of the shape of a flagstaff in the eastern sky, the eastern rulers would be at war with one another ; if the planets should be seen of the same shape but of disagreeable appearance and in mid- heaven, the people of Madhyadesa would suffer miseries. But * Oppresa: This means cutting through, retrograde motion, conjunotions and the like. + Western countries : also there would be famine, the crops would fail and rivers would become dry. ## Page 218 ry BRIHAT SAMHITA+ (cu. 47. if the appearance should be agreeable, there would be no suffering. 8. Ifthe planets should so appear in the southern sky, there would be drought in the southern countries ; and if the planets should appear of small ugly discs, the rulers would bo at war with one another ; but if the discs should be large and bright, there woald be prosperity in the land. 9. If the planets should be seen of bright appearance in the northern sky, the northern ralers will be freed from evils ; butif the discs of the planets should be small and of ashy color, the ralers would suffer with their countries- 10. If the constellations, the stars and the planets, should appear’ to smoke, to barn or to be covered with sparks of fire, or to lose their light for no apparent cause, the rulers and the world would perish. 11. If two moons should be geen in the sky, the Brah- mins would prosper ; if two Sans should be sean, the Kshatri- yas would be at war ; if three or four Suns should be seen in the sky, the world would come to an end- 7 12. Ifa comet should be seen to pass through or be in contact with the constellation of Urea Major (the Saptarishis), the Abhijit, tho Pole star and the constellation of Jyeshta, the, clonda would be destroyed ; there would be good desds in tbe \ land, and men would saffer from grief- If the comet should appear in conteet with Aslesha, there would be drought in the land ; and the people with hangry children would quit their countries and travelling to foreign lands would there porish. This is certain. 18+ When Saturn is seen to retrograde through any of the seven asterisms from Krittike, there will be famine in the land and mankind will suffer from great fears ; friends will become hostile to one another, and there will also be drought in the land. ## Page 219 oe 47.) ‘BREAD SaMnttTa. 205 14. When the course of Saturn or of Mars or of a comet should lie through the circle (Sakata) of the constellation of Rohini, the whole world would sink in a deep saa of misery and perish ; and how can I adequately describe the condition of suffering humanity then ! 15. Ifa comet should continue visible for a long time, or if it should pass through all the constellations, all the creatures together with all the moveable and immoveable objects would suffer miseries in accordance with their previous karma. 16. If the moon should appear like a bow, be of dis- agreeable aspect and of blood color, mankind would snffer from hanger+ People living in the direction of the bow string would become powerful and successfal in fight. If the moon’s horn should point downwards, cows and crops would suffer; if it should appear to blaze or smoke, ralers would perish+ 17. If the moon shonld appear bright, glossy and of large diso, and if both her horns should be alike, broad and elevated, and if the course of the moon should lie through the north of the Naga Veedhi and if she should be within sight of Denefio planets and free from the influonce of maloio anos mankind would be happy. 18. If the course of the moon should lie to the south of the asterism of Magha, Anuradha, Jyeshtha, Visakba or Chitra, there would be misery in the land; bat if her course should lie through the middle or to the north of the same asterisms, there would be prosperity in the land. 19 The line of clouds across the Sun’s disc at rising or setting is known as Parigha; Paridhi is also known as Prati- surya or parhelion, and Danda is an appearance of the shape of a atraight rainbow. ## Page 220 206 ‘BRIHAT SAMETTA. fon. 47. 20. The long rays of the rising or setting Sui are known as Amogha rays and Iravata is an appearance resembling slong straight broken rainbow. 21. Sandhya is the period of time when the stars con- tinue invisible both before sun-rise and after sun-set+ 22. If the appearances of Parigha and the like should be seen during: the period of Sandhya (twilight), there would be prosperity in the land, and if the appearances should be glossy, there would be immediate rain; and if of disagreeable appearance, there would be wars and the like in the land. 28. If the appearance known as Parigha should be per- fect and unbroken, if the sky should be clear, the solar rays blue and glossy, the rainbow white, and if lightning should be seen in the north-eastern sky, and if the appearance known ag Abhravriksha (clond-tree) should be glossy and covered by the rays of the Sun, and if the evening Sun should be-hid by élonds, there would be immediate rain. 24. There would be anarchy in that country in which the Sun should appear broken or of irregular shape, or black or small, or with spots of the shape of the crow and of dis- agreeable aspect. : 25. If a swarm of carnivorous birds should follow an army marching out for fight, ench army would suffer defeat in battle, but if the birds should fly before the army, there would be success in battle. 26. If at the hour of sun-rise or sun-set the army resem- bling cloud castles should hide the solar disc, the king would be entangled in a fearful war. 27. If birds and animals should cry aloud in the direo- tion opposite to the sun, and if the twilight sky should be of bright appoarance and rendered agreeable by gentle winds, ## Page 221 ox. 47.) BRIA SAMHITA. 207 there would be prosperity in the land. If on the other hand, such twilight sky should be covered with dust or of the oolor of the blood or of disagreeable appearance, the country would suffer miseries. 28. Of the many truths stated by Rishis in their Chapter entitled Mayura Chittraka, I have rejected those which were ‘mere repetitions and stated the rest- Even after hearing the masical note of the cuckoo the crow is not mute ; and when it caws, it is not with a view to imitate or excel the cuckoo. Nore—It may be well to add here certain notes relating to the phenomena of nature culled from other Sastras. ‘There will be famine as long as the course of Jupiter and that of Saturn lie through the end of Aries and Scorpio and the middle of Tanrus and Leo. Daring the period when Jupiter and Saturn occupy a single sign of the Zodio, there would be pestilence, cholera and deaths among the people- As long as Jupiter aud Venus continue together in a state of disappearance, mankind will suffer from devils, diseases, thieves and enemies. If the course of Saturn or the retrogade motion of M should lie through the signs of Sagittarius, Aries, Taurus, Pisces or Leo, there would be such deutha among men and animals that only a third of mankind, of elephants, horses, cows and other animals, of birds aud of the creatures of water would survive: If tho motion of Mars should be an accelerated one, there would be fear from destructive fires ; if he should retrograde ‘and enter another sign, the people would suffer from heat and many families would suffer, and if his course should lie through ## Page 222 208 Suma? eAMmTM. (ca. 47. sign longer than the calcalated period, there would be drought in the land and ralers will be at war. Jf Jupiter should retrograde or if his motion should be an accelerated one, and if in this state he chould ontor another sign, the rivera would not be fall ; the kinga would lose their glory and suffer from diseases. If Satarn shoald, after a long direct course, begin to re- trograde or have an accelerated motion, and in this state enter another sign, there would be diseases, famine and drought in the land and vehicles will suffer destraction- If, when Jupiter should enter another sign when in his ac- celerated motion, Saturn shoald be in his slow motion, Venus should have disappoared and Mercary should have reappear- ed, the country would perish. If Sotarn, Mars and Jupiter should be within sight of each other, men with their children would euffer from hunger and from weapons: If, while the course of the eun lies through the end of the signs Taurus, Geminii, Scorpio aud Leo, Jupiter and Mars should be in conjanction with it, mankind would suffer from famine, and the deaths would be so many that in the crema- tion grounds of villages and towns, Pisachas might be seen with hundreds of dead bodies in their months. If two or three or four planets should meet together, people would suffer from deaths and famine. If five planeta should meet, there would also be famine ; if six, the chief raler would ran away from his kingdom, and if seven, humanity would come to an end. If the course of Mars and Satarn, through the signs of Caneer, Leo and Pisces should be retrograde or re-retrograde, there would be much suffering on Earth. ‘There would also be sscarcity of water and wars in the land ; grains would be dee toyed and mankind would euffar from robbers. ## Page 223 om 42.) BRIEAT SAMETTM. 209 Af Beturn and Raha shoald meet, crops would be injared ; commodity would become scarce ; husbands and wives would be at strife, there would be dronght and femine in the land ; cows world suffer death and men would become exceedingly deny. If the course of the sun and moon, both of brilliant disos, shonld lie through the seven asterisms from Krittike, Madbya- dese would suffer miseries. If the course of the Sun, the Moon, Mars and Venus should lie through the seven asterisms from Magha, there would be grief and disease among men, and the god of death would be. busy in his wide work of destruction in the southern countries. If the course of Jupiter, the Moon and Mercury, all of brillisnt discs, should lio through the seven asteriems from Anuradhe, the western countries, as far as the sea, as well as the western sea itself with its creatures, would suffer miseries- If the course of the Sun, Venus and Mars should lie through the seven asterisms from Sravishta, the northern countries would suffer miseries. If the benefic planets should appear of the color of gold, the Brahmins, the Kshatriyas, the ‘Vysiyas and the Sudras would all attend to their respeotive duties and would become happy. ‘This brings us to the end of Samhita Proper or the first half of Samhita. In this part over one thousand phenomena of Nature have been treated, each of which must have taken the ancient Hindus years of observation and tabulation. As these affect the well-being of humanity, a study of the same umst be calculated to add to haman happiness ; most of the phenomena might appear improbable of oooarrence, but it would be wrong, judging from our limited experience of Na- 7 ## Page 224 210 BRIHAT SAMHITA- (on. 47. ture’s ways to say that she will never be canght playing this trick or that, or guilty of this freak or that. The solar spots is now an admitted fact. This was soon followed by a green sun- The mysterious noise heard recently in parts of Southern India| is another instance of the kind. A few years ago it was report- ed in certain newspapers that in the District of Cornwall, ~ England, there occurred a shower of flesh—vast fields being found literally covered with flesh several inches deep. More instances of the kind may be quoted. Indeed mysterious are the ways of Nature, and there is no saying what she may or she may not be capable of. The present volume therefote becomes exceedingly interesting, as it embodies in a small compass a vast body of useful and curious information regard- ing the phenomena of Nature together with their effects and the means for removing the evils thereof. ‘The second part woald be more interesting to the general public. A variety of interesting subjects are treated of in it. It would be well to state here briefly a few of such subjects :-— . | The Chapter on Pushyasuana treats of a particular bath for the king. ‘This might as well be used by any-body else— the ingrediente to be put into water containing evidently certain magnetio properties. ‘The Chapter on the Royal Sword contains certain methods for tempering cutting instruments. ‘The Chapter on Anga Vidya relates to the interpretation of accidental gestures, movements, utterances and the like of man especially. It rests on the basis that an all-pervading universal Intelligence speske in a thousand ways, and that it is, for man to interpret such language and benefit himself by it. Sooffers will be lest benefited by this chapter. Earnest en- quirers after truth, by studying this branch of the science will be enabled to make pretty correct prodiotions. | ## Page 225 on. 47.) ‘BRIHAT SAMHITA. 211 ‘The Chapter on Under-Currents is also an interesting one+ ‘Tho author proposes to discover the position, depth and course of undercurrents from the appearance of the ground above. ‘The subject requires investigation. If there should be truth in the author’s statements, many of the tube-wells and boring instraments may be very well dispensed with. Equally interesting is the chapter relating to the plan- tation and growth of trees. According to the author, all seed trees can be made to grow like creepers by preparing the seeds in a partionlar way. The aubject of house building, and with it that of the pre- paration of atrong cements, known as Vajralopana are also treated. The author then treats of the features and other qualitios of superior elephants, horses, dogs and the like. In this connection the subject of Samudrika, which relates to the de~ termination of the fortunes of man from the marks and lines of his body and of which palmistry is a branch, is also treated. The subject of the kind treatment of women is then taken up. Roles are also laid down for the preparation of scents and perfumes. A few lines are devoted to the subject of sexual love and of beds and cots. ‘The author then examines the qualities of superior dia- monds, rubies, pearls and the like. The subject of omens and prognostications is also treated- The above is by no means an exhaustive list. While Part I is instructive Part II is interesting. Ewp or Pasr I. ## Page 227 Bryan MiscE.iany. Sambita Series, THE BRIHAT SAMHITA VARAHA MIHIRA. N. Cumamparam [ver, 2.4, 2.28 FOUNDER Trrvvapt JoTistaNntTRA SaBHa. pate (Registered Copyright.) Badras: FRINTXD AT THE FOSTER PRESS, 23, RUNDALL'S ROAD, VEPERY f 1885. ## Page 229 THE BRIHAT SAMIHTA VARAHA MIHIRA. — PART II. CHAPTER I. (48) Pusuya SNawA on RoyaL Batu. 1. The king forms the root of the tree of Society. ‘As the Society prospers or suffers according as the king is ina healthy or unhealthy condition of mind or body, he becomes an important subject for consideration. 2. ‘That ceremony of purification dictated by Brahma to Brahaspati for the benefit of Indra and learniog which Vridha Garga taught to Bhagura, hear now from me. * 8. The priest and the astrologer shall advise and help the’ king to have the bath known us Pushya Snana. There is no bath as effective as this in freeing the king from all evils. 4. The site for the bath shall be free from the trees Sleshmataka* and Aksha,t and from thorny trees and trees of pungent and bitter flavor as well as trees of bad odour; and the place shall also be free irom owls, valtures and the like birds. : 5. It may be a beautiful forest full of luxuriant trees, shrubs, creepers, thin tendrils, thick foliage, and of tender leaves. 6. Or it may be some pure building near a forest rendered beautifal by the presence of the cock, the pheasant, the parrot, the peacock, the woodpecker, the king-fisher, the haritala pigeons, the krikava (a kind of partridge), the The tree Cordia mixa, known in Tamil as «pee. + Eleocarpns Gauitras, known in Tamil as sreléeris asi, ## Page 230 2 BRIHAT SAMBITA- fox. 1. cuckoo, the francoline partridge, the chataka, the manjula, the turtle dove and the like ; 7. And by bees intoxicated by sucking the honey from flowers, and by the cuckoo and the like ; 8. Orit may be the beautiful and agreeable beds of riversprith lines made by-birds at play; 9. Orit may be by the side ofa tank with the blac lotus for its eyes, the jumping swan for its um- brella, and with the music of the duck, the osprey, and the crane, thus resembling Indra. 10. Or it may be by the side of a tank of lotus whose stem resembles a gitl with the full blown flower for her eyes, the music of the swan for her voice, and the big bads for her bosom. 11. Or it may be acow pen rendered agreeable by the falling foam from the mouth of the cows, by their dung, their foot-prints, and by the skipping of the new born calf. 12. Or it may be some spot on the sea beach near a harbour full of tall ships, that have made successful voyages and rendered pleasant by birds living in the hijjal trees. 18. Or it may be the sacred hermitege of some Rishis in which the lion is not feared by the dos, and in which a promise of protection is given to helpless birds and to the young deer. 14. Or it may be some human dwelling rendered happy by the presence of a beautiful young woman whose gait is impeded by the weight of her girdle, her anklet and her heavy hips, whose eyes are soft as those of the deer, and whose voioe is sweet as the musical note of the cuckoo. 15, Or it may be some pure and holy plece of worship on the banks of sacred rivers or flower gardens, or some beautiful ground or the banks of rivers flowing from west to east or from south to north, or some spot where the river moves in a curve from left to right. ## Page 231 ew. 1.) BRIHAT SAMEITA. 3 16, It must be a spot free from ash, charcoal, bones, saline soil, hair, ditch, crab holes, hog holes, rat holes and ant hills. : 17. The site may be firm, of good scent, of agreeable appearance and of sweet soil and even, or the ground may be one which at one time was ocoupied by an army, if such ground were of the description given above. If the king performs his Pushya Snana in any of these places he will triumph in war. 18. The Jyoutishaka, the mivister and the priest shall leave the town by night and march towards the north or north-east, 19. There the priest shall perform pooja to the Devas with fried grain, colored rice, curdled milk and flowers ; the mantras for the invocation of the Devas have also been stated by the Rishis 20. I invite the presence here of all the Devas whom this pooja might pleas and in whose honor this pooja is performed—the Dik Devas, the Naga Devas and the Brab- mana Devas. 21. Oninviting the Devas as prescribed above, the priest shall address them as follows : you shall all receive pooja again to-morrow, and after blessing the king may depart, 22, After offering pooja to the Devas invited, the party shall spend the night at the spot, and the intorpre- tation of the good or bad dreams that may be dreamt is given in my work on Yoga Yatra. 28. The party shall rise early next morning, and pro- ceeding to the forest shall procure the several articles re- quired for Pushya Snana, and there are slokas of Rishis on this point: =~ 24. On the ground intended for the bath, the priest ## Page 232 4 BRIHAT SAMBITA. [on 1. shall draw a circle, cover it with gems and mark io it places for the several Devas. 25. ‘Tho priest shall then represent in the circle the figures of the Nagas, the Yukshas, the Devas, the Pitris, the Gandharvas, the Upsarasas, the Risbis and tho Siddhas. 26. He shall also represent the figures of the planets, the constellations, the Rudras, the Saptamates (seven mothers), Subbramania, Vishnu, Visakhas, the Lokapalas and the wives of the Devas. 27. The figures shall be made of various agreeable and scented colors, and the priest shall perform pooja to them es prescribed ia the Sastras with sandal paste, wreathes of flowers aud the like. 28, He shall satisfy the Devas by the offer of sweet- meats, various preparations of rice, fruits, roots, meat, sweet and agreeable drinks, liquor, milk and aleobol- 29. Ishall now proceed to state the Pooja rules con- tained in the Sastras ; as regards Pooja to the planets the rules of Graha Yagnam should be followed. 30. The Pisachas, the Asuras and the Rakshasas shall be gratified by the offer of meat, rice, toddy and the like. The Pitris shall bo gratified by the pouring out of oil over the figures representing them, by eye salve, and by the offer of gingelly, meat, rice and the like. 31. The Rishis shall be honored by the recitation of the Sama mantras, Yojur mantras, Rik mantras, and with sandal paste, scented smoke and flower wreathes. The Naga Devas shall be honored by the recitation of the Asleshaka ‘Varnas, and by the offer of sugar, honey and ghee. 32, The Devas shall be satisfied by the offer of soent- ed smoke, shutis of ghee, flower wreathes, gems, praises and prostratjon, The Gandharvas and Upsarasas shall be gratified by the offer of sandal paste, flower wreathes and scented smoke. ## Page 233 cn. 1.) BRIMAT SAMBITA. 5 83. The other Devas shall be gratified by the offer of various kinds of food eaten by all castes of men. All the Devas shall be adorned with cord amulets, banners, orna- meuts and sacred threads. 84. The priest shall then form a fire on the western or southern side of the circle on ground prepared for the parposé, und shall procure a quantity of the long Kusa grass containing no iuner blades and other requisites for the fire ceremonies. 35. He shall procure fried grain, oil, colored rice, cardled milk, honey, mustard seed, sandal paste, flowers, scented smoke, yellow pigment (Gorochana), collyrium, gingelly seed, and the several sweet fruits of the season, 26. He shall also procure ghee and rice cooked in milk,—all in earthen plates, and with all the above shall perform pooja on the western side of the Vedi (prepared ground) which Vedi shall also be used for the bath. £7. On the four corners of the Vedi, shall be placed strong pots with white threads tied round their neck and with their mouths covered with leaves of milky trees and fruits. 88. There shall be placed pots filled with water for Pushya Snana, into which shall be thrown gems and the several substances for the bath. Garga has given a list of the substances required for the purpose. 89, The seeds or roots to be thrown into the pots are Iyotishmati,* Trayamana,t Abhaya,t Aparajita,§ Jeova,| Visveswari, Pathe, Samanga, Vijaya.tt % Jyotishmati, Trigonells fooum Grecum, known in Tamiles #r seu paraji i Stora, probably Joovente, kind of ‘pot herb. Pathe : aolimbing plant possessing various medicinal properties. Chypea Hernandifolis, usedurter oF Oegestyer@ +t Vijaya: Orris root, syste. ## Page 234 6 BRIBAT SAMHITA, [ew. 1. 40. Saha Sahadevi,t Poornakosa,t Satavari,§ Arish- tike,|| Siva,T Bhadra.g§ 41. Brabmi,** Kshema,tt Ajatt and all seeds as well as gold and ull plants and juices of good properties. 42. He shall also put into the pots gems, various fragrant substances, the leaves of Vilva, and the root of long pepper and creepers bearing good names, as well as. silver and other good substances. 43. This over, the skin of a full grown fine bull shall be spread on the ground with the head towards the east. 41. Over it shall be spread the skin of the Yodha, over it again, the skin of the lion, and over it the skin of the tiger. 45. On spreading these skins one over the other on the Vedi in an auspicious hour while the moos is in the asterism of Pushya, the king’s throne (seat) made purely of gold or silver or copper, or of the wood of milky trees, shall be placed over the skins. 47. The height of the seat may be either a cubit or a cubit anda ‘quarter or a cubit and a half ; if the seat be of the height mentioned above, the king will triumph over his enemies, will be the ruler of vast tracts of land, and will be happy and prosperous. 48. Gold shall be placed in the middle of the seat and the king shall sit over it with a happy and peaceful mind surrounded by shinisters, friends, priests, astronomers, aged citizens, and persons bearing agreeable names. 4 Babe he Moe aah. ferme [bstsntte’ The Seap berry tre. 4 Siva : Cicca distiche. sede kind of pe 44 Aja: a plant whose bulb resembles tho udder of a goat. ## Page 235 on. I,J BRIWAT SAMHITA- 7 49. The heralds shall sing aloud the praises of the Jking and the Brahmins shall chant hymns from the Vedas, and with these shall be sounded the drum and the conch shell driving away all evils from the king. 50. The king shall be dressed in now white silk clothes, and the priest shall spread over him a woollen shawl, and pour over him several pots of ghee after dedicat- ing the same to the Devas. 51. The number of the ghee vessels shall be eight, twenty- eight or one hundred and eight. If this wamber is in- creased, there will be an increase of prosperity. There are maiutras for the ghee bath stated by Rishis. 52, Ghee is stated to bo light ; it washes off sins ; it is the food of the Devas, and the world continues to exist by it. 58, May all tho sins committed by thee in your inoar- nations on the Earth, in Swarga end in the middle region be washed off by contact with ghee. 54, The priest shall then remove the shawl from the king’s person and shall bathe the king in the holy waters of Pushya Snana, etrewn over with fraits and flowers, chanting the following mantras. 55. May the ancient Siddah Devas, Brahma, Vishnu and Rudra, the Sadhya Devas and the Marut Devas bathe thee iu the holy waters of Pusbya Snana, 56. May the twelve Adityas (suns), the eight Vasus, the eleven Rudras, the two Aswani Devas (celestiul phy- sicians), Aditi (the mother of the Devas), Swaha (the wife of Agni), Siddhi, and Saraswati bathe thee in the holy waters of Pushya Snana. 57. May Keerti, Lakshmi, Dhriti, Sree, Sinivaloe, Kuhu, Danu (the fother of Asuras), Surasa (the mother of ## Page 236 8 BRIHAT SAMHITA. [on 1. tho Rakshasas), Vinata (the mother of Garuda), Kadrn (the mother of the serpents), bathe thee in the holy waters of Pushya Snana, 58. May the other wives and mothers of the Devas not: mentioned above and all the Apsarasas bathe thee in the holy waters of Pashya Snana. 59. May the deities presiding over the Nakshatras, over the Muhoortas, the Pakshas (fortnights), the Ahora- tras (day and night), the Sandhis (periods of interval), the Samvatsaras (years), tho Varas (weoks), the Kalas, the Kashthas, the Kshanas and the Lavas bathe thee in the holy water of Pushya Snana. 60. May all the Devas presiding over various other divisions of time, may the Devas moving in their celestial vehicles, may the Manus and the Sagaras bathe thee in the holy waters of Pushya Snana. 61. May the Saptarishes-with their wives, the Devas residing in the Polar regions, may Marichee, Atri, Palalu, Polastya, Kratu and Angirasa, 62. May Brigu, Sanat Kumara, Sanaka, Sanandana, Sanatana, Daksha, Jaigishavya, Bhagandars, 68, May Ekata, Dwita, Trita, Jabalee, Kasyapa, Dur- vasa (above control), Kanva and Katyayana, 64, May Markandeya of great devotion, Sunasyepa, Vidooratha, Oorva, Samvartaka, Chyavana, Atri aud Para. sara, 65. Dvyapayana (Vyasa), Yavakroeta, Devaraja, his younger brother and other Rishis learned in the Vedas and who act up to them, 66." With their disciples and their wives bathe thee in the holy waters of Pushya Snana, as well as the deities ## Page 237 ex. 1] BBIHAT SAMEITA- s presiding over mountains, trees, creepers, sacred places of devotion or worship. 67. May tho Devas presiding over large rivers, the ‘Nagas, the Kimpurushas, the renowved Vyghanasas (a sect of Vanaprasthas) and the birds of the air, 68, May Prajapati, Diti, the all useful cows, the vehi- cles of the Devas and the spirit presiding over the whole Universe and over movable and immovable objects, 69. May also the Agnis (fires), the Pitri Devas, the Stars and the Spirits presiding over the clouds, the sky, the several directions or points of the compass and other De- vas of fame, 70. Bathe thee in the holy waters of Pushya Snana and thereby free thee from all evils; may they bless thee with long life, health and happiness. 71. There shall then be recited the Rudragana man- tras, the Kusmanda mantras, the Maharouhina mantras, and mantras sacred to Kubera, all referred to in Adharva Kalpa ; 72, Also the three mantras beginning with Apobistha and the four mantras begioning with Hiranyavarna, shall be recited. After the buth the king shall wear a couple of cotton olothes. 78. The king shall then perform .the Achamanya ceremony and pooja to Deva, to his Gura and to the Brah- mins, and he shall pay due honors to his umbrella, to his banner and weapons—sweet music playing all the while. 74.“ Ayushyam Varchasyam” and“ Royasposha”’ and other Riks shall then- be recited, and the king shall then dress himself in military attire. 75. Theking shall then proceed to the second Vedi and take his seat on skins which shall be laid one over the other as follows. 2 ## Page 238 ot ‘BRIHAT SAMHTTA. fen. 1 76. The bull skin shall be Inid next’ to the ground ; over it shall be laid the skin of tho cat; over it again the skin of the Ruru (a kind of deer) ; over it the skin of the spotted antelope ; over it again the skin of tho lion, and over it the skin of the tiger. 5 77. The priest shall perform the homa (fire) cere- mony offering to the fire dried twigs, gingelly seeds, ghee and the like, reciting riks sacred to Rudra, Indra, Brahas- pati, Vishnu and Vayu. 78. The astrologer shall note the several indications connected with the Homa fire and make the predictions as stated in the Chapter on Indra Dhwaja, and the priest, after completing what might remain of the ceremony, shall, with clasped hands, speak out as follows: 79. May the Devas on receiving due pooja from the king bestow blessings on bim and depart. 80. The king shall please the astrologer and the priest by the gift of large sums of money, and he shall also present money to the other Brahmins learned in the Vedas according to their merit. 81. The king shall then give his subjects assurances of good goverament, and shall release from jail all prisoners, excepting those who may have been just then punished for offences. 82. If the Pusbya Snana be repeated every month when the Moon passes through the asterism of Pushya, the king will enjoy increase of wealth, health and fame. If the Pushya Homa ceremony be performed when the Moon passes through any. other asterism, the king will only enjoy one half of the good effects prescribed for it. 83. On tho occurrence of portenta, of eclipses and of planetary conjunctions, the king shall have the bath known as Pusbya Snana, ## Page 239 on. 2] BRIHAT SAMHITA. i 84. There are no portents whose evil efféats arg irre- mediable by Pushya Snana and there are no ceremonies calculated to do aking as much good as the ceremony of Pushya Homa. 85. Tho king that desiresan increase of power and the king that desires sons will be benefited by Pashya Snana. 86. Thus have been stated by Brahaspati to Indra the rules relating to the ceremony of Pushya Snana—for the increase of his family and of his wealth. 87. That king who bathes in the waters. of Pashya Snana his elephants and horses will have thesé animuls freed from all evils and become prosperous.

CHAPTER II. (49) On Parra on Crown Prarz.* 1. Able writers have fally treated of the subject of Patta. Ishall here give a summary of their statements, not omitting however the important points. 2 That it may do good, the king’s patta shall be 8 inches broad in the middle, the queen’s shall bé 7 inches broad, and the prince’s shall be 6 inches broad. 3, The goneral’s shall be 4 inches broad in the middle. ‘The Prasadapatta (which is worn by a person asa tokon ‘of royal favor) shall be 2 inches broad. Thas pattas are five in number. 4. If the patta were made of pure gold, and twice as long, with its sides half as broad as the dimension at the middle, it would make the wearer happy. 5. ‘The king’s patta shall have five points or crests ; ‘the queen’s and the prince’s shall'have three crests ; the A frontlet or fillet worn round the head. ## Page 240 12 PRITAT SAMHITA. [om 3. genoral’s shall have single crest and the Prasadapatta shall have no crest. 6. If gold plute while being beaten out for the patta should extend easily, the king wonld enjoy an increase of prosperity and suocess and his subjects too would be happy. 7. If, while being beaten ont, the plate should bo ‘wounded in the middle, the king’s lite and power would suffer destruction. If it should break either at the middle or at the sides, there would be misery and the plate should be rejected. 8. If, while the patta is being made, evil omens should econr, the learned astrologer shall prescribe expiatory ceremonies for the benefit of the king. If good omens should occur at the time there would be an increase of territory. CHAPTER III. (50) Ox tae Sworn. 1. A sword 50 inches long is a good one and one 25 inches Jong is a bad one; the measurement is to be made by means of the inch scale. Marks at tho odd inches would produce evil. 2. Marks along the back of the sword of the shape of the Bilva tree, a platter, an umbrella, a sivalinga, pendants, a lotus, a banner and a weapon of war, are indicative of prosperity. 8. Marks of the shape of a lizard, a crow, a heron, & hawk, a headless trunk and a scorpion are indicative of evil. 4. A sword that is broken, or short, or. blunt, or split at the back, or ill-formed or without sound, is indica- tive of evil ; if otherwise it indicates good luck. ## Page 241 on. 3] BRIBAT SAMUITA. 18 &. Ifthe sword should sound like lyre; the king would die ; if it should come out of the scabbard of itself, the king would be defeated in battle ; if it should move forward of itself, there would be wars in the land ; and if it should appear to shine brilliantly, there would be success in battle. 2 6. Tho sword shall not be taken out for no purpose 5 nor shall it be rubbed against a substance, nor shall ite edge be looked at, nor ite price stated, nor the place of its manufacture mentioned, nor shall it be compared to any- thing, nor shall. it be. touched by a person who is impure. 7. That isa good sword which resembles the tongue of the cow, or the petal of the blue lotus or the leaf of the bamboo or assafostida, or one whose end is pointed like the end of a épear or round. 8, After making a sword of the prescribed dimen- sions, it shall be rubbed against. a whetstone that it may not be broken. If it should break about the hilt, the master would die, and if about the end, his mother would die. 8. If there bea’ mark in the handle of the sword, there will also be a mark in the sword itself just as a spot on the face of a woman indicates the presence of a spot on her privity. 10. Ifa querent wearing a sword appear before an astrologer, the latter shall determine the marks of the sword from the particular parts of his body which the querent may happen to touch, 11, Ifthe part of the body touched should be the head, there would be a mark in the first inch of the swor: if it be the forehead, there would bea mark in the 2nd inch ; if the eyebrows, there would bea mark in the Srd inch ; ## Page 242 4 BRIGAT SAMHITA, [on. 3. and if it:should be the eye, there would be a mark in the 4th inch. 12. If the part touched: should be the nose, the lips, . the cheek, the chin, the ears, the neck, the shoulders, the breast, or the armpit, then there would be marks on the sword in the 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th, 9th, 10th, th, 12th, or 13th inch respectively. 18. If the part touched should be.the nipple, the heart, the belly, the abdomen, the navel, its root the: lower belly, the hips, or the privity, then there would be marks ‘on the sword in the 14th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 18th, 19th, 20tb, or 21st inch respectively. 14 Ifthe part touched should be the two thighs, thoir middle parts, the knees, or tho shanks, there would be marks on the sword in the 22nd, 23rd, 24th or 25th inch respectively. 15. Ifthe part touched should be the middle of the shanks, the ankle, the heels, the feet, or the toes, there would be marks on the sword in the 26th, 27th, 28h, 29th or 80th inch respectively. The above are the views of Garga. 16. The marks in the several inches of the. sword from the first to the 5th indicate respectively the death of the son, acquisition of wealth, loss of wealth, prosperity and confinement. 17. The marks in the several inches from the 6th to the 18th indicate respectively the birth of a son, dissen- sions, the getting of an elephant, the death of a son, the ac quisition of wealth, the loss of wealth, the getting of a wife, and mental pain or grief. 18. The marks in the several inches from the 14th to the 21at indicate respectively gain, loss, gain of a wife, forture, increase, death, joy and loss of wealth. ## Page 243 en. 8.] BRIHAT SAMHITA. 15 19. The marks in the several inches from the 22nd to the 80th indicate respectively the acquisition of wealth, ill health, acquisition of wealth again, death, wealth, poverty, wealth again, death again, and sovereign power. 20. Marks beyond the first 30 inches do not signify much. Generally marks on the odd inches indicate evil and marks in the even inches indicate good- According to some, marks beyond the first 30 inches do not siguify anything at all. 21, IE the sword should emell like the leaf of the plant Assafcotida, the blue lotus, the juice of the rutting elephant, ghee, saffron, the white water-lily, or the cham- paks, it indicates prosperity ; but if it should smell like the cow’s urine, mire, or marrow, it indicates evil. 22, If the sword should smell like the tortoise, seram, Blood, or salt, it indicates fear and grief. If the sword should appear bright as viduriya, gold or lightning, it indicates increased success and health. 28. Tho following methods of tempering swords and cutting instruments are taken from the works of Sukra = ‘He who desires bright prosperity shall temper the weapon in blood ; he who desires an excellent son shall temper tho weapon in ghee; and he who desires great wealth shall temper it in. water. 24. If tho weapon be tempered in the blood of the mare, a she camel or a’she elephant, there will be acquisi- tion of wealth by wicked deeds ; if it be tempered in the fat of the fish, orin the milk of the deer, or of the horse, or of the goat, or in the juice of the palm fruit, the weapon will become so strong that the trunk of the elephant ‘oan be ont with it, 25. After smearing oil over the’ weapon there ‘shall be smeared over it again s preparation or mixture of the ## Page 244 16 BRIBAT SAMHITA, (ow. 4. black powder of the burat horn of the ram, the excrement of the turtle dove and of the rat, and the milk or juice of the plant Calotropis gigantes (e@ésiurd), the weapon shell then be tempered in acy of the waya described. It will not break at all when rubbed against the whetstone. 26. Salt shall be dissolved in the juice of the plantain and the juice shall be kept’ so for a day; if the weapon be tempered in it the next day, it will not break when rubbed against the whetstone, and no other metal can injare it in any way. CHAPTER IV. (51) Awneavipya, 1. Itshall be the duty of an astrologer to examine and note indications connected with the dik (direction), sthana (place), and ahrita (anything carried), as well as the cheshta (motion) connected with the body of the que- rent or of any other person, and time. For the All-knowing Universal Intelligence pervading all movable and immova- ble objects indicates coming events by motions and casual words to devout souls who have faith in Him. 2. That placo is known as. Sama Sthana which is shaded over by trees overgrown with fruits and’ flowers, inhabited by birds of fine glossy plumage, unapproached by evil birds and bearing good names. Dwelling places of the Devas, the Rishis, the Brahmins, the Sadhus and the Sidhas, places rendered agreeable by fragrant flowers and crops, and places covered over with green turf, and from its purity and waters caloulated to exhilirate one’s spirit, are also good places. 3. That is not a good place in which are found trees cut or split, or eaten through by. worms or covered with ## Page 245 on. 4] BRIRAT sAniniTA, 7 thorns, or burnt or of ugly appearance, or crooked ot in- habited by evil birds, or of bad names or with most of their leaves ‘or their bark dry or fallen. 4. That is not a good place which is either a crema- tion ground or adesérted plice of Tapas (psychical train- ing) or any uneven ground, or ground with barren or saline soil, or ground with excrement, charcoal, pot-shred, ash, or dried grass. 5. That is not a good place in which is found a per- son who has abandoned all worldly cares, or a mute person, or a barber, or an enemy, or which may be a place of de- tention or custody, or in which may be found butchers, chandalas, gamblers, ascetics or diseased persons, or which may be @ place where weapons or liquor may be sold. 6. The East, North and North-east indicate good luck to the querent ; the North-west, West, South-west, South and South-east do not indicate good luck. Fore- noon indicates good luck, night, twilight hours and the afternoon do not indicate good luck. 7. Tho various good and bad indications described in my work on Yatra aro also applicable here. Judgment on queries shall be pronounced on examining the things before the astrologer, the things that may be brought before him or that the querent may have in “his hands or about bis clothes. 8. The organs that point to a male are the thighs, ips, nipples, testicles, feet, teeth, arms, hands, cheek, hair, throat, nails, thumb, arm-pit, shoulders, cara, anus and the genital organ. ; 9. The organs that point to a female are the brows, the wise, thé buttocks, folds of the belly, the hip snd fiogera with good lines ; 8 ## Page 246 18 ‘BRIVAT SAMBITA- [cx. 4. 9. Also the tongue, the neck, the calves of the leg, the heels, the ankles, the navel, the sides, the heart, the chin, the eyes, the penis, the breast, or the lower part of the spine. 10. The organs that point to a hermaphrodite are the hend and forehead. Face and other parts of the body point to delay in effect. Parts of body that point to a hermaphrodite as well as parts of disagreeable appearance orthat may be wounded or broken, do not point to success in undertaking. 11. If the big toe is either touched or shaken, it indicates sore eyes ; if any other toe is touched or shaken, there will be grief on account of one’s daughter. Ifthe head is struck, there will be fear from the rulers. 12, If the breast is accidentally struck, husbands and wives will part from each other. If any torn or dirty clothes over a person be pulled, there will be poverty; if while puttiog the query, the querent should have his clothes stuck to his feet, the querent will gain his desired object. 13. If lines be drawn on the ground with the big toe, the matter quesited relates to fields ; if the feet be scratched by the hand, the matter relates to a maid servant. 14. If palm, bark-dress or clothes be seen, the matter quesited relates to a cloth remaining in a place where hair, husk, bones, or ash is deposited ; if a rope or net be seen, there will be disease, and if bark-dress be seen, the matter relates to one’s kinsmen. 15. If long pepper, pepper, dried ginger, varida,* rodra, kushta, cloth, water, camin seed, gandha-mamsi,t 2 Versa, ocherwise inown a8 Cals, ® kind of perfume or fragrant frrase, Andropogon Schoonan: f Gendie-minmaly's kind of Indian spikenard. ## Page 247 on. 4.) BRIBAT SAMBITA, 19 dill, or tagara be séen, the matter quesited relates res- pectively to what follows : 16. A women, man, an offender, an afflicted person, roads, son, wealth, grain, son, a biped creature, a quadru- ped and the earth. 17. Ifthe fruits of the Nyagrodha, Madbuka, Tinduka, Jambn, Platcha, the Mango, or Badari be seen in the hand, the matter relates respectively to the acquisition of wealth, to gold, man, metal, cloth, silver or copper. 18. I£ a vessel fall of grain or water be seen, there will be an increase of family. If the excrement of an ele- phant, a cow or a dog be seen, the matter relates respec- tively to stolen property, or git] or friends. 19. Ifa cow, an elephant, a buffaloe, a lotus, silver or tiger be seen, there will bea large acquisition of sheep, wealth, dwelling house, sandalwood, white silk or jewels. 20. Ifat the time of query, there be seon an old man, a boudha, ascetic, or a Sannyasi, the matter quesitéed relates to a friend, to gambling, to wealth, to a prostitute, toa king or to a woman just delivered. 21. If a boudha, a preceptor, an arhst, a naked Sonyasi, any omen, a scientific work, or a fisherman be seen, the matter relates to a thief, a general, a merchant, a maid servant, a soldier, an article for sale, or a person to be killed. 22. Ifa hermit be seen, the matter relates toa person who has gone abroad to travel ; if a dealer in liquor be seen, the matter relates to the protection of auimals ; if a person be seen gathering grains in market places, the matter relates to some danger or difficulty. 23. If the querent be heard to say, ‘I like to ques- tion,” the matter relates to a wish to enjoy a woman if be Logins by stating “say,” the matter relates to » family 5 if the expression be “ I want to see,” the matter relates to ## Page 248 20 BRIBAT GAMBITA- (cm. 4. gain; if the expression be “requests that orders may be made,” the matter relates to wealth. 24. If the expression be “ may the information be given,” the matter relates to success; if the expression be “examine soon and discover my thoughts,” the matter re- lates to something connected with roads; if the expression be “ what is in the midst of all people should be soon exa- mined,” the matter relates to kinsmen who have been abducted away. 25. 1f the cheshta (motion) refers to the inner organs, the matter relates to one’s own people; if to the outer or- ‘gans, then, to other people ; if to the toes or fingers, then, to man or a maid servant; if to tho knees, then, to one’s servant ; if to the navel, then, to one’s younger sister ; and if to the heart, then, to one’s wife ; and to the toes or other fingers, then, to a son or daughter. 26. Ifthe cheshta refers to the belly, the query re- lates to one’s mother ; if to the head, then, to one’s precep- tor ; if to the right or left arm, then, respectively, to one’s brother or brother’s wife. 27. If, after leaving the inner organs, the outer organs be touched, or if at the time of query, the querent drops down any thing in his hand while ejecting phlegm or pass- ing urine or excrement, the matter quesited relates to theft. 28, Ifany part of the body be greatly bent and then concealed, or if any person be seen to possess an empty vessel, the matter relates to thieves ; if at the time of query, such expressions as “carried away,” “fallen,” “ wounded,” « forgotten,” “ lost,” “ broken,” “ gone” « stolen,” « dead,” and the like be heard, then, the stolen property cannot be recovered. 29. If the husk of grain, bones or poison be seen, or if moaning and sneezing be heard, the sick man will die ; if the wind should blow on one’s body and then carry away ## Page 249 ou. 4.] BRIMAT SAMuITA, 21 some heavy substance from within a room, judgment shall be pronounced that a person after eating to excess and being over-satiated has died. 80. If the forehead be touched or barley be seen, then Salya rico is indicated ; if the breast be touched, then the Shashtika rice is indicated ; if the neck be touched, barley rice is indicated. 31. If the abdomen, nipples, belly or knees be touch- ed, the matter relates respectively to black-gram, milk, gingelly, or barley; if one is seen to swallow or lick the lip, sweet flavor is indicated. 32. Ifthe tongue be struck egainst the pallet, the matter refers to an object of desire ; if one is seen to make awry face, sour substance is indicated ; if one is seen to hiccongh, then the substance indicated is either pungent, bitter or astringent ; if one is seen to sputter, salt substance is indicated. 88. If one is seen to spit plilegm, a small dry bitter substance is indicated ; if the brow, the cheek, or the lip be touched, the flesh of the vultare has been eaten. 34. If the head, neck, hair, chin, throat, ears, the shanks, the knees or the lower belly be touched, judgment shall be pronounced that the meals eaten contained res- pectively the flesh of the elephant, buffalo, cheep, pig, cow, hare or deer. 35, If bad omens be seen or heard, the meals eaten contained the flesh of the iguana and the fish; questions connected with pregnancy shall be determined as follows: 86. If the organs or parts of body representing the male, female or hermaphrodite sex be seen, thought over or touched, a child of that sex will be born ; if any drink, rice or flower be seen, prosperity is indicated ; if the point between the brows or if fingers be touched by the thumb, the matter relates to pregnancy; if honey, ghee, gold, ## Page 250 22 BRIHAT SAMEITA. [ow. 4. gems, corals and the like be touched or seen, or if the mother or the nurse or the son should be near, pregnanoy is indicated : 88. If the hand is seen on the belly, the matter relates to pregnancy ; if bad omen should occur, the matter does not relate to pregoancy ; if the belly be pulled or the seat be disturbed, or ifthe hands be seen one over the other, the matter does not relate to pregnancy. 39. If the right nostril be touched, the delivery will occur after a month ; if the left nostril be touched, after two months ; not so if the eats be touched; but after two months, if the right ear be touched, and after four months, if the left ear be touched ; also after four months if the right nipple be touched, and after eight months if the left nipple be touched. 40. The root of the plaited hair indicates 3 sons, the cars indicate 2 daughters, the hands 5 sons, the tip of the thumb 8 sons, the tip of the big toe 5 sons, the two heels a daughter. 4l. Ifthe rightor left thigh be touched, ason ora daughter is indicated ; if the centre or end of the forehead be touched, 4 or 3 sons will respectively be born. 42, The head, the forehead, the brows, the ears, the cheek, the jaw, the teeth, the neck, the right shoulder, the left shoulder, the hand, the chin, the wind pipe, 43. The breast, the right nipple, the left nipple, the heart, the sides, the belly, the hip, the buttocks, the anus, the genital organs, the two thighs, the knees, the ankles and the feet are respectively parts of the body represented. by the twenty-seven asterisms from Krittika. 44. Thus have I described the several matters conuect- ed with Angavidys on a full examination of the treatises relating to the subject ; that person who, possessed of a ## Page 251 om. 4] BRIKAT SAMEITA, 33 broad intellect and of a generous disposition masters this branch of the science, will be respected by the king and people. CHAPTER V. (52) On Piueies. 1, Pimples breaking out in the Brahmins, the Ksha- triyas, the Vysias and the Sudras should respeotively be white, red, yellow and black, in order that they may produce the effects’ described below 5 2. If glossy and clear pimples break out,in the head, there will be acquisition of wealth ; if in the crown of the head, there will be good fortune; if in the two eye-browss there will be bad luck and the meeting of friends ; if between the eye-brows, there will be losa of character ; if on the eye-lids, there will be sorrow and the gaining of the desired object ; if in the temples, the person will tura out a hermit ; and if on both sides of the nose where the tears fall, there will be great anxiety. 3. Ifthe pimple breaks ont in the, nose, the person will got new cloth ; if in the cheek, he will get a son ; ii in the lips or just below them, he will get good food ; if in the fore-head or in the corners of the mouth, there will be acquisition of wealth ; if in the throat, the person will acquire ornaments, food and drink ; if in the ears, he will acquire a collection of ornament and a knowledge of Atma. 4, If the pimple breaks ont in the joint of the head, the neck, the heart, the two nipples, the two sides, or in the breast, the person will get respectively a blow with an iron rod, a blow, aon, a con again, any gain, grief, and any object of desire ; if it breaks out in the two shoulders, there will be much wandering fer alms and destruction ; and if in the two arm-pite, the person will acquire wealth and comfort, ## Page 252 24 BRIHAT SAMBITA. [ow. 5. 5. If the pimple breaks out in the back there will be griefand ruin; if in the two upper arms, the enemy will perish ; if in the two wrists, there will be imprisonment ; if in the two lower arms, there will be an acquisition of ornaments. 6. Ifthe pimple bresks out in the hands, fingers or belly, there will respectively be an acquisition of wealth, good luck or grief; if it breaks out in the navel, the person will get good food and drink ; if just under the navel, there will be theft of property by robbers; if in a man’s genital organs, he will get » young woman and good sons ; if in the anus; ho will acquire wealth, and if in the testicles, thero will be good fortane. 7. If the pimple breaks ont in the thighs, the person will get a carriage and a woman ; if in the knees, there will be injury from enemies ; if in the shanks, there will be wound from weapons ; and if in the ankles, there will be trouble from a journey on foot and from imprisonment. 8. If the pimple breaks out in the buttocks, heels or soles of the feet, there will respectively be loss of wealth, adultery or the troubles of a journey on foot ; if in the toes, there will be imprisonment ; and if in the big toe there will be presents from kinsmen. 9. Any extraordinary eruptions, boils and pimples breaking out on the right side, and hurts, occurring ou the left side of males, indicate the acquisition of weulth ; tho reverse is tho case with females. 10, Thus have I stated the effects of pimples breaking out in the several parts of the body from head to foot, the same effects apply to wounds, dark spots, pustules, small bunches of hair of crowded growth and to a whirling growth of hair. ## Page 253 CH, 6.J BRIHAT SAMHITA. 23 CHAPTER VI. (63). On Hovsr-Burtpina. 1. We shall now proceed to treat of the science of house-building, which has come down to us from the Rishis who obtained it from Brahma, for the pleasure of learned Jyoutishakas. 2 At one time,a monster appeared with a body so vast as to conceal the Earth and the sky. The Devas then cought hold of parts of bis body and forcibly laid him down with his face towards the ground. 3. The several Devas now preside over the several parts of the body held by them. he monster therefore, known as Vastuprusha, represents in his body all the Devas by order of Brahma. 4, The king’s house shall be one of five sorts. The breadth of the superior house shall be 108 cubits, and that of each of the four inferior houses shall be 8 cubits less than the next preceding one. The length of each house shall be one-quarter as much more as ite breadth. 5. The general’s hotse shall be one of five sorts. The breadth of the superior house shall be 64 cubits, and that of each of the four inferior houses shall be 6 cubits less than the next preceding one. The length of each house shall be one-sixth as much more as its breadth. 6. The prime-minister’s house shall also be one of five sorts. The breadth of the superior house shall be 60 cu- bits, and that of each of the four inferior houses shall be four cubits less then the next preceding one. The length of each house shall be one-eighth as much more asits breadth, The dimensions of the houses of the queens shall be one-half of the dimensions of the houses of the prime-minis- ter. 7- The first prince's house shall also be one of five ## Page 254 26 BRIHAT SAMBITA- [ex. 6. sorts, The breadth of the superior house shalt be 80 cubits, snd that of the each of the four inferior houses shall be six cubits less than the next preceding one. The length of each house shall be one-third as mach more as its breadth. The dimensions of the houses of the younger princes shall be one-half of the dimensions of the houses of the first prince, 8, The houses of the tributary princes, of worthy persons and of the the king’s officers, shall be of the differ- ence of the dimensions of the houses of the king and prime minister. , The houses of the chamberlain and of tho king’s concubines and artists shall be of the difference of the dimen- sions of the houses of the king and the first prince. 9. The houses of the superintendent of the king's household and of the comptroller of public accounts shall be of the dimensions of the king’s treasury and bed-rooms. The houses of the peons of the superintendents shall be of tho difference of the dimensions of the houses of the first prince and the prime minister, 10. The houses of the Court astrologers, priests and physicians, shall be one of five sorts—the superior one be- ing 40 oubits broad and the breadth of the four inferior ones shall be severally 4 cabits less by turns ; the length shall be one-sixth as much more as the breadth. 11. If the houses in all the cases can be made as high as they are broad, they will conduce to prosperity. In oases where @ house has an inner verandsh, the length of the house shall,be twice its breadth. 12, The houses of the four oastes from the Brahmins downwards are also of five sorts—the breadths of the houses being 32, 28, 24, 20 and 16 cubits. A house less than 16 cubits broad shall be for the use of the men of low class, ## Page 255 cu. 6.) BRINAT SAMEITA. 37 13, The length of the houses of Brahmins shall be one-tenth as mach more as the breadth, that of the houses of Kehatryas shall be one-eighth as much more; that of the houses of the Vysias shall be one-sixth as much more ; and that of the houses of the Sudras shall be one-fourth as much more. 14, The dimensions of the treasury end bed rooms shall be the difference of the dimensions of the houses of the king and the general. The dimensions of the honses of those honored by the king shall be of the difference of the dimensions of the houses of the general and the several castes from the Brahmins downwards. 15. Tho dimensions of the houses of tho Parasavas and the like shall be one half of the sum of the dimensions of the houses prescribed to their class. If the houses discribed above for all classes be of greater or smaller demonsions than what wo have stated, they will produce evil. 16, No dimensions are prescribedlfor the houses of the cows, the Vana-prasthas, for granaries, for tho arsena , for fire and for sexual enjoyment. However men learned in house-building are opposed to the breadth of these excoeding 100 cubits. 17. Add 70 to the breadth (in cubits) of the houso of the king or the general and divide the sum by 14 and the same sum again by 85. The quotients will give the breadths of the inner veranda and of the outer veranda in front of the house door of the house of the king or the general. 18, In the case of the five sorts of houses of the four castes from the Brahmins downwards, the breadth of the inner verandas shall respectively be 4 cubits 7 inches, 4 cubits 10 inches, 3 cubits 3 inches, 8 cubits 15 incher, and 8 cubits 13 inches, ## Page 256 28 BRIHAT SAMEITA, [om. 6. 19. The breadth of the outer veranda in front of the house door in the case of these five houses shall respectively be 8 cubits 19 inches, 3 cubits 8 inches, 2 cubits 20 inches, 2 cubits 18 inches, and 2 cubits 8 inches. 20, The breadth of the Veedhi aronnd the house shall ‘be one-third of the breadth of the inner veranda, If the Veedhi be in front of the house, such house is known as Soshneesha. 21. If the Veedhibe found behind the house, it is known as Sayasrayam, and if the Veedhi be found on a side of the house, such house is known as Savashtambham, and if the Veedhi be fotind all round the house, the house is known as Susthitam. Men learned in house-building speak favor- ably of every one of these Veedhis. 22. The height of the floor shall be one-sixteenth of tho breadth of the house plus 4 cubits. Generally, the height of the floor of a house may be one-twelfth less according to the nature of the ground, 23. The thickness of the walls shall be one-sixteenth of the breadth of the house. The wall may be built of burnt bricks or of wood. 24. In the casos of the house of the king and general, add to the breadth of the house (in cubits) its eleventh part end ad 70 to the sum, the height of the entrance shall be so many inches. The breadth of the entrance shall be one-half of the height. 25. In the caso of the houses of the four castes from the Brahmins downwards, add one-fifth of the breadth of the house to 18 inches; nine-eighths of this sum is the breadth of the entrance. Double the breadth of the entrance is ite height. 26. The breadth of the two vertical frames sball be a3 many inches as the number of cubits in the height of the ## Page 257 on. 6.) BRINAT SAMHITA. 29 entrance. The breadth of the bottom and top frames shall be half as much more as the breadth of the side frames. 27. Maltiply the height by7 ; one eightieth. of the product shall be the thickness of each frame. Multiply the height of the house by 9; one eightieth of the product shall be the diameter of the pillar at the bottom. Nine- tenths of this shall be the diameter of the pillar at the top. 28. A four-sided pillar or column is known as Ruchaka, An eight sided pillar is known as Vajra. An cighteen sided Pillar is known as Dvivajra, and a thirty-two sided one is Known as Pralinaka. A pillar that is round in the middle is known as Vritia. 29. Divide tho height of the pillar into equal parts, ‘The parts are known as Vahana, Ghata, Padma,Uttaroshtha, and so on, the names returning again. 80. The thickness of the heavy beams of the sloping roof shall be that of the pillars. The other beams higher up the roof shall be each three-fourths as thick as the beam next below it. 31. The house of the King or Deva which is surround- ed by outer verandas on all the four sides, and with an entrance on each side, is known as Sarvato-bhadra. 82. The house which is surrounded by four distinct outer verandas and with an entrance on each side except on the west, is known as Nandyavarta. 83. The house which has two outer verandas commen- cing at the entrance with an external veranda on tho southern side and one on the western side and with an en- trance on the southern «side, is known as Vardhamana. 34, The house which has an onter veranda on the eastern side, two parallel outer verandas on the southern side, and ending in the east with a separate one on the ## Page 258 80 BRIHAT SAMEITA [ox. 6. northern side and with an entrance on the eastern side, is known as Swastika. 85. Tho house which has distinct outer verandas on each side with an entrance on each side except the northern side, is known as Ruchaka. 86. The Nandyavarata and Vardhamana houses aro tho best ; the Swastika and Ruchaka houses are of middle importance, and the remaining house known as Sarvato- phadra, is best fitted for kings to live in. 87. The house which has inner verandas on all-ex- cepting the northern side, isknown as Hiranya nabha- It brings on wealth. The house which has inner verandas on allexcepting the eastern side, is known as Sukshetra. It brings on prosperity. 88. The house which has inner verandas on all ex- cepting the southern side, is known as Chulli. It destroys wealth. The house which has inner verandas on all ex- copting the western side, is known as Pakshaghna. It brings on the death of the sons and produces enmity. 39, The house which has inner verandas on the western and southern sides is known as Siddarta, aud the house which has inner verandas on the western and northern sides isknown as Yamasurya ; that which has inner yerandas on. the eastern and northern sides is known as Danda, and that which has such verandas on the eastern and southern sides, is known as Vata. 40. The house which has inner verandas on the eastern and western sides is known as Grahachulli, and that which has such verandas on the northern and southern sides is known as Kacha, The Siddarta house will bring on wealth and the Yamasurya house will bring on the death of the master. 41. The Danda house will bring on death by a danda oraclub; the Vata house will bring on fears and disturb- ## Page 259 on. 6.) BRIBAT SAMHITA. 31 ance ; the Chulli house will destroy wealth, and the Kucha house will bring on the enmity of kinsmen. 42, Divide the house ground into 81 squares by 10 lines drawn from east to west and 10 lines drawn from north tosouth. 82 Devas occupy the 32 exterior squures and 18 Wevas occupy the iurer squares (as follows) : 2 4{[sle Z\e Kr 70 rR 14.|75| 61yf4\ 18 + a 20 | 2 22 24176) 26 a 28 | Xg| 30 | dQ | 22 | 3 34/3] a6 37 | 38 lg 4o 42 S144) 45 ae O14 sO $2 oh V5 | 36 33 |g $0 62 |e 64165) 66 \6 68 yo qe Y2| 7 | 7 | 76 | 77 | 78 80 48, Sqnares marked 1, 9, 81 and 73 are respectively the north-eastern, south-eastern, north-western and south- western corners. The eight eastern squares from 1 to 8 are respectively occupied by the Devas Ayui, Parjanya, Jayan- ta, Indra, Surya, Satya, Bhrisa, and Autarikshs. 44 &45. The eight southern squares 9, 18, 27, 36, 45, 54, 63 and 72 are respectively occupied by Vayu, Poosha, Vitalha, Bribatkshata, Yama, Gandharva, Bhringaraja and Mriga. ’ The eight westera squares, 81, 80, 79, 78, 77, 76, 75 and 74 are respectively occupied by Pitri. Douvarika, Sugriva, Kusumadanta, Varana, Asura, Sosha and Papa- ## Page 260 82 BRIHAT SAMHITA. [cu. 6. yakshma, and the 8 northern sqnares, 78, 64, 55, 46, 87, 28, 19 aud 10 are respectively ovcupied by the Devas Roga, Ahi, Mukhya, Bhallata, Soma, Bhujaga, Aditi, and Diti. 46&47. The nine central squares 31, 32, 88, 40, 41, 42, 49, 50 and 51 are oceupied by Brahma, The square 23, dua east of Brahma is occupied by Aryama. From Aryama, the alternate squares all round Brahua from left to right, viz-y 25, 48, 61,59, 57, 89 and 2lare respectively occupied by Savita, Vivasvan, Indra, Mitra, Rajayakshma, Prithvidhara and,Apavatea. 48, The inner north-eastern square 11, is occupied by Apa; the inner south-eastern square 17 is occupied by Savitra; the inner south-western square, 71, is occupied by Jaya, and the inuer north-western square, 65, is occupied by Rudra. 49. The group of five Devas occupying the north- eastern portion of the house-ground, (squares 1, 2, 10, 11 and 21), viz,, Agni, Parjanya, Diti, Apa and Apavatsa aod similar groups, euch of five Devas, occupying the south- eastern, south-westera and north-western portions of the house-ground, are known as Padikas. 50. The remaining 20 Devas occupying the other squares are known as Dwipadas. ‘The Devas occupying the due eastern, southern, western and northern squa 7 43, 59, 88—viz,, Aryama, Vivasvan, Mitra and Pritividhara aroknowa as Tripadas. 51. Tho Vastu-parusha (house demon) lies with his face turned towards the ground and head in the north- east. Agni holds his head, Apa his face, Aryama his right nipple and Apavatsa his breast. . 52. ‘The Devas from Parjanya to Surya occupying the outer squares hold respectively the right eye, ear, breast, and shoulder ; the five Devas from Satya hold the right arm; Savita and Savitra hold the right hind; Vitatha and Brihatkshata hold the right side. 58. Vivaswan holds the belly ; the four Devas from Yama bold the right thigh, kuee, shank and buttock. 54. These Devas hold the right limbs of the Vastu purusha, Similarly the other devas hold the left limbs. In- draand Jaya hold his penis; Brabma his heart and the Pitri Devas his feet. 55 & 56. Or, divide the house ground into sixty-four equal squares ; draw the main disgonal lines. The four cen ## Page 261 ox. 6] BRIHAT BAMEITA. 83 tral squares marked 23, 29, 36, 37, are occupied by Brahma. ‘The four squares occupying the inner corners, viz., 19, 22, 46, and 43, as well as the four squares occupying the outer cor ners, viz., 1, 8, 64 and 57, are divided each into two halves. The other squares all round Brahma, ‘iz. 20, 21, 30, 38, 45, 44, 35 and 27, and the other outer squares, viz. 207, 16 to 56, 63 to 58 and 49 to 9, are twenty-four, The number of all the squares thus mentioned is 44, and the remain- ing 20 squares, viz., those forming the four outermost lines but one, are known as Dvipadas. BS the exact centres of the several squares, are known as Marmasthalas—vital parts. These parts shall not be mo- lested by the erection of pillars over them or in any other way. 5 ## Page 262 34 BRIMAT sawiTA. [on. 6. 58. If these vital parts are defiled or molested by im- pure substances, pot-shreds, pegs or pillars and by Salyas (substance lying underground), the master of the house will suffer in those parts of his body which correspond to the parts thus tormented. 59. ‘That portion of the house ground contains Salya which corresponds to the part of body scratched by the master of the house (at the time of his first entry) or where bad omens or portents connected with fire occur at the time of the homa ceremony. 60. If the Salya be wood, there will be destruction of wealth ; if bones, animals will suffer, and there will be mach suffering from diseases ; if metals, there will be injury from weapons ; and if skulls or hair, there will be death. 61. If the Salya bo charcoal, there willbe fear of robbery ; if ashes, there will always be fear from destructive fires ; if it be any substance other than gold or silver lying buried at the Marmasthala, there will be grest fears. 62. If the Salya be the husk of paddy lying either at the Marmasthala or at other places, there will be acquisition of woalth ; if it be tho tocth of snake lying at the Marma- sthala, there will be misery. 68, The divgonal line, from the Roga Deva (78) to ‘Vayu Deva (9) is known as a Vamsa. The dingonal line from Pitri Deva (81) to Agni Deva (1) is another Vamsa. A line drawn from Vitatha Deva (27) to Sosha Deva (75) is also a Vamsa, and that drawn from Mukkya Deva (55) to Bhrisa Deva (7) is another Vamsa, A line drawn from Jayanta Deva (3) to Bhringa Raja (63) is also a Vamsa, and a line drawn from Aditi (19) to Sngriva (79) is another Vamsa. 64. The six lines cut one snother in nine points. ‘These points are known as Atimarma places. ‘The area of a Marmasthala is equal to one-eighth of the area of a square, ## Page 263 cu. 6.] BRIBAT SAMHTTA. 35 65. Tho breadth of a Vamea line is as many inches as the length ofa side of a square is in yards, and tho length of a Sira is ono and_a half times the breadth of the Vamsa line. 66. Ifthe master of the house desire prosperity, he shall take particular care of the portion of the house which is the seat of Brahma. If this portion be defiled by im- purities, the master of the house will suffer miseries. 67. If the right arm of the Vastu-purusha be wanting, there will be loss of wealth and.women will lose their character ; if the left arm be wanting, there will be los’ of wealth and grain ; if the head be wanting, every virtue will quit the house hold. 68, If any of the senses of the Vastu-pnrasha should suffer injuries, women. will lose their character, sons will perish, and tho master of the house will become a slave under another. If the Vastu-purusha does not suffer in any way, the dwellers of the house will get honor, wealth and comfort. 69. Tho Devas occupy their several places as above enumerated not only in houses but in towns and villages. ‘The Brahmins and other castes shall live in places appro- priate to them. 70. The Brahmins and other castes shall dwell res- pectively on the northern, eastern, southern and western sides. : 71. Either in the division of the house ground into 81 squares or in that into 64 squares, the effects of having tho main-entrance in spots occupied by Agni and the other Devas are as follow : 72. Ifthe entrance is opened in any of the 8 eastern squares beginning from the north-eastern corner, the effects will respectively be injury from fire, birth of daughters, ## Page 264 36 BRIHAT sawniTA, |“ [cx. 6. gain of immense wealth, the friendship of the king, increase of anger, the vice of lie, that of cruelty and that of theft. 78. If the entrance is opened in any of the 8 southern squares beginning from the south-eastern corner, the effects will respectively be few sons, servitude, becoming a chan- dala, excessive eating and drinking with an increase of sons, anger, ingratitude, poverty and the loss of sons and of valor. ‘ 74, IE tho gate is opened in any of the 8 western squares beginning from the south-western corner, the effects will respectively be suffering of sons, the increase of the enemy, the want of wealth and sons, the increase of sons, of wealth and of strength, opulence, fear from kings, loss of wealth, and diseaso. 75 Ifthe gate is opened in any of the 8 northern squares beginning from the north-western corner, the effects will respectively be increase of cruelty and kinsmen, increase of the enemy, gain of woulth and sons, the possession of all virtues, the acquisition of sons and wealth, hatred of sons, tho loss of character of women and the loss of wealth. 76, There will bo misery if, opposite to the gate, there be roads, trees, street corners, wells, pillars or gutters. If these should be beyond a distance of double the height of the house, they will produce no harm. 77. If the obstruction bea car running street, the master of the house will die ; ifit bea tree, the son will suffer ; if it be a permanent mire, there will be grief ; if it be any gutter or passage for water, there will be waste. 78. If the obstruction be a well, there will be an attack of epilepsy ; if it be the image of some Deva, there will be death ; if it bo a pillar, women will lose their chastity ; if the gate be opposite to the squares of Brahms, the family will perish. ## Page 265 cx. 6.] BRIHAT SAMHITA- 87 79. If the door should open of itself, there would be an attack of madness ; if it should close of itself, the family would perish ; if the gate should exceed its stated dimen” sions, there would be fear from kings aud robbers ;7and if the gate be in a low ground, there will be grief. 80. Gato over a gate anda gate which it is difficult to enter will not conduce to prosperity ; an entrance which is not closed will produce suffering from hunger ; an en- trance which is either very short or bent will bring about the ruin of the family. 81. A troublesome entrance will bring on troubles. One that is bent inside will bring on destruction ; one that is bent outside, will briog on travels to foreign land ; and one that is notin the proper spot, will bring on theft by robbers. 82. The front entrance shall not be of the size of the inner entrance ; such front entrance shall be constructed after due ceremonies with water-pots, fruits, flowers and with curdled milk. 83, The four corners of the house beginning from the north-eastern point, aro occupied respectively by four Deva women known as Charaki, Vidari, Putana and Rakshasi. 84. Those that live in the corners of houses, villages and towns will suffer miseries. Persons subsisting on the flesh of dogs and the chandalas, will become prosperous by living in such corners. 85. Tho Laksha (a), the Banyan, the Udumbara (6) and the Aswattha will bring on miseries if situated on the south, west, north and east sides of the house, and they will bring on prosperity if they be respectively situated in the north, east, south, and west side of the house. (a) Laksha: Ficus virens. @#Aara, () Udumbara ; Indian Fig troo, a¢ferd, ## Page 266 38 BRIMAT SAMHITA, [on 6. 86. If thorny trees grow near houses, there will be fear from enemies ; if milky trees, there will be waste of wealth ; if fruit trees, the children will die. The wood of these trees shall also be rejected. 87. Ifit bo felt inconveniont to remove the several trees mentioned above, anumber of superior trees shall be grown between them. These are Punnaga (a), Asoka (b), Arishta (c), Vakula (d), Panasa (¢), Sami (f) and Sala (g.) 88, Any spot where the ground is smooth and with- out holes, whore the oarth is sweet, fragrant and of bright appearance and where there grow superior crops, trees and creepers is calculated to afford comfort to the weary travel- ler, and if a house is permanently built in such a spot how happy should the dwellers feel. 89. If the house of the minister be near, there would be loss of weulth. Ifthe house of a cheat be near, sons will die; if a temple be near, there will be various fears, and if four roads meet in the neighbourhood, the house will bear an evil reputation. 90. Ifa Boudha temple should be near, there would be fear from evil spirits; if ant-hills with numerous holes be near, there will bo dangor ; if any low ground or ditch be near, there will be suffering from thirst; and if a tortoise dwell near there will be loss of wealth. 91. Ifthe northern, eastern, southera or western side be low, the Brahmins, the Kshatryas, the Vysias or the Sudras will suffer respectively. The Brahmins may live in all places ; but the other castes shall live in their appropriate places. a, »,fand g: These terms aro explained in pages 141 to 143 of Part T. (©). Arishta : ‘The soap-berry tree. @, Vakula: The treo Mimusope Elengi. (). Panasa : The Jack tree. Wevrwsid. uA posi, ## Page 267 on. 6] BRIHAT SAMHITA. 39 92. In the centre of the house-site dig a pit acubit deep, (broad and long) and fill it with the earth taken from it; if the earth i8 found too little, there will be misery ;if it be found just enough, the site is one of middle importance, and if it be found too much, there will be increase of wealth, 93. ° Or fill the pit with water and walk 100 feet from it. If, on returning, the water be found not to have fallen, there will be an increaso of wealth ; or if the quantity bo an adhaka of 64 phalas, there will be an increase of weslth. 94. Or place an unburnt earthen vessel in the pit and in it burn a wick. The ground will be fit for the nso of that class of mea in whose direction the flame is seen to be inclined. 95. The ground will also be fit for the use of that class of men the flower of whose appropriate color is found neither to fade nor lose its hue when thrown in a pit in the ground. Generally a ground is fit to livein, if a person has a special liking for it- 96. If the ground be white, red, yellow or black, or if it be found to smell like ghee, blood, cooked rice or liquor, the Brabmins, the Kshatryas, the Vysyas or the Sudras will respectively prosper. 97. If the ground be over-grown with kusa grass, sara or wild reeds, the darva grass, or reeds, or if its flavor be found to be sweet, astringent, sour or pungent, the Brahmins, the Kshatryas, the Vysyas or the Sudras will res- pectively prosper. 98. Tho house ground shall first be either ploughed or grown with the sprouts of seed grains or dwelt by cows or by Brahmins. The person who desires to build a house in it shall in en auspicious hour, as ascertained by an Astrologer, enter it and commence building work. 99. He shall then perform puja to the Devas with various cakes, curdled milk, colored rice, sandal paste, ## Page 268 40 . ‘BRIHAT SAMEITA, (on 6° flowers and perfamed smoke; and shall also shew duo honor to Brakmins and to the builders and shell satisfy them with presents, : 100. The Brahmins, the Kshatrias, the Vysyas and the Sudras shall respectively touch their foreheads, breasts, thighs and fect and draw lines marking the site of the house to be built, 101. ‘The person (tho master of the house) taking in his hand gold, gems, silver, pearls, curdled milk, fruits, flowers or colored rice, shall draw the line with his thumb, the middle finguor or the fore-finger. 102, Ifthe line be drawn with a weapon, there will be death by weapons. If it be drawn with a pieco of metal there will be imprisonment. If with ashes, there will be fear from destructive fires; if with a piece of straw, there will be fear from robbers ; and if with a pieco of wood, there will be fear from kings. 103, Ifthe line bo drawn with the foot or be indis- tinct and not straight there, will be fear from weapons and from grief, If it be drawn with a piece of leather, with charcoal, bone or tooth, the master of the house will suffer misories. 104, Ifthe line be drawn from right to left, there will be enmity ; and if from left to right, there will be pros- perity, Ifat the time of drawing the line, crnel words are heard, or if anybody be seen to spit or to sneeze, there will be misery. 105, Tho builder shall enter the house either half built or wholly built, and shall carefully observe where the master of the house stands and whaé parts of his body he touches. 106, Ifat the time birds be seen to sound disagree ably, facing the Sun, there will be bone corresponding to ## Page 269 ex. 6.) BRIHAT SAMBITA- 41 that of the part of body:touched, lying buried at the spot, where the master of the house stands. 107. Or if, at the time, an elephant, a horse, adog or the like be heard to sound, then the bones of these ani- mals corresponding to that of the part of body touched by the master of the house, will be found buried at the spot. 108. If, when the rope is tied up, the ass is heard to ory, bone lies bnried ; and the same thing may be declar- ed in case the rope is crossed over by a dog ora jackal. 109. I birds aro seen to sing melodiously, facing the quarter opposite to the Sun, there is treasure under ground either at the spot where the master of the house stands or in that part of Vastu-purasha’s body, which cor- responds to the part of body, touched by the master of the house. 110, Ifthe rope should break there would be death ; if the peg should come out or be found turned upside down, there would be severe disease; and if the master of tho house or the builders should forget to take with them any necessary substance or article, there would also be death. 111. If tho water pot should slip down the shoulder, there would be head-ache. If tho water should run out, the family would suffer; if the pot should be broken, the servants would die ; and if it slip down from the hand, the master of the honse would die. 112. After finishing the pooja, the first foundation stono shall be laid on the north-eastern corner, and then, all round from left toright, the other stones shall be laid. ‘The pillars shall also be erected, in the same order. 118. The ceremony of erecting the tall pillars of the entrance shall be performed carefully with umbrellas, flower wreaths, clotb, perfumed smoke and sandal. 6 ## Page 270 42 BEIHAT SAMHITA. [om 6. 114. The same good’ effects shall be predicted from the entry of birds into holes, the shaking of their wings, their fall and flight as in the case of the Indra Dhwaja. 115, If the north-eastern corner be of a higher level than the rest; there will bo loss of woalth and sons ; if the ground emit bad smell, sons will die ; if the ground be of irregular shepe, kinsmen will dio 5 if the sides are irre gular, there will be no pregnancy. 116, He that desires prosperity shall raiso the house~ ground equally on all sides. If any portion of the ground bo of # higher lovel than the rest, there will be misery. If unavoidable, the eastern or northern side may be ofa slight- ly higher level. 117, Ifthe eastern side be of a higher level, there will be hatred of friends ; if the soathern side, there will bo deaths in the family; if the western side, there will be loss of ‘Wealth ; and if the northern side, there will be grief. 118. The apartment for the Devas shall be built in the north-east ; the kitchen in the south-east ; the room for the bouschold utensils shall be erected in the south-west ; and the treasury and the granary rooms shall be erected in the north-west. 119. If there be any piece of water in the east, south- east, south, south-west, west, north-west, north and north- east, there will respectively be the death of sons, injury from fire, troubles from enemies, quarrels among women, unchastity among women, poverty, increase of wealth and increase of sons. 120, For the purpose of honse-buildiog other trees shall be out down than those in whioh birds reside, or that are broken or have dried or are burnt, or in which the Devas live or which grow on cremation grounds, as well as milky trees, the dhava, the vibKitaka, the margosa andthe aranes. ## Page 271 on. ¥.] BRIBAT SAMETTA. 48 121. Cooked rice shall be offered and puja performed to the treo at night, and it shall be cut down from left to right next day. If it falls on the north or east side, there will bo increase of woalth, and if it falls on any other side, it shall be rejected. 122. If the cut be not irregular, the treo will bring on prosperity ; if the portion cat be of yellow color, there will be an iguana inside the tree. 128, Ifthe color be bright-red, there will be a frog within ; if black, a cobra; if red, » blood-sucker ; if of the color of kidney bean, there will be a stone within ; if brown, there will be erat, and if of the color of the sword, there will be water within. 124, Ho that desires proaperity shall not sleep on @ higher level than that of grain, cows, preceptor, fire, and tho Devas; nor shall he sleep under a beam, nor with his head towards the north or west, nor naked nor with wet fect. 125, After due pujato the Devas with perfumed smoke, sandal paste and various articles of food, the house shall be entered with a Jarge quantity of flowers, with fos~ toons and water pots, the Brahmins chanting vedic hymns. CHAPTER VII (54). Ow Unpee-cuRRents, 1. We shall now proceed to treat of the science of under-currents by which man may getat water and observe the duties of life and be happy. Just in the same way as there are arteries for the circulation of blood in human bodies, there are water courses running in all directions above and below within the Earth. ## Page 272 4 BRINAT SAMHITA- [ow. 7. 2. Water that fulls from the clouds ia of one color and one flavor ; after contact with the Earth, both the color and the flavor vary with those of the ground through which it flows, This will be found to be the case on actual exami- nation. “8. ‘The lords of the eight quarters of the horizon beginning from the east and going round from{Jeft to right aro Indra, Agni, Yama, Nirurithi, Varuna, Veyu, Soma and Eosana. 4. There are ight currents bearing the same names as those of the eight Dik-patis (lords) above enumerated, and there is a big current in the ceatre knowa.as Mahasira. Besides these there are hundreds of well-known minor currents bearing distinct names. 5. Thore are four currents issuing from the centre of the Earth and reaching the east, south, west and north. These are good currents, There are four other currents ranning towards the north-east, south-east, sonth-west and north-west. These produce evil. We shall now proceed to state tho several indications leading to the discovery of Under-currents, 6. At a distance of 3 cubits to the west of the ‘Votasa (2) growing on dry lands and at the depth of a man and a half, there runs a current westwards. 7. In the course of digging will be found a white frog at the depth of half a man; below it there will be yellow-earth, below it again there will be a piece of stone blocking up the current, and under it there is good water. 8 At | distance of 8 cubits to the north of the Jambu and at the depth of two men runs a current eastwards, While digging, the earth will be found to be 8 of over 100 trees aro givon in this chapter, ‘They gloseary printed at the ond of Chapter 55, ## Page 273 cn. 7] BRrnar sAMUITA 45 white and of the color of metal and there will be a frog at the depth of a man. 9. If there be an ant-hill to the east of the Jambu and near it, there runs a current to the south of the ant-hill at the depth of two men. The water will be very sweet. 10. In digging, there will bea fish at the depth of half a man ; as far below it, there will be a stone of the color of the dove ; below it again there will be black soil ; and below it there will be water which will last for years. 11. At the distance of 8 cubits to the west of the ‘Udambara and at the depth of two men and a half there runs a current of good water. In digging, there will be found a white snake at the depth of a man ; below it there will be a piece of stone black as collyrium. 12. If there be an ant hill to the north of the Arjuna tree, there will be a current at the distance of 8 cubits to the west of the hill and at the depth of 3 men and a half. 18. In digging there will be found a white iguana at the depth of half a man ; below it, at tho depth of a man, will be found loose black earth ; below it will be found soil yellow-white in color and of good odor, and below it there will be much water. . 14, Ifthe plant known as Nirgundi be seen to grow onan ant-hill, there will be a current at a distance of 3 enbits to the south of the hill and at a depth of two men anda quarter. The water will last for ever and will be sweet. 15. At intervals of tho depth of half a man there will be found a red fish, yellow earth, white soil, earth mixed with pebbles and finally water. 16. If there be an ant-bill to the east of the Badari, then, to the west of it there will be water at the depth of 3 men. In digging there will be found a white house lizard at the depth of half a man. ## Page 274 46 BRIHAT SAMBITA. fcr. 7. 17. Tf both the Palass and the Badari be secn to grow together, there will be water on the west side at a depth of three men and a quarter. In digging there will be found @ frog at the depth of a man, * 18. Ifthe Bilva and the Udumbara be seen to grow together, there will be a current at a distance of 3 cubits to the south and ata depth of 3 men. In digging there will be found a black frog at the depth of half a man. 19, If anant-hill be seen at the foot of the Kako- dumbari, there will be a current at the spot at a depthof 3 emen and a half running westward. 20. In digging, at the depth of half aman, the soil will be found yellow white ; below it there will be a stone of the color of milk ; and below it there will be found a rat of the color of the Kumuda. 21. If, on dry lands, the tree Campilla be seen to grow, there will be a current at the depth of 3 cubits to the east of the tree and the current will ran southwards. 22, In digging, at the depth of a cubit the soil will be of the color of the blue lotus, or of the dove. Below it there will be seen a fish of the smell of the goat and below it there will be a small quantity of salt water. 28. On the north-western side of the tree Sonaka, at a distance of 2 cubits and at a depth of 3 men, there rans & current known as Kumuda. 24. If.n ant-hill be seen on the southern side of the Vibhitaka and near it, there will be a current at the depth of a man and a half to the east of the ant-hills. 25. If an ant-hill be seen at the distance of a cubit to the west of the Vibhitaka, there will be @ current atthe depth of four men and a half ranning north wards. 26. In digging, there will be found a white Viswam- bhara, at the depth ofa man ; below it there will bea ## Page 275 cu. 7.) BRIHAT SAMBITA. 47 crimson colored stone. The current that ruus on the west- ern side will dry up in three years. 27. Ifan ant-hill overgrown with the Kusa grass bo seen on the north-eastern side of the Kovidara, there will be acurrent at the depth of four men and a half between the tree and the ant-hill and the water supply will be inexhaus- tible. 28, In digging, there will bea snake of the color of the inside of the lotus and at the depth of a man ; below it the soil will be red ; below it, will be found a precious stone known as Kurvinda. 29. Ifanant-hill be seon surrounding the foot of tho Suptaparna, there will be ® current to the north of the tree atthe depth of five men and the iudications are given below. 80. In digging, there will be seen a green frog at the depth of half a man ; below it the soil will be of the color of yellow orpiment ; below it there will be found a stoue of the color of the clouds, and below it there will be a current of good water running northwards. 81, Generslly, if'a frog be seen below a tree, thore will ‘be acurrent at the distance of a cubit from the tree and at the depth of four men and a half. 32. In digging there will be found a mongoose at the dopth of a man ; below it there will be black soil ; below is there will be yollow soil ; below it there will be white soil; and below it will be found a stone resembling the skin of the frog. 83. Ifasnake hole be seen to the south of the Ka- ranja, there will be a current at the distance of 2 cubits to the south of the hole and at the depth of three men anda half. 24, In digging, there will be found a tortoise at the depth of halfa man ; below it there will be a current flow- ## Page 276 48 BRIBAT SAMHITA. . [cn 7. ing eastward and another of sweet water flowing north- wards ; below it there will be a green stone and below it thero will be, water. 35. Ifasnake hole be seen to the north of the Ma- dhooka, there will de a current at the distance of 5 cubits to the west of the hole and ata depth of seven men and a half. 36. In digging, at the depth of a man there will be found acobra; below it the soil will be red-black ; below it there will be a stone of the color of horse-gram ; below it there will be a current flowing oastwards—an ever-running stream covered with foam. 37: Ifthere be a fine ant-hill overgrown with the kusa grass and the durva grass to the south of the Tilaka tree, there will be a current to the west of the hill at the depth of five men ranning eastward. 38. Ifasnake hole be found to the west of the Ka- damba, there will be a current at the distance of 3 cubits to the sonth of the hole and at a depth of five men and three- quarters of a man. 39. ‘The current runs in a northerly conrse ; the sup- ply of mineral water is inexhaustible ; in digging there will be yellow soil at the depth of a man ; below it thero will be frog of the color of gold. 40. If either the Palm or the Cocoa be surrounded by an ant-bill at its foot, there will be a current at the dis- tance of 6 cubits to the west of the tree and at s depth of four men. 41. If there bea snake hole to the south of the Kapit- tah, there will be a current at a distance of 7 cubits to the north of the hole and at a depth of five men. 42, In digging, there will be a snake of many colors at the depth of a man; below it there will be black soil ; below it there will be a stone blocking up the current ; to ## Page 277 cH. 7] DRIHAT SAMBITA. 49 the west of the stone there will be white soil and below it runs @ current northwards. 43. If tothe north of the Asmantaka there be seen either the Badari or a snake hole, then, at the distance of 6 cubits tothe south of such tree or hole, there will be a car ront at the depth of three men and a half. 44. In digging, at the depth of a man, there will be a tortoise ; at an equal depth below it there will bea stone covered with dust ; below it again, the soil will be. a mix- ture of sand and mud ; and below it there will be seen first a current flowing southwards ;and to the north of this there will be another current running eastwards. 45. If to the north of the Haridra there be eeen an ant-hill, there will be a current at tho distance of 8 cubits to the east of the hill and at a depth of five men, and three-quarters of a man. 46. - In digging, at the depth of a man, there will bo a black snake ; below it there will be a stone green as emerald ; below it there will be black soil ; below it there will be a current flowing westwards, and to the south o¢ this current there will be another curront. 47. If in the middle of an arid tract of land there be seen to grow plants or trees which generally grow in wet places, or if Verano and the Durva grass be seen to grow luxuriantly, there will be a current at the spot at the depth of a man. 48. There will also bea current at the distance of two cubits to the south of the Bharangi, Trivrita, Danti, Suka- rapaji, Lakshmana and Navamalike, and at a depth of three men. 49. Where trees aro seen to grow luxuriantly with low branches and short twigs, there will be undercurrents in the-neighbourhood ; but where trees are seen ee oles ## Page 278 50 BRIBAT SAMHITA- [cu. 7. and stiff leaves and of disogroeable appearance, there will be no water near. 50 & 51. If the trees Tilaka, Amrataka, Varuna, Bhalla- taka, Bilva, Tinduke, Ankolla, Pindara, Sirisha, Anjana, Parushake, Vanjala and Atibala, be seen to grow luxn- riently and surrounded by ant-hills, there will be a current at the distance of three cubits to the north of the trees/and at a depth of four men and a half, 52. If there should appear a spot covered with grass where there is usually no grass or a spot devoid of grass while there is grass all round, there will respectively be under such spot a ourrent or a treasure. 58, Ifa thorny tree or plant should grow without thorns, or if thorns should appear on trees or plants that are without them, there will respectively be a ourrent or a treasure at the distance of three cubits to the west of the spot and at a depth of three men and three quarters of a man. 54, Where the ground whon struck with the foot pro- duces a loud sound, there will be @ current at the spot flowing northwards at a depth of three men and a half. 55. Ifa branoh of a tree should wither be low or white, there will be ourrent directly under it at the depth of three men. 56. If the fruits or flow ers of a tree should be of extraordinary growth or luxuriance, there would be a current at the distance of three cubits to the east of the tree and ata dopth of four men, Under the current there are stones and yellow soil. 67, Ifthe Kentakarike should be seen to grow with- out thorns or with white blossoms, there will be a current at the spot at a depth of three men and a half. 58. If the Kbarjuri shoald be seen to grow with only ## Page 279 cu. 7.) BRIGAT SAMBITA. 61 two branches in the middle of an arid tract, there will Le a current to the west of the tree at a depth of three men. 59. If the Karnikara or Pslasa be seen with white blossoms, there will be a current ata distance of two cubits to the north of the treo and at a depth of three men. 60. Where there is heat or smoke, there will be a current at the spot at a depth of two men. The current will be one of great dimensions carrying a large body of water. 61. Where the crops are found to die ont or appear over-laxuriant or very white, there will bea large current at the epot at the depth of two men. 62. We sball now proceed to describe the under- currents in arid tracts of land. The currents are generally of the shape of the ass’s neok. 63. Ifan ant-hill be seen to the north-east of the Peelu tree, there will be a current to the west of such ant- hill ranning northwards at a depth of five men. 64, In digging, the soil will bo found to be of the color of a mixture of groen and yellow at the depth of a man ; then at equal depths there will be, ono below the other, green earth, thena stone, and then water. 65. Ifan ant-hill be soen to the east of the Peclu tree, there will be a current at the distance of four anda half cubits to the south of it and at a depth of seven mon. 66. In digging, at the depth of a man, there will be a snake spotted black and white and of the length of a enbit ; to the south of it there will be a large current of alt water. 67. Ifa snake hole be seen to the north of the Kareera then to the south of it there will be a current of swoet water ata depth of ten mon; in digging there will be seen an yellow frog at the depth of a man. 68. Ifa snake hole be seen to the west ofthe Robitaka ## Page 280 2 BRIBAT saxuiTA. {om 7. es there will be a current at a distance of three cubits to the south of the hole and at a depth of twelve men running westwards, 69. If an ant-hill be seen to the east of tho Indrataru, there will be a current at the distonce of a cubit to thé west of the hilland at a depth of fourteen men ; in digging there will be seen an iguana of brown color at tho depth of a man. 70. Ifasnake hole be seen to thenorth of the Suvar- na tree, there will be a current at the distance of two cubits to the south of the hole and at a depth of fifteen men. 71. ‘The water in the above spot will be ealtish ; in digging, there will be a mongoose at the depth of half a mun ; below it there will be a copper colored stone ; below it there will be red soil, and below it there will be water rupning southwards. 72, If the Badari and the Rohita be seen to grow to- gether, though there may be no ant-hill in the neighbour- hood, there will be @ current at the distance of three cubits to tho west of the trees and at a depth of sixteen men. 78. In digging, there will be seen a scorpion at the depth of a man; below it there will be white soil ; below it there will bea stone resembling a ball of flour, and below it runs a current of sweet water flowing southwards ; to the north of this current there will be another current. 74. Ifthe Badari and the Kareera be scon to grow to- gether, there will boa large current at a distance of three enbits to the wost of the trees and at a depth of eighteen men flowing in a north-easterly direction. 75. If the Poelu and the Badari he seen to grow to- gether, there will be a current containing an abundant supply of salt water at a distance of three cubits to the enst of the trees and at a depth of twenty men, ## Page 281 cH. 7.) BRIHAT SAMIITA- 53 76. Ifthe Kakubha be seen to grow with either the ‘bamboo or the Bilva, there will be a current at the distance of two cubits to tho west of the trees and at a depth of twenty-five men. 77. If either the Dhurva or the Kusa grass be seen to grow white on ant-hills, a well may bo sunk at tho spot and the current rans at the depth of twenty-one men. 78. Where the Kadamba is seen to grow or ant-hills are found overgrown with Dhurva grass, there will be a current at the distance of three cubits to the west of such tree or hills and at a depth of twenty-five men. 79. If the Rohitaka tree be seen to grow in the middle of three ant-hills with three other trees, there will be an undercurrent at the spot. 80. In digging, there will be’ stone at a distance of four eubits and sixteon inches to the north of the central spot and at a depth of forty mon. 81. If the Sami is found covered with knots and an ant-hill be seen to the north of it, there will be a current at the distance of five cubits to the west. of the hilland at a depth of fifty men. 82. If of several ant-hills in a spot, the central one be white, there will be a current at the spot at the depth of fifty-five men, 83. If the Palasa tree be seen to grow with the Sami trees, there will be a current to the west of the trees at the depth of sixty men. In digging, there will be soon asuake at tho depth of half a man and below it there will be yellow soil mixed with sand. 64. Ifthe white Rohitaka tree be seen surrounded by aut-hills, there will be a current at the distance of a cubit to tho west of the tree and, at the depth of seveuty men. 85. I€ the Sami be seen white and full of thorns, there ## Page 282 54 BRIHAT SAMBITA, (cu, 7. will be a current to the south of the tree at-a depth of seventy-five men: In digging there will be found a snake at the depth of half @ man. 86. Tt would be wrong to proceed to judge of under- currents in dry but fortile lands from the several indications given forarid lands. As regards the Jambu und the Vetasa, the depths of undercurrents given for these trees shall be doubled if the trees are soen to grow in arid lands. 87 & 88. If the trees Jambu, Trivrita, Murva, Sisamari, Sariba, Sive, Syama, Veerudhi, Varabi, Jyotishmati, Garuda~ vega, Sukerika, Mashaparne, Vyaghrapada are seen to grow by tho side of snake holes, there will be an undercurrent to the north of the holes at the distance of three cubits and at a depth of three men and a half. 8. The above apply to purely wet lands. Bat if the trees are seen to grow in dry but fertile lands, the depth of undercurrents will be five men and in arid lands the depth will be seven men. 90, In the case of lands in which neither trees nor plants are seen to grow, in which no ant-hills are found to grow, and which present a smooth and even appearance, there will be undercurrents in those spots where the appear- anoo of the soil is of an unusual nature. 91. For instance, if the spot appears wet or hollow or sandy, or if it,be found to resound to the tread of foot, there will be a current at the depth of four and a half or five men. 92. There are undercurrents containing an abundent supply of water to the south of trees of Inxuriant growth and at the depth of four men. In places full of trees, if the ground should present any unusual appearance, the existence of the current may be determined as stated above. 93. In dry but fertile lands as well as in wet lands, if the ground be found to sink under tho foot, there will bea ## Page 283 cH. 7.) BRIHAT SAMHITA, 55 current at the depth of a man and a half ; and if while there are no houses in the neighbourhood, worms are seen in largo quantities, there will be an undercurrent at the spot. 94. If the ground be felt both hot and cold, there will be hot aud cold currents at the spot at a depth of three men anda half; and ifa rainbow, a fish or an ant-hill be seen at the spot, there will be a current at the distance of four cubits from them andata depth of three men and a half. 95. If,of nmober of ant-hills about a spot, one be seen above the rest, there will be current under it, and there will also be currents in places where crops do not grow. 96. If the Banyan, the Palasa and the Udumbara trees be seen to grow together, there will be a current under them. If the Banyan and the Pippala trees be seen to grow together, there will be a current tothe north of the trees. 97. Ifa well be situated to the south-east of a vil- Jege or a town, there will be much suffering from various fears and from thirst. 98. If the woll be situated in the south-western quar- ter, children will perish. If in the north-west, women will suffer. Wells situated in the north-east will conduce to prosperity. 99. I have thus stated in the Arya metre the views of the Sage Saraswata on the subject of Undereurrents. shall now proceed to state the views of Manu on the same subject. 100. Wherever trees, shrubs and creepers are seen to grow luxuriantly, with glossy and uninjured leaves, there are undercurrents; and thero are also undercnrrents in places where the Padma, Kshara, Usirs, Kula, Gundra, Kase, Kuss, and Nalika are seon to grow. 101 & 102, ‘There are undercurrents in places where the Khaxjura, Jamba, Arjuna and the Vetasa treos are sen ## Page 284 56 BRIHAT SAMHITA, (cu. 7. to grow, or where there grow milky trees, shrubs and creep- ers, or where the Chatra, Ibha, Naga, Sutapatra, Neepa, Sindavara and Naktamala trees are seen to grow. Again, whore the tree Vibhitaka or Madayantike is seon to grow, there will be a current at the spot at a depth of three men. If rocks are found ono over the other, there will be under- currents at a depth of three men at their foot, 103. Where the earth is found overgrown with the Munji grass, with reeds and with the Kusa grass, the soil black and mixed with pebbles, as well as in places where the soil is black or red, there will be undercurrents containing a large supply of sweet water. 104. If the soil be red and mixed with pebbles, the water will be astringent in its flavor; if it be brown, the water will be saline ; if white, it will be seltish ; and if black it will be sweet. 105. Wherever tho trees Saka, Aswakarna, Arjuna, Bilva, Sarja, Sreeparni, Arishta, Dhava, and Simsspa are found to grow, or where the leaves of troes, bushes and ereep- ers are found perforated with holes, or where such trees, bushes and creepers put on a forbidding appearance, there will be no water in the neighbourhood. 103. Ifthe ground be seen of the color of the sun, fire, ashes, camel or ase, there will be no water in the loca- lity. But if the bamba be seen to shoot ont, of a red color, or if tho soil be found red, there will be undercurrents lying immediately under stones. 107. Where there are found stones of the color of ‘Vydurya, kidney-bean or of the clouds or of the color of the fruit of the fig tree when about to ripen, or of the color of tho bee or collyriam or of brown color, there will be water in tho neighbourhood. 108. If the stone be of the color of the pigeon, of ## Page 285 on. 7.) BRIHAT SAMIITA- BT honéy, of ghee, or of white silk, cr of the color’ of the Soma plant, there will be an abundant supply of water in tho neighbourhood. 109, But ifthe stone be redor with spots of varions colors, or of the color of the white ashes or,the camel, the ase or the bee, or of the color of the Angushtike fower‘or of the color of the sun or fire, there will be no water in the neighbourhood. 110. Where stones are found of the color of the moon- Tight or crystal or pearl or gold, orlof the color of vermil- Tion or collyrium, or of the oolor of the rising sun, or of the color of haritala, that is, sulpburet of arsenic, there would be prosperity. ‘Thus have we stuted tho views of Manu on the subject of Underourrents. 111. Stones which cannot be broken and which con- ance to prosperity, are dwelt in by the Yaksbus and the Na- gas at all tines. Countries in which such stones are found will nevér suffer from drought, 112. J£ stones that cannot be broken be heated in the fire fed by the dry leaves end the wood of the Tinduka treo und then drenghed in lime water, they cau be easily broken j 118. Ormix the ashes of the Moksheka with water heat the mixture, add to it the juice of reeds («rexc) and drench the stones seven times with the preparation, then heut the stone it will become brittle ; . 114. Or mix together butter-milk, boiled rice water and arrack, and throw jnto the mixture a quantity of horse- gram aud the fruit of the Badari, keep the mixture for seven days and then drench the stone with it aud heat it, it will hecome brittle. 115. Soak in the urine of the cow the leaves of the 8 ## Page 286 58 BRIHAT SAMHITA, [cn. 7. margosa as well as tho sesomum plant, aod the plants Apamarga, Tinduka and Quduchi and obtain a decoction. After drenching the stone with itsix times_heat the_stones, it will become brittle, 116. Forma mixture of the juice of the plant Calotro- pis gigantea, the black powder of the burnt horn of the rem, the excrement of the turtle dove and of the rat, rab this over the stone outter’s chistle, stir it in oil and then temper the instrament. Jt will neither break nor become blunt when worked in stone 5 117. Or mix together the juice of the plantain or butter milk. Allow the mixture to remain so for a day and then temper in itany cutting instrament which shall afters wards be rubbed against the wet stone. The instrument will never break when worked in stone or metals, 118. There will be an abundant supply of water under the bank at the foot of a mountain, ifthe bank runs from east to west and not if it runs from north to south. Where there may be streams running along the bank,the bank breaks generally when the waves strike aginst it. In the absence of such streams water shall be collected by the side of the bank by means of dykes constructed of stones or wood. The water shall then be stirred up by horses, ele+ phants and other animals, the waves dashing against the bank will break it. . 119. Along the margin of a pond or other piece of water shall be grown the Kakubha, the Banyan, the Mango, the Platcha, the Kadamba, the Nichola, the Jambu, the Votasa, the Neopa, the Kuravaka, the Tala, the Asoka, the Madbuka, and the Vakula, 120. In the case of tanks a sluice or an outlet for water shall be erected of stones in one spot. It should be capable of being closed by means of thick beam shutters or ## Page 287 on. 8.) BRIHAT SAMHITA. 59 planks thrast between stones, and when closed the other side shall be covered with earth to prevent the escape of water. 181. Tho fragrant plants of Anjana, Musta and Useera together with the powder of Rajakosataka and Amalaka and with the fruit of the Kataka, shall be thrown into wells. 122. If the well water be muddy, bitter, brackish, without flavor or of bad smell, it will become clear, sweet, fragrant and possessed of other good properties. 128. The work of sinking wells shall be commenced when the Moon passes through one of the asterisms of Mogha, Anuradha, Pushya, Dhamishta, U. Phalguni, U. Ashadha, U. Proshtapada, Rohini and Sataya. 124, Poja shall be performed to God Varuna, and a pike of the Banyan or Vetasa shall be driven into the ground at the spot directly over the current after due puja to it with flowers, sandal paste and perfumed smoke. 125. I have already treated of the subject of rains, adopting the views of Baladeva, and now by the grace of the Munis, I have well treated of the subject of Under- currents. CHAPTER VIII, (65). Ow GarpENina. 1, The sides of rivers and lakes and other water banks will not be pleasant and agreeable if devoid of shady trees. It is therefore necossary to form gardens on the banks of waters. 2. Soft soil is congenial to the growth of all trees. Such a soil should be selected for the garden, and the Sesa- mum plant should first be grown in it, As soon as the plant ## Page 288 6 BRIGAT SAMEITA, cx. 8. begins to bear blossoms, it must be cut and'removed from the spot. 8. The trees Arishta(a), Asoka, Pannaga and Sirisha shall be grown either in gardens or in houses by their seeds and they will conduce to prosperity. 4&5. Tho trees Pannsa, Asoke, Plantain, Jambu, Lnkucha, Dadima, Draksha, Palivata, Bejxpura and Atimuk- taka shall be grown by planting either their roots after clipping them or their branches, smearing cow-dung over the parts cut. 6. Trees that grow without branches shall be growa inthe Sisira season, and in the Homanta shall be grown troes that grow with branches ; in the winter season shall be grown trees possessing good trunk. ‘I'he trees may bo planted in avy quarter of the gurden. 7. The growing of trees by smearing over them from the root to the branches a mixtare of ghee, of Usira, of Sesamum seeds, of honey, of Vidanga, of milk and of cow- dung, is known as Sankramana growth. 8. The person planting the treo shall do so after bathing and after washing it with water and adorning it with sandal. ‘The trees will then bear the leaves of their parevt trees, 9. In the dry season the troos shall be watered both in the morning and evening ; in the cold season they shall bo watered at mid-day, and in the rainy season whenever the ground is found dry. 10 & 11. The Jambu, tho Vetasa, the Vaneera, tho Kadamba, the Udumbara, the Arjaua, the Beejapuraka, the Mridvika, the LakucHa, the Dadina, the Vanjala, the Nakta- (a). Arishte, &c, For an explauation, vide glossary at the end of this euaplee, pI vide glossary at a. ## Page 289 om 8] BRINAT SAMUITA- 61 mala, the Tilka, the Paunsa, the Timira und the Amratake shall be grown on wet soil. 12. Au interval of twonty cubits betwoen trees is the best; ono of sixteen is passable; and one, of twelve is injurious. 18, The trees that are planted very near each other get their branches interwoven as well as their roots and such trees get choked and do rot grow well 14. Cold winds and hot sun produce diseases in trees, and the trees turn white and do not put forth new lesives ; the branches become dry and the juice oozes out: 15. Tocure the tree of these diseases, first scrape off or otherwise remove the parts dead from the tree with a knife ; rub over the parts a mixtnre of Vidanga, ghee aud mire and pour at the roots water mixed with milk. 16. Ifthe fraits are seen to die out, then heat a mix- ture of horse gram, black gram and Mudga (kidney bean), sesamum seeds and barley ; after the mixture has fully cooled pour it nt the roots. Then the trees will yield an increase of flowers and finits. 17 & 18. Get]two adhakas (a) of the excrement of the goat and the ram, an adhaka of Sesamum seed, half an adbaka of saktu(5), an adhaka of water and a tula (c) of{cow’s flesh. Form a mixture of these, keep it untouched for seven days, and if at the end of the time spreading creepers, plants and trees be watered with the mixture, flowers aud fruits will grow in abundance. 19 & 20. Keep the seeds soaked in milk for ten days ; then rubbing ghee over the hauds the seed shall be taken up in the hands and passed from hand to hand till it is (a), Adhaka is (wo Madras measures. (@). Sakta, the flour of barley or rice fried and groun (¢). Tula. One hundred patas. ## Page 290 62 BRIHAT SAMHITA- {cu. 7. covered with ghee. It shall then be rubbed over several times with cow-dung and exposed to the smoke of the flesh of the hog and the deer. It shall then be mixed with the serum or marrow (of the flesh) of the fish and the pig, and when dry it shall be sown in a well prepared soil and watered with a mixture of milk and water. When it grows, it will grow with flowers. 21, Mix together the flour of rice, of black gram and of Sesamum seeds with the flour of barley (fried before ground) with the dead or decayed flesh, and with a small quantity of water ; soak the seed of the tamarind in the mixture and expose it to the smoke of the rvot of the turmeric. The seed when sown will grow as a creeper. 22 & 23. Put into the milk of the cow the roots of Asphota, Dhatri, Dhaa, Vasika, Palasini, Vetasa, Sury- avalli, Syama and Atimukta and heat the milk on fire; after it has cooled, put into it the seed of the Kapittha and allow it to soak for 100 ghatikas (a) and dry the seed in the sun for 30 days. If the seed be then sown in the soil it will grow asa creeper. 24,25&26. Digapitin the ground a cubit square and two cubits deep, and fill it with water prepared with a mixture ofthe flesh of the fish. Allow the pit to dry up completely; dry it further by means of fire; rub the sides and bottom witha mixture of honey, ghee and ashes, fill the pit now with the flour of black gram, of Sesumum seeds and of barley mixed with earth; pour over the pit water pre- pared with tho flesh of the fish and pound the mixture well till it becomes hard. Sow any seed at a depth of four inches and water it with the water of the fish. The seed will grow as a fine creeper with tender leaves over terraces and the roof of houses in a most wonderful manner. (a). A gbatike is 24 minutes, . ## Page 291 cH, 8.) BRIBAT SAMHITA, 63 27& 28. Soak any seed one hundred times either in the Kalka (decoction) or in the oil of Ankola, or in the fruit of the Sleshmataka. The moment the seed is put into the ground it grows with branches laden with fruits. What ‘wonder ! 29 & 80. Soak any seed in the fruit of the Sleshmataka after removing its seeds, and then soak it in the water y8un of tho ripe fruit of Ankola and dry it in shade ; repeat the operation seven times ; rub the seed over with the dung of the buffalo, and keep it buried in the same dung for some time ; then sow it in the soil drenched with the waters of the cocoanut, ‘The seed will grow and bear fruits in a day. 81. When tho Moon posses through any of the fixed;a) asterisms or the soft()) asterisme, or through the asterisms of Moola, Visakba, Pushya, Sravana, Asvini and Hasta, trees shall be planted or seeds sown according to the views of Sages possessed of the inner eye of knowledge. Notes—The following have been extracted from a work known as Brihat Sarngadhara. 1, Mix with earth a variety of fragrant flowers ; uso the mixture as manure to a tree of scentless flowers ; pour at tho roots the juice of Dhnva and Khadira ; smear over tho tree sandal paste, and expose the tree to the smoke of ghee ; its scentless flowors will become fagrant. 2. Use as manure to the roots of the cotton the leaves of burley, Sesamom ond of turmeric, and pour at the roots water prepared with a mixture of these leaves. ‘I'he plant will yield cotton throughout the year bright and red as fire. 3. Mix with water the juicoof the sugarcane andthe root is are Rehini, U. Pkalguui, U, Ashadu ard U. Proshtapada, a) mth soft asterisms are Mrigasirsbo, Chitra, Anuradba and Revati: ## Page 292 64 BRIHAT SAMHITA- [cx. 8. of the Vidari ; heat the mixture aud rub it over the roats of any flowering tree, and pour at the roots the jnice of the sugarcane. ‘The (rees will yield flowers at unusual seasons. 4. Muke cxkos ofa mixture of Madhuyashti, sugar, koshta ond Madhupushps, and cover withthe cakes the roots of fruit trees and throw earth over the parts. The fruits will grow without bones. 5. Kill a gont and immediately tie its shoulder skin over the branches of frait trees. ‘The fruits will over remain unripe. 6. Pound inastone mortar the bone of the monkey mixed with the juice of the elephant in rut; rub the pre- paration over the roots of fruit trees, The fruits will re~ main unripe for a years 7. Tie over the branches of frait trees the skin of an animal and grass; rub over the branches a mixture of Vi- danga, honey and milk; pour at the roots a mixture of milk and water. The ripe fruits will stick to the tree fur a very long time, 8. Mix with milk the serum or marrow (of flesh) of the fish and the hog as wellas the flesh of the two creatures. Soak any seed in the mixture ; dry it and expose it to tho smoke of ghee. The seed when sown will grow in an un- ysual and wonderful manner. 9. Ifthe seed of the pomegranate be sonked in the blood of the cook 21 times driod and each time, it will, the moment it is put into the ground, grow and bear fruits in a most wonderful manner. 10. Thrast into the root of the Kumuda (the esculent white water lily). variety of colors, soak the root in urine, rub over it ghee and honey, and then sow it in the soil, it ## Page 293 cH 8.] BRIHAT SAMHITA- 65 will grow nnd bear flowers of the several colors originally put into the root. 11. Mix together the buffalo’s dang and urine, mb the mixture over the seed of the fruit of the Kumnda for seven days drying tho seed each time. If the seed be then sown ioto the ground, it will grow as a Karavira plant. 12. Soak the seed of the pampkin or of the brinjal, or ofthe serpent cucumber and the like in the serum or marrow (of flesh) of the fish or hog and dry the seed. If the seed be then sown in good soil and waterod it will bear fruits of very large size and without bones, 18. Soak the seed of the Castor oil plant in the blood and serum (of flesh) of the hog and dry it ; soak it again in the oil of the Aukola and dry it. If the seed be now sown in the soil, it will grow and bear the fruits of Karavalli. 14. Use as manure to the root of the plantain the excrement of the ass and the horse ; burn dry twigs over the root; the plantain will then yield fruits as big as the trank of the elephant, and the fruits will appear as if to tear out the tree. 15. If the root of the plantain be drenched with the blood or serum (of flesh,) uf the bog or with the decoction of the fruit of the Ankola, it will bear pomegranate fruits. 16. If the Rambha (plantain) be watered with a li- quid mixture consisting of the flesh, serum and blood of man and the powdered tooth of the elephant and water, the tree will yield mango fruits. 17, Mix togother the shining decoction of the fruits of Ankola, human flesh, the milk of the goat and oil cakes. Use the mixture as manure to the seed of the mango pub ‘into the soil. ‘Tho seed will grow out as a spreading creep- er like the vine aiud will bear fruits ab ull times, 9 ## Page 294 65 BRIHAT SAMBITA. [ca 8 18. Forma mixture of Krimiripu, of barley, of Ma- Ahoyashti and of jaggery ; rub it over any treo yielding bitter frait, after slightly grazing out the berk with a knife, pour at the root a mixture of [milk and water; the tree will thenceforth yield sweet fruits. 19. Soak any seed many times in human flosh ‘and in the oil of the Ankola, drying the seed each time. Take a quantity of earth in the hand, bury the seed in it and pour water over it; the seed will grow that instant. 20. Diga pit, burn in it the bones and the dung of the cow and the hog ; remove the ashes; fill the pit with earth. Plant in it the root of the Moolaka, the root will grow to the size of the pit. Glossary of Botanical terme occurring in the last two Chapters, arranged alphabetically. A. Amolaka—The fruit of the Emblic myrobalan. QedeDqperof, Amra—The Mango. won ‘Amrataka—Hog-plam. Spondias mangifera, «n!Ouor. Tel Adivio mamadie, Amatam ; Beng. Amna. ‘Anjana—probably Kulanjana—a small shrub used as a pur- gative. ‘Ankola—Alanginm hexapetalum. syfe5e0, Tel. Wéodooga s Hind. Akola. The roots are aromatic; the fruit is edi- ble. Apamarga—Name of a plant. Achyranthes aspera employs ed often in incantations, ia medicine, in washing linen and in sacrifices. rajqye9. ## Page 295 on, 8] BRIHAT SAMBITA. a Arishta—The soap berry tree; Sapindus detergens; Aza- dirachta Indica. Cacuwsd or yous. Arjuna—The tree Terminalia Arjuna, ogsioris, Arka—Name of the plant Calotropis gigantea. «@é@- Asmantaka—Name of a plant from the fibres of which a Brobmin’s girdle may be made ; probably Indian hemp wand, Asoka—Nawme of the tree Jonesia Asoka. Census. Aspota—Calatropis gigantea. ogee. Aswakarna—The tree Vatiea robusta. wamorQuerhlp géer . rb, Atibala—Name cf a medicinal!’ plant, Sidonia cordifolia and Rhombifolia’or Annona squarmosa. Custard apple. Atimokta—Name of a tree Dalbergia Ongeinensis. Gwe =é2. B, Badari—The Jujube tree, Zyzyphus jujabs. Qeses. Tol. Reygoo ; Beng Kool. Flowers greenish, yellow and fruit eatable. It is sweet and mealy. Beejapura—A variety of citron. Gidw1-ip.wr ger. Bhallata—Markingnut plant. @ed@sn_eou Bharngi—QsewOunse@. Bilva—Zigle marmelos, the Bell tree or the Wood-apple. Its leaves are employed in the ceremonial of the worship of Siva. Séanosid. Tel. Maredoo; Beng. Bell: a Chatra—Name of a kind of grass. Name of a plant, Ani- thom sowa. «qx. Tel. Sompa. D. Dadima—Pomegranate. .ongs%r. Danti—The plant Croton polyandrum ersg@. Tel, Konda. ## Page 296 6& BRIGAT SAMBITAc [ca. 8. Amadum ; Beng. Duntee ; Hind. Hakoose. The seeds, are used a purgative. Dhatri—Emblica officinalis. Qesiedion>. Dbava—The plant Grislea tomentosa. Tel. Sirinjie ; Beng. Dhaee-phool. Cacr@arss 7 Draksha—Vine. Oar epi BA. G. Garadavega—Namo of a plant. Guduchi—The shrub Cuccalus cordifulius. @é@4Osmp. Tel. ‘Tippatingny ; Beng. Guluncha. This is a twining shrub. Gundra—A kind of grass, Succharum Sara, pon-rued grass. Carernaéay9. Bong. Shur or Saro, H. Huridra—Turmeric. ugeer. I Ibha—Probably Ibhakesara,- The tree Mesua Roxburghii or Ibhakaua- The plant Scindapsus officinalis, S025 68. Indratara—The tree Pinus Devatarn. Oaiijeféeneunb. J. Jambu—Syzygium Jambol Janum. era. Tel. Nareddoo ; Hind. Jamoon. The fruit is eatable. Flowers small, white. Jyotishmati—Heart pea. Cardispermum helicacabum. a BIEKRA. Eps ieer. K, Kadamba—The treo Nuuclea Kadamba: Flowers small, organe colored and fragrant. Qardrdrésc i. ‘Vel. Ra- drakshakamba ; Beng. Kudam ; Hind. Cuddum. Kakodumbarika—Opposite Iéaved fig tree. Ficus oppositi- folia. Guys 8. Kakubhi—The tree Terminalia Arjuna, Qeiiyofiéeeiosin ## Page 297 on. 8.J BRIHAT SAMBITA. 69 Kampillsa—Crioum amaryllaces, Povsbys or Sasqrd@e Kantakarika—Solanum Jacquini, sewosg@A. Tel. Vane » kul; Hind. Kootaya. Kapittha—The Elephant or Wood apple. Feronia elephantum, Sornond. Tel. Velaga ; Hind. Khoet. The fruit is eaten. Karanja—Pongamia glabra. 1ys.0915. Tel. Kanooyoo ; Hind. Kurang ; Beng. Kuranjee. Leaves unequally pinnated. Karavalli—Momordiea charantia. ursaei). Beng. Karula. Koravira—The plant Assafootida. Kurira—A cluster of shooting bamboos. goa@iGur sg. Kurnikara—Tho tree Prerospermum acerifolium. Also -Cussia fistula, Qsnag Kasa—A species of grass. Succharam spontaneum. srawd. Beng. Kash ; Hind. Kugura ; Tel. Relluogaddy. Kutake—Tho clearing nut plant. Strychnos potatorum. CsisraQen eo. Khadira—The tree Acacia catechu. Having very hard wood. ‘Tamil. Wothalay ; Tel. Podeelmaun ; Bong. Kbuera. Kharjari—The Wild Datura tree. Cuféewni>. Kovidara—Bauhinia variegata, wfvus@- Hind. Sona The buds are eaten as vegetables. Krimiripu—An anthelmintic plant, Vidanga, a shrub used in medicine as a vermifoge. Kshura—Tribulus Lanuginosus. #/ié@. Tel. Palleroo ; Beng. Gokhoor. Kuln—Name of several plants ; a kind of ebony. Disopyros tomentosa. Hind. Tumal. Kuranka—A crimson speoies of Amaranth. Kusa—Sacred grass used at certain religious coremonier, Poa Synostiroides, A grass with long stalks and nume- rous pointed leaves. L ## Page 298 Yo BRIHAT SAMHITA, - Tou. 8 Lakshomana—Name of various plants, Oshadi, Prinsiparni be. Likucha—A kind of bread fruit tree. Arthocarpus Lacucha sLre0, M Madayantika—Arabian jasmine. Madhuka—Bassia longifolia or latifolia. @geu. Tel. Ippa; Hind. Mobe. Its oil is used by the poorer classes. Madhupushpa—Mahwuh treo. Bassia latifolia. «m8 @grd eu: Tel. Ipie ; Beng- Mahwah or Muhova. Madhuyashti—Sugareone. Mashaparna—A and of leguminous shrub. Glycine debilis; Mokshaka—A species of tree. sm OingsAFOrm.. Mounjaka—A blade of Munja grass, Saccharum munja. D5 Ain, Mridvika—A vine, a bunch of grapes, @erterond, Mulaka—An escnlont root ; a radish. qperri@, Morva—Sanseviera Roxburghiana. Qu@isgaeou. A sort of creeper from the fibres of which bow strings and the girdle of the Kshatriyas are made. Musta—A species of grass. Cyperus rotundus. Fer. Gs@p Cugigréséere. N. Naga—Rottlera tinctoris, Tel. Vasuntagunda; Hind. Camul- adoQury., Naktamala—The tree Pongamia glabra or Dalbergia arbo- rea. yesungd, Nula—A kind of fragrant substance ; a perfame; red arse- nio. Navamalika—Arabian Jasmine. Jasminum sambal. Sgem ## Page 299 cH. 8.) BRIHAT SAMHITA. a or Qanipc0629. Tel. Boondoo Mall; Beng. * Butmoo grah. Noepa—The treo Nauclea cadamba. sui. Tel. Rudrak- sbakamba, Nichola—he tree Barringtonin acutangula. @iéaewby, Nimba— Azadirachta Indica. Gary, Nirgundi—Vitex negundo, Qasr@sré®, Tel. Wagala ; Hind, Nisinda. Nyagradha—The Indian fig tree. Ficus Indica, gexond, 0. Oosira—The fragrant root of the plant Andropogon inurica- tas. SermdéeisCarr, Pp Padma—A species af fragrant plant, sriceor. Tel. Yorratar maray. Palasa—The tree Butea frondosa. 12%. Tel. Moduga ; Hind. Palas; Eng. Bastard teak. Blossoms rich, scarlet color, Palasini—A species of climbing plant. mf rdgueud, Palivata—Name of a tree. Panasa—Tho jack tree. Artocarpus integrifolia. veo. Parushaka—Xylocarpas granatnm. Beng. Parusha, Peelu—Salvadora Persica, Tel, Ghoonia Pindara—A species of tree. Flacourtia sapida. Tamil, Sot tacla ; Tel. Conrew. Plaksha—The holy fig tree. Vicus religiosa. seiQoweftonib, Punnaga—Rottleria tinctoria, from the blossoms of which a yellowish dye is prepared. R. Rajakosntaka—A kind of fruit. Rambha—A plantain, Musa sapientum, 8. Baka— Pot herb. Sirisha tree, ## Page 300 72. BRIHAT SAMHITA, [cu. 8 Somi—Acacia suma, possessing a very tough and hard wood su: posed to contain fire. avsiefions, Saptaparna—The tree Alstonia or Echites scholaris. 50 fect. Flowors greenish white. Planks used as schoul boards. oyf%uu0%, Beng. Chatim, Sariba—sore@mA@art. Sarsnparilla. Surja—The sal tree. Shorea robusta. géenond, Sntapatra—Lotus. Nelumbiam speciosum. snceos, imsapa—The tree Dalbergia Sisu. »@ersiond. Sindavara—The small tree or shrub Negundo. QacrOereA. Sirisha—Sirissa tree. Acncia speciosa. Flowers small, white and fragrant, eres, ‘lel. Dirisana ; Beng. Sirissa, Sicumari—The plant Nauclea cordifolia, ugseéirsu isu ? Siva—The Sami tree. Yellow Myrobolan. @@scve9. Somalata—The moon plant. Sarcostema viminalis. Sonaka—Bignonia or Calosanthes Indica. A handsome looking treo. The timber is soft and spongy. Young leaves are used in the treatment of ulcers. e@@swosid. Tel. Pampena ; Hind. Shyona. Sreeparni—A lotus or the tree Premna spinosa. The wood of which produces firezby attrition. @sqqyeenp. Tel. Tugoomooda. Sukarapndee—Sukura is a sort of moss. Lycopodium imbri- cextum. Sukarikn—A sort of moss. Do. Buriavulli—Cleome pentaphyllus, which, according to Jaf- frey, is Gynandropsis. Cater @enp, ie tree Cussia fistula. The thorn apple. ens@s S)ama—Ichuocarpus frutescens, used as a substitute for Sarsaparilla. «g@ Gages. T. Tala—The palmyra or fan palm. Borassus flabelliformiss ## Page 301 cH. 8.] BRIHAT SAMHITA. 73 uae, Tel. Tady ; Hind. Talgachh. Liquor called toddy is extracted from the tree. ‘Tila‘a—The red wood tree. Adenanthera Pavonina. ger né0ey. or gird Ger Pech. Tel. Bandigooroo vindza ; Hind. Koochundana. Timira—A sort of aquatic plant. ‘Tinduka—Dyospyros embryopteris or Dyospyros glutinosa. Trivrita—A creeping medicinal plant; a substitute for jalep. Gages. v. Udumbara—Fious racemosa. 8000. Tol. Maydi ; Hind. Goolor. Red wooded fig tree or country fig tree. The fruit is edible. Usira—The fragrant root of the plant Andropogon murica- tus. GarigGe#. Tol. Cassavoo ; Beng. Khuskus. v. ‘Vakula—A kind of tree. Mimusop elengi. @,p.00, ‘Vanira—A sort of cane or ratang. Calamus rotang. ag. ‘Vanjula—Jonesia Asoka. 2enawst> or Pahewstb. Varahi—A particular kind of bulbous plant said to bean esculent root or yam. udrehQurésser. Varona—Evasia longifolia. Qecp.elders. Vasika—Adhatoda vasika. gir@sranc. ‘Vata—The banyan or Indian fig treo. Ficus Indica. geri. Veerana—A fragrant grass. Cuscns grass. Qeréme. Tel. Cooroovayroo or Kussavoo ; Beng. Kbuskas; Hind. Useer. The root is fragrant. ‘Vetasa—Calamus rotang. Rattan cane, ag@. Tel. Bettam ; Hind, Beta. Sometimes the growth is to the length of 500 or G00 feet. Vibhitaka—The treo Terminalia Belerica. srefiéentuo i>, Tel. Taondoe or Tady ; Beng. Buhure. Length 100 feet. A medicinal tree. 10 ## Page 302 7” BRIHAT SAMHITA. [ox. 9. Vidanga—Exycibe paniculata, A medicinal substance consi- dored of great officacy as a vermifoge. aajardaib. Vidari—The plant Hedysaram gangeticum. The climbing plant Ipomeea paniculata. Virudhi—A spreading creeper. ‘Vyoghrapada—The plant Flacourtia sapida. sflgpgses.

CHAPTER 1X. (56.) ON tax BumLpinG oF TEMPLES. 1. After procuring an abundant supply of water, and forming gardens round it, there shall be erected on the spot temples for Devas for the increase of on¢’s fame and virtue. 2. The person who desires to go to worlds to which go persons who perform sacrificial fire ceremonies and dig water tanks, shall erect temples for the Devas. He prospers both in this world and in the world above. 8- Places where there are waters and gardens, whe- ther natural or artificial, are dwelt by the Devas. 4. The Devas are ever at play in tanke made shady by the leaves of the lotus and white by the waterlilies moved to and fro by the wings of the swan; 5. In tanks rendered agrecable by the music of the swan, the duck, the carlew and the ruddy-goose and by the water animals, resting in the shade of the hijjal growing on the banks ; 6. In places where there are rivers adorned by lines of curlew birds serving as a girdle with beads, full of the sweet music of the teal with the watery sheet for robes and with the ilisha fish for belts ; 7. In places where there are rivers with blossomed trees on their banks for their hoad ornaments, with the junction of the streams as their loius, the sandbanks as ## Page 303 cH. 9.] BRIHAT SAMBITA. 75 their breasts and with the sounding swans as their ankle deads 5 . 8. And in gardens, streams, hills, places through which pass mountain currents and in the canals of flower gardens. 9. Places which have been described as suitable for the erection of houses for the Brahmins and others are also suitable for the erection of temples. 10. In the case of temples the site shall always be divided into 64 squares and the entrance shall be in the mid- dle of the wall and the walls shall be due east and west and due north and sonth, 11. The height of the temple shall be twice its breadth and its kati shall be a third of its height. 12. The Garbhagraba or the inner apartment shall be half as broad as the breadth of the temple and walls shall be raised all round. ‘Ihe breadth of the entrance to the Gar- bhagraba shall be a fourth of the breadth of the room and its height shall be twice the breadth. 13, Tho breadth of tho two vertical side frames as well as of the two horizontal frames above and below shall be a fourth of the height of the entrance, and the thickness of the vertical frames shall be a fourth of the breadth of the entrance. 14, The number of vertical frames of the door of the entrance may be 3, 5, 7 or 9, and two small openings shall be made at one-fourth of the height of the door from below. 15. The other parts shall be adorned with the figures of birds, trees and pots, and with male and female figures ‘a8 well as those of leaves, creepers and of the fiends attend- ing on Siva. 16. Tho height of the image of the Deva with its ## Page 304 76 BRIHAT SAMHITA; [on. 9. pedestal shall be jths of the heightof the entrance. The image shall be double the height of the pedestal. 17& 18. ‘Twenty different sorts of temples are ro- ferred to by writers. ‘These are Mera, Mandars, Kailasa, Vimana-Chhanda, Nandana, Samudga, Padma, Garada, Nondivardhana, Kanjara, Guharajs, Vrish, Hamsa, Sarva- tobhadra, Ghuta, Simba, Vritta, Chatashkoua, Shodasasreo and Ashtasree. 19. I shall now proceed to describo each of the twonty sorts of temples. 20. Tho building known as Meru consists of six sides, twelve stories with numerous caves and with four entrances and shall be thirty-two cubits long. 21. The building known as Mandara is thirty cubits broad and consists of ten stories with pinnacles. The build- ing known as Kailasa is twenty oabits long and consists of eight stories with pinnacles. 22. Vimana is twenty-one cubits long with windows and air holes. Nandana has six stories, is thirty-two cubits long and has sixteon Andas (domes ?). 23. Samudga is round ; Padma is of the shape of a lotus, 8 cubits long with a single story and pinnacle. 24, Garuda is of the shapo of the Bralmany kite ; Nandivardhona is 24 cubits broad with seven stories and twenty Andas, 25. Kunjara is of the shape of the back of the ele- phant with four sides, each 16 cubits broad. Guharaja is 16 cubits long and has 3 stories with verandas. 26, Vrisha is 12 cubits broad, round on all sides with siglo story and pinnacle. Hamsa is of the shape of the swan. Ghata is 8 cubits broad and is of the shape of a pot. 27. Sarvatobhadra has four entrances with numerous ## Page 305 en. 10.) BRIIAT SAMHITA. 7 Pinnacles and with apartments iu upper stories ; it consists of © stories aud is 26 cubits broad. = 28. Simbu is twelve-sided and 8 cubits broad contains ing the figure of the lion. ‘The four remaining structures are of black color ; of these four, Chaturasra hus 5 Andas. 29. The height of a story shall bo 108 inches and 84 cubits according to what was stuted by Viswakurma to Maya. 30. In the opinion of persons learned in the science of temple building, a temple furnished with pigeon holes is deemed perfect though it might contain defects. 81. In this Chapter, I have briefly described all that has been stated by Garga, and my attempt has also been to summarize the wide accounts given by Manu and other Rishis on the subject of Temple Building. CHAPTER X. (57.) Ox Doraste Cements. 1 & 2. Put into# drona of water the raw leaves of the Tinduka and of the Kapitha, the flowers of the Salmali, tho seeds of the Sallaki (4), the bark of the Dhanvana (b:, and 8 small quantity of Vachs ; heat the water on fire till it is reduced to one-eighth of its origioak quantity. Remove the jar from fire, 8. Put iuto the kalka thus prepared Gulgulu(c) and the juice of the Sreevasaka(d) and of Sarja and Bhallata, Kunduruka(e) and the fruit of the Atasi and of Bilva. ‘The coment thus formed is known as Vujralepa. 4. In the construction of temples and of the palacos of ‘The Gum olibanom tree, Boswellia Tharifera, Beng Hind. Laban, gtracrse, Sal () Doanvaca: ‘The plant Albagi Manroram, Eng, Hebrew Manne, pent Kundaraka ‘Tho resin of the plant ‘onwellia Tharifore, ## Page 306 kings, of turrets, and ‘in fixing the Linga or the imago in the temple, in the constraction of walls and wells, if the vege- table coment above referred to, be melted and used, the structures will last for a crore of years. 5&6. Forma mixture ef shel-lac, the resin of the plant Boswellia thurifera, Bdtllitim, soot in the ceilings of houses, the fleshy part of the fruit of Kapitha and of Bilva, the fruit of the Nagabala(a), Madhuka and Man- jishta, the juice of the Sarja as well as vinegar made from fruit, and put it ina jar of water, heat it till it is reduced to an eighth of its bulk ; the resulting kalka is also known as Vajralepa and isan excellent one and can be used for the several purposes already mentioned. 7. Forma mixture of the horns of the cow, the buf- falo, and the goat reduced to powder, the hair of the ass, tho skin of the buffalo, the milk of the cow and the jaice of the Nimba and the Kapittha trees ; throw the mixture in a jar of water and heat it, the resulting kalka is also on excellent animal coment, 8. Melt together eight parts of load, two parts of brouze, and one part of brass ; the result will be a strong metallic cement. This is according to Maya, CHAPTER XI. (58.) Ow Tremere Iyacus. 1. The fine particles moving in the rays of the sun coming into a room through the window opening are known asatoms. Isnot the atom the first of all measurements ? 2. Eight atoms make an hair’s end ; eight hair’s ends make a nit; eight nits make a louse ; eight lice make a barley seed ; eight barley seeds make an inch, which is known as a unit of measure. (@. Nagabala : Tho plant Uraria Lagopodioides, 78 BRIHAT SAMHITA. (ca. 11.. ## Page 307 ca. i1.] BRIHAT SAWHITA. 79 8. The height of the pedestal of an image shall bo one-third of seven-eighths of the height of the entrance. The height of the image shall be twice the height of the pedestal. 4. The breadth and length of the face of the image shall each be 12 inches. ‘he sage Naguagit eays that in the Dravida country the facg of the image is 14 inches long. 5. The nose, the forehead, the chin, the neck, and the ear of tho image shall each be 4 inches; the mouth shall be 2 inches ; the breadth of the chin sball also be 2 inches. 6. The forehead shall be 8 inches long; 2 inches from it are the frontal bones which shall be 4 inches, and the ear shall be 2 inches broad. . 7. The space botween the ear and the eyebrows shall be four inches and.a balf and the lobes of, the ear shal) be well formed. 8. According to Vasishtha the interval between the end of the eye and the ear shall be 4 inches ; the lower lip shall bo an inch broad and the upper one, shall be one-half the size of the lower, 9. ‘The Goccha(e) shall, bo halfan inch; the mouth shall bo 4 inches long; the breadth of the, mouth when open shall be 3 inches, and the opening shall bo an inch and a half, 10, ‘The nose shall bo two inches broad; the sense of smell is at the tip of the nose; the nose shall, be two inches high ; the interval between the eyo and the tip of the nose shall be four inches. 31. The oye-lid shall be two inches broad ; the oye- ball shall also be two inches broad ; the breadth of the pu- ## Page 308 80 DeInAT sAMnITA. fou. 11. Pil of the eye shall be two-thirds of an inch, The eye-lids shall be open with a epace of halfan inch, The centre of the pupil of the eye where the sense of sight remains shall be one-fifth of two-thirds of an inch. 12. From one end of nn eyebrow to the other end of the other eyebrow slisll be ten inches, Tne breadth of the eye-brow shal] behalf an inch. The interval between the eyebr ws shall be two inches; and the length of each eyebrow shall be foar inches. 13, ‘The breadth of the hair of the eyebrows sball be hinlf an inch throughout; nt the end of the. eye shall bo formed the figure of the Karavira flower about an inch in dimensions. . 14. ‘The breadth of the head shall be 82 inches ; the same when mensured across shall be 14 inches. In paint- ing 12 out of the 82 inches shall bo visible and the rest shall be invisible. 15, The faco with the hair growing about it shill be 16 inches according to Nagnagit; the neck shall be 10 inches broad ; the same when measuredaround shall be 24 inches. 16, The heart shall be 12 inches below the neck; the navel shall be 12 inches below the heart, and the genital organ shall be 12 inches below the centre of the navel. 17. The thighs shall be 24 inches long; the shanks shall also be 24 inches; the knee-shell shall be 4 inches, and the feet shall be 4 inches high. 18, ‘The length of the feet shall be 12 inches and the breadth shall be 6 inches ; the length of big toe shall be 3 inches ; the same when measured around shall be 5 inches ; the next toe shall also be 3 inches. 19. The other three toes shall each be one-eighth Jess than the length of the toe before it, The height of the big toe shall be an inch and a quarter. ## Page 309 cu. 11] BRIHAT SAMHITA, BL 20. The learned say that the nail of the big too shall be three-fourths of an inch broad and that the toe- nails shall each be half an inch or less. 21. The shanks when measured around at-the end shall be 14 inches. The breadth at the place shall be 5 inches. The breadth of the shavks at the middle shall be 7 inches; the shanks when measured oround at the middle shall be 27 inches 22, The knee shall be8 inches broad at the middle; the knee when measured “around at the middle shall bo 24 inches. The breadth of the thigh at the middle shall be 14 inches ; the same when measured around at the middle shall be 28 inches, 23, The hip shall be 18 inches broad; the same when measured around shall be 44 inches. The navel shall be an inch deep. 24, The measure of the body round the middle of tho navel shall be 42 inches. The interval between the two nipples of the breast shall bo 16 inches and the arm- pit shall be at a distance of 6;inches from the nipple. 25. The shoulders shall,be 8 inches long ; the upper arm shall be 12 inches long; the lower arm shall be 6 inches and the wrist shall bo 4 inches. 26, The upper arm when measured around at its roc’ shall be 16 inches and the lower arm when measured around at the wrist shall be 12 inches. ‘The breadth of the palm shall be 6 inches and its length shall be 7 inches, 27, The middle finger shall be 5 inches long; the forefore-finger shall be shorter than the middle finger by one half of the length of its middle-joint; the length of the ving finger sbull be the same as that of the fore-finger, u ## Page 310 82 BRIHAT sAMHITA? fom. 11. and the little finger shall be shorter than the middle finger by its last joint. 28, The thumb shall consist of two joints, and the other fingers of three joiuts euch. The breadth of the nails shall be one-half of the length of the joints on which they grow. 29. Tho images shall be shaped and adorned according to the fashion of the country. By placing images in temples @ person becomes prosperous. 30. The images of Rama, the son of Daserattha and of Bali, the son of Virochana, shall each be 120 inches high. The Devas of middle importance shall be 108 inches high and tho inferior Devas shall be 96 iuohes high. 31. The image of Bhagavan Vishna shall have oithcr 8 hands or 4 hands or 2 hands ; there shall be a mole at the breast known as Sreevatsa ; and the figure shall be repre. sented to woar at the breast the gom known as Koustubha. 32. The body shall be of the color of tho Atasi flower ; the cloth shall be of yellow color ; the countenance cheerfal, and tho image shall be made to wear pendants and crowns. Tho neck, tho broast, the shoulders and the arm shall be large. 88, Three of the right hands shall hold a ‘sword, 9 stick and an arrow, and the fourth hand shall appear stretch ed and held vertically(a). The four left hands shall hold the bow, the target, the discus and the conch shell. 34 Ifthe image of Vishnu be made with only four hands, one of the two right hands shall hold the stick and the other shall be raised as an sbhaye-hasta. Of the two loft hands one shall hold tho conch-shell and the other the disous. 35, If tho image be made with only two hands, the (2) This position of the band is known ae abbaye-basta—telling men not to fear, ## Page 311 om. 11] BRIRAT SAMHITA. 83 right hand shall be raised up as an abhaya-hasts and the left shall hold the conch-shell. He who desires prosperity shall make an image of Vishnu as stated above. 86, The image of Bala-deva shall be made with a plough in one band, with eyes dim through pride, with a pendaut and a body white like conch-shell, moon and the stem of the lotus. 87. Between the images of Bala-deva and Krishna (Vishnu) shall be placed the image of a beautiful woman with ber left hand in her middle and with a lotus in her right hand. 5 28. Ifthe Sgure be made with four hands, the two left hands shall hold the lotus and a book and one of the right hands shall be shaped asa Varada-hasta (a) and the other hand shall hold a rosary of erystal beads. 39, Ifthe figure be made with eight hands, the four left hands shall hold the water bowl, the bow, the lotus, and a book ; and of the four right hands, one shall be made into Verada-hasta and the other three shall hold the arrow, the mirror aud orystal heads. 40. ‘The image of Samba (son of Bularoma) shall be made with a stick in one hand ; and that of Pradyomua (son of Krishna) with a bow in his hand; the images of the wives of these shall be made each with a sword in one hand, a target in the other. 41. The image of Brahma shill be made as seated in a lotus with a water jar in one hand and with four faces. ‘The image of Subbramania shall be mado to appear young with the weapon known as Sakti in his band, and as mount- ed on a peacock. 42. The image of Indra shall be mounted on a white (a) Varada-hasta: os if granting the worshippers their wishes—tho hand is made to hang down with the palm towards the worshipper aud the Singers slightly bent up. ## Page 312 84 BRIHAT SAMHITA- (ox. 145 elephant with four tusks and with the weapon known as Vajrayadha in his hand; there shall bea third eye in tho forehead of the figure. 43. The image of Siva shall be made with the figure of the Moon in his head as it appears in the third lunar day after the New-moon, as mounted on a bull with a third eye in his forehead, with the trident in one hand anda bow known as Pioaka inthe other. The lef» half of the image tnay be made of half the body of Parvati, Siva’s wife. 44. Tho image of Budha ehall be made as seated in » lotus with the hands and feet marked with the figure of the lotus, with a cheerful countenance and with short hair. 45. The image of the God of the Arhats shall be made with hands hanging down to the knees with the mole known as Sreevatsa in his breast, with a placid look and as naked, young and beautiful. 46. In the image of the” Sun, the nose, the forehead, the shanks, the thighs, the cheeks and the breast shall be large, In adorning the image, the method followed in the northern countries shall be followed. From breast to the foot shall appear covered. 47. Tho Sun shall be represented as holding a lotusin each hand, as wearing a crown and pendants, with garlauds hanging from his neck and as surrounded by Devas. 48. Tho face shall be bright as the lotus. The body shall be covered with stitched coats ; the countenance shall be cheorful and the lustre of the gems shall add beauty to the image. He who fixes ina temple an image of the Sun of the above desoription will evjoy prosperity. 49. An imago only a cubit high is good ; one 2 cubits Jong will bring on wealth ; and if the height be3 or 4 cubits there will be plenty and prosperity. 50. If the image has an extra organ the mastor will ## Page 313 cm. 11.) BBIHAT SAMHITA. 85 suffer from kings; if it: be one of defective organs, the master will suffer from diseases ; if the belly be depressed, there will be suffering from hanger, and if the figare appeat thin there will be loss of wealth. 51. If the image be wounded; the master will die by weapons ; if the left side of the image bo bent, the master’s wife will suffer, and if the right side be beut, the master ‘will meet with early death. 52, If the eyes of the image look upwards, the master will become blind, and if the eyes look downwards, the mas+ tar will suffer from anxieties of mind. These remarks apply as well to the images of the other Devas as to that of thé Sun, 58. Tho height of the Linga shall be equal to the length of the circumference ; the lower one-third of the Linga shall be four-sided, the central third shall be eight-sided, and the upper third shall be round. 54, The lower part of the Linga shall be planted into the ground, the middle part shall be made to fit the hole in the pedestal. The breadth of the pedestal all round the hole shall be of the length of the portion of the Linga above. 55. Ifthe Linga be thin and tall,the country will perish ; if a side be defective, towns will perish ; and there will be suffering if there be any wound in the head of the Linga, 56. Tho images of the mother deities shall also be made after the manner of the country and agreeably to their names. The image of Revanta (son of Surya) shall be represented as mounted on a horse and as surrounded by a party of hunters. 57. The image of Yama (God of death) shall be mounted on a buffalo and as holding a club in his hand. Tho image of Varuna shall hold a rope in his hand and be ## Page 314 86 BRIHAT SAMBITA- (ca. 12. mounted on a swan. Tho image of Kubera shall be repre- sented as being borne by men, with a large belly and wear- ing a beautiful crown. The image of Ganesa shall be represented with the face of the elephant, with « hanging belly, with an axe in his hand, with a single tusk, and with the root of the Mulaka with its blak leaves. CHAPTER XIL (59.) On Entry mo rae Forest. (a.) 1. Onan auspicious day selected by the astrologer and suited to the master, when the several indications: referred to in my work on Yatra are all good, the party shall leave for the forest. 2. They shall not cut trees that grow on cremation ground, in roads, in temples, ant-hills, flower gardens, the abodes of religious devotees, places of worship, junctions of rivers as well as trees grown by human labour. 8. They shall not cut trees that are bent, that are covered with creepers or struck down by lightning or broken by the wind, or that have fullen,of themselves or that are broken by elephants or that have dried or have been burnt or that contain the bee-bive. : 4. Tho trees that are of glossy leaves, flowers and fruits, are fit for the purpose ; the treo selected eball be adorned with flowers and duly honored. 5. Ifthe masteris a Brahmin, the trees Devadaro, Sandel, Sami and Madhuka are fit for the purpose. If the master is a Kshatrya, the trees Margosa, Aswattha, Khadira; and Bilva are fit for the purpose. 6. Ifthe master is a Vysya, the trees Jeevaka, Kha- dira, Sindhuka and Syandana should be selécted for the (a) For the purpose of cutting wood for the images of the Devas, — pe a ## Page 315 on. 12. BRITAT SAMHITA. 87 pnrpose ; and if the master is @ Sudra, the trees Tinduka, Kesara, farja and Arjuna should be selected. 7. In the formation of the Linga or an image, the sides of the tres as it grew shall be preserved ; for this purpose the sides as well asthe bottom and the top shall be marked before cutting. 8. The tree to be cut shall first he worshipped with rice cooked in milk, sweet-ment balls, rice, curdled milk, and sweet-meats made of ground Scsamum and eugar and the like, liquor, flowers, ecented smoke und sandal paste. 9, Then shull be worshipped at night the Devas, the Pitris, the Pisachas, the Rakshasas, the Nagas, the Asuras, the Ganadevas, Vinayak and others. ‘Ibe tree shall ba touched by the hand and the following mautras shall bo pronounced. 10. O tree, thoy hast been selected for the image of ench and sucha Deva. Salutation to thee. I request thee to accept the puja duly performed by me. 11, The Bhutas that might dwell in this tree are re- quested to accept the presents offered and depart and dwell jn some other place, Kindly bear the troubles we subject youto. Salutation to you, 12, Barly next morning water shal] be poured over the root of the tree ; the axe shall be rubbed over with honey and ghee, and the tree shall first be cut on the north-eastern side, and the other parts shall be eut round from left to right. 18. Ifthe tree falls on the eastern, north-eastern or the northern side, it indicates prosperity. But if it falls on the remaning five sides—the south-east, the south, south- west, &o, there will respectively be fear from fire, suffering from hunger, disease, diseaso again, and the death of the horses, ## Page 316 88 DRIGAT SAMEITA. Tom. 18; 14. Matters connected with the fall of the tree, the culting of it, and with what inight bo inside the tree have been treated of by me in the Chupter on Indra-Dhwaja aud on House-building. They apply here also. CHAPTER XIII. (60.) ON THE FIXING OF THE IMAGES IN TEMPLES. 1. Either on the northern or eastern part of the temple, the person learned in the matter shall erecta shed with openings on all sides and adorn it with plantains and festoons. 2&8. The eastern part of the shed shall be adorned with garlands of flowers and with fags of various colors. ‘Phe south-eastern side shall be adorned with garlands and flags of red color. The southern and south-western sides shall be adorned with those of black color. Garlands and flags on the western side shall be white ; those on the north- western side shall be white-red ; thoge on the northern side shall be of bright color, aud those on the north-eastern side shall bo of yellow color. 4. Images made from wood or earth will give tho master long life, wealth, strength and success. Images made of gems or precious stones will do good to the world at large. Images made of gold will give the master good health. 5. Images of silver will increase tho master’s fame, Images of copper will increase his family. Images of stone or the Linga will bring him much lands. 6. Ifa pike is seen driven into animage, the master will perish with his family ; if there be holes in imager, the waster will suffer from diseases and never ending troubles 7, The platform in the centre of the shed shall be ## Page 317 ou. 18.] BRIAT SAMBITA. 89 washed with cow-dung ; it shall then be covered with sand, and over it shall be spread the Kusa grass ; and the image shall be placed in it in the Bhadrasana posture—with a leg resting on the ground and the other bent up horizontally at the knee. 8. The image shall be bathed with the milk of the Plakeha, Aswatha, Udumbara, Sirisha, and Vate, and with water mixed with the Kusa grass and the like sacred plants. 9. It shall also be rubbed with earth taken from place- trodden over by elephants and bulls, from the neighbour hood of mountains, from ant-hills, from the junction of rivers and lotus tanks. It shall slso be bathed with sacred waters and with Panchagavya.(a) 10. It shall be bathed in fragrant waters in jars in which shall be thrown gold and gems attended with various music and with the chanting of Vedic hymns ; while bath- ing, the image shall be placed to face tho east. 11. While the image is being bathod, the Brabmins shall chant the mantras sacred to Indra on the eastern side 5 and on the south-eastern side shall be chanted mantras sacred to Agni. ‘The master shall pay the Brahmins well ‘and show them due honors. 12. The Brahmins shall throw Abutis into the fire, chanting hymns sacred to the particular Deva whose imag is before them. The indications, together with their inter- pretations, connected with the homa-fire have already been stated by me in the Chapter on Indra-Dhwaja. . 13, Tf the flame should be attended with smokes and sparks, and if it ehould whirl from right to left, it indicates evil. If the officiating priest should be of forgetful memory (a). Panchagavya: mixture of the cow’s milk, coagulated or sour milk, ghee, urine and doug. = 12 ## Page 318 90 pargar eaiouira. [oa. 1%. or begin to quote a wrong portion of the Vedic toxt, it indi- ates evil. 14, After bathing the image, it shall be dressed in a new cloth and adorned with flowers and sandal and shall be laid by the master on a well-spread bed. 15. The night shall be spent by the side of the image in music and dance by persons that do not sleep, and the fixing ceremony shall be done at the hour mentioned by the astrologer. 16. The next day the image shall again be adorned with flowers, cloth, and sandal and shall be taken round the temple attonded with the music of the conch-shell and other instruments. 17. A large quantity of cooked rice shall be presented to the image ; learned Brahming shall be duly honored and pieces of gold shall be throwa into the central pit of the pedestal. 18. Special honors shall be paid to the officiating priest, the astrologer, the Brahmins, learned men and artists. Tho master will enjoy prosperity in thig world ag well as in the next. 19. The Bhagavatas are the worshippers of Vishnu ; the Magas are the worshippers of the San ; Brahmins wear- ing ashes aro the worshippers of Siva. Persons possessed of a knowledge of the Devas attendant on the Matri Dovag are the worshippers of the Matri Devas, The Brahmins generally are the worshippers of Brahma, The Sakyas are the worshippers of the God of the Arhats. The Boudhas are the worshippers of Budha. The ceremony of fixing the images and the like ceremonies shall he performed by the respective worshippers of the several images. 20 & 21. The ceremony of fixing the image shall be performed in the Uttarayana—when the Sun's conrsp is ## Page 319 en. 14] BRInAT santa, st towards the north,—in the light balf of a month, when the ‘Moon occupies the house, the Navamsa, the Trimeamsa, the Drekkona ot the Devadasamsa of Jupiter ; when the rising sign und the rising Navamsa are fixed, when benefic planets ocetipy the Kendra or the Trikona houses, and the mslefie planets occupy the Srd, 6th and 11th houses, when the Moon passes either through any of the fixed asterisms or the soft asterisms, or through the asterism of Sravana, Pushya or Swati,on any week day exceptivg Tuesday, dnd on a day suited to the master’s star. 22. Thus have I treated briefly of the eubject of fixing the In ages in Temples, for the benefit of the people at large. Surya has, in his work, treated at full length of matters connected with Adhivasana (watching the image at night with music and dance) and with fixing the image in its pedestal. CHAPTER XIV. (61.) Ow rae Fearuees or Cows and Oxy. 1. All that Parasara told Brihadratha about cows and oxen I shall here briefly state. I shall however treat scien- tifically of the animals possessing good features. 2 Cows whose eyes are dim and with tears and dis- agreeable to look at and whose eyes resemble those of the mouse, will bring on misery. Cows whose horns are moving and flat, whose bodies are rough and whose color resembles that of the ass, will also bring on evil. 8. Cows having ten, seven or four teeth and those whose heads are hanging and hairless, whose brcks are bent or depressed, necks short and thick, hip resembling a grain of barley in shape, whose hoofs are broken. 4. As well as those with long, red, black tongues with small ankles, with a large hump on the back, with thin ## Page 320 92 BRIBAT SAMTITA. [ou. 14 slender bodies and with either defective or excessive organs, will bring on evil. 5. The ox whose testicle is large and hangs down, whose breast is covered with muscles, whose cheek is large and marked with sinews, and whose penis is thick in threo piaces, will bring on evil. . 6. The ox, whose eyes resemble those of the eat, whose color is brown, whose body is rough, whose lips, jaws and tongue are black, whose breathing is like snoring, and which causes annoyance to the herd of cows, is not fit for the Brahmins. 7. The ox that passes excrement in Jarge lamps, whose horns do not grow, whose belly is white, whose body is of the color of the deer and which causes annoyance to the herd of cows, is to be rejected though it may be a home- bred one. 8. The ox which is black, of ashy color, or of the color of the San, and whose eyes resemble those of the eat, is not fit for Brahmins, 9. The ox, which, while at work lifts up its leg as if from a mire, whose neck is thin and eyes fearfal, is an ani- mal of inferior kind. Such animals cannot carry heavy burdens. 10. The ox whose lips are soft, close and red, whose ears are small, short and reised up, whose belly is fine, whose ankles are prominent, 11, Whose hoofs are red and close, whose breast is strong, the hump on whose back is Inrge, whose skin and hair ate fine, soft and thin, whose horus are red and small, 12. Whose tail is thin and long, whose eyes are red at the ends, whose breathing is loud, whose shoulders are like those of the lion, whose dew-lap is soft aod small and whose gait is beautiful, is of an excellent kind. ## Page 321 on. 15.] BRINAT SAMHITA. 98 18. The ox, the cnr! of hair or ringlet on whose left side is from right to left and the one on the right side is from left to right, and whose ankles resemble those of the deer, is an excellent one. 14, The ox whose eyes are like Vydurga or the jas- mine or the water bubble, whose eye-lids are thick and whose hoofs are close, is also excellent and will carry heavy burdens. . 15, The ox with a wrinkle at the end of its nose, whose face is like that of the cat, whose right side is white, whose color is that of the white or blue lotus or red cotton, whose tail is fine and whose speed is like that of the horse ; 16. Whose testicle is hanging, whose belly is like that of the goat, and whose buttocks and brenst are con- tracted, will bring on prosperity, carry heavy burdens and go great distances. 17. The ox which is white, whose eyes are of brown olor, whose horns are red and whose face is large, is known as Hamea. It brings on prosperity and an increase of the herd. 18. Tho ox whose tail hangs to the ground, whose buttocks and eyes are red, and the hump on whose back is fine, and whose body is variously colored, will make his master the lord of wealth at once, 19. The ox, one of whose logs is white, is also a good one, whatever may be his color. If oxen of excellent sort cannot be had, those of middle importance may be procured and used.

CHAPTER XV. (62). Os tHe Fearvrns or tax Dos. J. The dog which has five nails in each of its hind legs, three in the left front leg, and six in the right fron ## Page 322 4 BRInAT BAwstira. [cu 16. leg, whose lips and the tip of whose nose are red, whose gait is like thut of the lion; which talks smellirig the ground, tind whose tail is hairy, eyes like stars, ears hanging’ and suft, will before long muke his master exceedingly wealthy. 2. The bitch which lias five nails in each of the hind legs, six in the left front leg and five in the right front leg, whose eyes are like jusmine, whose tail is curled up and whose body is of brown color and éurs hauging, will protest the kingdom of her master. CHAPTER XVI; (63.) Ow rae Features or tHe Cock: 1. The cock whose wings and fingers are straight, whose’ mouth, nail and comb are red, whose body is white, and which crows melodiously ‘early in the morning, will bring on prospetity to the king, his kingdom and his horse. 2 The cock whose neck is of the shape of the barley, whose body is of the color of the fruit Badari, and one whose head is large and body of different colors, are excellent in fight. The cock of the color of honey or the bee will bring on success ; one that is of thin body and of a weak throat and lame legs is not a good one. 3. The hen which crows softly and melodiously, whose body is fine and glossy, and whose face and eyes are beauti- fal, will briug to aking wealth, fame, success, health and streugth.

CHAPTER XVII. (64). Ow rae Frarones or tax Tuntus. 1. The turtle which is of the color of the crystal or silver, adorned with black lines, whose body is of the shape of the pot, and whose back-bone is beautiful, and the turtle whose body is of the color of the Sun and covered with nu- ## Page 323 on. 17.J RINAT SAMHITA. 9% merous small spots, will make a person as prosperous as a prince if they dwell in his house. 2. The turtle which is black as the bee or collyrium with beautiful spots over his body, which has no defective organs, whose head is like that of the serpent and whose neck is large, will increase the territories of the king. 3. The turtle of the color of Vydurya, whose neck is large, whose body is smooth and of triangular shape, and whose back-bone is beantiful, is of excellent kind. It shnl] bo put in pleasure tanks aud water pots by kings for the increase of their prosperity. CHAPTER XVIII. (63.) Ow THE Features or THE Goat. 1. We shall now proceed to describe the bad and gaod features of the goat. A goat which has 8, 9 or 10 teeth will pring wealth to a person if it dwells in his house. One that has 7 teeth shall be rejected. 2, A white goat which hasa black ringlet on the right side brings on prosperity; A goat that resembles the ante- Jope whose color hig bluck-red and which has @ white ring- Jet, conduces to prosperity. 3. The fleshy excrescence which hangs from the neck ofa goat isknown as Mani. A goat with a single mani brings on prosperity ; one that has two of three mauis brings en wealth, 4. A goat that has no wool on it will make the owner prosperous, and one that is either wholly white or wholly black, or half white and half black, or half brown aud half black, will bring on wealth. 5, The goat which passes asthe foremost of the herd ## Page 324 96 BRIHAT SAMHITA. [oa. 18. or which first gets into water, will do good as well as ‘one with a white head or with a tikkika’?) in the head. 6. A goat which has a ringlet in the neck or head, or, one which is of the color of the Sosamum flour, or with red eyes or of white body and black legs, or of black body and white legs, will bring on prosperity. 7. A goat whose body is white, whose testicles are black, and which has a strip of cast off skin round the waist, as well as the goat that walks gontly and with noise will briug on prosperity. 8. A goat whose horns and legs resemble those of the antelope, us well as the one whose front part is white and the hind part black, will bring on prosperity. ‘I'he fullowing is Garga’s stanza on the subject of the goat. 9. The four spesies of goats known as Kuttaka, Kutila, Jutila sud Vamana ate the children of Lakshmi, the Goddess of wealsh, ‘These will uever be found to live under the roof of poor people 10, A gout-that bleats like the ass, whose tail is bright, nails disfigured, body of bad color, ears cat or clipped, heud resembling that of the elephant, and mouth coruers and the tongue black, will uot conduce to prosperity. 11. A goat which is of excellent color, with a fine maue and with no wool on its body, aud whose eyes are reds will bring to his master health, fume and wealth. CHAPTER XIX. (66). On THE Features oF THE Horse. 1. The horse whgse neck and eyes are long, breast and mane broad ; iips, tongue and the corners of mouth red ; skin’ hair and tail thin ; hoof, gait and face beautiful ; ears, lips and tails short; shauks, knees and thighs round ; teeth oven and ## Page 325 ex. 20.] DRIGAT SAMUITA. a7 wbite and limbs symmetrical, fine, smooth and clean, will cause the death of the enemies of tho king. 2. The horse which hasa ringlet under theeyes, in the chin, cheok, heart, neck, the part botwoen the nostrils, tem- ples, the buttocks, part below the nostrils, knees, testicles, navel, hump on the back, anus, right belly aud feet, will bring on evil. 8. The hovse which has ringlets, inthe upper-lip, neeke, ears, back, loins, eyes, lips, thighs, front legs, belly, sides and fore-head, will bring on prosperity. 4. Of these benofic curls and ringlets, there shall be only one in the upper lip, one named Dhruva in the fore- head and mane and two in the Randhira (?) and Uparandhra (®) parts of its head and in the breast. 5. A colt has six white teeth. Ifthe teeth be of brown color, the animal is 2 years old; if the central and corher teeth in both lines have fallen and spronted again, the animal is from 3 to 5 years old, aecording as the number of such teeth is 3, 4 or 5 ; if the lines known as Kalike, Apceta (» yellow line), Sukta (black line), Kacka (white line), Mah- shika (of the color of the bee) or Sankha (of the color of the conch shell) appear in the teeth, the age of the animal will respectively be from 6 to 8, 9 to 11, 12 to 14, 15 to 17, 18 to 20 or 21 to 28. If depressions appear in tho teeth or if the teeth have begun to shake, or if they huve fallen, the age varies from 24 to 60.

CHAPTER XxX. (67.) Ow Tae FeaToRes oF THe Eversant. 1. The elephant whose tusks are of the color of honey, swhose limbs are well defiued, whose body is neither large nor small, and which is capable of bearing heavy burdens, whose limbs are symmetrical, whose back boves are like 13 ## Page 326 98 BRIBAT SAMHITA. for. 20, bows and whose buttocks resemble those of the pig, is known as Bhadra. 2. The elephant whose breast, arm-pitsand folds of skin are loose, whose belly is hanging, whose skin and neck are thick, whose abdomen resembles that of the crow, and whose eyes are like those of the lion, is known as Manda, 3, The elephant, whose lips, tail aud genital organ are short, whose legs, neck, tusks, trunk and the ears are small and whose eyes are large, is known as Mriga. The elephant which possesses the three sete of features above referred to, is known as Sankirna. 4. The Mriga class of elephants are 5 cubits high, 7 eubits long and8 cubits broad. The Manda and Bhadra classes are larger by one and two cubits respectively ia each respect, No fixed measurement is prescribed for the Bankirna class of elephants. - 5. he Bhadra is of green color and is a ratting ele- phavt. The Manda is of yellow color. The Mriga his of black color and is also a rutting elephant. The Sankirua is of mixedcolor and a ratting elephaut. 6 & 7. The elephant whose lips and mouth are red, whose eyes resemble those of the sparrow, whose tusks are shining, rising and with sharp end, whose face is large and Jong, whose back bones are like bows, long and invisible, whose mastakas (round protuberances on the temples) are covered with hair aud resemble the turtle, whose ears, mouth comers, navel, forehead and genital organs are large, whose ody resembles the turtle, whose nails are 18 or 20, whose trank has three lines and is rouud, whose tail is beautifal, and whose juice (when in rut) is feltto beof good smell when the animal blows through its trank, will bring on wealth. The elephant whose tail islong, trunk red, roar ## Page 327 cx. 21] BRINAT sAMUITA: 99 like that of tha clonds, and neck large, long and round, will bring wealth to a king. 9 & 10. Non-rutting elephants,’ those which possess extra or defective organs, those which are lame or short or whose tusks resemble the horns of the sheep, whose testicles are visible, those which possess little or no tronk, whose mouth corners are brown, blue, black or of differoat colors, those which possess very little hair about the face, those which have no tusks, those which have no virility female elephants possessing the features of a male elephant, and pregnant elephants must be sent away to foreign lands, ‘They produce misery. (CHAPTER XXI. (68.) ON THE FearuRes OF MAN. 1, A learned person shall examine » man’s (1) Kshe- tra (body, (2) Mrija (complexion), (8) Swara (voice), (4) Sara (strength), (5) Sambati (joints), (6) Sneha (gloss), (7) ‘Varna (color), (8) Annka (shape of the face), (9) Unmana (height), (10) Mana (weight), (11) Prakriti (disposition) and (12) Gati (gait) and then predict his fortune. I. —Kehetra (Physical Features). 2. Ifthe feet be dry, with soft soles, of the color of the lotus, with close toes, beautiful, red nails, beantiful heels, always warm without visible sinews, with invisible ankle and raised Jike the turtle, the person will be a king. 3. If the feet bo like winnows, crooked or bent, cover- ed with sinews, dry, with toes not close aud with nail white and not glossy, the person will be poor, If the feet bé large, he will walk much ; if of brown color, his family will perish ; if the ‘soles be of the color‘of burnt clay, he will murder'a Brahmin ; and if the color be yellow, he will have exual intercourse with women under prohibition. ## Page 328 OO BRIHAT SAMHITA. (or. 21. 4, If tho shanks be covered with hair, thin and scatter- od, and if they be round, if the thighs be like the trunk of ther elephant, and if the knees be large and both alike, the person will hea king. But if the shanks resemble those of a dog or a jackal, the person will be poor. & Ifa single hair grow from each cell over the body's the person will be a king; if two hairs grow from it, the person will be leaned and will scrupulously observe the duties of life as prescribed in the Vedas; if three or more, the person will be poor and afflicted with griof. ‘The same remarks apply to the hairs of the head. 6. If there be no flesh in the knees, the person will die in his travels ; if the knees be small, he will become popu- Jor ; if broad, he will become poor; if sunk, he will be sub- ject to women ; if covered with flesh, he will become a king, and if large, he will live long. 7. If the penis"be small, the person will bo rich 5 if Jarge he will have no sons ; if it be inclined on the (left side, he will be poor; if not straight, he will be without sons and without money ; if straight, lic will have song; if pointing to the ground, he will be poor if covered with muscles, he will have very few sons; if the nut of the penis be large, he will live in.comfort, and if the penis be soft, he will die of urinary and the like diseases. 8. Ifthe not be invisible, he will be a king; if the penis be long and fallen, he will be poor; and if either straight and round or small avd with siuews, he will be rich- 9. A person with a single testicle will suffer death by drowning ; if the testicles be not alike, ho willbe fond of sexual intercourse ; if both be alike, he will be aking; if they be raised up, the person will not live long ; and if they ~ hang down he will live to the age of 100 years. 10. If the nut of the penis be red, the person will be ## Page 329 on, 21.7 BRIBAT SAMUITAs Jot tich ; if it be either white or of dim color, he will be poor; if the urine fall with noise, the porson willlive in corafort 5 and if without noise, he will be poor. 11. If the urine full in two, three or four lines and twisting from left to right, the person will be a king; and if it fall broken and scattered, he will be poor. 12. If the urine fall in a line and twisted, the person will get a vory benutiful son. If the glans penis be glossy, raised aud even, the person, will enjey wealth, women gems, 13. IE the glans penis be deprossed in the middle, the person will get daughters and will be poor ; if raised in the middle, he will possess many cows; if it be not very large or very mueh raised, he will be rich, 14, If the urinary orifice be ary, the person will be poor and ngly ; if the semen smoil like a flower, the person will be a king. 15. If the semen should smell like honey, the person will be very rich ; if it smell like fish, he will have many children ; if it be thin, be will get danghters, and if of ts sinell of flesh, he will live in great comfort. 16. If it be of the smell of alcohol, the pereon will perform sacrificial fire ceremonies ; if of the smell of salt, he will be poor. A person whose sexual intercourse lasts for a short time, will live loug ; if otherwise, he will die early. 17. A person whose rump is large, will be poor. If the rump be full of flesh, the person will live in comfort 5 if it bo hulf the average size, he willbe sickly ; and if it resemble that of a frog, he will bea king, 18. If the Joins resemble those of the lion, the person will be a king; if they resemble those of the monkey ox ## Page 330 103 BRINAT SAMHITA. (cx. 21. the camel, he will be poor: if the abdomen be evon, the per- s0n will live in comfort ; if it be like @ pot, he will be poor. 19. If the sides be not defective, the person will be ich ; if they be depressed and bent, he will have no enjoy- ment; if the belly be even, the person will live well; if it be depressed, he will have no enjoyment. 20, Ifthe'belly be high, the person will be a king if it be uneven, he will be a man of perverted understanding if it be like that of the serpent, he wil} be poor and glat- tonous. 21. Ifthe navel be broad and high all round, the person will live in comfort ; if it be small und if the pit be not visible, the person will be afflicted with miseries, 22. If the navel be in the middle of a fold of the skin or if it be depressed, the person will suffer from belly-ache and will be poor ; if the navel turn from right to left, the person will be a cheat ; if it turn from left to right, he will bea man of good perception and strong memory. 28, Ifthe navel extend on both sides horizontally, the person will live long ; if it extend vertionlly upwards, he will be rich ; if vertically dowawards, he will have cows ; and if it be like the color of the lotus, the person will be a king. 24, If there be one, two, three or four folle of skin in the belly, the person will die wounded by a wenpon, will enjoy women, will become a teacher snd will be vastly learned respectively. If there be no folds, the person will be a king. 25, If thefolds be not straight, the person will be wicked and will have sexual intercourse with women under prohibition ; if they be straight, he will live iu oumfort and will never covet the wives of other men. 26. If the sides be fleshy and soft and if the ringleta of hair over them turn from left to right, the person will be ## Page 331 ca. 21.J BRIHAT SAMHITA. 108 aking. If otherwise, he will be poorand wretched and will serve under other 27. If the nipple of the breast be not high, the per- if the two nipples,be long and not 5 if they be large, whether high or sunk, the person will be a king and will live in comfort. 28. If the bosom be high, broad, fleshy and firm, the person will be a king; if otherwise and covered with stiff lusic and muscles, the person will be the meanest of man- kind. 29. If the bosom be even, the person will be rich ; if large, he will be a hero ; if small, poor ; if uneven, he will be poor and die by a weapon, 30. IF the collar bones be not alike, the person will be wicked ; if the joints of the bones be large, he will he poor 5 if they be high, he will live well ; if depressed, he will be poor; and if large, he will be rich. 81. If the neck be flat or dry or covered with muscles, the person will become poor ; if it be like that of the buffalo, he will be a valinnt soldier ; and if it be like that of the ox, he will die by a weapon. 32. If the neck be like the conch shall, the person will be a king ; if it be hanging, the person will be a glutton ; if the back be even and without hairs, the person will be rich, otherwise, he will be poor. 83. If the armpite be dry, large, high, of goud smell, both alike and with much hair, the person will be rich ; if otherwise, he will be poor. 84. If the shoulders bo without flesh, covered with hair, sunk and small, the person will be poor; but if broad, high and close, he will live in comfort and be powerful, 35. Ifthe two.arme be round, like the trunk of the ## Page 332 104 BRIHAT SAMHITA. (cm. 21. elephant, large, both alike, and hanging down to the knees, the person will be a’king ; but if they be short and covered with hair, he will be the meanest of mankind. 36. Ifthe fingers of the hand be long, the person will live in comfort ; if they be without skin folds, he will be popular; if emall, he will_be intelligent ; and if flat, he will serve under others. 37. "If the fingers of the hand be large, the person will be poor, and if bent upwards, he will die by weapons. If the hands be likeTthose of the monkey, the person will be rich, and if like those of the tiger, he will be wicked. 38. If the wrists be invisible, firm and close, the person will be a king; if otherwise and if the joints be loose, the hands will suffer sword-cut ; and ifthey should crack, he will be poor. 29. If the palm of the hand be hollow, the person will not inherit his father's property ; if it be roundand hollow, he will be rich ; and ihigh, he will be generous. 40. Ifthe palms of both hands be alike, the person will be poor and wicked ; if red, ho will be rich ; if yellow, he will cohabit with women under prohibition ; und if dry, he will be poor. 41. If the nail resemble the husk of paddy, the person will be a hermaphrodite ; if flat and split, he will be poor ; if of bad color, he will be of wrong views ; and if red, he will be a king. 42. If, in the middle of the thumb, there be lines of the shape ofa barley, the person will be rich ; if the same be found at the root of the thumb, he will have sons. If the joints of the fingers be long, the person will be popular and will live long. 48, If the lines in the palm of the hand be glossy and dcep, the man willbe rich ; if otherwise, he will be poo® ## Page 333 om 21] BRIGAT sawnITA. 108 if thefingers be not close, the person will be poor; and if close, he will earn mach money. 44. I£ the three lines issuing from the wrist reack the middle of the palm, the person will be a king, and if there be two marks of the shape of the fish in the middle of the palm, the person will daily feed many people. 45. Ifthe lines in the palm be of the shape of vaj- rayudha, the person will be rich ; if they be of the shape of the tail of the fish, he will be learned ; if of the shape of a conch shell, an umbrella, a palankin, an elephant, horse ora lotus, the person will be @ king. 46. If tho lines in the pxlm of the hand be of the shape of a pot, the stem of a lotns, a flag or the hook of the elephant driver, the person will be a guardian of treasure. If the lives appear twisted like a rope, or if the lines be triangular in shape, the person will be rich. 47. If the lines in the palm of the hand be of the shape of the discus, the sword, the axe, the club, the spear ‘or the bow, the person will bea commander of armies; if the lines be of the shape of a mortar, the person will per- form sacrificial fire ceremonies, 48. If the lines in the palm of the hand be of the shape of a crocodile, a flag, or a cow-shed, the person will be ‘very rich ; if'the lines at the root of the thumb be of the shape of @ Vedi (sactificial altar), the person will perfurm sacrificial rites. 49. Ifthe lines in the palm of the hand be of the shape of a tauk, atemple and the like, or if they be trian- gular in shape, the person will do acts of charity. The big lines below the thumb indicate sons and the small lines daughters. 50. Lines reaching the root of the forefinger indicate the age of the person to be 100; if the line be of shorter. 14 ## Page 334 106 BRIRAT SAMBITA. [ce. 21. a length, the age shall be ascertained by proportion, If the lines be broken, the person will fall from a tree; if there be either many lines or no lines, the person will be poor. 51. I€ the chin be very small and long, the person will be poor ; if covered with flesh, he will be rich ; if the lower lip be red and straight, the person will bea king ; and if small he will be poor, 52. If the Lips be split or appear cut or of bad color or ry, the person will be poor. Ifthe teeth be glossy, close, sharp and regular, the person will be happy. 53. If the tongue bo red, long, smooth and even, the person will live in comfort ; but if it be white or black and ary, he will be poor ; the same remarks apply to the corner + of the mouth. : 54. Ifthe face be beautiful, slightly open-mouthed clear, smooth and even, the person will bea king ; and if otherwise, he will be afflicted with grief ; if the face bo large, the person will be happy: 5B. If tho face be like that of a woman, the person will have no sons ; if it be round, he will be a cheat ; if long, poor; and if timid, wicked. 56. If the face be oblongular in shape, the person will bbe @ cheat; if depressed or sunk, he will have no sons ; if very small, a misor ; aud if full and beautiful, happy- 57. If the hair about the face bo not split at the ends be soft, and bent, the person will be huppy ; and if it be red, not glossy and small in quantity, the person will be a hief. : 58. Ifthe ears be withont flesh, the person will dio an unuatnrel death ; if likes cup, he will live in comfort; ifsmall, ho will bo a miser ; and if they taper in a point like @ cone, the person will be a king. ## Page 335 on. 21] BRIHAT SAMHITA. 307 98. If the ears be covered with hair, the person will live long ; if they be broad, he will be rich ; if covered with muscles, he will be wicked ; and if they hang and be fleshy, ho will live well. 60. If the cheek be not sunk, the person will live in comfort ; if itbe fleshy, he will becomea minister. If the nose be like that of the parrot, the person will live in com- fort ; and if it be dry, he will live long. 61. If the nose appear as'if cut, the person will cohabit with women under prohibition ; if it be long, he will bo wealthy ; if bent, he will bes thief; and if flat, he will be killed by a women. 62. If the end of the nose be bent, the person will be rich ; if it be bent on the right side, he will be wicked and gluttonons; and if it be straight, with small holes and ap- pear beautiful, the person will be wealthy. 63. If the sneeze ocour twice or thrice at a time and the sound be not disagreeable, the person will be rich 5 and if it be long und of the same sound throughout, ho will live long. 64. If the eyes be like the petals of the lotus, the person will berich; and if the corners be red, he will be wealthy and prosperous ; if of the color of honey, he will be exceedingly rich; and if they resemble the eyes of the cat, the person will be wicked. 65. Ifthe sbe like those of the deer or round or squint, the person will be a thief ; if they see obliquely, he will bo wicked ; and if they be like the eyes of the elephant, the person will be a king. 60. Iftheeyes indicate courage, tho person will be rich; if they bo of the color of the blue lotus, he will be lowned ; and if the eyes be exceedingly black, the person will become blind. ## Page 336 108 BRIHAT SAMHITA. [cx. 21. 67. If the eyes be large, the person will be # minister if red-black, he will be wealthy ; if they appear to be meek and imploring, the person will be poor ; and if glossy, he will be very rich and will live in comfort, 68. If the brows be high and not broad, the person will die early ; if high and broad, he will live in comfort ; if both brows be not alike, the person will be poor; and if they be bent like the young moon, he will be rich. 69. Ifthe brows be long and do not meet, the person will be rich ; if they appear broken, he will be poor ; and if they be bent in the middle, he will cohabit with women under prohibition. : 70. If the temples be high and broad, the person will be rich ; and if sunk, he will have neither sons nor money. IE the fore-head be not even, the person will be poor ; and if it be like the half moon, he will be rich. 71. If the fore-head be like the pearl oyster and broad, the person will be a preceptor ; if covered with muscles, he will be wicked ; and if the muscles be high and triangular in shope, he will be rich. 72, If the fore-head be low, the person will be assassi- nated or putin prison and will be addicted to cruel deede iit be high, he will bea king; and if narrow, he will be poor, 78. If the weeping be without tears, agreeable to the ear and not of an imploring nature, the person will be happy ; if otherwise, he will be miserable. 74, Ifthe laughler be unattended by the motion of the body, the person will be happy ; if it be attended by the closing of the «yes, he will be wieked ; if it be of fre- quent cecnrrence, he will be happy ; and if it be repeated at the end, he will beeome mad. 75, If there be three long lines in the forehead, the ## Page 337 on. 21] BRIHAT SAMHITA, 109 person will live for 100 years ; if four lines, © will be a king and will live for 95 years, 76. Ifthe lines be broken, the person will echabit with a woman under prohibition ; if there be no lines in the forehead, he will live for 90 years ; and if the lines be near the huir of the head, he will live for £0 years. 77. If there be five lines in the forehead, his age will be 70 ; if the lines be of the same length, bis age will be sixty ; if there be many lines, the age will be 50 ; and if the lines be bent, it will be 40- 78. If the lines in the forehead be in contact with the browa, the age will be 30 ; if they be bent on the left side, it will be 20; if short, the person will meet with enrly death. Ifthe lines be imperfect, the uge shall be ascertained by proportion. 79. If the head be round, the person will possess many cows ; if it be broad and round like an umbrella, be will be a king; if flat, he will lose his parent when young ; andif long, he will live long. $0. If the head be like pot, the person will be fond of meditation ; if it appear as if two heads were joined to- gether, he will be poor and wicked ; if sunk, he will bea great man; and if exceedingly sunk, he will meet with run, 81. If the hair of the head grow singly, be glossy, black, curling, with vo split ends, soft, and not too much in quantity, the person will live in great comfort or will be a king. 82. If the hairs grow several together and if they be not of the same length or be of brown color or thick, split at the ends, not glossy, short, curling too mach and too wouch in quantity, the person will be poor. 83. Ifthe limbs be of disagreeable appearance with- ## Page 338 10 BRUIAT SAMHITA. fem. 21. out flesh and covered over with muscles, the person will be uvbappy ; and if otherwise, happy. 84. Tobeaking three places {must be broad, threo things must be deep or high, six places high, four small, seven red, five long and five soft, as follows :— 85. The breast, the forehead and the face mustbe broad; the navel, the voice and strength must be deep or high. 86. The breast, arm-pit, nails, nose, face and the nape of the neck must be high ; tite penis, the back, the neck aud the shanks must be short. 87. The corners of the eyes, soles of feet, palm of the hand, the corners of the mouth, the lower lip, the upper lip and the tongue must be red. Teeth, fingers, hair of the head, the skin and nails must be soft or smooth. 88. Thomouth, the eyos,the arms, the nose andthepart ‘betwoen the wipples must be long. IL.—Complexion. (a) 89. Complexion in mau, animals and birds is detectod by persons learned in the matter and indicate both good and evil. and is like alamp placed within a crystal vessel throw- ing its light on the objects around. 90. ‘The complexion discernible in shining teeth skin, nails and hairs of the body and of the head will be attended with good smell if it be caused by the element of earth. It will make the person happy, rich, prosperous and virtuous. 91. The complexion which is glossy, white, clear green and agreeable to luok at is caused by the element of water ; it will make all creatures possessing it Lavpy and cuccessful in all their attempts aud will prodaca wealth, omfort, luxury and prosperity. 92. The complexion which indicates fear :nd is un— (a> Ce ncte at the end, ## Page 339 om 2L] BRIMAT SAMuITA. par bearable and of the color of the lotus, gold er fire, and which also indicates strength, power, and valor, is caused by the element of fire. 93. The complexion which is dirty, not glossy, black and of bad odour is caused by the element of air. Is will cause to the person death or imprisonment, disease, ruin and loss of wealth. The complexion which is of the color of the crystal, noble, clear and indicating wealth aud genero- sity, is enused by the element of ether (Akus). It will given person ull that be desires. 94. Thus has been described the complexion caused by the elemonts of earth, water, fire, air, andakas—tive in number. Some writers treat. of five more complexions caused by the Sun, Vishnu, Indre, Yama and the Moon, and they have described in detail the properties of each. Notes. Physical man is composed of the five elementary princi- ples—earth, water, fire, air and akas. ‘Ihe lords of these are reapectively Mercury (earth), Venus and the Moon (water), Mars and the Sun (fire), Saturn (air), and Jupiter (akas). Human life is divided, into a number of Dasa periods presided over by the sev eral planets (vide Chapter VIII of Brihat Jataka). In the period of a particular planet will predominate the elementary principle belong- jng to him, and therefore the complexion due to such priu- ciple will become disceruible in such Dasa period. Suppose the Dasa period to be that of Mars, his element is fire; the complexion caused by the elementary principle of fire is described ia stanza 93. This complexion will become dis- cernble in the Dasa period of Mars; and so for tho other planets. Again, in stanza 21 of Ch. VIII of his Brihat Jataka’ Varala Mibira states that the complexion will be accompa- nied by certain other qualities due to the five elementary ## Page 340 nz BRIBAT SAMBITA- (om. 21. principles and discernible by their respective organs of senso. The main property of earth is amell, a quality discernible by the nose ; that of water is taste, a quality discernible by the tongue ; that of fire or light is shape or appearance, ‘dis- cernible by the eye ; that of the air is touch, discernible by the body ; and that of akas is sound, discernible by the ear- Now suppose the Dasa period to be that of Venus. His element is water; the quality belonging to water is taste, discernible by the tongue ; therefore iu the Dasa period of Venus, the person will eat juicy meals according to his desire. Again, suppose the Dasa period to be that of Jupi- ter, his elementary principle is Akas ; its property is sound, discernible by the ear ; the person’s speech will be sweet and egreenble to the ear. In the Dasa period of Mercury (varth, smell) the person’s body will be with an agrecuble vdvur ; ia the period of Mars (Gre, sight), he will be of agreeable appear- ance, and in that of Saturn (air, touch), he will be of soft body. From these the particular Dasa period of a person may be ascertained. TIT.—Voice. 95. If the voice be like the sound of the elephant, the bull, the chariot, the drum, the lion or the clouds, the per- son will be a king ; but if it be hoarse and rough like the braying of the ass, the person will be poor and unhappy- IV. Strength. 96. Strength consists in seven things—in the serum of flesh, the marrow of bones, the skin, bones, semen, blood and flesh. We shall now describe the properties of each. 97. Ifthe mouth, lips, gum of teeth, tongue, corners of eyes, the anus, the hands aud feet be red, the person is strong in blood ; he will live in comfort and will be married, wealthy and with sons. 98. Ifthe skin be glossy, the person will be rich ; if of, the willbe bappy and prosperous ; and if thiv, intelligent ## Page 341 cH. 21.) BRIHAT SAMHITA, 1s Such a person will be ctrong in marrow. He will possess fair body. Persons strong in the serum of flesh will be rick and will have sons. 99. If the bones ho large, the person will be strong in bones. He will be strong, learned aud beautiful. If tha serum be thick and much in quantity, he will be happy, prosperous, learned and beautiful. 100. A person of fall growth will be learned, rich and beoatifal. He will bo strong in flesh. V.—Joints. If the joints be close and well filted, the person will live in comfort and ease. VI-—Gloss. 101. If tho five parts—mouth, tongue, teoth, eyes and nails be glossy, the person will have sons and will be rich, happy and prosperous; ifthey be otherwise, he will be poor, VIL.—Oolor: 102. If the color be very bright and glossy, the person will be a king; if moderately so, ho will be wealthy and will have sous; if the color be disagreeable to the eye, ha will be poor; if of a single gulor, he will be happy ; and ig mixed, miserable. VIII.—Peewiiurity of Character. 103. The peculiar character of a person must be ascers tained from his face ; if the face be like that of the cow, the ox, the tiger, the lion or the Brahmini kite, he will defeat his enemies, be successful in fight, and will become @ king. 104. If the face be like that of the monkey, the buffalo, the hog or the goat, he will have sons, will be rich and will live in comfort; aud if the faco be like that of the ass oy the camel, the person will be poor and unhappy. w ## Page 342 T14 ‘BRIMAT SAMBITA, [cH. 21. IX.—Height. 105. If the height of the person be 108, 96, or 84 of his own inches (brendth of finger), he is respeetively a supe- yior, an average and an inferior man. X—Weight. 106, If the weight of the body be half a hara or 0 Ibs. the person will live in comfort ; if less, he will be aflicted with grief; if the weight bea bhara (160 tbs), ho will be rich ; and if it be a Dhara and a half (240 fbs), he will be an emperor. . 107. Tho measurement of both height and weight is to be taken at the age of 20 in the ease of women and 25in the case ef men, ot it may be done in the Jast quarter of life. XI.—Innate Dieposition. 108. Man is of the nature of the earth, water, fire, trina, akas (ether), the Devas, the Navas, or the animals and Dirds, We shall describe ench. 109. A person of the nature of earth will be of tho odonr of good flowers, will indulge in sexual intercourse, and will be of good breeding and of firm mind. A person of the nature ofwater, will drink much water, will be fond of women and will eat juicy meals. 110. A. person of the nature of fire will ho hasty and thoughtlese, wicked and cruel, angry, hungry and glut- tonous. A person of the nature of the wind will be fickle- minded, thin and of irascible temper. 111, A person of the nature of Akas will be able, opon-monthed, skilled in a knowledge of sound and with holes in his limbs. A person of the natore of tho Davas, will be liberal in gifts, slightly angry and attached to friends. 112, A person of human nature will be fond of music and jewels and inclained to share what ho has with others, ## Page 343 om. 22.3 BRIHAT SAMturTA. 15 112. A person of the nature of a Rakshasa will be exovedingly angry, wicked and sinful. A person of the nature of a Pisacha (devil) will be hasty, toughtless, dirty and talkative and of a largo body, 114. A person cf the nature of animals and birds will be timid, hungry and glattonous. Thus the learned have described the Satwa quality of a man and this quality is also known as Prukeiti—nature. XII.—Gait. 118. Ifthe gait be like that of the tiger, the swan, the elephant in rat, the bull or the peacock, the person will be a king. If the gait be noiseless and slow, tho person will be rich ; and if it be fast and skippiog, he will be poor. 115. Generally, a person who has opportunities of walking out when sufforing from ennui, of drinking when thirsty, and of protection when in fear, is considered by those learned in the lore as exceedingly happy. 117. Thos have described briofly the features and qualities of man on examining the views of Rishis. He who studios this will be liked universally and will bo honow- ed by the king, CHAPTER XXII. (69). Ow tue rive Manarvzusuas o: Great Mew. 1. Five Mahaparushas or eminent %mev will be born when the five planets from Mars to Saturn are powerful and occupy their houses, exaltation sigus or the Kendra houses. I shall now describe them. 2. If the powerful planet be Jupiter, the person§born is known as Humsa ; if Saturn bo powerful, the person born is kuown as Sasa; if Mars, he is known as Ruchaka; it Mercury, ho is kuown as Bhadra; and if Venus, he is known us Malavya, ## Page 344 116 BRIHAT SAMHITA. [cu 22. 3. If the Sun be powerful, the body will be strong ; and ifthe Moon be powerful, the mind will be strovg. Tho Mahapurashas will be of the nature of the houses occupied by the powerful Sun or the Moon. 4, They will be of the nature of the houses occupied by the powerful Sun or Moon in point of gloss, color, shape, strength and the like ; if the Sun or the Moon be not pow- erful at the time of birth, the person is known as Sankir- napurusha. 5. fat the time of birth, Mars be powerful, the per-- Bon will be very strong; if Mercury be poworful, he will be very heavy ; if Jupiter, ho will possess a good voice ; if Venus, he will be of glossy appearance ; and if Satarn be powerful, the porson will be of good color. If none of the planets bo powerful, he will possess very little of the qualities described above. 6, The Sankirnapurushas will not become kings, but will enjoy ease and comfort in the Dasa perind of the most powerful planet. Sankirnapurashas are of five sorts accord- ing as the most powerful’ planct occupies an ivimical sign, 2 depression sign, a position beyond the exaltation sign or Js aspected by a benefic or a malefic planot. 7. The Hamsapurasha is 95 inches high or of the height of the length of the two arms stretched horizontally, and the remaining 4 persons—the Sasa, the Ruchaka, the Bhadra‘and the Maluvya purushas—are each successively three inches taller than the one above hit. 8 Ifthe Satwaguna (good temper) predominate ia 8 person he will be merciful, firm-minded, strong, sincere and with a due regard for Brahmins. If the Rajo-gana or passionate tomper predominate in a person, he will be & post, learned in tho various arts, will perform sacri- ## Page 345 cH. 22.] BRIBAT SAMIITA. uy ficial rites, will be fond of women and will be bold and courageous. 9. Ifthe Tamo-gana or dark temper predominate in a person, ho will be deceitful, igvorant, idle, angry and sleepy. If the three gunas be variously mixed in a person, there will be four more distinctions—or seven distinct cha- racters in all. 10. A Malavya purusha will have arms rosembhing the trunk of the elephant with floshy joints, a smooth and beautiful body, narrow loins, face 13 inches long, the space between the root of the nose to tho centre of the ear holes 10 inches long, bright eyes, beautiful cheek, white even teeth end the two lips without much flesh. 11, He will rule over Malwa, Baroach, Surat, Lata, Sindh and countries extending to the Pariyatra mountains and will be master of much self-earned wealth. 12. He will live to the age of 70 years and will die in water. Thus have I described fully the character of the Malavya purusha, and T shall now proceed to describe the character of tho four other purushas. 18, The Bhadra purusha has large, round, equal and hanging arms, is of tho height of the two arms stretched and has cheeks covered with thin, soft and close hairs. 14. The Bhradra purusha will be strong in skin and semen ; his broast will be broad and large; the Satwa- guna will predominate in Lim ; he will have the face of the tiger and will be firm-minded, putient, charitable, grate- fal, with the gait of an elephant and vastly learned. 15. He will be aman of great intelligence, of fine ody, forehead, frontal bones, belly and nose; will be learned in the arts, courageous, with the hands and feet of the color of the inside of the lotus, will live in ease ond comfort and will have brows close and alike, ## Page 346 118 DELUAT SAMEITA. {cu. 22. 16. The hairs of his head will be of the smell of the earth just made wel, of fragrant leaves, of saffron, of the juico of the elephant in rat and of the fragrant tree of ‘Agurn(a); they will be found to grow siugly and in curls; his genital organ will be hid from view like that of the horse or elephant. 17. Inhis hands and feet will be found lines of the shape of the plough, the pestle, the club, the conch-shell, the discus, the elephant, the shark, a lotus or a chariot. His wealth is open to the enjoyment of all classes of peo- ple; but he will not help his own kinsmen and will ever be inclined to follow his own independent views. 18. Ho will be 84 inches high and will be 160 tbs. in weight, and will rule over Madhyadesa. If three planets be powerful ut the time of his birth, he will rule over all countries. 19. After ruling over countries acquired by himself, the Bhadra purasha will dio at the ego of 80 in water and ‘will reach Swarga, 20. The Sasa purusha will have a slightly uneven head, small teeth and nails, projecting eyes, a swift gait, will be skilled in metullurgy and ia trade, will have large cheeks, will be deceitful, will be a commander of armies, will be fond of sexaal union, and will covet the wives of other men, will ever be moving, will be valiant and dutiful to his mother, and will be fond of forests, mountains, rivers and places unfrequented by man. 21. Ho will be 92 inches high; will do deods with fear and suspicion ; will know the tricks of othor men; will bo strong in marrow; will be of a retiring nature ‘and will not be very heavy. 22. In his hands and feet will be found lines of tho (2), Amyris Agallocha, 92%, ## Page 347 on. 22] BRIHAT SANTA. 19 shapo of the target, sword, lyre, cot, garland, drum, trident as well as vertical lines. 28, He will either rule over the Mlechas or will bea Provincial governor, Ho will die at the age of 70 after suffer- ing from dysentery, belly-ache, and personal disgrace. 24, The Hamsa purnshn’s cheelr will be large and red ; his noso will be high and face of the color of gold; his head will be round ; his eyes will be of brown color ; the nails red; the lines in the hands and feet of the shape of a garland, astring, the elephant driver’s hook tho conch-shell, two fish, the Yupa(a),.a pot or a lotus flower, the nails will be perfect, the fect beautiful and organs of senso bright and full, 25. He will indulge in water-sports, will bo strong in semon, will be 1,600 palus (128tbs) in weight and 96 inches in height. 26. He will rule over the countries of Khasa, Surasena aud Candabar and the regions between the Jumna and the Ganges, and will dio in forest at the age of 90. 27, Ruchaka parasha will have beautifal brows, and hairs on his head and will be red-black ; his neck will be like the conch-shell and his hend will be long ; he will be valiant and cruel ; will be an excellent mivister or the chiof of thieves and will be a good gymnast. 28. Lis loins will be as broad as his face is Jong ; his ody will be bright ; he will be strong in flosh, will destroy jnis enemies and do deeds in a determined manuer. 29. The lines in his hand and feet will be of the shape of aclub, a lyre, a ball, a bow, a vajrayudba, a spenr, tho moon or the trident ; he will respect the Brahmins aud the Davas ; will be 100 inches high and 1,000 palas (80 ibs) in weight. (a.) Yopa: an cight.sided post in sacrificial rites to which tLe ‘animal to be wacriticed is tied. ## Page 348 120 BRINAT SAMIITA. [ca. 22. 30. He will bo skilled in black magic ; his shanks aud ankles will be thin ; he will rule over the countries bordering on tbe Vindayn aud Sahya mountains aud over Oojien, und will die at tho age of 70 by weapons or by fire. 81. The Sankirna purushas are of five classes known as the Yamanaka, the Jaghanya, the Kubja, the Mandalaka and the Sami; they will serve severally under the five Maha purnshas. I will now proceed to describe them. 82. ‘The Vamanaka purusha will have perfect limbs; his buck will be bent; his lips, armpits and body will bo large ; he will be a man of renown ; he will be generous and a worshipper of Vishnu, and he will serve under the Bhadra purusha, 88. The Jaghanya purasha will serve under the Mala- vya purusha; his ears will be semi-circular in shape ; his joints will be strong ; he will be strong in semen ; and will bea tale-bearer,a poet of disagreeable appearance and of large fingers. 84. Ho will be rich, ernel and of dull intellect ; he will ridicule other men ; the lines in his land, feet and breast will be of the shapo of a sword, @ spear, a string or an axe. 35. The Kubja purasha will sorve under tho Hamsa purusha ; he will be a pure man; the parts below his loius will be thin 5 the front part of his body will be bent forward ; he will be an atheist ; he will bo rich, learned and valiant 3 will carry tales and will be grateful. 36. He will bo learned in the various arts and fond of fight; he will have numerous servants aid will be subject to female influence; he will give up his connection with eminent men for no apparent causo and will be of active habits. 87. The Mandaloluka parusha will serve uaisr the ## Page 349 cn. 28] BRIHAT sAMEITA. ° 121 Ruchaka purusha and will be skilled in black magic, witcheraft and spirtlore both practically and theoretically. 38. He will appear like’an old man with the hair on his bead stiff and not glossy ; he will destory his enemios and be subject to the influence of women ; he will respect the Brahmins, the Devas, sacrificial fire ceremonies and the practice of yoga and he will also be intelligent. 39. The Sami purusha will serve under the Sasa purusha and will be of the character of his master; his appearance and color will be disagreeable; he will be generous and will successfully execute every great deed. ‘commenced by him, CHAPTER XXIII (70). Ow Taz Features or Women. 1. He who wishes to rule over countries shall marry a woman the nails of whose toes are glossy, high, thin and red, whose ankles aro large, beautiful and both alike, whose toes are close and the soles of whose feet are of the color of the lotus. 2. If tho lines in the feet be of the shape of the fish, the elephant driver’s hook, the lotus, barley-grain, the plough or the sword, or if the fect be dry and soft, if the shanks be round and without hair and visible muscles, aud if the knees be fleshy and both alike, the woman will be happy 3. If the thighs be like the trunk of the elephant, without hair and firm, the genital organ be brond and triangular in shape, the part just above it be large and high and like the shell of the turtle, if the glans ponis. be hid. from view, tho woman will be woalthy and happy. 4. If the buttocks be largo, broad and flesliy, the. woman will wear a girdle ; if the navel be broad, deep and: turning from left to right, she will be happy. ‘ 1 ## Page 350 12 DRIHAT SAMBITA. [ew 28. 3. Ifthe abdomen be without hair, with three skin folds, and if the bosoms be round, firm, large and both alike, the breast above it be ‘without hair and soft and the neck be like the conch-shell, the woman will be wealthy and happy. 6 If the lower lip be red like the China rose, fleshy, Deautiful and red like the cherry fruit, if the teeth be even and like the bnds of jasmine, the woman will enjoy tho pleasures of married life and will be happy. 7. If the voice be sweet, simple and not meek aud like the sound of the cuckoo or the swan, ifthe nose be smooth and beautiful and the holes alike, and if the eyes be of the color of the leaves of the blue lotus, the woman will be happy. 8. Ifthe brows do not meet and be not very broad, if they do not hang, if they be bent like the young moon, if the forehead be like the half moon, without hair and even, the woman will be happy. 9. If tho two ears be not very long, be fleshy, soft and both alike, and if the hairs on the head be glossy, black, soft, deft and grow singly, and if the head be even, the woman will be happy- 10. Ifthe lines in the hands (a) and feet be of the shape of a pitcher, a seat, a horse, an elephant, a chariots the bilva tree, an eight sided post, an arrow, a flower wreath, a pendant, a chamara, an elephant driver’s hook, a barley grain, a mountain, fleg-staff, an arch-way, u fish, a cross, a sacrificial altar, a fan, a conch-shell, an umbrella or a lotus flower, the woman will become a queen. ll. If tho wrists be invisible, tho hands be like tho lotus flower and soft, and if the finger joints be long, the (a) Inthe caso of a woman, the left hand and in the case of @ man, the right baud, shall be examined. ## Page 351 eH. 22.) BRIMaT SAMHITA- 123 woman will become a queen; if the palm of the hand bo neither deep, nor high, if it be covered with benefic lines, the woman will live long, leading a married life and will have song ; sho will live in cumfort, be wealthy and in the enjoy- ment of sexual pleasures. 12. If there be found a line issuing from the wrist and reaching the middle finger, or if vertical lines be found in the palm of the hand, either the woman will become a queen or her husband will become a king, 13. If there be found a line issuing from below the little finger and reaching a place between the forefinger and the middle finger, the woman will live long; if short, her age will be proportionately short. 14, The big lines below the root of the thumb indicate sons, and the small lines daughters. If the lines be perfect, the children will live long, and if broken or short they will die early. 15. Thus have been deseribed the good features of women ; the bad features are the reverse of these. We shall however proceed to state briefly the more remarkable ones. 16. Ig either the little too or the one next to it do not touch the ground, or if the toe next to the big toe be longer than the big toe, the woman will become unchaste and will commit deeds of wickedness. 17. If the calves of the leg be found to grow larger as they approach the knees, or if the shanks be covered with muscles, without flesh or with too much flesh or covered with hair, if the genital organ be sunk, small, with the hair growing from right to lett, if the belly be like a pot, sho will suffer grief. 18. If the neck be short, the woman will be poor; if very long, her fumily will perish ; and if large she will be of angry temper. : ## Page 352 104 BRIHAT SAMHITA, feu. 23. 19. If the eyes be wild nnd distarbed and of yellow color, or if they be brown and of wandering look, or if dimples appear in the cheeks while laughing, the woman will become unchaste. 20. If the forehead be low, the brother of the woman’s ‘husband will die ; if the belly be found to hang, her father- in-law will die; if the buttocks be found to hang, her husband will dies if the upperlip be covered with hair or if the woman be taller than her husband, she will suffer miseries. 21. If the bosoms be covered with hair, or if they bo not of bright appearance, or if they be tod large, or if the ears be not both alike, the woman will suffer grief. If the teeth be large, uneven and of disagreeable appearance, if the gum be black, she will suffer misories and be addicted to thieving, ¢ 22. If the lines in the hands be of the shape of a hawk, a wolf, a crow, a heron, a serpent, an owl, or if the hands appear dried up, covered with muscles and both not alike, the woman will be poor and miserable. 23, If the upper-lip be high, if the front look be of disagreeable appearance, the woman will be quarrelsome; Generally vice follows deformity and virtue follows beauty. 24, The (1) feet and ankles, (2) the shanks and knees, 8) the thighs and genital organ, (4) the loins and the navel, (5) the belly, (6) the breast and the bosoms, (7) the shoulders( 8) the neck and the lips, (9) the eyes and the brows, and (10) the forehead and the head represent the ten dasa periods beginning from birth; so thatif a particular organ be defective, a person will suffer meseries in the dasa pedriod represented by it. If the organ be perfect and beautiful, he will be happy during such period. | | ## Page 353 on. 24] BRIHAT SAMBITA. 125 Notes-—120 Years is the maximum length of life and each dasa period consists of 12 years. If, for instance, there be defects in the thighs, the person will suffer misories between the ages of 24 and 86. CHAPTER XXIV (71.) Ow Insonizs 10 Garwents. 1. Divide the garment into nine rectangles by lines joining the opposite points of trieection of the sides. The Devas occupy the four rectangles at the corners. The Naras (men) occupy the two middle equaces at the two ends, and the Asuras occupy the three remaining central squares- The same remarks apply to seats and shoes. 2. If the inuer garment be new, and if it be disfigured with ink, dung, mud and the like, or if it be cut, burnt or torn, the effects whether good or bad will fully come to pass; if the injured garment be one that has been used, the effects will be slightly felts if the garment be a decayed one, the effects will be very slightly felt. If the outer garment be injured, the effects will be greatly felt. 3. If the injury occur to an Asura part, the person will either suffer froma diseases or will dio; if it occur to a human part, there will be birth of sons and an improved appearance of the body ; if it ocour to a Divine part, there will bean increase of comfort. Generally, if the injury occur about the edges, there will be misery. 4, Ifthe cut appearing in the divine parts of a garment bo of the shape of heron, a duck, an owl, a dove, acrow, a hawk, a jackal, an ass, a camel, or a snake, there will be danger to the life of the person. 5. If the cut in the Asura part of the garment be of the shape of an umberella, a banner, a cross, a plattor, a ## Page 354 126 BRIHAT SAMMITA. [cH. 24. bilva tree, a pot, a lotus flower, a flower wreath, and the like, the person will soon become wealthy and pros- Perouss 6. If new garment be worn when the Moon is in the asterism of Aswini, the person will get more garments ; if it be worn when the Moon is in the asterism of Bharani, he will be robbed of property; if when the Moon is in the asterism of Krittika there will be fear from destructive Gres 5 if when in the asterism of Rohini, there will be acquisition of wealth. 7, Ifa new garment be worn when the Moon is in the asterism of Mrigasirsha, there will be suffering from rats 5 of Ardra, the person will die; of Panarvasu, there will be prosperity ; if in that of Pushya there will be acquisition of wealth. 8, Ifanew garment be worn when the Moon isin the asterism of Aslesha, there will be loss ; of Magha, there will be death; of Poorvaphalguni, there will be fear from tho king ; of U-Phalguni, there will be acquisition of wealth. 9. If a new garment be worn when the Moon is in the asterism of Hasta, there will be success in works undertaken ; . of Chitra, there will be prosperity ; of Swaty, thero will be prosperity and good meals; of Visakha, there will be popularity. 10. If a new garment be worn when the Moon is in the asterism of Anuradha, there will be acquisition of friends; of Jyeshttha, the person will got more garments. ofMoola, there will be death by drowing or seavoyage; of P-Ashadha, there will be disease. 11. If a new garment be worn when the Moon is in the astorism of U-Ashadha, the person will get good meals ; of Sravana, there will he eyo disease ; of Bravishtha, there ## Page 355 cu. 52] DRINAT SAMETTA. 127 will be acquisition of grain ; of Satabbishak, there will be much fear from poison. 12. If anew garment be worn when the Moon is in the asterism of P. Proshiapada, there will be fear of death by drowning ; of U. Proshtapada, the person will get sons ; of Revati, there will be acquisition of gems. 13 &14. A new garment presented by Brahmins with their benedictions or by the king for merit or on occasions of marriage, may be worn irrespective of the position of the Moon in the lunar Zodine and the effects will always be good. Notes—If the injured garments be very valuable silks and the like, the effects described will occur after three or six years sin the case of woollen shawls, after threo years ; and in the case of ordinary garmeuts after six months. According to Garga whether the injury occur to valuable or ordinary garments, there shall be a reci- tation of Vedic hymns by the Brahmins; in the case of torn garments, the evils cannot be escaped by the sale of the garments ; they should be given away to Brahmins with gold, in which case, a person becomes freed from evils. CHAPTER XXV (72). On Cuamara (u). 1, Expressly for the uso made of their tail the Chamari deer (Bos Granniens) appears to have been creat- ed in the caves of the Himalayas, the hair growing at tho end of their tail is either white or black or yellow. 2. If the hair be glossy, much in quantity, soft, pure, white, and with a small bone at the root, the Chamira is one of a superior kind ; but if the hair be knotty, split, broken or small in quantity, the Chamara will not conduce to prosperity. (a). The bushy tail of the Bos Grunniens used ag a fan and as ono F the insignia of royalty. ## Page 356 128 ‘BRIHAT SAMBITA. [cH. 26. 3. The length of the handlo shall be either a cubit anda half or a cubit or four inches less than acubit. It shall be made of wood and covered with gold or silver set with gems and precious stones. Such a Chamara will conduce to the prosperity of the king. 4. The beam or the shaft or the handle, as the case may be, of the lute, the umbrella, the elephant driver’s hook, the cane, the bow, the canopy, shall be yellow, red, of the color of the honey, and black in the oxse of the Brabmins, Ksbatryas, Vysias and Sudras respectively. 5. If the handle contain two, four, six, eight, ten or twelve joints, the effects will respectively be the death of a person’s mother, loss of lands, of wealth and of family, disease or death. 6. Ifthe handle contain three, five, seven, nine, eleven, or thirteen joints, the effects will respectively be succoss in the object of a journey, ruin of the enemy, much gain, acquistion of lands, increase of cows or the gain of a desired object.

CHAPTER XXVI. (73). Ow Unprezzas. 1&2. The king’s umbrella shall bo made of the feathers of the swan, the galliueous fowl ; the peacock and the crane, covered with a new white silk and hung with lines of pearls all round; the handle shall be set with crystal; the shaft shall be 6 cubits long, made of gold, and shall contain seven or nine joints. 8. The length of the radius of the umbrella shall be half the length of the shaft; the several joints shall be firm and the umbrella shall be raised at the centre; such an umbrella will bring to the king success and prosperity. ## Page 357 ‘on. 27.) BRIHAT SAMBITA, 129 4. The umbrellas of tho first prince, the queen, the commander-in-chief, and the magistrate, shall have shafte 6 cubits long, and shall be 24 cubits broad. 5. ‘The umbrellas to be used by the king’s favourites shall be made of the feathers of the pescock with its top adorned with the prasada patta and shall be hung with lines of peurls all round. ‘The other umbrellas shall consist of four sides, and the shaft of the umbrella of the Brahmins shall be round. ON MATTERS CONNECTED WITH TOWN LIFE. I. CHAPTER XXVII. (74). Ow tHe Praise or Women. 1. Inacountry acquired by aking by conquest the town is the most important place; in towns, houses are important places ; in houses, the bed room is an important place ; in it, the cot and the bed are important, and on it a woman bedecked with jewels forms the essence of the pleasures of royalty. & Gems derive beauty from women; women derive no beauty from gems ; for, women, when without gems, are lovely and provoke men’s desires, and not so gems when alone, 8. To kings straggling to conceal their desires when in public, anxious to conquer their enemies, meditating on a hundred schemes of administration either half execnted or not attempted at all, obliged to follow the advice of their ministers, ever suspecting fear and failure in every attempt and buried in a sea of cares and anxieties, the embrace of an excelleut woman is the only bit of pleasure falling to their lot. 7 ## Page 358 130 BRIBAT SAMEITA. (cu 97. 4. Inno world has Brahma created a gem superior to women, whose speech, sight, touch, thought, provoke pleasurable sensations. Such a gem in the shape of a woman is the fruit of a person’s good deeds, and from such 8 gem a person obtains both sons and pleasure. A woman therefore resembles the goddess of wealth ina family, and must be treated with respect, and all her wants must be satisfied. 5. It appears to me that those are bad men who, out of a dislike for all things, speak ill of women, and these men are never found to speak of the virtues of women. 6. Is there any vice with which women are not charged by men? Speak-the trath. Those that reject women do so out of a stupid firmness of mind. According to Manu, women possess moro virtues than men. 7. Soma-deva has blessed women with personal purity (a); the Gandhervas have given them pure speech ; Agni-deva has allowed to them the privilege of eating any kind of food without restrictions. Women are therefore without faults. 8. The Brahmins, are pure in their feet (b), the cows, in their buttocks ; the sheep and the horse, in their face, aud women all over their body. 9. Women are exceedingly pure and are without faults. These, (¢) if any, leave them with their menses. 10. ‘Those houses will meet with rain as if by witch- craft, which are cursed by women who are not treated with respect. (@) end (0), ‘The ides fs one somewhat foreign to foreiguers. A pare part is one the touch of which does not pollute @ person though the part may suffer pollution (@). Tho Commentator interprets “thoto” to moan faults of tho mind. As regards faults of the body, expiatory ceremonies aro prescribed in the Shastras, ## Page 359 cH, 27,] PRIVAT SAMBIFA. 131 1). The Shastras say that a woman is both a man’s wife and mother (a),and men owe their birth to women. Those that speak ill of women therefore are ungrateful persons. How ean you people be happy ? 12, In the eye of the Shastras, adultery in man or woman is equally condemned. Man neglects this con- demnation, while women respect it. Hence the superiority women over men. 18. According to the Shastras a man that commits adultery shall dress himself in the skin of the ass with the hairy side without, aud beg his meals for six months for his purification. 14%. Though one might indulge in sexual pleasures for 100 years, the appetite for the same is nob satinted. ‘Whenever men refrnin from sexual pleasures after the death of their wives, they do so, because of their inability ; while women after the death of their husbands boldly preserve their chastity, continuing in a state of widowhood. 13. Aman who blames a faultless woman is not unlike a thief who, suspecting au iunocent person to be a thief, sets up a hue and ery. 16. A man when slone with his wife speaks to her sweet langnage and no more thinks of her after her death ; while a woman often enters the funeral pile along with her diceased husband out of her love for him. 17. A person who is fortunate enough to have an excellent wife, thongh he might be poor, appenrs to me as happy asa king. The main ploasures of a king are women and good meals. These serve ns sticks to increase the fire of his desires (a). The idea is that a person is born over again in the shape of hia ‘own 300, ## Page 360 182 BRIHAT SAMHITA. [eu. 28. 18, That pleasore like that of embracing » woman { who hus just attained womanhood, whose speech is short, | soft, sweet and broken, whose. bosoms are high and large, and who herself is full of sexual passion, is not to be found in the house of Brahma, the Creator is my opivion. 19. Inthe Brohina loka, the Munis, the Siddhas, the ! Celestial mucisians may pay due honors to persovs deserv- ing them. What pleasures can there be ia receiving such honors? These personscaunot be as happy »s those who enjoy excelleut women. 20. From Brahma down to worms, we find pairs indulging in sexual love. What is there to be ashamed of in the matter—one for which the Supreme Siva assumed four faces (a). II. CHAPTER XXVIIL. (75). Ow Aaapmary. 1. A man of agreeable manners enjoys sexual plea- sures fully aud not so one of a morose nature ; for he can- | not secure the love of women. A women, though ata dis | tance, conceives a child of theshape of the person she loves urdently und thinks of at the time. 2.° Just in the same way asa tree that grows is not different from the parent tree, whether we plant a brauch or sow a seed, so the main features of the child partake of the features of its father, though there might be slight changes due to the soil. (a). The dllusion is toa visit paid to Siva by Tilottems, a dancing woman, attaclied to the Coort of Indra, As she wont round Siva by way of worship, he was so much attracted by her beauty that he kept, looking ‘at her with four feces which he assumed, while his one face was directed to- ‘wards his consort Parvati whom he did not wish to offend. ## Page 361 cH. 28) BRIHAT SAMBITA. 133 3. The subtle soul co-operates with the manas (the mind) ; the mind, co-operates with the senses ; the senses, perceive objects ; ull this takes pluce in little or no time. The above is the connection between the soul and the objects around us. What is there which the mind cannot comprehend ? Therefore, wherever the mind enters, the soul follows it, 4. The soul being subtle whenever it enters another soul, it requires some time and an effort of the mind to know the latter. The soul, which intensely meditates on an object, assumes the shape of that object, and therefore young women’s thoughts are always directed towards amia-~ ble persons. 5, Beal love makes oue beloved of othere, and hatred makes a person unpopular. There is great sin attaching to uttempts at winning the favor of a person by the practice of magic or the use of drugs or by stratagems, and no pleu- sure can come out of it. 6. A person who is not selfish becomes popular and selfishness makes a man unpopular. A selfish person executes his work with much difficulty, and an unselfish man through his sweet. manners and speech finds it easy to do his work, being helped by others. 7. Is is not manly in a person thoughtlessly to attempt to doa thing or to utter falsehood with a view to please others. A person who, even while successfully executing a business, does not feel proud nor indulge in selfish praise is truly noble. 8. A person who desires to become @ general favorite shall speak of the merits of other men in terms of praise, and a person who speaks of the demerits of other men becomes wicked himself. ## Page 362 134 BRIWAT SAMAITA, [cx. 29. 9. All men wish to help person wio aims at the good of the people. ‘The renown which a person will derive from an act of assistance to his enemy when in difficulties is a fortuno resulting from numerous good deeds. 10. Where there aré real merits, the attempt to sup- pross them only increases their splendour just like an attempt to suppress Bumning fire by means of dry grass. A person who ont of envy aims at ruining the reputation of other mon is hated by all. Il. CHAPTER XXIX. (76). Ow Seeematic Davas axp Mepicmnes. 1. Ifthe blood should exceed, the issue will be a female child ; if the semen virile should exceed, the issue will be a anale child ;_ if buth be equal, the issue will be a hermaphro- dite. It is therefore necessary to take medicines for the increase of the semen virile. 2. Tae tops of storied houses, moon-light, sweet liquor, beantifal women with the passion of love, the music of the lute, love speech, solitude, and flower wreaths, are things whose union provokes sexual passion. 8. Prepare a mixture of Maksika Dhatu, (a) honey, parada, (quick-silver), iron-dust, Patthya, bitumen, vidanga and gheo. ‘Take this for 21 days. Though 80 years old and weak with age, you will indulge in sexual union with the energy of a young mau. (a). Vide glossary at the end of Chapter 77 for an expl various medical and botanical torms ccourring in this and in the next cbapter. ## Page 363 oH. 29.) DRIHAT saMEITA. 185 Note.—With the exception of honey and ghee, the other drugs shall be powdered and mixed in equal parts and formed into a paste with honey und milk. 4. Put iuto the milk of the cow, the root of the kupi- kacchu and heat the milk and then drink its or roast a quantity of broken black-gram in the ghee obtained by churning pure uncurdled milk. Eat 6 handfals of the seed and then drink milk. You will engage in sexual union with great energy. 5. Soak in the juice of the pumpkin its powderd root and dry it; repeat the operation 7 times. Put the powder into milk heated with sugar, aud drink it. You will require many women. 6. Soak in the jnice of the fruit of the Emblic Myro- bolam its dried fruit powdered and dry it. Repeat the operation 7 times; mix it with honey, sugar and ghee, and ick it and drink milk. You will require many women. 7. Put into the milk of the cow the testicle of the goat, heat the milk, soak in it a considerable quantity of sesamum seeds, and dry it; repeat the operation 7 times; eat the seeds. You will outbeat tho sparrow in sexual union. 8. Mix with the cooked Shastyka rice the cooked broken seeds of black gram ; eat the rice and then drink milk ; yon will go to bed with much sexual passion. 9. Mix together equal quantities of the powder or the flour of sesamum seeds, of the root of the Asvagandha, of Kapikacchu, the pumpkin and of the Shashitka rice. Form the mixture into a paste by adding the milk of the goat aud make cakes of it, roast them in heated ghee and ent the cakes ; ## Page 364 136 DRImAT SAMHUITAS [om 29 10. Or, put into the milk of the cow the root of either of Gokshura or the pumpkin; heat the milk, and drink it; though old you will indulge in sexual union with the energy of a young man. We will now prescribe remedies for dyspepsia, 11. Mix together equal quantities of the powder of sison, rock-salt, Haritaki, ginger, and long pepper, and put the mixture either in liquor or in butter-milk or water, slightly heated and drink it. You will begin to have a keen appetite for food. 12. If while taking the cordials described above you eat with your rice much of vegetable preparations which are exceedingly sour, bitter, ealtish or pungent yon will, though young, lose your sexual energy and like an old per- son stato false excuses before womeu. Notes :—The following is extracted from a medical work named Ratnukosa. 1. Souk in the water of the coconnnt the broken seeds of black-gram and dry the seeds, repeat the cperation 7 times; make the seeds into a paste by grinding, make cakes of it and roast them in heated ghee and eat the cakes and then drink milk; you will require a hundred women. ‘The following aro taken from a work uamed Prayoga Sara :— 2 Mix together in an iron vessel filled with ghee equal quantitics of grapes, Makshikadhatu, Silnjit, quick. silver, the excrement of the turtle dove, Vidanga and Haritaki powdered; take a dose of the mixture every morning ; you will become strong and healthy aud will be freed from poison and from jaundice, and will have an increase of semen virile. ## Page 365 cH. 29.] BRIBAT GAMUIrA. 187 8, Mix together the powder of Triphala with either jaggery or sugar, eat the mixture and drink milk heated with the redt of Kapikacchu mixed with it; you will have an increase of semen virile, 4. Mix together the milk of the cow with the juice of the bark of the silk-cottou tree; heat vie mixture till it is reduced and to ous-half of its bulk. Mix with it one-third part of honey. A woman who takes a karsha (oue-fourth pala) of thie milk will bave an increase of blood. 5. There will also be un increase of blood if a woman will tuke dried grapes ground with honey on a stone and then mixed with either milk or grael. 6. There will also be un increase of blood if the juice of the bark of the mango be drawn into the nose. ‘The following aro from Susrute:— 7. Form into a paste either a mixtare of the powder of sesamum seeds, bluck-gram, and the root of the pumpkin, or the flour of the Ssli rice, by grinding it on a stone with the jaice of the sugarcane and mix with it rock salt and the serum of flesh of tho hog ; form cakes of it ; roast them in heated ghee, aud eat the cakes; you will require » hundred women. 8. Put into milk the testicle of the goat; heat the milk; drench in it sesamum seeds 7 times, dry ing them each time ; mix with them the serum of flesh of the gaugetic porpuise; make cakes of the mixture and roast them in ghee aud eat the cakes ; you will require a huudred women. . Mix together long pepper, rock salt, aud the testicle of the guat; form the mixture into cakes and roast them in ghee obtained from uncurdied milks eat the oskes. You will require « hundred wouen. 18 ## Page 366 Bs BRIWAT SAMHITA. [ow. 29. 10, Form a mixture of the powder of equal quantities of either long pepper, black-gram and Sali rice, or of barley and wheat; form the mixture into cakes, roast them in ghee ent the cakes and then drink milk mixed with sugar and heated. You will require ten women. 11. Drench in the juice of the pumpkin its powdered root 7 times, drying the powder cach time ; add to it gheey and honey and eat it ; you will requir 10 women. 12, Drench 7 times in the juice of the fruit of emblic myrobolan the powder of its dried fruit, drying the powder each time; mix with it ghee, honey, and sugar and eat it and then drink milk. Though you mey be 80 yoars old you will begin to possess the energy of a young man. 18. Mix together long pepper, rock salt, and the testi- clo of the goat ; put the mixture in ghee, heat it and eat it. You will have an increase of semen virile. The testicles of the Gangetic porpoise, the crab, the turtle, or the crocodile may qe similarly mixed with the other ingredients. The effect will be the same. 14, Drink the semen virile of the buffalo, tho ox, or the sheep 5 15. Or put into milk the fruit, root, bark and the calyx of the young buds of Aswattha (the holy fig tree); heat tho milk, add to it honey and sugar; drink the milk. ‘You will outbeat the sparrow. 16. Mix well with honey and gheea pala of the flour of black-gram and eat the mixture. 17. Pat into milk the root of the Kapikacchu and the flour of wheat ; heat the milk ; as soon as it cools add to it ghee, and drink it, and then drink ordinary milk. ## Page 367 on. 30.] DRINAT sAMAITA. Bs 18. Put into ghee the testicle of the crocodile or the rat or the frog or the sparrow ; leat the ghee and rub it on the soles of the feet. You will enjoy as mavy women as you please as longas you do not set your foot on tho ground. 19. Mix with sugar the powder of the seeds of the Kapikacchu and Ikshuraka, Put the mixture into milk ; heat it and drink it while it is hot. 20. Put into milk the powder of Ucchata, heat the milk and drink it. 21. Put into milk the roots of Ucchata and Satavari ; heat the milk and drink it. 22. Put into milk the seeds of Kapikacehu and the broken seeds of blackgram ; heat the milk and drink it. 23, Put into milk the seeds of Kapikacchu, Gokshu- raka and Ucchata; heat the milk; add to it sugar and drink it. 24. Put into milk black gram, the root of the pumpkin and of Ucchata; heat the milk, add to it ghee and honey and put sugar in it and drink it. 25. Drink the milk of a sow having a grown up pig cor the milk of a cow subsisting on tho loaves of the black- gram plant. In all these cases there will be an increase of somen virile. Iv. CHAPTER XXX. (77). On Parruge Mrxrores. 1. To @ person whose hairs are white, flower wrenths, sandal paste, perfumed smoke, clothes and jewels can give ## Page 368 140 BRIAAT SAMHITA, Low. 30. no beauty. It is therefore ‘necessary to blacken and embellish the hair, ‘Tho same attention shall be paid to it as to collyrium and jewels, 2. Put into on iron vessel vinegar or the like sour liquor ; put in it a quantity of the Kodrava (a) grain after removing the husk and iron dust; heat the mixture ; grind it well ona stone ; rub it over the hairs of the head freed from oil ; tie over the hairs the moist leaves of the Aragva- dha and the like trees ; remain so for six hours. 3. Then remove the mixture from the hairs, and rab them the paste of the fruit of the Amalaka (Emblic myrobolam); cover them with moist leaves as before. and remain so for another six hours ; bathe as presoribed below ; the hairs will become black. over N. B.—The Commentator advises the application of the mixture-to shaven heads. 4. Then bathe in waters prepared for the purpose ; rub over tho hairs fragrant oil, thus removing the disagree- able scent of the mixture; the pleasures of royalty may then be enjoyed by a king by means of various kinds of perfumes. 5. Mix together equal quantities of cinnamon, Kushtha, Renu, Nalika, Sprikke, Myrrh, Valaka, Tagara, Kesara and Patra and grind thom on a atone forming them into a paste; rub it over the head and then bathe; such « bath is suited to kings. 6. Mix together in oil the powder of Manjishtha, Vyaghranakha, Sukti, cinnamon, Kushthe and myrrh; heat tho mixture in the san. It is known as Champake- gandhi oil. (a). For an ozplanation of the various botanical terms occurring in this Chapter tho roador is referred to the Glossary at the end. ## Page 369 cm, 39.} DRIBAT SAMHITAL 11 7. Grind together equal quantities of Patra, Turushka, Vala and Txgara and yon will geta perfume provoking sexual passion. Add to this perfame Priangnka and expose the mixture to the emoke of Katukarohini and Hingulike. You will get a perfume which is known as Vakulagandha. ‘To this add Kushtha and you will get a perfame known as Utpalagandha, Add to this sandal, you will get agnin the perfume known as Champakagandha. Aad to this nutmeg, cinnamon and Kustumbari ; you will get a perfume known as Atimuktagandha. 8. Mix together ono-fourth parts of Satapushpa and Kunduruka, half parts of Nakha and Thurashka, and one part of Sandal and Priingu; grind them well and expose the mixture to the smoke of Guda and Nakha. You will then get an excellent perfume. 9. Grind together equal quantites of Jatamamsi, Valuke, ‘fhnrushke, Nakha nnd Sandal and form a paste; expose it to the smoke of Bdelliam, Valuka, lac, Musta, Nakha and Sarkara, 10. One part of Haritaki, 2 parts of Sankha, 8 parts of Kshudramusta, 4 parts of Drava, 5 parts of Ambu, 6’parts of Gude, 7 parts of Utpala, 8 parts of Sylaka and 9 parts of Masta give you a perfume. Numerous kinds of perfumes may be similarly prepared by mixing together different parts of each substance, Notes. Tho text givesan instance of the proportion in which the ingredients are to be mixod. Similarly, of the 9 sub- stances we can take from 1 to parts of each, and no mixture ought to contain the same number of parts of any two sub- stances. The question is to find the number of different varicties of mixtures. Suppose the nine substances to be ## Page 370 142 BRIUAT SAMMITA. {cu. 80. represented by the nine letters from A to I, the propor tion of the parts being from 1to9. Ascach substance may be taken from 1 to 9 parts and as no two sub- stances shall be taken the same number of parts the number of mixtures required iy the numbor of ways in which the figures from 1to9 may be written undor the letters from A to I. This is the number of permutations of 9 things taken altogether, which is equal to 1x2x8x4x5x6 X7X 8X 9=362880. The Stanza gives us therefore 862880 difforont varieties of perfumes. 11. Mix together 4 parts each of Sita, Syla, and Murta 2 parts each of Sree and Sarja, and one part each of Nakha and Bdellium, grind them all on a stone with honey ; add tothe mixture, Camphor. You will then geba perfume known as Kopachada (destroyer of anger) ft only for kings. 12. Mix together Cinnamon, Usira, and Patra one part each, and Sukshmaila half a part ; powder them well ; add to the mixture equal parts of Musk and Camphor. You will get an excellent perfume. 13& 14. Ofthe 16 substances Ghana, Valake, Syle- yake, Karpura, Usira, Nagapushpa, Vyaghranakhe, Sprikka Agaru, Damanaka, Nakha, Tagara, Dhannya, Takkola, Chora and Sandal, any four mixed in the proportion of 1, 2, 8, and 4 parts will form a perfume, As theynumber of four substances ont of 16 is large and as each of the four substances may be mixed from 1 to 4 parts the number of mixtures will be very large. The process is known as Gandharnava—oean of perfumes. 15. Dhannya and Karpura being substances of strong scent, a part of the former and a little Jess than a part of the latter shall be added—these two substances shall never bo mixed in 2,3, or 4 parts. ## Page 371 ca. 30, ‘BRIHAT BAMBITA, 148 16. The mixtures shall be exposed first to the smoke of Sreevatsa, secondly, to that of Sarjars, thirdly, to that of Guda, and lastly to that of Nakha. Add to the mixture both Camphor and musk. 17. Tho process gives us 174720 (a) different varieties of porfames. 18, One part of a substance can be mixed with 2, 3 or 4 parts of three other substances in 6 ways. Similarly 2, 8 or 4 parts of the same substance can be mixed respec- tively with 1, 8, 4,—1, 2, 4,—1, 2, 3 parts of the 8 other substances each in 6 ways- 19. Thus beginning with a single substance we get 24 varieties of perfumes; beginning with each of the 3 other substances we shall get 72 varieties; (b) or 96 varieties in all. 20. The number of four substance out of the 16 sub- stances is 1820. 21. Every, set of four substances gives os 96 varieties; by multiplying 1820 by 96 we shall obtain tho number already stated, viz, 174720. (a). Wrong. Vide notes which follow. (%). Wrong. Vide notes which follow. Notes—The above number has been obtained on the supposition that the two substances Dhanya and Karpura enter into the mixtures iv 2,3 and 4 parts also, which however is not the case. ‘I'he actual number will thereforo be less than the number stated above. We shall first explain how the number was arrived at by the author, pointing out an error committed by him which has perma- nently crept into the text and then find ont the actual number of mixtures under the conditions given. ## Page 372 a4 BRIHAT SAMHITA, [ca 30. Jn the Chapter on combinations in Algebra, we learn that the number of combinations of n things tuken r at time G@—rtl) ee . . the number of combinations 16 things taken 4 at a time 16 15x 14x 13 1xX2x38x4 Aguiu take one of these sets of 4 substances. Call, the substances by the letters A, B, C, D5 each of these enters into the mixture in 1, 2,3 aud 4 parts; but no two substances enter iu the same number of parts. ‘The ques- tion now is to find out the uumber of mixtures that ean be formed of each sot of four substances. The number required is the number of ways in which the figures 1, 2,3 and 4 aay bo written uuder the letters A, B,C, D. This is the number of permiitations of four things taken all together, which is equal to 1x2Xx3x4=24. The author is therefore wrong when be suys that the uumber of such mixtures is 96. We shall show his error Ly actually putting dowu the proportions of the various mixtures. A. BO. D. ' A. BG D. 12 8 4 21 3 4 » 2 4 3B » 14 38 » 8 2 4 » 381 4 » B 4 2g » 8 4 1 » 4 2 8 » 4 1°38 » 4 8 2 » £ 8 1 Total G Total 6 | | ## Page 373 cw. 30.) ‘BRIWAT SAMBTYA, 145 A. B. ©. D. A. B.C. Dz 3 12 4 4 12 8 » 14 2 » 1 8 2 52 1 4 » 2 3 1 » 2 41 » 2 1 8 » 4 1 2 » 8 1 2 » 4 2 1 » 8 2 7 Total 6 Tota 6 In all 24 varieties for each set. Now the author says that we shall get another 24 varieties beginning with the several parts of B and 24 begin ning with the several parts of C and 24 beginning with the several parts of D, thus 96 varietiesinall. It is clear thut Varaha Mihira must have ‘ dozed alittle’ when he wrote stanza 19; for the number of varieties in relity is only {4 and not 96. For the 24 varieties we have given above include and are identical with the 72 more varieties of the author. We will begin for insturice with the soveral parts of B. These aro B. A C. D. BA CO. D. 12 3 4 212 8 4 » 2 4 38 » 1 4 3 » 3 2 4 » Bol 4 » 8 4 2 » 8 421 » 4 2 8 » 4 1 3 » 4038 2 » 4 8 21 Total .6 Total 6 B. A. C. D. B. A. ©. Dz 3 12 4 412 8 » 1 4 2 » 1 8 2 » 2 1 4 » 2 1 B » 2 4 1 » 2 8 1 a oe » 8 L 2 » 42 21 » 8 2 1 Total 6 Total 6 ## Page 374 46 RRIHAT SAMETTA. [ow 30. In all 24 varieties beginning with the several parts of B. Now comparing these with tho 24 varieties already given, it will be found that the two lists aro identically the same, So that4 substances mixed in the proportion of 1,2 3, 4 parts each, give us only 24 mixtures, and not’ 96. Therefore, the total number of mixtures is 24 x 1820= 48680 and not 96% 1820 or 174720 as stated by the author. It is strange that Utpale, the commentator, has not noticed the error. As two of the 16 substances do not enter into the mixtures in 2,8 and 4 parts, we will find the actual num- ber of varieties under the conditions given——a point which the author has omitted. Keeping aside the two sub- stances, the number of sets of four substances out of 14 is the number of combinations of :4 things taken 4 at a time. 4x1Bx Wx xe = 1001 . As before each set will give us 24 mixtures. The total number on mixtures therefore is 1001 x 24 = 24024——(I). Again the number of 3 substances out of 14 14x 18 x 12 =————— =864. We will now find out the number of 1x2x3 varieties of mixtures, which each set of 3 substances will give us, taking them in 2,3 and 4 parts. Let the letters A, B, C, denote the substances and the figures 2,3, 4 denote the parts, The number required is the number of ways in which the figures 2, 8, 4 can be writton under the letters A,B,C, This is the number of permutations of 3 things taken all together = 1x 2X 3=6, ‘Therefore the total number of mixtures of $ substances out of 14 = 364 x 6= 2184. Adding to each of these mixtures one pert of Dhanya wo got 2184 mixtures of 4 substances. —— (II). ‘Thia is equal to ## Page 375 oa, 30.) BRIHAT SAMHITA, 47 Adding to the same a little less them a part of Karpura we get 2184 mixtures of 4 substances —(IIl). Now as under the canditions of the ease no two sub- stances shall enter into a mixture in the same number of parts, and as the two substances Dhanya and Kurpura are only to be added in one part each; it is evident that these two do not enter intoa mixture together——otherwise we shall have to find out the number of sets of 2 substances out of 14 and the number of mixtures of each set, each snb- stance being taken from 2 to 4 parts and to each mixture thus obtained add a mixture of one part of Dhanya anda little less than a part of Kurpura. Such however does not appear to be the object of the author. He evidently wants that each mixture shall contain 10 parts, The total number of mixtures under the conditions given is 24024 +218442184=28392. 22. Beginning from unity form several series of nambers by adding together each figure with the next and the sum with the next and so on omitting only the last. The last of the series will represent the number of combi- nations reqnired. Notes:—In this stanza, the author lays down a rule for finding the number of combinations of n things taken ¢ together when nm and rare known. For instance, required the number of combinations of 7 things taken 4 together. Write ina line the figures from 1 to 7 and call it the first series: thus 1, 2,8, 4,5, 6,7. we vee (I+ Form the second series from the Ist as follows: 14+2= 8; $43 =6;64+4=10; 10+5=15; 15+6=21. So that the 2nd series is 1, 9,6,10, 15,21... 2) Form the Srd serios from the 2nd as follows: 14+3=4 ; 44+6=10; 10+10=20; 20415=35. So that the 3rd series is, 1, 4,10, 20, 3 c we (3) ## Page 376 143 BRISAT SAMBITA. fom. 30. Form the 4th series form the 3rd thus : 14+4=5; 5+10=15 ; 154.20=35 ;s0 that the 4th series, is 1, 5, 15,35... (4) and so on. ‘The number of combinations, thorefore, of 7 things taken 4 together is the last numbor of the 4th series, viz., 85. The above may appear to be a somewhat clumsy pro~ cess, Bhaskarachariar in his Lilavati (Arithmetic) gives the indentical rule now found in Western works on Algebra. He says : Form fractions with the figures, say, from 7 to 1 for numerators, and from 1 to 7 for denominators thus : bhnhohr The namber of combinations of 7 things taken 2 together is the product of the first two fractions=21. The number taken ¥ together is the product of the first three fractions=35. The nuwber taken 4 together is the pro- duct of the first 4 fractions=35 and so on. This process is olso mentioned in the Aphorisms of Pingala known as Chandas Sutra, a very ancient work, . 23, Agara, Pattra, Tarushka and Syleya shall be mixed in two, three, five and eight parts and Priyangu, Masta, Basa and Kesa shall be mixed in five, eight two, and three parts. 24. Sprikka, Cinnamon, Tagara and Mamsi sball be mixed in four, one, seven and six parts ; and Sandal, Na- kha, Sreeka, and Kunduruka shall be-mixed in seven, six, four, and one parts. 25, Each set of four substances may be mixed in all possible ways in the parts mentioned—the number of parts being always cighteon in the oaso of each mixture, The mixtures form perfames, ointment, and the like. Note.—As before, each set of four substances will give 24 varieties of mixtures. ## Page 377 on. 80.] BRIHAT sAwHrTa, 149 26. To the mixtures mentioned above, add equal parts of Nakha, Tagnra, Turushke, Nutmeg, Camphor and musk and expose them to the smoke of Guda and Nakha. ‘You will get what are known as Sarvatobhadra perfumes. 27. If, to the same mixtures, you add equal parts of nutmeg, musk and camphor, and drench the resulting mix- tures in Sshakara and honey you will again get what are known as Sarvatobhadra perfumes. 28. Whenever the substances Sarjarasa and Sree- vasaka are mentioned with other substances for giving per- fumed smoke remove the two and ase in their stead valaka and cinnamon. The resulting mixture will serve for bath. 29 & 80. Mix together any three out of the nine substances, Lodhra, Usira, Nata, Agaru, Masta, Malaya, Priyangu, Dhana and Pattya. Add to the mixture one part of Sandal, one part of Turushkn, hulf a part of Nakha and a quarter part of Sutapushpa; expose the mixture to the smoke of Kntuke, Hingula and Guda; we thus get 84 different varieties of mixtures. Notes: The number of combinations of nine sub- stances taken 3 at a time is equal to }X3xg=84 81, Allow the tooth-brush (a) to soak in the urine of the cow mixed with the powder ‘of Haritaki for 7" days. Thon put it in fragrant water prepared as described below. 32. Fragrant water shell be prepared with cardamom, cinnamon, pattra, Anjana, honey, Maricha, Nagapushpa and Kushtta and allow the tooth-brush to remain in the water till it becomes fragrant. (a). This in picoo of stick or small twig of particulor trees (vide Chap. 85) used ge tooth-brash, ## Page 378 150 BRIHAT SAMMITA, fox. 80, 38. Mix together the powder of 4 parts of nutmeg, 2 parts of patra, and one part of cardamom and camphor ; smear it over the tooth-brush and dry it in tho sun. 84. ooth-brush preprred as stated above shall be used by the Brahmins, the Kshatryas, and the Vysias only. By its use the appearance of a person will become’ bright, his countenance will become agreeable, his mouth pure and of good smell, and his voice sweet. 33. The chewing of Tamboola (a) excites sexual passion, brightens personal appesrance, promotes pros- perity, causes the mouth to smell sweet, incroases strength, removes phlegmatic affections and produces many other benefits. 36. A due admixture of limo reddens the lips. If the nut exceed its measure it will bring down the color; if the lime exceed its measure, the mouth will smell ill and if the leaves exceed their measure the mouth will be of good smell. 87. Ifthe leaves exceed their monsure at night or the nut exceed its measure by day the effect will be good; if the case be otherwise, the Tamboola will not be found sweet. If the Tamboola contain as its ingredients Takola, Arecanut, Lavaliphala and Parijata, it will exhilirate the spirit and excite sexual passion, Glossary of Medical and Botanical terms occurring in Chapters 76 & 77, A. Agara, Amyris Agallocha. 96, Ambu, the plant Andropogoa Schoeuanthus. @@Cer Anjana, Antimony. (@), This consists of Arecannt and betel mixed with lime, ## Page 379 cu. £0.] BRIHAT sAMHITA. 151 Arag-vadha, the tree Cathartocarpus Fistula. Aswagandhs, the plant Physalis Flexuosa. ©. Chora, akind of perfume, The plant Chrysopogon Aciculatus. D. Damanaka, Artemisia Indica. Dhana, the plaut Alhagi Muuroram? Quggssdsrer. Dhanyaka, Coriander seeds. srg groscddeor Drava, Myrrh. . G Ghana, the bulbous root of the plant Syperus Hex- astychus Communis. Aererqpsséare, Carnsé@ pig, Goksburaks, the plant Asteracantha Longifolia, Qog- Gre. Guda, « kind of bdellium. @e@eOurd, H Haritaki, the fruit of the Terminalia Chebuls, Hivguka, the prickly night Shade; Solanum Jacquini. : I Ikshuraka, Asteracantha Longifolia. Sigperaf. j Jatamamsi, the plant Nardostachis Jatomamsi. #7- wig A- K Kapikacchu, the plant Mucuna Praritus. yanésre9. Katuka, a fragrant grass, Trichosanthes Dioeca. «@s- Can@ed. Kesa, the plant Andrapogon Schoenanthus. g@Cet. Kesara, Mimusops Elengi. u@cwsid. ## Page 380 we BRIHAT BAMBITA, [no. 80. Kodrava, a species of gram eaten by the poor. Pas- palum Scrobiculatum. eg. Kandaruka, the resin of the plant Boswellia Thurifera- Knshtha, a medicinal plant Costus Speciosus or Arabi~ cus. Kustumburi, Coriander seeds. Geng guocrdeeor. L Lavaliphula, the fruit of the Averrhoa £cida. Lodbra, the tree, Symplocos Racemosa, the bark of which is used in dyeing: M Makshika-dhatu, a kind of pyrites, —a kind of honey like mineral substance. Malaya, Sandal-wood. #égert. Manjishtha, Bengal madder. Mriga, Musk. scvsrf. Madra, Cyperus Rotundus. ‘Musta, a species of grass. Cyperus Rotundus. N *Nagapushpa, Mesua Roxburghi ena Nakha, a vegetable perfume. Nalika, a fragrant substance. Nata, the sood of the Cassia Tora. P Parijats, nutmeg ? Pathya, citron. Terminalia Chebula: Patra, the leaf of the Cassia. Priyangu, a medicinal plant and perfume. R Rena, a drag or medicinal substance fragrant but bitter and sl ightly pungent i taste and of a groyish color. ## Page 381 cH. 80.] BRIBAY SAMHITA. 158 8 Sshakara, a sort of fragrant Mango tree. Sailaka, bitamon, sdoi- Sarja, the resinous exudation of the Sal tree. Sarkara, grit. Satapushpa, a sort of dill or fennel. Anethum Sows ugg = sei—u. Batavari, Asparagus Racemosus. seirenPieDi__ weir Sita, grit. Sprikka, the plant Trigonella Cornicults. srady. Sree, Turpentine. Sukshmaila, small cardamoms. Sakti, a sort of perfame in appearanee like the dried Shell fish, T ‘Tagara, the seed of Cassia Tora Takkola, the tree Pimenta Acris ‘Triphala, the three myrobalans, the fruits of Termi- nalia Chebule, Terminalia Bellerice, Phyllanthus Eublica, s@ésmd, srefenis, wrParis. Torushka, a species of Kunduraka Olibanum, Indian incense ; the resin of Boswellia Serrata. uze@enau- oret, U Ucchata, the root of Cyperus Juncifol. Cer@rs@ peg Usira, the fragrant root of the plant Andropogon Ma- ricatus, QanigCet. Utpala, the plant Costus Speciosus. @ipr@asvo9, v Vala, a fragrant grass, Andropogon Shoemanthus. 6 @- Cai. Valuka, a species of Cucumber. Vidanga, Eryoibe Paniculata, ayes. 20 ## Page 382 134 BRIHAT SAMIITA. low. 31. Vyaghranakha, a kind of medicinal herb with a fra- grant root. YysM@iedrss sArSui. v. CHAPTER XXXI. (78). Ow Sexvat Uxtoy. 1. King Vidurattha was killed by his queen who con- ceated a weapon in her plaited hair; and the king of Be- nares was killed by his queen, who disliked bim, with poison which she carried in her anklets. 2. Thus wives who do not love their husbands havo killed them. Of what use is it to quote more instances. Hus- bands shall therefore ascertain in various ways whether they have secured the affection of their wives. 3, A loving wife chows her love in various ways. She will, in the presence of her lord, shew, as if by accident, ber navel, arms, and ornaments and will adjust her ganhhents ; will allow the hairs of her head to full loose as if by accident, will raiso her eyebrows, will tremble, and will oust a side-look at her busband. 4. Sho will spit aloud ; laugh openly ; get first into the bed ; crack her joints ; yawn ; boy for the gift of trifles ; em- brace a child and. kiss it ; will fora time look at her friend 5 look at her husband when his look is turned from her ? scratch her ears ; and will speak in his praise in his absence 5. A loving wife will, besides, spoak affectionately to her husband, assist him with her money, will give up her anger at the sight of her lord and will be filled with pleasur- able sensations ; will meet any calumnious attacks on him by recounting his virtues. 6. She will show due respect to the friends of her lord and hate his enemies ; she will foel grateful to him for his helps ; will feel distressed during his absence. ## Page 383 ca. 31.] BRIHAT SAMHITA 185 7. An unloving wife will contract her eye-brows ; turn her look away from her lord; will be wanting in gratitude ; will not moye from her place at the sight of her husband ; will never feel cheerful; her lips will be dull and motiontess ; she will be-friond the enemies of her lord and will be harsh in her speech. 8. She will sbake with fear at thesight or touch of her lord ; will feel haughty ; will not attempt to pacify her lord when he leaves her company in anger; she will wipe off her face after sexual enjoyment ; will go to bed before her lord and rise after him. 9 &10. Begging women, female devotees, maid ser- vants, th nurse, girls, the laundress, the flower-woman, the harlot, a friend, the barbar woman, these generally serve as messengers or yo-betweens for women and bring disgrace and ruin on respectable families ; itis therefore necessary to protect family women from the intrigues of these per- sons and to maintain the honor, fame, and respectability of the family. 11. To go out at night, to keep awake on the pre tence of a religious observance, to excuse herself on the false plea of illness, to be found for ever in the houses of other persons, to attend plays and the like, to consult as- trologers, to frequent mourning houses or festivals aro acts from which women should be kept back. 12. A modest wife is one who out of shame does not first oxhibit an inclination to sexual embrace ; who throughout is nevertheless subject to sexual passion, 18. The virtues of a woman are young aye, beauty, decoration with ornaments, being agreeable to her lord, being learned in matters which will make muried life happy and being of a pluyfal nature. A lady possessing these virtues is known asafemale gem, A woman not ## Page 384 156 BRIHAT SAMIBITA [on 31, possessing these virtues is loathed by a man of taste as a disease, Notes.—Vyasa says: A woman who is chaste and innocent, who eats pure meals, who is of sweet speco and who is fondly attached to her husband is known as a Laksh- mi (goddess of wealth). Again, » woman who has ugly eyes, who is dirty, quarrelsome, talkative, is known as a Rakshasi (Fury). 14. Awoman shall not indulge in low language ; nor shall she woar bad colored clothes ; nor be of a dirty body. 15, A good wife is one who breathes unlike men ; who extends her arms to her lord to serve as a pillow for his hoad ; the hair of whose head is of good smell, who is fondly attached to her husband ; who sleeps after him and rises before him. 16, A woman of a wicked nature and one of weak health shall be rejected. A woman whose Sonita (blood) is black, green, yellow, or of eopper color shall also be re~ jected. 17. A person shall not join in sexual union a woman who sleeps too much, whose blood discharges aro excessive, who is of an over bilioas, phlegmatic or windy tempera- mont, who perspires often, who is of defective or oxtra or- gans and whose hair is short or grey; 18. Whose onlves are exceedingly fleshy, whose belly is large, who is noisy and who is possessed of other vices des cribed in the Chapter on the features of women. 19. That blood is faultless which resembles the blood of the hare or the juice of red-cotton and which when well rubbed disappears. 20. Tf the blood flow out without pain and noise, and stops efter three days, there will be conception at the next sexual union. , ## Page 385 ca. 81.] DRIHAT SAMBTTA 187 21. For the three days fromthe day of appearance of the menses a woman shall not bathe, wear flowers, or sandal, and on the fourth day she shall bathe as prescribed in the Smritis. 22. After this, the vegetable ingredients prescribed for Pushya Snana shall be brought and put in water and the several mantras therein mentioned shall be pronounced over the vessel and the woman shall bathe in the water. 28. On theeven nights (from the day of appearance of the menses) a woman conceives a male child and on the odd nights, a female child. Ifthe conception occur early the issue will be a beautiful child of long and happy life. 24. If the footus be on the right side the iseue will be a male child ; if on the left side, it will be a female child; if on both sides there will bea birth of twins and if in the middle of the ‘abdomen the issue will bea herma- phrodite. 25, A person shall join a woman in sexual love when the benefie planets occupy the angles or the triangular signs ; when they occupy the rising sign aud the sign occu- pied by the Moon ; when mulefic planets occupy the third, sixth and eleventh houses ; and in male planetary yogas (a). 26. At the time of union a person shall not wound & woman with his nails and teeth ; there shall be no union beyond the first sixteon days from the day of appesrance of the menses or in any of the first three days. Notes.—Add to these restrictions the number of mal- efic planetary yogas described in Chapter IV of Brihat Jataka. Again, according to the Sastras a person shall cease to cohabit with a woman after the birth of a son—the object of marringe being thereby secured. (@) Vide Stauzas 11 and 12 of Chapter IV of the Bribat Jataka, ## Page 386 188 DRIHAT SAMBITA cn. 31.) Again, the Smritis refer to a number of days in which cohabitation is prohibited, such as the new-moon and fall- moon days, the eleventh lunar day and the like. The Rishis of old appear to have strictly followed ull these rules. If the whole world could be equally firm-minded, there would probably be no occssion for so many curious, elaborate and sometimes oven frightful solutions of the problem to check the growth of population. You ellow the evil to grow and then seek a remedy ; but the Sastras aim at nipping the evil in the bud. Of course when the demand exceeds supply and a disturbance of the social equilibrium occurs, nature restores it by applying her own remedy—by carrying away, every now and then, thousands by wars, by the plague and the like epidemics, On the first appearance of the menses: The foor asterisms from Krittika are known as inner aster- iems and the four from Ponarvasu are known as the outer asterisms. Again the four from Magha are known as inner asterisms, and the four from Chitra are known as outer asterisms, and 0 on, till we come to the end of the lunar Zodiac. For a list of the 28 asterisms vide page 87, Part I. If the first appearance of the menses occur whew the Moon passes through o1e of the inuer asterisms, there will be prosperity, incrense of family and the like, If the first appearance of the menses occur when the Moon passes through one of the outer asterisms, there will be misery, widowhood, death of sons, sorrow and the like. Again, divide the 27 asterisims (omitting Abhijit) into seven groups of 3,3,8,3,5, 7and 3 asterisms begiuning from U. Ashadha. If the first appearance of the menses occnr in any of these, the effects will respectively be gain of wealth, gain of sons, servitude, sweet speech, ruin, attachment to husband and widowhood. ## Page 387 cn. 31] BRIGAT sAntmira 139 Again, if the first appearance occur when tho rising sign is Aries, the woman will becomo unchaste ; when it is Tanrus, she will annoy others ; if Gemini, she will become rich and happy; if Cancer, she will cohabit with an out- caste ; if Leo, she will get a son ; if Virgo, she will become rich ; if Libra, she will become deform~d ; if Scorpio, she will become unchaste. If the first half of Sagittari, she will Decome wicked ; if the second half, sho will be chuste ; if Capricorn, she will become shameless ; if Aequarius, sho wil ‘become poor and barren ;and if Pisces, sho will become beautiful. Also, if the first appearance of the menses occur on a Sunday, the woman will be afflicted with diseases; if on a Monday, she will become chaste; if Tuesday, she will suffer grief ; if Wednesday, sho will get sons; if Thursday, she will live in plenty ; if Friday, she will prosper well ; and if on a Saturday, she will meet with early death. Also, if the first appearance of the monses occur in tho forenoon, the woman will be happy ; if in the afternoon, she will suffer miseries ; if at noon, she will be neither happy nor miserable. Again, if the first appearance of the menses occur within 12 Ghatikas at night, the woman will be happy. To prevent the death of the child in the womb Sounaka has prescribed the following ceremony: Perform Ajya Homa (pouring ghee into the fire) reciting the mantra commen- cing. « Brabmanag samvidanah” rub over the woman a portion of the ghee remaining in the vessel and cause her to bathe and then drink the remaining ghee. ‘To prevent the death of children soon after birth, Sou- naka has prescribed an elaborate ceremony. The reader is referred to Sounaka’s Santi Kalpa. ## Page 388 160 BRINAT SAMBITA cn. 32.] CHAPTER XXXII (79). Ow Core axp Sears. 1. As Cots and Seats are useful to all people at all times and especially so to Kings, I begin to treat of them here. 2 The wood of the following trees is suited for the construction of Cots and Seats: Asana (a) Syandana, (6) Chandana, Haridra, Suradara (c) Tinduki, Sala (palm), Kasmari (d) Anjana, Padmaka, Saka, and Simsapa. 8. The trees described below shall be rejected: treo that have fallen owing to an attack of lightning, flood, winds or elephant, those containing bee-hives or in which birds dwell, those that grow in places of worship, in cremation grounds or in roads, those whose barks have dried up or which are covered with twining creepers. 4. Trees which are covered with thorns or which grow at the junction of great rivers or in temples or which when cut fall on the western or southern side shall also be rejec” ted. 5. If Cots and Seats be made of such trees, the family will suffer miseries and there will be diseases, fear, loss quarrels, and the like. 6. If there be the wood of any trees already out down available for the purpose it shall first be examined : ifs child gets on it,a person will get cows and children by its use 7. If white flowers, a rutting elephant, curdled milk, colored rice, water pots, gems and the like benefic objects be observed at the time, there will be prosperity. ru 5 Pi era, the tree Gmelins ‘Arborea, The other terms hare maar slreedy been explained, ## Page 389 cx, 32.) BRIHAT SAMHITA 161 8 The length of 8 grains of batley rice placed. closa and parallel to one another, is known as the Carpenter’s inch ; the length of the king’s cot shall be 100 such inches. 9. The Cots of the first Prince, the Minister, tho Commander in Chief and the Priest shall respectively be 90, 84,78and 72 inches long. 10. The breadth of the Cot shall be ths of the length, according to Viswakarma ; and the height of the legs shall be a third of the length. i. If the Cots be wholly made of the wood of Sree- parni, or Tinduka there will be acquisition of wealth, and if made of Asana, thore will be health. 12. If the Cot be wholly made of the wood of Simsupa, there will be prosperity in various ways; if of Sandal, person will be freed from troubles from his enemies, and will, live long, leading a life of virtue and renown. 18. Ifthe Cot be wholly made of the wood of Pad- maka, there will be long life, prosperity, wealth and skill in the use of weapons; if of the wood of Saka or Sala there will be bappiness. 14. A king who uses a Cot made wholly of Sandal wood and covered with gold set with various gems will be honored even by Devas. 15. I€the wood of the Tinduki, Simsapa, Sreeparni, Devadara or Asana be coupled with other wood it will not conduce to prosperity. 16. The wood of Saka and Sula may be used either separately or jointly. The same remark applies to the wood of Haridra and Kadamba- 27. A Cot made wholly of the wood of Syandana will not conduce to prosperity ; one made wholly of the wood of Amba will bring on death and one made of the wood al ## Page 390 162 BRIHAT SAMEITA cH. 82.3, of Asana coupled with other wood will bring on nume- rous miseries. 18. If the legs be made of the wood of Syandana, Amba or Chandaua, they will conduce to prosperity. Cots and seats made wholly of the wood of frait trees will also conduce to prosperity. 19. Cots made of wood and set with ivory are excel- lent ; various ornamental works shall be done in ivory. 20. In cutting ivory a Jength equal to double the cireumference at the root of the tusks shall be left; if the elephant be one dwelling on water banks a larger portion shall be left and if it be one dwelling in the mountains smaller portion may be left. 21. If, in the cut, there be lines of the shape of the cross or # dish, an umbrella, a flag-staff, or a Chamara | there will respectively be health, success, wealth, prosperity and comfort. 22. If the lines be of the shape of a weapon there will bo success ;if quadrangular in shape the king will re- | cover a lost country. And if of tho shape of a clod, he will recover a country obtained and lost. | 28. Ifthe lines be of the shapeofa woman there | will be loss of wealth ; if of the shape of a golden pitcher, the king will got sons ; if of the shape of a pot, he will get hidden treasure, and if of the shape of a club his intended journey will be stopped. 24, Ifthe lines be of the shape of a bloodsucker, » ‘monkey, or a snake there will be dearth and disease, and the king will fall into the hands of his enemies, and if the lines be of the shape of a vulture, an owl, a crow, a hawk, the king's subjects will suffer from plague. 25. If the lines be of the shape of a rope or a head- less trunk the king will die or his subjects will suffer mise- ( ## Page 391 ca. 32.] BRIHAT SAMHITA 168 ries respectively ; if blood comes ont, or if the cut be black or red-black or of disagreeable appearance or of bad smell there will be misery. 26. Ifthe cut be white, even, glossy and of good smell there will be prosperity. The effects ascribed to the cutting of ivory apply also to the cutting of wood for cots and the like. 27, In joining the beams of a bed-stend the ends shall be made to come round from left to right ;(a) if the re- verse be the case or if the ends do not point to all the four quarters there will be an attack of evil spirits. 28. Ifa single leg should have its end pointing to the ground; the person will suffer injuries to his leg ; if two legs should be s0, he will suffer from indigestion ; and if three or four, he will suffer from grief or be killed or im- - prisoned. 29. Ifthe knot at the top of the leg be found with a hole or of # bad color there will be suffering from disease, and if there be a knot at the centre of the leg there will be suffering from belly-ache. 80. If there be a knot just below the contre the master will suffer injuries to his shanks; if the knot be a Aittle lower down he will suffer loss of wealth. 1. If thero bo @ knot at the foot of the leg hoofed animals will suffer; if there be three knots in the frames there will be much suffering. 82. Tho holes in tho four frames of a bedstead aro of 6 sorts, known as Nishknta, Kolakeha, Sukaranayana, ‘Vatsanabha, Kalake, and Dhundbuka. 33. Ahole which is large within“and witha small mouth thus resembling a pot is known as Nishkuta; a (@). The end of the northern frame shall point to the east, that of the eastern one shall point to the south and so on. ## Page 392 164 BRIBAT SAMHITA cx. 33.) black hole of the size ofa grain of black gram is known as kolaksha. 34, An irregular hole which is of one of the main co- lors and whose length is that of a fioger joint and a half is known as Sukaranayana and one which turns from right to loft, which is split and of the length of a finger joint is known as Vateanabha. 35, A black hole is known as kalaka and one which is split isknown as Dhundhuka. Generally if the holes be of the color of the wood, they do not point to evil. 86. A Nishkuta hole will bring lors of wealth, a Kola. ksha hole will bring the ruin of the family ; a Sukara hole will bring fear and injury from weapons, and a Vatsanabha hole will bring suffering from disease. 37. Kelake and Dhundhunka holes as well as hole caused by worms will not conduce to prosperity ; if the holes be in knotty parts, the wood is fit for no purpose. 38. If the Cot, Seat, and the like be made of one wood of fruit trees, there will be gain of wealth ; if of two sorts of wood there will be great gain of wealth , if of three, sons will increase, end if of four, the person will become wealthy and famous, 39. If the Cot be made of five different sorts of wood of fruit trees the person sleeping on it will meet with death ; and if it be made of six, seven or eight different sorts of wood, his family will suffer rain.

CHAPTER XXXIII. (80). On Diamonps. 1. A good gem brings prosperity to the king anda bad one brings misery. It is therefore necessary to ex: amine the properties of gems with the help of persons learn ed in the science ; for a person’s fortune depends upon thp gems be possesses. ## Page 393 ca. 33.) ‘BRIHAT SAMBITA 165 2. Elephants, horses and women possensed of excel- lent virtues are also known as gems ; but diamonds and the like gems to be treated of in this Chapter are stones and the like possessed of many excellent qualities. 3. According to some, gems are the bones of Balasura and according to others they are the bones of the sage Da- dhichi. In the opinion of some, gemsare various sorts of stones which naturally exist in the earth. 4, ‘Twenty-two different sorts of gems are mentioned : ‘These are the diamonds, sapphire, emerald, karketana, ruby, rudbira, vydurya, pulake, vimalike, rajamani, erystal or quartz, moon-stone. 5. Sougandhike, gomedaka, conch-shell, mahanila, to- paz, brabma-mani, jyotirasa, opal, pearls and corals. 6. Diamonds found on the banks of the river Vena aro white ; those found in the province of Oudh are somewhat yellow ; diamonds found in Surat are somewhat of thejcolor of copper and those of Supa are black. 7. Tho Himalayan diamonds are somewhat of the color of copper and those found in the Matanga mountains are somewhat yellow. Ganjam diamonds are also yellow. Ben- gal and Behar diamonds are green. 8. A diamond which is white and has six sides is sacred to Indra; one that is black and of the shapo of the mouth of the serpent is sacred to Yama ; one that is groen and of various shapes is sacred to Vishnu. 9. A diamond which{is of the shape of a female’s goni- tal organ and of the color of the flower of karnikara. (Pteros- permum Acerifolium) is sacred to Varuna; one that is of ‘the shape of the fruit of Sringataka (Trapa Bispinosa) and of the color of the eyes of the tiger is sacred to Agni. 10. A diamond which is of the shape of a grain of barley and of the color of the flower of the Asoka is sacred ## Page 394 166 RRIHAT SAMEITA cu, 33.] to Vayu (a) Diamonds are generally found in rivers, lakes, deep or marshy places. 11. The Kshatriyas shall wear red or yellow dia- monds ; the Brahmins shall wear white diamonds; the Vysi as shall woar diamonds which are slighty yellow and the Sudras shall wear those which are black. 12 & 18. Eight mustard seeds (white) makea Tandala. ‘The price of a diamond weighing 20 Tandulas is 200,000 Karshapaans ; (b) and the price of diamonds weighing two tendulas less and less are respectively three fourths, two-thirds, one-half, one-third, one-fifth, one-sixteenth? one twenty-fifth, one-hundredth aud one-thousandth parts of £00,000 Karshapanas. Notes. The following table shews the price of dia- monds :— Weight ia Priov in Kara. © Weight in Prico in Kara- ‘Tandalas, ‘sbapenas. ‘Tandulag. —ahapaoas. 20 200,000 10 40,000 18 150,020 8 22,500 16 133,333 6 8,000 4 100,000 4 2,000 12 66,666 2 200 For intermediate weight, the price shall be deter- mined by proportion, 14. A superior diamond is one which cannot be bro- ken with any other substance, which is light and dazzling, which is of the color of lightning, fire or rain-bow.and which floats in water. It always brings prosperity. 15, ‘The faults of the diamond are, lines of the shape of the foot of the crow, a fly or a hare or being mixed with other minerals, or govered with holes like gravel, being with split ends, appéaring soiled or with dark spots and (@) ‘The mantras saéred to particular devas sha‘l fret be pronounced ‘and the diamonds shall then be worn, (). A Kan is 20 Re, as it obtains among merchants, Ities ‘gold coin whose weight is 16 Machas equal to one-fourth pala. ## Page 395 one 34.) BRIAAT SAMHITA 167 being of unsteady light or split or broken, Such diamonds are not fit for use. 16. Diamonds with bubbles or split ends or flat and long shall be priced one-eighth less than the price assigned 17. Persons learned in the science say that a woman desirous of sons shall wear diamonds. According to some diamonds are not to be worn at all; diamonds of the shape of the fruit of Sringata, of the pulse,.of the coriander seed, and of the hip-bone shall be worn by women desirous of sons, 18. A person wearing bad diamonds, will lose his peo- ple, wealth and life. Good diamonds worn by kings will free them from the attacks of lightning, poison, and enemies and will bring great prosperity.

CHAPTER XXXIV (81). On Prazts- 1, Pearls are prodaced in elephants, serpents, oyster- shells, fish, clouds, bamboos, whales, and boars. Of these, earls of the oyster-fish are produced in abundance and are eautiful. 2, Ceylon, the island of Paralonkike, Sarat, the Tam- ‘Draparni river, Persie, the isle of Kubera, the country of Pandyavate aud the Himalayas, are places in which pearls are largely found. 3. The pearls of Ceylon aro of various shapes, glossy, of the color of the swan and large. The poarls found in the mouths ofthe Tambraparni are white or slightly copper colored and pure. 4, The pearls of tho isle of Paraloukika are black, white or yellow, mixed with minerals and rough ; the pearls of Surat are neither very large nor very emall and of the color of batter. 5. Persian pearls are bright, white, heavy, and of excellent qualities. The Himalayan pearls are light, brittle, of the color of curdled milk, large, and of various shapes. ## Page 396 = 168 BRIBAT SAMEITA ca. 34) 6. The pearls of the isle of Kubera are rough, black, white, light, large and bright; and those of Pandya Vataka are of the color of the fruit of the margosa, resembling a pulse or the coriander seed. 7. Pearls which are blueare sacred to Vishnu and those which are white like the Moonfare sacred to Indra; those which are yellow are sacred to-Varana and _thore which are black are satred to Yama. 8. Pearls which are’ red like the ripe fraits of the pomegranate or the cocoon of the silk worm or the gunja seeds (Abrus Precatorius) are sacred to Vayu and those which are of the, color of the flame of fire or of the lotus flower are sacred to Agni. 9. The price of a superior pearl weighing four Mas- has (a) is 5,300 karshapanas. 10. The prices of pearls! weighing half » masha less and less are respectively 3,200, 2,000, 1,200, 800, and 353 karsbapanas. 11. The price of a single pearl which is masha in weight is 135 Karshapanas, and the price of a pearl which is 4 ganjas in weight is 90 karshapanas, and that of one which is 3} gunjes in weight is 70 karshapanas. 12. Tho price of a pearl which is 3 ganjas in weight is 80 karshapanas, and the prico of a pearl which is 2} gun- jas in weight is 35 karshapanas, 18. One-tenth of a pala is known as a ‘Dharane The price of a collection or string of 13 good pearls weighing Dharana is 925 karshapanas, 14. The price of a string of 16 pearls weighing a Dharaua is 200 karshapanas ; of 20 pearls of the same weight is 170 karshapanas ; of 25 pearls of the same weight is 180 karshapanas. (2). A masha is equal to 6 ganja seeds or @pomt, | | ## Page 397 cm. 54.) ‘BRIGAT SAMHITA 169 15, The price of a string of 80-superior pearls weigh. ing » Dharana is 70 karshapanas. Ono of 40 pearls of the same weight is 50 karshapanas and one of 55 pearls of the same weight is 40 karsbapanas. 16. The price of a string of 80 pearls weighing » Dharana is 30 karshapanas ; that of a string of 100 pearls of the same weight is 25 karshapanas ; of 200 pearls of the same weight is 12 karshapanas ; of 900 pearls, 6 karshapa- nas ; of 400, 5 karshapanas, and of 500, 3 karshapanas. 17, A collection or string of 13 pearls weighing a Dharana is known as Pikka ; one of 16 pearls of the same weight is known as Piccha ; one of 20 pearls is known as Ardha; one of 25 is known as Argha , one of 30 as Ravaka ; one of 40 as Sikta; one of 55 as Nigra; one of from 80 to 500 pearls is known as Churna. . Notes. According to Buddha Bhata the price of a superior peat] weighing 5 mashas is double the price of one weighing 4 mashes, and the price of a peatl weighing 6 mashas is double the price of one of 5 mashas, and eo on, doubling the price for each additional weight of a masha. . 18. Thus have I described the price of various collec- tions of superior pearls weighing a Dharana, The prices of collections of pearls of intermediate numbers shall be ascer- tained by proportion. If the pearls be not of euperiorqua- lity, the price shall be reduced. 19. If these superior pearls be black or white or slightly rough the price ehall be reduced by a third fif they ‘be only very rongh the price shall be reduced by sixth; and if yellow by one-half. 20. An elophant of the Iravata family born when the Moon passess through the asterism of Pushya or Sravana, ona Snnday or Monday in the Uttarayana (i.e. when tho 22 ## Page 398 10 BRIAT GAMEITA, low. ={ Son passes from sign Capricorn to sign Cancer) and at the | solar or lanar eclipse is known as Bhadra. ‘ 21. Pearls which are bright, of various shapes and large are produced in large quantities in the tusks, testi eles and crests of the Bhadra elephant. 22- These pearls cannot be valued and cannot be bored through. They are exceedingly bright and will bring to the wearer suecess, health and sons, and make him pure- They are ‘fit to be worn by kings. 28. Pearls of superior qualities and of the color of the moon are produced at the roots of the hog’s teeth and pearls of good qualities and which are large, puro, and of the shape of the eye of the fish are fownd in whales. 24. Pearls of the shape of the hail and which fall-from tho seventh region of the atmosphere and resembling the Jightaing are produced in olouds; they are carried away by the Devas. 25, Pearls are also produced in the heads of serpents of the family of Takshaka and Vasuki ; they are black and glossy. 26, When the rain-fall occurs out of season, poarls which fall from the sky into vessels of silver placed on pare spots are known as Naga pearls. Notes —According to Buddba Bhata rain may be pro- duced in the dry season as follows: the priest shall, after bathing, and in an auspicious hour get to the tops of storied * uildings whose floor reflects the sky above and shall recite aloud mantras accompanied by the music of the Dandubbi. Heavy rain will fall. 27. The Naga pearls worn by kings bring to them success, renown, the rain of the enemy and freedom from misery. 7 ## Page 399 on. 34] BRIBAT SAMuITA. a7 28. Pearls produced in bamboos are of the. color of camphor or crystal, and are flat and rough. ‘Those produced in conch-shell are of the color ofthe Moon and round, bright and beantiful. 29, Pearls produced in oonch-shells, whales, bambooss elephants, hogs, serpents and clouds are not to be bored through. As they are of very superior qualities, the Sastras ‘have not stated their value. 30. All these are pearls of superior qualities, and they make the wearer wise; wealthy, happy and renowned, free him from disoases and grief and secure for kings the ob- ject of their desire. 31. A collection of pearls consisting of 1,008 strings, each # cubits long is known as Indra Chhanda. This must be used as ornaments for the Devas only. A collection of pearls consisting of 504 strings each 2 cubits long is knows as Vijaya Chhanda, 32. A collection of poatls consisting of 108 strings each 2 oubits long is known as a Hara ; one of 81 strings of tho same length is known as Deva Chhanda; one of 64 strings is known as Ardha-bara; and one of 5¢ is known as Rasmi Kalapa. 83. A collection of pearls consisting of 82 strings-eack 2 cabits long is known as Guccha; one of 20 strings is known as Ardha-Guecha one of 16 as Manavaka ; and one of 12 as Ardhsmanavaka. 34. A. collection of pearls consisting of 8 strings each two cubits long ie known as Mandara, and one of 5 strings is known as Haraphalaka and a necklace, a cubit in length, consisting of a string of 27 pearls is known as a Nakshatra Mala. 38. A Nakshtra Mala with gems or gold beads be- tween the pearls is known as Manisopana, A Manisopana with a contral gem is known as Chatakara ## Page 400 172 BRIBAT SAMEITA, cH. 85.) 36. A necklace, a cubit in length and consisting of an indefinite number of pearls is known as Ekavali. Am Ekavali with a central gem is known as Yashti among Jewel-merchants.

CHAPTER XXXvV (82). On Rosigs. 1. Rubies are formed from Sougandhiks, from Kura- vinda, and from crystals. The Sougandhika rubies are of the color of the bee, collyrinm, clouds or the fruit of the rose-apple, and are glossy. 2. The Kuruvinda rubies are of the color of the mix. tare of black and white, somewhat bright and mixed with minerals, and the crystalline rubies are bright, pure and of different golors. 8. Rubies of superior quality are bright, glossy, pure, red, and rendering red objects around, dazzling, heavy, well-shaped and of good water. 4, Gems that are dim, slightly bright, with lines, mixed with minerals or with gravel, or broken are not good ones. These are tho faults of gems, 5. A gom of the color of the bes, the neck of the peacock or the tip of flame, if found in tho head of a ser- pent has no value, 6. A king who wears such a gem will never suffer from the attacks of poison and disease. There will be rain- fall in his country every day in the year and the king’s enemies will meet with ruin—all this through the virtues of the gem. 7. The price of a ruby weighing a pala is 26,000 kershapanas, and the price-of a ruby weighing three kar- shas (a) [Z of pala] ix 20,000 karshapanas. (a). 16 Mashas=1 karsha, 4 Karshos=1 pala, ## Page 401 Sn. 36] BRIEAT SAMHITA. 173 8, Ifthe weight be two karshas (} pala) the price is 12,000 k. panas ; if the weight bo a karshe, the price is 6,000 k. panos, and if the weight be 8 Mashas, tho price is 3000 ik. panas. 9. If the woight be 4 Mashas, the price is 1,000 k. panas, and if it be 2 Mashas, the price is 500k. panas. For rubies of intermediate weight, tho prioé shall be ascertained by proportion. ‘Ihe price of rabies which fall a Little short of being superior rubies is as follows : 10. IE the fault be a defect in color, the price shall be reduced to one-half; if the gem be not bright and glossy, the price shall be reduced to one-eighth, and if the gem possess, very fow good qualities but many faults, the price shall be reduced to one-twentioth. 11. Ifthe gem be wholly red black and full of wounds and if the good qualities be very few, the price shall be re- duced to a two-bundrodth part. ‘thus has been described the valuation of rubies by the ancient writers. CHAPTER XXXVI (83). Ow Exerarps. . Emeralds of the col or of the parrot, the leaves of the bamboo, the bark of the plantain and the flower of Si- risha (Acacia Sirisa) and of good quality will conduce to prosperity if they are worn by men on occasions of worship of the Devas and the Pitris. Notes. Emeralds are to be valued in the same way as rubies. According to Budhabhata, the five chief gems are diamonds, pearls, rubies, emeralds and sapphires. Sepphires must bo examinod in the samo way as rubies, Mahanila is a gem which when ‘put into milk turns it blue. The price of ## Page 402 174 RRIHAT SAMHTTA [ou. 97. a ruby weighing a Masha is the price of a sapphire weighing a Swarna (a). ‘Vydurya (the cat’s-eye gem) is of the color of the tail of the poncock, the leaves of the bamboo or the wing of the kingfisher. It is to be valued in tho samo way as sap- phires. Karketana gems are bright, glossy, pure, yellow and heavy. The usual test of its superiority is to cover the stone with gold leaf and put it in fire. The gom will be- come black but will not lose its gloss. The whole Earth might be given for this gem. Crystal gems are white like the stem of the lotus or the conch-shell. Corals are glossy, puro and red. ‘The wearer will be- come wealthy and will be freed from poison, Rudhiraksha goms are groen in the middle, white all round, as bright as sapphire, of the shape of the fruit of the Pilu tree (Carea Arborea). It will make the wearer woalthy and well-served. For farther particulars regarding gems, the reader is referred to the works of Buddhabhata. - CHAPTER XXXVII (84). Ow Lanes. 1. A lamp whose flame turns from right to left, whose ight is dim and small, and emits sparks and which dies out even when the oil and the wick are pure indicates evil. A lamp whose flame is quivering, spreading and attended with noise and which dies out in the absence of the fly or the wind also indioutes ovil. 2. If the flame be close and united, long, still, bright, without noise, beautiful, turning from left to right and of (a). Swarnd=1 Karsha~ 16 Mashas=80 Raktikassabout 176 grains Troy. ## Page 403 on. $8.] BRIBAT SAMHITA. 175 the color of vydarya or gold, it indicates approaching pros- perity. ‘In other respects all that has been said in the case of fire applies here also.

CHAPTER XXXVIII (85). Ow Toorn-navsa. 1. Tooth-brush may be made of the twigs of spread- ing creepers, creepers, shrubs «nd trees, A deseription of all their effects will be long and elaborate, We shall there- fore confine ourself to twigs which are to be chewed to seoure certain special ends. 2. Twigs of unknown trees shall be rejected, and twigs with leaves, those of an even number of joints, those which are split or dry at the ends and those with no bark ought not to be chewed. 8. The twigs of Vikankata (a), Sriphala (6), and Kas- mari (6), if ebewed, will give a person Brahminical splen- dour. The twigs of Kshema will secure to a person a good wife. The twigs of the bavyan will increase a persoi’s wealth and stock of grain. The Arka twig will increase the splendour of his appearance. The Madhuka twig will give hima son, The Kakubha will add to his joy. 4. The twigs of Sirisha and Karanja if used as tooth- brush will make a person wealthy and prosperous. Those of Plaksba will bring him money. Those of Aswattha will make him respected by the people and renowned among his own caste-men- (a). Vikavkata : Flacourtia Sapida, (2). Sriphals : the Bilwa tree. (c). Kasmari; the plant Gmelin Arbores, ## Page 404 176 BRIBAT SAMBITA cx. 38.] 5. The twig of the Badari if chewod as a tooth-brush will make s person healthy ; that of the Bribati (a) will give him a long life; that of the Khadira and Bilwa will increase his wealth ; that of the Atimukta and Kadamba will bring him the objeot of his desire, 6. The twig of the Nimba if chewed as. tooth-brush will bring wealth to a person ; thet of the Karavira will bring him good meals ; that of the Bhandira (6) will bring him imuch food ; that of the Sami, Arjuna and Syama will destroy his enemies. 7. The twig of Aswakarna, Bhadratara (c) and Chatarashaka if chewed as a tooth-brush will brieg a man dignity; those of Priyangn, (d) Apamarga, Jambu and Dadi- ma will make a person beloved of all people. 8. Facing the north or the east, a person shall chew the tooth-brush and cleanse his teeth, for a year, firmly placing before his mind his object of desire. He shall, after its use, wash the tooth-brush with water and throw it ina pure spot. * 9. Ifthe tooth-brush when thrown away after its use be seen to stick to the ground with one end while the other end Points to him and in a Santa (benefic) quarter (vide stanza 12, next Chap.) prosperity is indicated; if it should stick for a time and then fall, the person will get good meals and if it fall otherwise the person will suffer miseries. (a). Bribati: the Egg plant. The other trees occarring in this Chapter have already been ex- Plained, Vide Glossary of Botanical terms—pages 66 to 74. Part II. (%). Bhandira: Rubia Munjistts, (c). Bhodratara ; the plant Tropa Bispinosa, (2). Apamarga ; the plant Achyranthes Aspera, ## Page 405 cn. £9] BRIvar sAxHIMA. 177 On Omens Exhaustively Treated. I

CHAPTER XXXIX (86). Generat Roues. 1. Rishabba has written a treatise on omens embody- ing the views of the Devas Sukra, Indra, Brihaspati, Kapishthala and Garada and of the Rishis Bhaguri, Devala and others. 2. Sridovavardhana, the Mabaraja of Avanti (Oojien ) has written a treatise on omens ombodying the views of Bharadwaja- S. ‘There aro also treatises on omens by'the seven Ri- shis; numerous treatises aro also found on the subject written in ancient and modern languages. Then there are the treatises of Garga and others who have written works on Samhita. There are also treutises written by writers who have written works on Yatra. 4. Having examined all the above treatises I proceed to write clearly this brief treatiseon omens for the enlighten, ment of my pupils. 5. Omens indicate to travellers the good or evil effects of their karma (deeds) in a former birth. 6. Omensare creatures dwelling in villages and forests, in waters,\in land, in the sky, moving by day or by night or by both day and night. ‘Their sex shall be ascertained by their sound, gait, look and speech. 7. Ivis often difficult to ascertain the sex of the crea- ture and the Rishis have laid down general rules for the purpose in the following two stanzas. 8, The inale creatures aro generally+those possessing largo, high and broad shoulders, large neck, fine breast, short but deep sound and uniform gait. 23 ## Page 406 173 BRIHAT SAMBTPA, [ex. 8% 9. Thefemale creatures are those possessing a small neck, head and breast ; also small face; legs and strength = and also, a shrill but soft sound, Other creatures belong to neither sex. 10. In tho present treatise on omens I’ shall confine myself to matters: relating to travels. What are domestic animals and what wild shall be ascertained from a general knowledge of creatures. 11. The effects of omens occurring in roads affect the traveller and those of omens occurring in armies affect the king. Omens ocenrring in towns affect the king or the village deity; and omens occurring before a gathering of men affect the leader ; if there be no leader and if the per- sons be all of equal rank those of superior caste, education or age will be affected by the omens. 12. Dividing the circle of horizon into eight equal quarters beginning from the east and going round, corres- ponding to the eight Yamas (a yamais 3'hours) from suurise to sunrise, the quarter which corresponds to a particular yama of the Sua in his daily motion is known as Deopta (inalefic). ‘The quarter next before it just quitted by the Sun is known as Angari and the quarter next after Deepta is known as Dhumini. ‘The other five quarters are known as Santa (benefic). ‘The first three, viz., the Anguri, the Deepta and Dhumini quarters relate to bad events past, present and futuro respectively according as the omen occurs in such quarters. (a). 13, Omens occurring in the three 5th (opposite) quar ters from the Deepta quarters relate to good events past, present and fature. If the omen occur in one of the re- inaining two quarters, the effects are good or bad according (a). The threo quarters are sometimes spoken of as Deepta quarters. ## Page 407 <u. 39.] BRIBAT SAMHITA. 179 ‘as the place more approaches the Senta or the Deepta quar- ter. 14, Effects of omens occarring in low places will 4o felt soon ; those of omens occurring in high places will ba felt late. The increase or tho decrease will follow the increasing or the decreasing character of the place occupied by the omen. 18, If the hour, the lunar-dey, the Nakehatra, tho -wind and thoeun be malefic, the omon is known as Deiva Deepta (a) and the effects will be of an increasingly evil wharacter. If the gait, place, sound and motion of the omen as well as the memory (of the Astrologer) be bad, the omen is known as Kria Deepta (b) and the effects will also be -of an increasingly evil character. Notes. (a). That is if, at the time of occurrence of an omer, the hour be that of a malefic plonet, the lunar day be a analefic one, the Moon pass through a malefic asterisin, tho wind blow hard and the Sua occupy @ malefic quarter. (), That is, if at the time, the gait of the animal or Dird be bad or directed towards bad places, if the plico occupied by the omen be bad, if the person’s memory fail, if the sound of the animal or bird be hoarse and if it should strike its logs or wings cr scratch its face and do the like. 16, If the character of the omen be the opposite of what has been described above, the omen is known as Deiva Santa or Kria Santa respectively. Creatures subsisting on leaves and fruits are known as Soumya (benefic); and those subsisting on flesh and excrement are known as Roudra (malefic); and creatures subsisting on rice and other graius are known as Sankirna (mixed). ## Page 408 180 BRIHAT SAMIBITA (cu. 89. 17. Creatures found in storied houses, temples, palaces of kings, places of marriage and the like, in beautiful spots and on trees where there may be honey, juice, milk, fruits or flowers indicate good luck. 18. If day-creatures be seen to occupy the tops of hills by day, the effects will be strong; if night creatures be seen to occupy waters by night the effects will be strong. The offects will be of increasing strength uccord- ing as the creature is a hermaphrodite, a fomale or a mal 19. Creatures remarkable for speed, gevius, strength, place occupied, merriment, nobleness of mind or good sound are strong when in their own places; the same rule applies to useful animals. If the character of the creatures be otherwise or if they be injurious and if they do not occupy their own places, they are weak. 20. The cock, the elephant, the parili, the peacock, the vanjula, the musk-rat, the duck and the kutapoori are strong in the east. 21, The jackal, the owl, the haritala pigeon, the crow, the ruddy goose, the bear, ichoumon, the dove, as well as moans, cries and disagreeable sounds are strong in the south. 22. The ram, tho swan, the osprey, the francoline partridge, the cut, as well as festivities, music and laughter are strong in thewes t. 28, The crane, tho deer, the rat, the antelope, the horse, the cuckoo, the blue jay and the hedgehog as well as the sound of sweet-bells and of the conch-shell are strong in the north. 24, Wild crentures shall not be treated as domestic if they aro found in towns, and domestic creatures shall not be treated as wild if they are found in woods. Similarly, doy- ## Page 409 cx. 39.) BRIBAT SAMHITA 181 creatures shall not be confounded with night creatures and vice versa, 23. Creatures afflicted with the Dwandwa (copala- tion %) disease, frighteued animals and those that go about seeking for fight or prey as well as creatures separated by a river and rutting animals shall not be treated as omens. 26. Tho fox, the goat, the ass, the deer, the camel, the antelope and the bare shall not be treated as omens ia the Sisira season (from middle of January to middle of March). The crow and the cuckoo shall not be treated as omens in the Vasanta season (from middle of March to that of May). 27. Tho pig, the dog, the wolf and the like shall not be treated as omens in the month of Bhadrapada (middle of Augast to middle of September) nor shall the Abjada, the cow and the curlew be treated as omens in the Sarat season (middle of September to the middle of November ;) nor the elephant and the Chataka (Cuculus Melanoleucus) be treated as omens in the month of Sravana (July— Angust), 28. The tiger, the bear, the monkey, the leopard, the buffalo, and tho serpent, as well as the young of animals other than human shall not be treated as omens in the Homanta season (from middle of November to middle of January). 29. Tho space betwoen the eastern and the south- eastern points of the horizon shall be divided into 4 equal parts by threo points, These points are known respec- tively as those of Kosadhyaksha, Analajivi and Tapoyukta. 20. The space between the south-eastern and southern points of the horizon shall be divided similarly by three points known respectively as those of Silpi, Bhikshu and Vivastra Stri and the three points between the southern and ## Page 410 182 ‘BRIKAT SAMEITA cH, 39] the south-western points of the horizon are known as those of Matanga, Gopa and Dharmasamasraya, 31. The space between the south-western and western points shall be similarly divided by three points known as those of Stri, Suti and Taskara; and the three points ‘between the western and the north-western poiuts of the horizon are known as those of Soundika, Sakuni and Himsra. 82. The space between the north-western and north- ern points of the horizon shall be similarly divided by three points known as those of Vishaghataka, Goswami and Kuhukagua ; and the three points between the north- ern and north-eastern points of tho horizon are known as those of Dhanavan, Eekshanake and Malakara. 83. The space between the north-eastern snd eastern points of the horizon shall be divided equally by three points known as those of Vyshuava, Charaka and Vajirak- shake, These twenty-four points together with the eight points of the compass give us thirty-two quarters in all. 84. The eight points of the compass beginning from the east and going round are known as those of the king (E), the first prince (S.H)., the commander of armies (8), the messenger (S.W.), the heudman (W.), a spy (N.W), a brabmin (N.), and an elephant driver (N-E.) Again, the four points of the compass are known as those of the Kshatriyas (E.), the Vysiyas (S.), the Sudras (W.) and the Brahmins \N.) 35. The omen in a particular quarter indicates that the person who observes it whether he be going or seated will soon meet with the person presiding over such quarter. - 3G. If the sound of the creature be broken, timid, low, caused by pain, harsh, feeble or dull, it indicates evil. ‘The aatural sound of a joyous animal indicates prosperity. ## Page 411 ex. 39.] DRITAT SAMHTTA 185 87. The jackal, the cuckoo, the Rala, the Chacha, the ichoumon, the lizard, the sow, the Kokila, and the male of animals and birds in general indicate good luck when on the left side. 38, The vulture, the dog, the monkey, the Srikarna, the muskrat, the peacock, the Sreekantha, the Pippika, the Raru, thehawk and the females of animals and birds Jndicate good luck when on the right side. 39. Hissing sound, clapping of hands, auspicious music, and the sound of the conch-shell indicate good luck when on the left side, Other auspicious sounds indicate good luck when on the right sido. 40. The madhyama, shadja and gandhara notes indicate good luck ; the shadja, madhyama, gandkara and rishbha notes also indicate good Inck. Notes—The gandhara note is found only in Deva oka. The nishade, panchama and dhaivata notes indi- cate evil. 41. If the sound of the sky-lark, the ram, the peacock, the mungoose and the king-fisher be heard or if the names of these creatures be heard mentioned or if the creatures be seen, there will be gain of wealth; if the blood-sucker be seen in front of a person there will be misery. 42. If the names of the leech, the snake, the hare, the hog or the iguana be heurd mentioned prosperity is indicated ; but the sound and the appearance of these creatures indicate evil. On the other hand, if the names of the monkey and the bear be heard mentioned, evil is indicated, while both the sound and the appearance of the creatures indicate prosperity. 43. Ifan odd number of animals, birds and the mun- goose be seen to move from left to right prosperity is indi- cated and according to Bhrigu the blue jay and the mun- ## Page 412 184 BRIHAT SAMBITA cn. 89. o0se indicate good luck jf found to move from right to left in the afternoon. 44. Chikkra, Kutapori and Pirili indicate good luck if found to move from loft to right by day, and the hog, the iguana and the snake indicate good luck if found to pass on the right side. 45. ‘The horse and articles of white color indicate good luck when in the east; corpse and flesh indicate good luck when in the south; Virgins and curdled milk indicate good luck when in the west; and the cow, the Sadhus aud the Brahmins indicate good lack when seen in the north. 4G. Persons living by the use of the net and by dogs indicate evil when seen in the east. Those who live by weapons and by acts of torture indicate evil when seen in the south. Liquor and hermaphrodites indicate evil when seen in the west. And wicked men, seats and ploughs in- dicate evil when seen in the north. 47. On anspicious occasions and on occasions of the meeting of persons, of battle, of return journey and of search after articles lost, the omens that pass in the reverse order to that mentioned for Yatra (journey) generally indicate good luck. We shall however state the exceptions, and note- worthy points. 48. On the several occasions mentioned above, omens connected with the deer, the Rura and the monkey appear- ing dy day shall be treated as in Yatra and omens connect- ed with the blue jay, the Vanjula and the dog appearing at the beginning of day shall also be similarly treated. 49. Omens conneoted with the Naptrika, the owl and the icheamon appearing at the end of night shall be treated in the same way as in Yatra. In matters connected with women, omens described for men apply in the reverse order- ## Page 413 cx. 39.] BRIHAT SAMHITA 185 50. Onoceasions of visits to the king, of return-journey and of entry into mountains, woods and rivers, the omens mentioned for Yatra apply. 51. Omens on the left side stated to be auspicious for ‘Yatra are auspicious for other occasions if they are found in front ; and omens on the right side stated to be auspicious for Yatra are auspicious for other occasions if they are found behind. Two birds flying one on each side of a traveller form an omen known as parigha. It is Kriyadeepta in nature and points to the death of the person starting on a journey. 52. If these omens be of gentle sound and of agreeable motion they indicate the gain of wealth and are technically known as Sakanadwara. 53. According to some the term Sakunadwara is applied to omens that remain on the right and left sides, that aro of the same genus and whose sound and motion are agreeable. 54, If an omen be favorable and another be unfavora. ble bad luck is indicated to the traveller. He shall bo guided by the more powerful omen of the two. 55. If a person starting on a journey should first note an omen stated to be auspicious for return journey and then note one stated to be auspicious for onward journey success of object is indicated. Similarly, if & person starting on a return journey should first note an omen stated to be aus- pioious for onward journey and then note one stated to be auspicious for return journey, good luck is indicated 56. If an omen shonld first be found to be auspicioue and ifthe samo should then stop the journey, the person who proceeds nevertheless will either suffex death by his enemy or will engage in fight or suffer from disease, 2h ## Page 414 6 amar sAMEITA, len. 39: 57. Deepta (malefic) omens proceeding from: left to right indicate fear ;.and if such omens appear at the com- mencement of a work such work will suffer injury at the end of a year. 58. If the lunar day, the wind, the sun, the Nakshatra the places and cheshta (motion) be unfavorable, wealth, army, strength, limbs, friends and business will auffer reepec~ tively. 59. If the malefic omens occur when the clouds roar: there will be fear of injery from strong winds. Malefic omens occurring during twilight hours indicate injury from. ‘weapons. 60. If the creatures be found in funeral piles, hait or skull there will be death, imprisonment or suffering from torture respectively and if the creatures be found on thorns, wood, or ashes there will be quarrel, suffering from hard work and grief respectively. 461, If malefic omens be found on objects hollow and weak or on stones, new fear or failure of objects is indica- ted ; but if the omens'be benefice good: Inck is indicated. 62, If the creatures be found to pass stool there wilk be failure of object ; if they be found to eat anything, there will be success of object. Again, if creature be seen to move away crying from a person, it indicates good luck to tho traveller; but if it be found coming towards bim, it in- dicates that the person might return from his journy. 63. If the sound of the creature be found to be bad, there will be quarrel ; if tke place occupied by the creature be bad, there will be fight, If the ery of the creature: be loud at the beginning and weak at the end there will be theft of property. 64, Ifthe omem be bad and found to remain ering in the samo place, the village in the neighbourhood will meet with ruin after seven deys, and the chief town, the ## Page 415 on, 39.) ‘BRIBAT SAMEITA 187 -oouatry and the king will also meet with rain after a month, -six months, and one year respectively. 65. If the creatures be those that eat the flesh of ‘their own kind, other ‘than snakes, rats, cats, and fish, there will be misery. : 66. [xcept in tke case of an ass and a mare for the generation of 2 mule and the case of a man and a woman -of different castes joining in sexual union, if a creature of ‘one species be found to.copulate with a creature of another species the country will meet with rain, 67. Ifthe creature be found to pass near the feet, breast or head-af a person there will respectively be im- prisonment, torture and fear ; if it be found to drink -water ‘there will be immediate rain ; if it be found to eat grass there will betheft of property ; if it be found to eat flesh the'person will got wounded, and if it be found to eat rico there will also be imprisonment. 63. Ifthe creature be seen in any of the eight quar- ters beginning from the Deepta (malefic) quarter and going round, there will respectively be a meeting with offenders, wicked men, ministers, kings, preachers of Puranas, old men, cruel men and violent men.” 69, Ifthe omen be the approach of an object with excellent fruits and the like there will be gain of wealth and strength. If the same object be found bright, mild and with the eyes turned to the ground, the person will do wicked deeds. 70. If the omen be the ery of an inauspicious crea- store, in ono of the corners (S. E, 8, W, N- E, N. W,) reci- procated by the ory of a creature.on the left side of a per son there will be intimacy with a woman of the class belonging to such corner. 71. Ifthe omen;bei the cry of a creature ina Sante {benefic) quarter reciprocated by the cry of a creatur ## Page 416 188 BRIHAT SAMBTTA cu. 39.) the Deepta (5th malefic) quarter, there will be success im fight anda meeting with persons belonging to the Santa quarter. Ifthe reverse be the case there will be misery. 72. If the omen be the ory of a creature before a per- son, reciprocated by the cry of a creature on his left there will be fear of troubles from kinsmen ; but if the cry of such creature be reciprocated by the cry of a creature on the right side thore will be fear of troubles from the per- son’s enemies ; and if all the three creatures be heard to cry togethor there will be death. 78. An omen occurring on the top of a tree indicates the urrival of an elephaut; if it occur in the middle of a tree, the arrival of a horse is indicated, and if in the foot of a tree the arrival of a chariot is indicated ; if the omen occur ina long object, the arrival of human bearers is in- dicated ; if in one of the productions of water, the arrival of a boat is indicated, and if the omen occur on a headless ob- ject, the arrival of a palanquin is indicated. 74. An omen occurring in waggons, in high places, and in shadows, indicate the gain of an umbrella. Omens occurring in the east and S. east, in the south and S, west, in the west and north-west and in the north and north-east take effect after a day, three days, five days, and seven days respectively. 73. The lords of the eight quarters beginning from the east are respectively Indra, Agni (fire), Yama (god of death), Niruti, Varuna (god of rain), Vayu (the wind), Soma (the Moon) ard Eesana (Siva). ‘I'he four prime quar- ters (E,S, W, N.) are masculine and the four sub-quarters (8, E. 8. W, N.B) are feminine. 76. Omens occurring in the eight quarters beginning from the east refer to wood in general, the palm, split bamboo, cloth, productions of water, arrows, leather, and shawls, and to lotters of advice regarding them. Omous ## Page 417 ca. 40] BRINAT saxniTA 189 occurring in any of the thirty-two points of the horizon in- dicate dealing or business with the porsons referring to them. 77. Effects of omens appearing in the eight quarters beginning from the east will occur respectively in place of physical exercise, fire, indistiuet sound, quarrel, water, fetters, mantras and cows. The four prime quarters—E. 8. W. & N.—are respectively red, yellow, black and white, and the color of a sub-quarter is a mixture of the colors of the two adjacont prime quarters. 78. Omens appearing in the eight quarters beginning from the east, take effect respectively in caves, water, hill, places of sacrifice and the abodes of shepherds; these are also places of mecting, fear, Joss and the like referred to in connection with several quarters. 79. When the question refers to women, omens ap- pearing in the several quarters beginning from the East point to women who aro big, young, of defective organs, dirty, dressed in black cloth, mean,’ tall, aud widowed res- pectively. 80. ‘The four prime quirters beginning from the East refer to silver, gold, sick patients and to women and also to sheep, carriage, sacrificial rite and cow-shed. The eight quarters begining from the east refer to the banyan tree, the red’tree, the Rodhra, the bamboo, the mango, the Kha- dira, the Bilva and the Arjuna trees respectively. CHAPTER XL (87). Section II. Ow Awrana Cuaxra on THE cinciz oF Hortzon. 1. Ifthe omen be the ery of a creature in tho eastern quarter (2) when such quarter is benefic there will be a mee!- ing with an officer of the king and tho gain of presents, precious gems, wealth and excellent articles. (a) OF 82 pointe iuto which the circle of horizon is divided. Vide last chapter. ## Page 418 190 ‘RRIHAT SAMHITA cu. 40.3 2. Ifthe omen be the cry of a creatare in the next (2nd) benefic quarter there will be gain of gold and of a desired object. * And if in the Srd benefic quarter there will be gain of weapons, of wealth and of arecanut. . 8. IE the oinen be the cry of acreature in the 4th be- taefic quarter there will be meeting with a person of the twice born cless and with a Brahmin who performs the fire ceremony of Agnihotra, and if in the 5th benefic quarter (S. B,) there will be a meeting with a servant or an ascetic and a gain of gold and metals. 4, Ifthe omen be the cry of a creature in the 6th be- nefie quarter there will be a meeting with a prince and the gain of a desired object, and if in the 7th quarterthere will be the gain of a woman, of virtue, of mustard seeds, and barley grain. 5. If theomen be the ory of a creature inthe 8th bene- fic quarter, there will be recovery of property lost and the gain of an object of desire by a traveller. 6. If tho omen be the cry of @ crcasure in the {t' be- nefic quarter (S), a person svill successfully perform his journey and there will also be the gain oftpeacocks, buffaloes and pigeons. If in the 10th benefic quarter, there will be a meoting with musicians as well as prosperity and joy. 7. If tho omen be the ery of a creature in the 11th ‘onefic quarter, there will be meeting with fisher men and gain of fish, of partridge and the like, and if in the 12th bee nefic quarter there will be meeting with an ascetic and the gain of good meals and fruits. 8. Ifthe omen be the cry ofa creature in the 18th benefice quarter (3. W.) there will be a gain of women and the arrival of a horse, ornaments, a messenger and a news Jetter ; and if in tho 14th benefic quarter, there will bea meeting with leather work-men and the gain of an article made of leather. ## Page 419 ore 40.) BRIBAT cAMHITA BI 9. If the’ omen be the ory ofa creature in the 15th denefic quarter, the names of monkeys and ascetics will be heard mentioned or there will be a mecting with these ; and if the 16th benefic quarter, there will be a gain of frnits, flowers and of articles‘of ivory. 10. If the omen be the cry of a creature in the 17th benefic ‘quarter (W) there will be a gain of the goms of the sea, of Vydurya, and of artieles set with gems; and if in the 18th benefic quarter there will be a meeting with bill- men, hunters and thieves and the gain of meals. 11. Ifthe omen be the cry of a creature in the 19th Denefic quarter there will bea meeting with persons afflict- ed with windy complaints and there will also be a gain of sandal wood and of agarajsand if in the 20th benefice quarter there will be a gain of weapons and books aswell as a meeting with persons dealing inithem. 12. Ifthe omen be the cry of a creature in the 21st benefic quarter (N, W.) there will be a gain of the bone of the white cuttle fish, of chamara, and of woollen shawls, and ‘there will alsoibea meeting with a person of the Kayastha (a) caste or with a scribe; and if in the 22ud benefic quarter there willbe gain of earthen ware and a meeting with conjarers and Dindibhandas. 18. Ifthe omen be the cry of a creature in the 23rd benefic quarter there will be a meeting with friends and the gain of wealth ; and if in the 24th benefic quarter there will Beta gain of cloths and horse anda meetmg with a close friend. 14. Ifthe omen be the cry of a creature in the 25th benefic quarter (N) there will be a gain of curdled milk, rice and fried grain and n meeting with Brahmins ; and if in the (a). Apersou born of a Kshatriya father and a Sudra mother. ## Page 420 192 DRIHAT SAMBITA on. 40.) 26th benefic quarter there will be again of wealth anda meeting with the chief of a party of men. 15. Ifthe omen be the cry ofa creature in the 27th benofic quarter there will be a meeting with a prostitute, a Brahma chari anda servant and there will also be the gain of dried fruits and flowers ; and if in the 28th benefic qnarter, there will be a meeting with a painter and a gain of cloths. 16, I£ the omen be the cry of a creature in tho 29th benefic quarter (N. E.) there will be a meeting with an idol- worshipper and a gain of grain, gems and cows ; and if in the 30th benefic quarter there will be a gain of cloth and a meeting with a prostitute. 37. If the omen be the ery of a creature in tho 31st Denefic quarter there will be a meeting with a washerman and the gain of the productiors of water; and if in th 82nd bonefio quarter there will be a meeting with an ele- phant-driver and the gain of wealth and elephants. 18. ‘The division of the circle of horizon into 82 equal parts was also. mentioned in connection with house-building. The eight spokes (radii) and the centre form nine more places where omens indicato varions effects. 19. If the omen be the ory of a creature in the centre there will be a meeting with kinsmen and friends and sexual union with an excellént woman; if it be the cry of a crea- ture in the eastern spoke, there will be a meeting with a. king and the gain of red silk cloths. 20. If the omen bo the cry of a creature in the 8. E, spoke, there will be a meeting! with a weaver, a carpenter asoulptor and a horse driver and there will ulsorbe a gain of wealth through them or the gain of horses. 21. If the omen be the cry of a creature in the southern spoke, there will be a meeting with virtuous per- sons and the gain of virtue. ## Page 421 cz, 40.) BRIHAT SAMHITA 198 22. If the omen be the cry of a creature in the south-western spoke, there will be a mesting: with a cow, a player and a Kapalika, and there will also be the gain of a ball, black gram, horse-gram and the like and meals, 28. Ifthe omen be the cry of a creature in the west- orn spoke, there will be a meeting with kusbandmen and the gain of the productions of the sea, of crystal, of fruits and of liquor. 24. If the omen be the ery of a creature in the north- western spoke, there will be a meoting with a porter, a car- penter, and an ascetic and there will also be the gain of the flowers of the Tilaka, the piper-betel and of the Pannaga. 2%. If the omen be the cry of a creatare in the north- ern spoke, there will be gain of wealth and there will also be a meeting with a devout person and with a person dress ed in yellow robes. 26. Ifthe omen be the ery of a creature in the north- eastern spoke, there will be a meoting with a female devoteo and the gain of iron, cloths and bells. 27. Omens occurring in the sight quarters on tho South, in the 2nd, Gth, 3rd, 7th, and 8th quarters on tho ‘West and in the 2nd quarter on the North are not favorable for journey. Omens occurring in the other quarters are auspicious for tho purpose. 28. Inside the circle, omens appearing in the south- western and north-western spokes are not favorable for journey; and those appearing in the other spokes and in the centre are auspicious for the purpose. 29. We have till now been describing the effects of omens in the soveral quarters when they happen to be bene- ficand weshall now proceed to describe the effects of omens in the same quarters when they are malefic. If the omen 25 ## Page 422 194 ‘RRIHAT SAMHITA: [cu. 40. oceur due East, there will be fear from the king and & meet- ing with the enemy. 30. If the omen occur in the 2nd malefie quarter there will be injury to gold and suffering to goldsmiths; if in? the 8rd {malefic quarter there will be loss of wealth, quarrel and fight. 81. Ifthe omen occur in the 4th malefic quarter there will be fear of injury from fire; if it occur due 8. E, there will be fear from robbers, and if in the 6th malefic quarter there will be loss of wealth and the death of princes. 82. Ifthe omen be the cry of a oreatare in the 7th malefic quarter, there will be miscarriage of pregnancy, and if in the th malefic quarter there will be the death of dealers in gold and of sculptors as well as fight. 33, Ifthe omen be the cry of a creature due South, there will be fear from the king and death by plague; if in tho 10th malefic quarter, the Dombes (wandering tribe) will suffer miseries. 84. Ifthe omen be the cry ofa creature in the 11th malefic quarter, fishermen and fowlers will suffer, and if in tho 12th malefic quarter, there will be injary to meals and ascetics will suffer. 35. If the omen be the cry of a creature due south- wost, there will be quarrel, bloodshed and fight, and if in the 14th malefic quarter, there will he fajury to articles of leather and workmen in leather will suffer miseries. 86. Ifthe omen be the cry of a creature in the 15th malefic quarter, ascetics will suffer miseries and the sense of hearing will suffer injury ; if in the 16th malefic quarter, there will be suffering from bunger ; if dae west, there will be suffering from heavy rains and if in the 18th malefe quarter, dogs and thieves will suffer miseries. ## Page 423 on, 40.] BRIBAT SAMBITA, 193 87. Té the omen be’ the cry of a creature in the 19th malefio quarter there will be injary from violent winds ; if in the 20th malefic quarter, ‘dealers in books and weapons will suffer ; if due north-west, books will suffer injuries and if in the next (22nd) malefic quarter there will be fear from poison, thieves and wind. 88. If the omen be the cry of a creature in the 23rd malefic quarter, there will be destraotion of wealth and » quarrel with friends ; if in the 24th malefic quarter, horses will be killed and priests will suffer. 29. Ifthe omen occur due North, there will be theft of cows and blows from weapons; if in the 26th malefic quarter, parties of mon will suffer and there will be des- truotion of wealth; if in the 27th malefic quarter, there will be fear of injury from dogs and out-castes, servants and prostitutes will suffer miseries. 40. Ifthe omen be the cry of acreature in the 28th malefic quarter, cloths of various colors will suffer as well as painters ; if it occur due north-east, there will be fear of injury from fire and virtuous women. will suffer from calumny: __ 41 Ifthe omen be the cry of e creature in the next 0th) malefic quarter there will be grief and the death of women ; if inthe 31st malefic quarter, washermon and pereons dwelling on the banks of rivers will suffer miseries. 42.. If the omen be ‘the cry of a creature in the last (82nd) malefic quarter, elephant-drivers will suffer miseries as well-ss elephants. Again, if the omen occur in tho eastern malefic spoke (within the circle) a person will lose his wife. p 48. If the omen occur in:the south-eastern malefic spoke,. there’ will’ be fight and injury from fire and the death. of horses, and sculptors will suffer, If it occur in the ## Page 424 196 BRIBAT SAMHITA, [ea. 41 southera nislefic spoke, there will be destruction of- works, of charity, and ‘if in the south-western malefic spoke, there will be fear of injury from fire and parties of men will be killed. 44. If the omen be the cry of a creature in the west- em malefic spoke, servants will suffer ; if in the north. western milefic spoke, asses and camels will be killed and mankind will suffer from cholera and poison. 45. If the omen occur in the northern malefic spoke, there will be destruction of wealth ; and if in the north- eastern malefic spoke, the creatures of the village and shepherds will suffer, and if it occur in the malefic centre, the person himself will suffer troubles. TI CHAPTER XLI, (88). On Ominous Catzs. 1. The Kokila or the Indian Cuckoo, the hog, the Sasaghna,theVanjala,the peacock, the Sreekarna,'the Brah- mani duck, the blue-jay, the Andirake, the wag-tail, the parrot, the crow, the dove, tho sky-lark, the wild-cock, the the osprey, the Haritala pigeon the valture, the monkey, the Phents, the cock, the Poornakoota and the sparrow are day birds and animals. 2. The Jackel, the Pingala, the Chippika, the flying fox, the owl and the here are night birds and animals. If the day birds be found to move at night or if the night birds bo found to move by day, either the country will suffer or the king will meet with ruin. 8. Horses, men, serpents, camels, leopards, lions, bears, iguanas, wolves, the mangoose, the deer, the dog, the gost, the cow, the tiger, the swan, the spotted antelope, ## Page 425 cx. 41.] BRIBAT SAMBITA 197 the steg, the jackal, the hedge-hog, the cuckoo, the cat, the Indian crano and the pigeon are both day and night animals. 4. The Bhasha, the Kootapura, the Karabaka and the Karayike are birds of the species known as Poornakoota. The Pingalike, the Pechika and the Hakka are owls of the species known as Ulukachoti. 5. The Kapotaki and the Syamaare doves of the same class. The Vanjalake and the Khadirachanoha aro fowls of the same class. The Chachhundari and the Nripa- suta are rats of the samo class. The Baleya and the Gardhabhe are asses of the same class. 6. Srotobheri, Tatakabheri and Ekaputraka are birds of the same class. The Kalahakarika, and the Rala are also birds of the same class. The Rala is a bird two inches bigh and sounds like a Bhringara (a golden pitcher?) at night. 7. ‘The Durbalake and the Bhandika are birds of one species. If these birds be found to pass on the right side, they indicate good luck tothe people of the Eastern countries, Chikkera is a species of animal and Krakavaku and Kukata are fowls of the same species: 8. Girtakukuta is also known as Kulalakukuta and Kudyamatsya (the wall-fish) and Grahagodhika are differont names for the house lizard. 9% Divyaand Dhanvana are animals of the same species ; Kroda and Sukara are different names for the hog 5 Go and Usra are different names for the cow and Swa and Sarameya are dogs of the same species. 10. Thus birds and animals bear different names in different countries. The animals shall first bo identified from their names and their cries shall then be interpreted as stated below. 11. Ifthe Vanjala bird be heard to sound as Tittid, suoh sound is inauspiciouss but if it be heard to sound as ## Page 426 198 BRIGAT SAMEITA [ow. 44, Kilkilé the sound is auspicious. The other ‘than. natural sounds of the hawk, the parrot, the vulture and the. crow are inauspicious. 12, I£ the dove be seen to conceal itself in a carriage or a seat.or 8 bed or enter a lotus flower, it indicates evil. The effects are felt after different periods in the case of different species of this bird: — 13. If the dove be: wholly white, the effects will be felt after a year; if it be of various colors, the effects will be felt after 6 months and if of crimson color with a slight ad- inixture of black, the effects will be felt that same day. 14. If the cuckoo be heard to sound as chichit, it indi- eates good luck; if as sulisul, there will be gain of wealth; if as Chachha, it indicates evil aud ifas chikehik there will be gain of a desired object. 15. Ifthe Haritala pigeon be heard to sonud as gugu there will be prosperity ; if in any other way, it indicates evil. The sound of the sky-lark always indicates prosperity. 16. If the female crane be heard to sound as kish-hish oras kaka-kaka there will be prosperity: but if the sound be kara-kara, there will also be prosperity but without gain of svealth. 17. Ifthe same bird be heard to sound as kutukls, there will be prosperity ; if as Katukli, there will be rain ; but if the sound of the bird be as kotikli or as gum there will be evil. 18. If tho Divyaka be seen on the left side, there will be prosperity. Ifit be seen a cubit above the ground there will be gain of a desired object and if it be seen above the height of a man, the person will become master of the wholo country surrounded by the sea. 19. If the cobra be seen to move towards a traveller thero will bea meeting with the enemy, imprisonment, ## Page 427 ca. 42.) BRIHAT saicHrra. 199 slaughter and rain; if it be seen to move on the left side, there will be failure of a work attempted but safe journey to and fro. 20. If the wag-tail be seen on a lotus or on the heads of horses, elophauts or enakes there will be gain of a kingdom ; if seen in pure places and on meadows, there will be pros- perity and if seen on ashes, bones, wood, husk, hair or grass, there will be grief for » year. 21. Ifthe franceline partridge be heard to sound kilé Kilkiti there will be prosperity and not otherwise ; if at night the hare be seen to go crying on the left side thero will be good luck. 22. If the monkey be heard to ory as hilikili the traveller will not meet with success. According to some, if the wild cook be heard to cry as chuglu or like a monkey, the traveller will meet with success. 28. Ifthe blue-jay be seen to move to the right of a porson with worms, insects or bono in its month or to fly round in the sky, the traveller will oom gain wealth. 24. Ifthe crow and the blue-jay be soon to pass to the right fighting, the jay sufforing defeat, the traveller will be killed and if the reverse be the case, there will be suc- cess, 25, If the blue-jay be heard to sound as Keka like the Poornakuta on the left side, there will be success ; but if ‘kralkra be the cry, it indicates evil; but the appearance of the blue-jay always indicates success to the traveller. 26. If the Undira be heard to sound as ¢ee, it indicates good luck and if the cry be dittittee, it indicates evil. If the Phenta be seon on the right side, it indicates good luck. ‘The sound of this bird signifies neither good nor evil. 27, Ifthe Sreekarna bo heard to sound as quaqua on the left aide; it indicates good luck ; but if the ory be chik- ## Page 428 200 BRIHAT SAMBITA, Lox. 41, chik the’ effects will be indifferent ; if otherwise, the sound signifies nothing. 28. Ifthe Durbali be heard to sound as chiril-virilo on tho left side, there will be the gain of a desired object and if it be seen to move from left to right, there will be immediate success of work. 29. If the Darbali be seen to move from left to right crying chik-chiki there will be prosperity bat not sucoess of work: if it be seen to pass from right to left, there will be slaughter, imprisonment and fear. 80. Ifthe Sarika be heard to sound Krakra or foar- lessly as trey-trey, the traveller will soon get wounded and there will be much shedding of blood. 81. If the Phontaka be heard to cry as chiril-virily on tho left side, there will be prosperity ; if the sound be otherwise there will be evil. 32. Ifthe cry of the ass be long and on the loft side, it indicates good luck. If the sound be Om, a person proceed- ing on a journey will mest with success ; otherwise, the cry is malefic. 88, If stag and the deer be heard to sound as Aa and if the spotted antelope be heard to sound as O there will be good luck; if otherwise there will be misery. 84 The cock crows as Kuku except when it sounds fearfully at night and also when ill ; the long natural and high sound hoard in the morning indicates prosperity to the country, the town and the king. 85. Tho Chippika sounds in various ways: The Kulu kulu sound is auspicious; other sounds are inauspicious. The sound of the'cat is always auspicious toa traveller; if the cow be seen to sneeze, it indicates the death of the person proceeding on a journey. ## Page 429 ou. 41.] BRIHAT SAMHITA. fol 86. The owl is often seen flying after its mate setting up the joyous ery of humhum or gugluk- The sound is benefic: Té tho sound be gurulu or Kishisi, it is always malefic. If the owl be seen to sound frequently as balabala, there will be quarrel + but if the sound be tatattata, there will be misery All other sounds are malefic and do not indicate goad luck. 87. Ifthe crane-with its mate be heard to sound to- gether, it indicates good luck. But if one of them he heard to sound alone or if they be heard to sound one after the other, such sound is not auspicious. 88. Ifthe Pingala be heard to sound as chirilvirilu good luck is indicated. Any other sound is inauspicious. 89. Ifthe Pingala he heard to sonnd as Isce it stops the journey. If it be heard to sound as kueukusu, thero will be quarrel. I shall now state what has to be done to make this bird foretell future events. 40. The tree in which the bird Pingala may happon to dwell shall be visited by a person who has,bathed either in the evening or in the twilight hours; the person shall first worship Brahma and the other Devas. He shall then adorn the tree with @ fine new cloth and with Sandal paste. 41. At mid-night the person shall take his station alone to the north-east of the tree and pronouncing tho mantras given below within its hearing call upon the bird to divine his thoughts and indicate the issue; he shall solemnly call upon the bird to do soin the name of every thing holy excepting the names of the Devas. 42, “O thou giver of prosperity, I entreat thee to divine my thoughts: thou art praised as knowing all langua- ges.” 48, “I mean to leave only after being informed by thee and I will question thee from the noth-eastern corner early in the morning.” y Ing: 26 ## Page 430 202 RRIGAT: SAMEITA on, 42.) 44. “ O thou giver of prosperity, T.call,ypon thee to indicate by. signs, the iasuo of the object have in view.” 45. If, imasediately. after this,itho, bitd ‘be heard to sound the chiril-virile there: will be success of the under taking, bat if-the:soand be oithbr disor bucha-Luoha there will be much mental sfferings -° . , 49. If the bird be mute;then also;:there will-be-success- “ ‘Bho effeots described for thé -numadrous points of the:Circle of Horizon applychere also; and'if-the bird be seatéd-in the top-fost branches, the effects will fally’ oomo to pass, ifin the middle branches, one-half of the effects will-alone come to pass and if in the lower branches very little of the effects will come to pass. 47. All that has been said forthe thirty-two points of the outer-circle, the eight spoke lines and the contro apply to the sound of the house-lizard im these pésitions. “Again, if the blind mouse be /hésrd to sound aa chiechid, the sound ia malefic, but if the souud be tittid it ia benefic and indicates good luck, CHAPTER XLII (89). Iv. On Omens connected with the Dog. 1. (@). If the dog be seen to pass urine on a man, & horse, an elephant, a pot, # saddle, on milk trees, on heaps of unburnt brick, on an umbrella, a bed, a seat, a wooden mortar, on a banner, a cliamara or ground covered with tender grass or flowers and to go before the traveller, it indicates success; if it be soen. to pass urine on wet cow-dung, the person will gat good ineale, aud ifon dry cow-dang te will get miserable meals or sugar and cakes. @) Agin, if the dog be seen to pass urine on poisonoas trees, on thorny trees, dry-wood, stones, dried trees, bones, or cremation ground ond to scratch over the parts and to go ## Page 431 cn. 42] seffar sauna 203 béfore the: traveller, if indicated evil; if it be seen to pasa urine on a bed or on'the uftnsed ‘vessels'of a pot-man and the like it indicates disgraoe to virgins ; if it be seen to pass urine’ on used vessels or oh’ shoes, it indicates ‘disgrace to the traveller's wife and if it'be sven’ to ‘pais urine ons cow, thére’ will be « niingling of castes. (©. Again, if the dog be seen to approach the traveller with a slipper in its month, the traveller will gain his object ; if it bo seen with its mouth full of flesh, there will be a gain of wealth ;if with a raw bone in its mouth, there will be good Inok ; if it be seen to approach with.» burning torch ora dry bonein its month, there will be deth; if with a dead torch, the person will receive blows ;.if it be soen to approach dragging with it the head, hands, foot, face or other limbs of a person, there will be gain. of lands; and if it be seon to approach with'a cloth, the bark of a treo and the like, there will be. danger. According to some, if a dog be seen to approach with a cloth in its mouth, there will be good luck. (@): Also, if thie dog be seon'to enter the house with a adry-bone in its month, ‘the head of the fainily will die. If it be seen to enter with fetters, creepers, leather-straps, ropes and the like, he will suffer imprisonment. If it be aden to shake its eara,to get on the person of the traveller and to lick his fest. he will meet with obstacles. If it be seen to stop the travéller, he will suffer: attack. Ifit be econ to soratch the body,.he will meet with épposition and if the dog be seen.to lie with its head raised. np, there will be evil. . 2. Ifone or more dogs be seen to bark atthe Sun from the middle ‘of a ‘village, there wilt bea change of uters. : ## Page 432 204 BRINAT CAMBITA cH. 42.] 3, If the dog be'seen to bark st the Sua in the mor- ning from the South-east quarter there will be immediate foar from destructive fire and from robbers ; if it be seen to do so at noon, there will be death from fire and ifin the evening, there will be fight and bloodshed. 4. If the dog be seen to bark at the Sun towards sun- set, farmers will soon suffer. If it be seen to bark turning to the Northwest within six ghatikasafter sunset, there will be suffering from winds and robbers, 5. If the dog be seen to bark at mid-night turning to the North, Brahmins will suffer and cows will be carried away by robbers: and if it be seen to bark at dawn of day turning to north-east, virgins will suffer from disgrace, there will be fear from destructive fire and a miscarriage of pregnancy. 6. If, in the rainy season, the dog be seen to bark aloud from a heap of rubbish, from tho king’s palace, the temple or the top offa house, there will be abundent rain ; and if it be seen to doso in any other season there will be death, fear from destructive fires and suffering from diseases, ?. If, in the rainy seasom when there is no rain, the dog be seen to plunge frequently into water or to drink it or to shake it off from its sides, there will be rain within 12 days. 8. If the dog be seen to bark at the mistress of the house with its head on the thresh-hold while its body re- mains without, the master of the honse will suffer from disease ; buf if it be seen to do so with its body within the gate and its head without it, the mistress of the house will suffer disgrace. 9. If the dog beseen to scratch the walls of the house there will be house-breaking by robbers; if it be seen to dig the ground in tho cow-shed, cows will Le robbed away ## Page 433 on, 42.] BRIGAT SAMEITA 205 and if it be seen to scratch the places where grain is stored up, there will be gain of grain. 10. Ifthe dog be seen toest something miserable with a weeping eye anda pitiable look, the master of the house will suffer grief; and if it be seen to play with cows there will be plenty, prosperity, health and joy. 11. If the dog be seon to kiss or smell the left knee, there will be gain of wealth; if it be seen to kiss tho xight knee, there will be quarrel with women ; if it be seen to kiss the left thigh, there will be sensual enjoyment and if it be seen to kiss the right thigh there will be enmity between frionds. 12, Ifthe dog be seen to kiss the feot, the traveller will be stopped in his journey ; but person who does not travel will gain the object of his desire. If thedog be seen to kiss the shoes of person, that person will soon begin to travel. 18, Ifthe dog be seen to kies both the arms, there will be suffering from enemios and robbers and if it be seen to conceal in a heap of rubbish, flesh, bones, or any eatablee, there will be immodiate fear from destructive fires. 14. If the dog be seen to bark first in the villago and then in the village cremation ground, the chief person of tho village will die and if it boseen to bark towards a tra- veller, it stops his journey. 15. Ifthe dog be seen to howl with the sound of the letter Oo on the left side there will be gain of wealth; if with the sound of the long vovel 9 on the left side, there will also be gainjof wealth ; if with the sound of the letter aw on the left side, there will be ridicule ; and if it be seen to - howl in any sound from behind, the travller will meet with obstacles, ## Page 434 206 ‘Sarat sacar, few: 487 16. If dogs bé ded’ to cry frequehtly ‘dtteriig thet sound Shankha as if beaten with a stick or if thiéy be sedi to rua in acnrye, the ruin of the village. is indicated and there will also, be deaths, 17, If the dog.be seen to show its teeth, and lick its mouth-cornets there will be good meals ; if it be found to lick its moutli, there will be obstacie ‘even _ Hong good ineali thay ‘bol within #eeeh: 18. It'ddijs bo frequently’ seo to crowd and Bark 'to- gether'id th’ midalé of téwni‘and villages; the héad will suffer migéries; a wildGdoy shalt be treated: a-wild beast, 19. If dogs be seen to bark near trees theré will bo vain if they bark nédr Indre’s banner, the ininistdr. will stiffer ; if they bark in the middle of’ thie house, the mastor of the liousd will suffer from windy complaint and if they | be seén ‘to bark from the gates of towns, the towns will | suffer, 20. If the dog he éoon to bark from a bed, the niaster of tho bed will sufter miséries in his travel ; if it be seen to ory fom behind, thieré will be fear and if it beseento go round men from left to right atid then bark, there will be trouble from enemies. | CHAPTER XLII. (90.) v. On Tue Cry or Tae JacKan, 1, All that ha’ bédn ‘said‘of tho dog applies‘also to thé Jackal. ‘There ate howevor a few special points to be noticed. ‘The jackaf becomes rattisl in’ the Sisira seagon (from middle ‘of January to’ thet of Match) when its acts signify nothing. Ifthe jackal’be'soen to ery hoo-Ado fitst and ta-ta next, thé cry is benefic. AI other cris’ are malefic. ## Page 435 434 ARHAT saMuyra 207 2 :-Kakka is the natutel-cry of the jackal khown ss Lomasika ; it indicates good nck, “All a cries indi- sabe ovile: : “+ 8. The ery ofa the eka ts in'tho’ enbt and in the’ “north indicates good luck ; if the cry: be towards d'Banta (benefice) ‘quarter thé person will be" respected everywhere. “Tf the ‘ery be'towards the Dhumita quartér und-bé inalefio in its nature, the lords of such quarter-will suffer’ miseries. 4. In whatsoever. quarter the Jackal may be, if its “cry be towards a Deepta (malefic) quarter, there will be ‘prosperity. The cry at noon indicates great evil; the ory of the jackal in the South and towards the Sun indicates misery to ‘thé town and army. 5. If Yahi bo the cry of the jackal there will be injury from fire. If tala be tho cry, thero will be death. If Dhik —Dhik be the ory, wicked deeds will be committed ; if the ory be that of the jackal with a flaming mouth, the country will meet with rain, 6. According to some, the cry of the jackal of the flaming mouth does not indicate evil. The mouth of the jackal appears bright as the Sun or fire owing to its water. 7. If @ jackal facing the South be seen to cry in answer to the cry of another jackal there will be death by hanging. If it be fopnd ta do so facing the West, there will be death by drowning. 8 IE from 1 to 7 jackals be seen to cry together, there, will respectively be freedom from cares, the receipt :of Bo9d intelligence, gain of wealth, gain of an object of desire, cares of the mind, raisery to the chief person, and the gain of a carriage. .. 1f.8):0 or more jackals be geen to ery togethor, “auch ery signifies nothing. If the group be found to ery ## Page 436 208 BRINAT SAMHITA cn. 44.) in the South, just the reverse of the effects excepting the 5th and 6th will occur. ~ 10. Ifthe ory of the jackal be found to fill man with 8 thrill of fear, and to cause the horse to pass urine and dung there will be miseries. 11. Tho ory of the jackal which stops at the sound of man, the elephant or the horse indicates prosperity to the town and to the army. 12. If bhebha be the cry of the jackal there will be fear. If the cry be bho-bho there will be danger ; if it be phipha, there will be death or imprisonment and if huhu be the ery, there will be prosperity. 13. Ifa benefic jackal while crying a-au should hear another cry as tata and begin to cry so in response or if it be found to cry beginuing with the sound te-ts and ending with the-the such cries signify nothing except that the animal ia in rut. 14, Ifthe cry of a jackal be af first found to be loud and disagreeable and again as in response to the cry of another jackal there will be prosperity, gain of wealth and the return of a friend-from his travels. CHAPTER XLIV. (91) Vi. On Omens Connected With Wild Animals. 1, If wild animals be found to stay, wander or to come and go within the limits of towns, present, past and fature fears aro indicated respectively ; and if they are found to wander on all sides of the town, such town will meet with ruin. 2. If, when wild animals enter the limits of towns, their cry is responded to by the ory of country animals, villages and towns will suffer miseries; if their ory is ## Page 437 ou. 45.) BRIBAT SAMHITA 209 responded to by the cry of other wild animals, towns and villages will be beseiged; but if euch cry is responded to by both wild and country animals, women will be put into prison by the enemy. 3. If wild animals be found at the gates of towns, such towns will be beseiged by the enemy ; if they be found © to enter the towns, such town will meet with rain ; if they be fonnd to give birth to their young, the people will suffer miseries; if the animals be found to die within towns, there will be fears of various kinds, but if they enter the houses there will be imprisonment. CHAPTER XLY (92.) VII. On Omens Connected With The Cow. 1. If the cow appear weak and dejected the king will suffer miseries; if it walk striking the ground with its heels there will be diseases. If the eyes be found full of tears or if it be found to fear its own master or to ery at. tho sight of thieves, there will be death. 2. Ifcows be found to cry when unmolested there will be ruin; if they cry at night there will be fear; but i€ the ox be found to cry at night there will be good luck. If cows be found to be tormented by flies or dogs, there will be immediate rain. 8. If cows while coming home with the ory of bambha bo found to be in pursuit of bullocks there will. be an increase of cows in the cow-shed.~ If cows be found wet or with their hairs on end, or happy there will be an increase of wealth. ‘The same remarks apply to butfaloes. ## Page 438 210 BarmaT sAMHITA, fon. 46. CHAPTER XLVI (98). VIII. Ow Ougns conNzcrep wita THE HoRsy. 1. If either the part just behind the saddle or the side of a horse be accidently burnt, evil is indicated. If other- wise there will be good luck. If all the parts of the body ‘be burnt, there will be misery. If the part be seen to burn or to smoke, the effects will be felt in 2 years. 2. Ifthe organ of generation catch fire, the master’s harem will suffer miseries. If tho belly catch fiire, the treasury will suffer ; if the buttocks or the tail oatch fire, there will be defeat by the enemy. Ifthe face and the head. outch fire, there will be success. 8. If the mane, the saddle—back and the shoulders catch fire, there will be success. If the legs catch fire, there will be imprisonment. If the forehead, breast, eyes or legs catch fire and smoke, there will be defeat ; but if they burn only there will be success. 4. Ifthe nasal pit, the part above it, the head, the part just below the eyes and the eyes catch fire and burn at night, there will be success. If horses which are green, red, black, of different colors or blue catch fire in any part of their body , there will be the gain of a desired object. 5. If the horse be fuund to refuse to ent or drink or to fall its legs striking with each other or to perspire for no apparent cause or to quake, drop blood from the mouth or to smoke or not to sleep at night and on the contrary if it be found to sleep by day or be dall or listless with its eyes closed or to stick its head to the ground, there will be misery. 6.- If the horse be seen to get upon another horse when the latter carries a saddle or a man or if the king’s horse, apparently healthy, be found to meet with a serious accident, there will be raisery. ## Page 439 cn. 46.] BRIHAT SAMHTTA aul 7. If the horse be foiind to raise up its head and neigh ov if it be found to neigh sweet and lond as if oat of joy with food in its mouth, the enemy will meet with rain. 8. If near a horse that neighs there be found a vossel fall of grain or curdled milk, a Brabmin, a temple-image, sandal paste, flowers, fraits, gold and the like or any agreeable object, there will be success. 9, A horse thatis satisfied and feols happy with its fooland drink, bit of tho bridle and saddle trappings and that casts a side-loo' indicates good luck. 10. Ifthe horse be found to strike the ground fre- quently with its left log, its master will travel to foreign lands. If, during twilight hours, he be found to neigh turning toa deepta quarter the master will suffer imprison- ment or defeat in fight. 11. If the horse be found toneigh much daring sleep or to flap its tail, there will be travel. Ifit be found to drop the hairs of its tail or to neigh pitiously or fearfally or to eat dust, there will be misery. 12, If the horse be found to lie on its right side like a box stretching its right leg, there will be sucocs. All that has been said about the horse applies also to other animals used for riding. 13. If, when the king begins to get onhis back, the horse be found to be quiet and obedient and to neigh turn- ing to another horse or tonch his right side with his mouth, immediate good fortune is indicated. 14. If the horse be found topass excrement or urine often, or to refuse to move even when whipped or to get frightened for no apparent cause or to shed tears, the mas- ter will suffer misories. 15. Thus have been desoribed omens connected with the horse. We shall now procaed to treat of omens connec- ## Page 440 a2 aermar saueuTa cu. 47.) ted with the elephunt—the oufting, breaking &o of the tusk especially. Notes.—All that bas been said about the horse applies also to the elephant, Thoauthor now proceeds to state cer~ tain special points counected with the latter. CHAPTER XLVII (94). Ix. Ow Omens Conneotep Wits Tax Evepnanr. 1 to 6. Stanzas I to 6 are identical with stanzas 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, and 25, of chapter xxii (79.) of part. II. 7. I€ the cut be white, smooth glossy and emitting good scent, there will be prosperity. All that I now pro- coed to stato about the breaking of the tusks applies also to its dropping down, becoming thin, and loss of color. 8. The Devas (gods), the Asuras (demons), and Naras (men) reside respectively at the root, the middle and the end of the tusks of the elephant. The effects of omons connected with these parts will therefore be great, mode- rate and small and they. will come to pass soon, after a short time and after a long time respectively, 9. Ifthe right tusk be found to break, the king, the country and the army will suffer miseries ; and if the left tusk be found to break, the muster, his wife, son, family, priest, the driver and the wood-men will suffer miseries. 10 If both the tusks be found to breuk, the king’s whole family will meot with ruin; butif the breaking occur in a bonefic Lagua, lunar-day or Nakehatra and the like. there will be an iucrease of prosperity If it ocour otherwise, there will be an increase of misery. 11. Ie the elephant be found to break the middle of * its left tusk by striking it against milk trees, fruit or flower trees or the banks of rivers, the ruin of the enemy is indi- ## Page 441 cH 48} BRidaT sAMAIYA. 218 coated and if the right tusk be found to break, there will be misery. 12. If the elephant be found to walk unsteadily, if its ears cease to move, on a sudden, if the animal be of dejec- ted apperance, or if it be found to put its trunk to the ground or to breathe softly and long, if the eyes be full of tears, if the animal be found to sleep always or to be restive or to refus to eat properly or to pass excrement, urine, often there will be misery. 13. Ifthe elephant be found to attack and break at pleasure ant-hills, trunks of trees, decayed trees, shrubs or branches, if the eyes be of rutting appearance, if the animal be prepared to start on a journey, if while being adorned with trappings he be often found to throw out drops of water or to cry or if it begin to rut at the time or coil its trunk round its right tusk, there will be success. 14. Ifthe elephant, while in water, be found to be dragged away by a crocodile, the king will meet with ruin ; but if he be found to drag the crocodile to the bank, there will be prosperity. CHAPTER XLVIII (93). x Ow Tue Cawixe Or Tx Crow. 1. Inthe case of the people inhabiting the Eastern countries, the crow on the right side indicates gond luck 5 but the crow of the crane kind indicates prosperity when on tho left side. In other countries the case is otherwise. The limits of provinces shall be learnt from a general knowledge of the country. Notes:—Couniries to the South and East of the river Saravati are Eastern countries. 2. Ifthe crow be seen to build its nest in a dead tree in the month of Vysakha there will be plenty and prosperi- ## Page 442 214 BBIMAT PAMEITA. - ca 48.) ty in th country ; but if it be seen to build its nest in a dry thorny tree, there will be famine and fear in the land. 3. If the crow be seen to build its nest in an eastero branch of the tree in the Sarat season there will be rain at the beginning of the season; if it be seen to do so ina western branch in the rainy season there will be much rain ; if in a northern or southern branch there will be moderate rain in the middle two months of the two seasons ; and if it be seen to build its nest on the top of a tree there will be abundant rain. 4. Ifthe crow be seen to build its nest in a south- eastern branch there will be rain here and there; if ina south-wetern branch, the yellow and green leaves will grow and if in a north-western or north-eastern branch there will be prosperity. Notes:—The commentator adds that if the crow be seen to build its nest ina north-western brauch there wall be an incresse of rats. 5° Ifthe crow be seen to build its nest in reeds, dir- bha grass, shrubs, creepers, crops, temples, palaces of kings houses or in low ground, the country will suffer from thieves, drought and disease and will meet with ruin. 6. If the crow be sven to lay two, three or four eggs, there will be prosperity ; if five eggs, a foreign prince will begin to reign ; if it be seen to lay six eggs or only one ogg or no eggs at all, there will be no prosperity. 7. If the young ones be of the color of the fragrant substance known as Choraka, there will be fear from thieves; if of different colors there will be death; if white, there will be fear of injury from fire and if of defective limbs, there will be famine. 8. Ifa swarm of crows be found to enter a village and cry for no apparent cause, the people will suffer from ## Page 443 on. 48.] pargar SAMHITA. 215 hunger and if they be seen to fly round and roand there will be suffering from anger; if they be seon in swarms there will be quarrels. 9. Crows, that are seen'to harass men with their beaks, wings and legs, will increace a person’s enemies; if the crow be seen to fly at night, the people will mest with rain. 10. If the crow be seen to Ay round and round from left to right, there will be fear of troubles from one’s own Kinsmen ; if it be seen to fly round turning from left to right there will be fear of troubles from strangers ; if it be seen to turn round in haste and fear, there will be a whirl- wind. 11, If the crow be seen with its hoad raised and flap- ping its wings, a pereon will mect with danger in his tra~ vels ; if it bo seen to steal away grain, there will be suffer- ing from hunger ; and if the feathers of the crow be seen in an army there will be fight and theft. 12 If the crow be seen to throw ashes, bones, hairs or feathers, the husband will meet with troubles in his bed and if it be seen to carry gems, flowers and the like there will be the birth of sons and daughters. 12. If the crow be seen with its mouth filled with cand, grain, wetecarth, flowers and the like, there will be gain of wealth ; and if it be seen to dmg away ves- sels from places frequeuted by men of various classes there will be fears of various kinds. 14, If the crow be soon to strike with its legs vehicles, weapons, shoes, umbrellas, shadows of men or the men themselves theve willbe death; if it be seen togo round a person or to throw flowers on him as if by way of worship, the person will be respected and if it be seen to pass excrement on a person, there will be gain of food. ## Page 444 216 BRIMAT SAMEITA. - cx. 48.) 15, A person will gain that object which is brought to him by the crow and he will los that which is carried away by the crow. If such object be of yellow color, there will be gain or loss of gold; if it be an article mado of cotton, there will be gain or loss of cloth ; and if of white color, there will be gain or loss of silver. 16. If, in the rainy season, the crow be seen to caw from milk trees, from the Arjuna tree, the Vanjula tree, the banks of rivers, sand baaks, there will be raiu ; and in other seasons, if the crow be seen to bathe in dust orin water, the sky will be overcast with clouds, 17. If two crows be seen to ery fearfully from a tree there will be fear of great danger and if they be seen to cry turning to water or the clouds there will be rain. 18. If the crow be seen to move its wing fearfully and strike with its feet the branches of trees there will be fear of injury from dostrnctive fires ; if it be seen to throw into the house a red substance, a burnt substance or straw or apiece of wood, there will also be fear of injury from fire. 19, Ifthe crow be seen to cry from the house tur- ning to to the Hast, South, West, or North, the master of the house will respectively suffer from kings, robbers, quar- rels and loss of cows, if such quarter be a deepta one. 20. Ifthe crow be seen to cry turning to the East when such quartor is benefic, there will be meeting with an officer of the king, or a friend and there will also be a gain of gold, Salya rice and cooked rice prepared in sugar. 21. If the crow be seen to ory turning to the South- east when such quarter ig benefic there will be a meeting with a person living by fire and the gain of a woman and of previous metals ; if it be seen to ory turning to the benefic South, there will be a gain of black gram, horse-gram and cxcellent meals and a meeting with singers. ## Page 445 cH, 48.] BRIHAT SAMHITA 217 (22). If the crow be seen tocry turning to the (beni. fic) South west, there will be meoting with a messenger and the gain of articles of luxury, curdled milk, oil, flesh and good meuls and if it be seen to ory turning to the (benefic) west, there will be tke gain of flesh, liquor, grain and the gems of the sea- (23). T£the crow be seen to cry turning to the (benefic) north-west, there will be the gain of weapons, of lotus, twining creepers, fruits and meals; aud if it ba seen to cry turning to the (benefic) north, there will be the gain of food, horse and cloths (24). IE the crow be seen to cry turning to the (bene- fic) noth-east, there will be the gaia of ghee and of oxen. ‘The saine remarks apply to the orow found seated in the several parts of a person's house. (25). If the crow be seen to pass close to the ears of a person at the commencement of a journey, there will bg good luck and the gain of a desired object ; and if the crow be seen to come flying and oawing towards the traveller ho will retarn from his journey. (26). IEthe crow be first seen to cry on the left side and then on the right side of a traveller, he will be robbed ofhis money and if the reverse be the case, there. will be the gnin of money. (27). If the crow bo seen to cry and follow the traveller ou the left side, thre will be gain of wealth; in the cxse of tho people of exstern countries, the crow must follow the traveller on the right side instead of on the left. 28. If the crow be seen to fly crying towards the traveller on the left side, there will be obstacles in the way; butif the person be not @ traveller, he will moet with good luck. 23 ## Page 446 218 BRITAT SAMHITA [ow. 48. 29. If the crow be seon to cry first on the right side and then oi the left, thre will bs the gain of a desired object ; if it be seen to ery turning to the traveller or fly before him there will bo immediate gain of wealth. : 80. If the crow be seen to cry turning to the traveller and fly away behind him on the right side, the person will soon get wounded , also if the crow be seen to stand on one leg and cry turning to the Moon, the person will got wounded. 81. If the crow be seen to stand on one leg turning to tho Sun and seratch its wings with its beak, the chiof person will suffer at the hands of his enemies. 82, If the orow be seen to ory in a field full of crops, there will be the gain of a field with crops in it; but if such crow be malefic ia character, the traveller will meet with grief before crossing the boundary. 88, If the crow be seen to cry in trees in which thera are fraits and flowers and which are covered with glossy and tonder leaves and are fragrant milky, juicy, withont wounds, erect and beautiful, there will be the gain of wealth. 34. Ifthe orow be seen to cry in placss covered with ripe crops and fall of grass, in houses, temples, palaces of kings, the mansions of the rich, green spots, graneries and places where there cre benefic objects, there will be the gain of wea'th. 85. . Lf the crow ba seen to cry seated in the tail of a cow or a snake-hole there will be the sight of a serpent ; if it bo seen to ery from the back of a buffalo there will be fever that very day; and if from a bush, there will bo an imperfect gain of au object of desire. 26. If the erow be seen to cry from a heap of rubbish or from a bone on the left side the person will meot with ## Page 447 ox. 48.) BRIMAT ssxmtta. 219 obstacles in his aitempt to gain an object ; and if it be seen to ery from an clovated space, a barnt place, ora place struck by lightning, thero will be slaughter. 87. If the crow be seen to cry from a good spot with thorny trees in it there will be success of an undertaking, but quarrels at the same time ; if it bo seen to cry from thorny treo, there will be quarrels and if from a place over- grown with creepers, there will bo imprisonment. 38. If the crow be seen to ory from a tree whose end hias been cut off, there will be suffering from sword cut if from a dried tree,, there will be quarrel ; if froma dung hill either before or behind, there will be the gain wealth. 89. If the crow be seen. to cry from the body or the limbs ofa dead person thero will be deaths ; and if it be seen. to ery breaking a bone with its beak, there will be a frac~ ture of bones. ‘ 40. If the crow be seen to ery holding in his mouth a string, a bone, a pioco of wood, a thorn or any weak sub- stance, there will respectively bo suffering from a’snake, from diseases, from tusked animals, thioves, creepers and fire, 41. Tf the crow be soon to cry holding in its mouth a white flower, an impure substance or flesh,there will be gain of wealth to the traveller; if it be seen tocry with its hoad raised and striking its'wings on its sides, there will be obstacles in the way. 42. If the crow be seen to cry holding in its mouth a string, a strap of leather, or a twining creeper, there will bo imprisonment and if it be seen toery from a stone, there will bea meeting with anew traveller who has suffered much from foot-journoy. 43, If crows bo seen to exchango food with one another there will be greathappiness ; if the ma’e and tho’ female ## Page 448 220 BRIHAT SAMBITA [ca. 48. crows be heard to ery togethor there will be the gain of woman. 44, If the crow be seen to cry froma well-filed water poton the head of a woman, thore will bo the gain of a woman or wealth; if it be seen to strike the pot with its feot, the person’s son will meet with danger ; and if it be seen to pass excrement into the pot, there will be the gain of meals. 45. If, when an army begins to encamp in a place, the crow be seen to cry striking its wings on its sides, the army will meet with success in come other place ; and if i¢ be seen to cry without moving its wings, there will be only fear and nothing serious will happen. 46. Ifthe crow, accompanied by a vultare ard a he- ron, be seen to enter an army without fighting there will be good luck and if they happon to be at strife there will be fight between the enemies. 47. If the crow be soon to cry from the back of a pig, there will be imprisonment ; if it be seen to cry from the backs of two pigs covered with mire, there will be the gain | of wealth ; if from the back of an ass or a camel, there will be prosperity. Accordiog to some, if the orow be seen to ory from the back of an ass there will be imprisonment. 48° If the crow be seen to ory from the back of a horse, there will be gain of a vehicle; if it be seen to ory following another crow, there will be blood-shed. The same remarks apply to other birds. Notes:—These must be carnivorous birds such as the owl, the vulture, the hawk and the like. ‘ 49. The crow in the several points of the compass indicates tho same effects as those described for other omi- | nous birds. ## Page 449 cu, 43.] BRIHAT SAMBITA. 221 £0. Ifthe crow be heard to cry caw from its nest, the cry signifies nothing ; but if it be heard to cry kav there will be hilarity of mind ; and if ka be the cry, there will bo a meoting with an intimate friend. 51. If kara be the ory of the crow, there will be quarrel; if kurw-kuru be the ory there will be joys if kata-kata be the cry there will be gain of rice prepared in curdled milk; if ke ke or ku ku be the ory, there will be gain of wealth to the traveller. 52. If khare-khare be the ory of the crow there will be a meeting with a foot passenger. If kha-kha be the crys the traveller will meet with death ; if Khala-khala be the ory there will be an obstacle to journey and rain that same day. 59, Ifkakabe the cry of the crow, there will be obstacles ; if ka ka-tes be the cry there will be injury to meals; if kava-kava be the ery there will be joy; and if Kagaku be the cry there will be imprisonment. 54. If kara kav be the ery of the crow there will be rain ; if gud be the cry there will be fear, if vat be the ory there will be gain of cloths; if ka’aya be the ery there will be a mecting of the Sudras and the Brahmins. 55. If phat be the cry of the crow there will be gain of fmits ; if phala be the cry, thore will be the sight of serpents; if tat bethe cry, there will be suffering from blows ; if stree be the cry, there will be the gain of women; if gat be the ery there will be the gain of a cow; and if put be the ry there will be the gain of flowers. 56. If takutaku be the ory of the crow there will be fight ; if guhu be the ery there will be injury from fire ; if kato-kate be the ory, there will be fight; and such sounds as ttkuli, chintichi, ke ke ka aud purancha indicate bad Inok. ## Page 450 223 DRIMAT SAMEITAS Jom. 48. 27, If two crows be seon to cry together or to move together, the effects will be the same- All the above re- marks apply to omens connected with other birds’; and all that has been said about the dog applies also to wild tusked animals. : 53. Iftho creatures of land and water be seen to change their nature in the rainy season there will be abuadant rain and if they do so in any other season, thera will be great fears. If there bo no honey in the hives, the “country will be wasted ; and if bess black at the head be Been to disappear, there will be deaths. 59, Ifants bo seen to throw their egge in water there will bo no rain and if they be seen to ascend a bank and approach the foot of a tree with their eggs, there will be immediate rain. © 60, , Effects of omens ooucrring at the commencement ‘of a work will come to pass that same day. Oniens shall ‘be observed at the time of commencement’ of a work, a journey or re-entry into the house aftera journey. Sneez- ing is'ssid never to indicate good lack. G1. Tho leamed in the ‘scienco’say tlint a king who observes omens carefully and regulates’his acts according to their indications enjoys protperity :—tHathe will succeed in all his attempts, that.he will. successfully “afford protec- tion to his subjects and.that he will gain all his objocts and will bo in tho enjoyment of good health. 62. According to sonie, the éry of a cfeature beyond the distance of a kroia signifies nothing. Ifa person meets with a bad omen once, tho evils may bo ‘escaped by his performing the, Pranayama.11 times; if he-meets with it a second timo he ‘shall perform the Pranayama 16 times; and if ho meets with a bad omen a third time,” ho. shall return from his journey. ## Page 451 cH. 49.] BRIA sAMBITA 223 Notos:—A krosa=the range of the voice in calling or halloing. CHAPTER XLIX. (96.) Sopruesenrary TO Osens. XI. 1. A person learned in the science of omens shall make predictions taking into account the dik (direction), place, motion, sound, week day, the Nakshatra, the Muhurta, the rising sign, the Karana (half a lunar day), the rising Navamsa and the fixd, movenble and the double nature of sigas and their strength or weakness. 2. In the case of persons who do not proceed on a journey, omens are divided intu two sorts—the stable and the unstable. Omens pointing to the king, the messenger, the spy and foreign lands as. well as those connected with troubles and kinsmen are known as unstable. 3. - Omens pointing to death by hanging, abduction of ‘a woman, meals, thieves, fire, rain, festivals, sons, torture, quarrels and fears are known as stable omens if the sign occupied by the Moon at the time be a fixed one and they are known as unstable omens if the sign. occupied by the Moon at the time of their occurrence be a moveable one. 4. Omens ocourring in hard and firm places, in stone honses, in temples, in land and in waters ara known as stable; and omens occurring on weak or moving objects are known as unstuble—the latter omens point to gain. 5. Owens occurring when the rising sign, the Nakshatra, the Muburta and the Dik sro watery ones and those odouiring in water and on new and full Moon periods and which are at the same tim? deepta (malefic) and attended with sound point to gain ; also if-the creatures of water be Santa (benefic) thera will be rain, ## Page 452 224 BRIHAT SAMBITA, [on. 49 6. Ominons cries occurring in the direction, rising sign, Muburtas and places appropriate to fire and when the Sun is Deepta (malefic) point to injary by fire. Ominous cries of a malefic character occurring in thorns and leafless creepers when the Karana at the time is Bhadra and when the rising eign is either Capricorn or Aquarius point to thieves. 7. If the creatures of the village, maleficin cha- racter and in their tone and motion, be found to cry from thorny trees and an either side of the south-westera quar- ter when the rising sign is either Aries or Scorpio there will be quarrels. 8. Iforeatures, malofic in character, be found to cry with their necks bent to the ground and from one of the four corners when the rising sign is Cancer or when the ri- sing sign or Navamsa is either Taurus or Libra there will be a meeting witha woman and the woman will be one of the class belonging tothe particular corner. 9. Ifthe omen occur in an odd lunar day, in one of the prime quarters, and when the rising sign isa malefic one and if the creature be of the male kind there will be a mecting with » manand if the omen be of the hermaph- rodite kind there willbe a meeting with a hermaphrodite- Notes. If the omen be one of a creature of the female sex and if it occur in one of the corvers or on an even lunar day when the rising sign or Navamsa is that of Taurus there will be a meeting with a person of the class belonging to the north-eastern quarter. 10. I£ the omen be malefic in character and occar when Leo is the rising sign or Navamea or when the Sau occupies the rising sign, the chief person will proceed on a jonrney to foreign lands, ## Page 453 on. 49.) ‘BRIHAT SAMBITA 225 11. At the time of commencement of a work if the rising sign be odd when counted from the sign occupied by the Sun, the work will end well and if it bean even siga the attempt will fail. 12. If theomen be maleficin character and occar when the Sun occupies the 13th house from the rising sign, the person concerned will lose his right eye sand if at the time, the Sun occupy the rising sign aud be aspected by malefic planets the person will lose both his eyes; if at tho time, the Sun occupy sign Leo and be aspected by malefic planets the person will become lame or deaf or an idiot. 13. If at the time of occurrence of an omen malefic planets occupy the sixth house and be aspected at the same time by other malefic planets, the person concerned will receive a wound in the part of body which corresponds to such sixth house, All that has been said by me regarding wounds, moles and the like in my Jataka applies here also (vide stanzas 24 & 25 of CH. V of Varaha Mibire’s Brihat Jataka). 14, If, atthe time of query, the rising sign or Na- ‘vamea be a movable one the name of the person with whom there will be a meeting will consist of two syllables; if the rising sign or Navamea bea fixed one the name, will consist of four eyllables and if it be both movable and immovable the name will be a combination of two names and will con- tist of threo or five lotters. 15. Ifthe powerfal planet be Mars the letters will be of the group ka, kha, ga, gha, nga; if the powerful planet be Venus the letters will be of the group ca, cha, ja, jha, njt3 if the planet be Mereury the letters will be those of thegroup fa,thada, dha na; if the planet be Jupiter the letters will belong to the grour ta, tha, da, dha,na; if the planet be Saturr, the letters belong to the group ps, pha, ba, bha, ma ; 29 ## Page 454 226 RRIBAT BAMFITA [cu. 50. if the planet be the Moon.the letters belong to the group, ya ” ya, la, va, sa, sha, 2a hs and if the planet be the Sun, the let- ters belong to the group of vowels from @ to an. 16, Also in the cases of the planets from the San to Saturn, the names will be the names of the Devas Agni, Va- runa, Subramania, Vishnu, Indra, Indrani and Brahma res- pectively. The particular name required shull be deter~ mined from the number of syllables it consists of. 17. Ifnt the time of quory, relating to the age of a person, the lord of the rising sign be the Moon, Mars, Mer- cory, Venus, Jupiter, the Snn or Satoro, the age will res- pectively be that of infancy (1 to 4), boy-hood (5 to 8), period succeeding investiture with the thread (9 to 12), youth (13 to 82) middle-age (38 to 50), old age (51 to 70) and dotage (above 70). CHAPTER L (97) On Errzctive Partops 1, Inthe case of the Sun, the effects will occar after a fortnight ; in the case of the Moon, after a month; in the case of Mars after the same period as that stated for the retrograde motion of planets; in the case of Mercury the effeots will occur before his disappearance aud in the case of Jupiter, after a year, 2. In the case of Venus, the effects will occur after 6 months ; in the case of Saturn after a year and in the case of Rahu after 6months. If the matter refers to a Solar eclipse the effects will ocour after a year and in the case of solar spots known as T'washta and Keelaka the effects will be felt that eame day (vide stanzas 6 and 7 of CH ILI Part I). 8. Effects of phenomena connected with the appea- rance of dark comets will occur after three months ; thoxe of phenomena connected with the appearance of white comets will occur after seven days ; effects of halos, rainbows during ## Page 455 ex, 50.) ‘BRIHAT SAMEITA 227 twilight hours and color of the twilight sky and of clouds will be felt after svevn days. 4. Effects indicated by sbnormal changes of tempera- ture, by the appearance of fruits and flowers out of season, by the flaming horizon aid by portents relating to the motion of unmoving bodies and to tho refusal to move of moving bodies aud to abnormal births will be felt after 6 months. 5. Effects indicated by portents relating to the com- pletion of an event without an agent, to earth.quakes, to severe calamities, to malefle symptoms such as those connected with homa fire and by portents relating to the Arying of a wet substance and to the course of rivers will occur after 6 months. 6. Effects of portents connected with pillars and the like, with graneries, the temple-images-their speech, weep- ing quaking and awetting, cattle-fight and fight between the people of a house during twilight hours and the appearance of the rainbow at night and lightning will be felt after three weeks, 7. Effects of portents connected with the increase of worms, rats, flies and snakes and of those connected with the sound of birds and animals and with the floating of lump of earth on water will be felt after three months. 8. Effects indicated by dogs and the like, by the crea- tures of the village bearing their young in the woods, by the eutry of wild animals into the village aud the several abnormal phenomena connected with bee-hives, town gates, and Indra Dwaja will be felt after a year or a longer period. 9. Effects oonnected with swarms of the jackal and the vulture will be felt after 10 days. Those of phenomena connected with mysterious musical sound will be felt that same day. Those of phenomena connected with disngree- ## Page 456 228 BRIHAT SAMEITA, low. 50. able sounds will be felt after a fortnight and also effects of phenomena connected with ant-hills and openings on the surface of the earth will also be felt after a fortnight. 10. Effects of protents relating to the appearance of fire where there is no fire and the shower of ghee, oils, serum of flesh and the like will be felt that same day ; and the effects of casual words of women and children will be felt after a month and a half. 11. Effects of portents relating to umbrellas, piles of bricks, the sacrificial post, fire, and seeds will be felt after three months. According to some, effects of portents relat- ing to umbrellas, gates and towers will be felt after a month. 12. Effects of portents relating to the friendly union of creatures of deadly natural enmity, to sounds heard in the sky and to the union of the cat and the mungoose with the rat will be felt after a month. 18. Effects of the appearance of cloud-castles will be folt after a month and effects of portents relating to juice, gold, flag-staff, houses and to dust storms and smoke will also be felt after a month. 14. Effects of phenomena occurring in the eight con. stellations from Aswini will be felt after 9, 1,8, 1, 1, 6, 3, and 8 months respectively and the effects of those occurring in the constellation of Aslesha will bo felt that same day. 15, Effects of phenomena occurring in the ten constell- ations from Magha will be felt after 1, 6, 6, 8, 3,8, 8, 6, 1 and 1 months respectively. Effects of those occurring in tho constellations of P, Ashadha and U. Ashadha will be felt after four months and the effects of those occurring in the constellation of Abhijit will be felt that samo day. 16, Effects of phenomena occurring in the remaining 6 constellations from Sravana will be felt after 7, 8, 14, 3, 3 and 5 mouths respectively. ## Page 457 ox. 51] BRIHAT SAMHITA. £29 17. Ifthe effects be not felt soon after the perinds mentioned, they will be felt with greater severity after double the period, if no steps be adopted for their expiation by the gift,of gold, gems and cows and by the performance of expiatory ceremonies with the help of Brahmins. CHAPTER LI (98). On Tue ConsreLtations 1&2: The number of Stars of the various constella- tions from Aswini are 3, 8, 6, 5, 3, 1,5, 8, 6. 5, 8, 15, 5,1, 1, 5, 4, 8, 11, 2, 8,3, 5, 100, 15, 8 and 32 and these num- bers also represent the various stellar periods. 8. In matters connected with marriage these numbers represent years after which the effects indicated will be felt. Recovery from fever and the like will begiu after so many days. 4&5. Tho following table contains the names of the ‘Devas presiding over the several constellations Constella~ Constella- tions. | Devas tions ee D IJAswini —_|AswiniDevas|15 Swati Vayu 2[Bharani [Yama 16 Visnkha Tndragni 3\Krittika [Agni 7Anuradha [Mitra 4Rohini . [Prajapati |18\Jyeshta Indra. 5|Mrigasirsha|Soma 19, Mula Prajapati G\Ardra Rudra, 20\P. Ashadh’a [Apa 7Punarvasu |Aditi l21/U. Ashadha |Visvadeva 8Pushya —|Rrihaspati |22\Abhijit Brahma glAslesha —|Sarpa 23|Sravana, |Vishou 10|Magha —_[Pitris e4/Sravishtn [Vasu 11)P. Phalguni[Bhaga lSatabbishak |Varuna 19/0. Phalgun|Aryama §|P Bhadrapada |Ajaiknpat 18 Hasta Savite ‘UBhadrapada | Ahirbudhoya 14(Chitra —[Twasbtri Revati Pusha ## Page 458 230 BRINAT SAME [ox. 31. 6. Of these 28 constellations, those of U. Phalguni, U. Ashadha and U. Bhadrapada togethar with the cons- tellation of Rohini are known as (Dhrava) stable asterisms. Coronation of kings, expiatory ceremonies, planting of trees, the building of towns, acts of public utility, the sowing of seods and acts of permanent effects shall be commenced when the Moon passes through the stable asterisms. 7. The constellations of Mula, Ardra, Jyeshta and Aslesha are known as (Tikshna) sharp asterisms. Panish- ment, mesmerism, exorcism, imprisonment of person, acts of torture, of separatoin or of union shall be commenced when the Moon passes through the sharp asterisms. 8. ‘The constellations of P, Phalguni, P. Achadha, P. Bhadrapada, Bharani and Magha are known as (Uggra) severe asterisms. Acts of disgrace, destruction, deceit, imprisonment, poison, burning, beating with weapons and the like shall be done when the Moon passes through the severe astorisms. 9, The constellations of Haste, Aswini, and Pashya are known as (Laghu) lightasterisms. Sales, acts of sexual lov», acquisition of knowledge, wearing of ornaments, artss sculpture, mediciue purchase of carriage and the like shall be commenced when the Muon passes through the light asterisms. 10, The contellations of Anuradha, Chitra, Revati and Mrigasirsha are known aa (Mridu; soft asteriams. Acts of friendship, sexusl union, the purchase of cloths, and the wearing or making of ornaments, any auspicious deeds and riusie shall be commened when the Moon passes through the soft asterisms. 11. The constellations of Krittika and Visakha are known as (Mridu Teekshana) soft and sharp asterisms and they produce effcets of mixed character. Sravana, Sravi- ## Page 459 cu. 51] BRIBAT SAMTITA 231 shta, Satabhishak, Hasta and Swati are asterisms through which when the Moon passes shall be commenced works of a moving character. 12. A person shall get shaved when she asterism of Hasta, Chitra, Sravishta Swati, Mrigasirgha, Sravana, Satabhishak, Revati, Aswini, Jyeshta, Pushya, or Punarvaru may happen to,rise or in the Muboorta of euch asterisms ot when the Moon passes through them, or when the asterism is 1 benefic one for the person—when it is an even one or the ninth one from the asterism oocupied by the Moon at the time of a person’s birth. 18, A person who has just bathed and is wet, one that proceeds on a journey, a person who has dressed and adorned himself, one who has got himself rubbed oil, one who has taken his meales and 9 person who has received blows ina field of battle shall not get themselves shaved. Shaving is prohibited in twilight hours, hours of night, on Tuesdays, Saturdays and Sundays, on Rikta (a) Tithies, on the ninth lonar day and when the Karna is Bhadra. 14. When directed by the king or with the consent of the Brahmins or on occasions of marriage or pollution, or when a person is released from jail, or at the commencemen* of sacrificial rites, a person may get shaved on any day in the month. 15 When the Moon passes through the contellations of Haste, Moola, Sravana, Mrigaseersha and Pusbya a person shall perform deeds befitting a male. 16. Tho ‘various ceremonies of purification, religions rites, the practice of austerities and the wearing of Zone or the Sacred belt shall be commenced when the Moon passes through the asterism of Hasta, Revati, Swati, Anuradha, Pushya and Chitra and when Jupiter is in conjunction with Mercury, Venus or the Mocn. (a). Rikta Tithi vide Stanza 2 noxt Chapter. ## Page 460 238 BRIBAT SAMEITA [on. 52. 17. ‘The ceremony of boaring the ear shall be per- formed when the rising sign is that of a benetic planet and not occupied by malotic planets, wheu benefic planets occu- py the Ith and 3rd houses, when Jupiter occupies the ris- ing sign or when the Moon passes through the asterism of Pashya, Rohini, Chitra, Sravana or Revati, 18, All works commenced when the 12th house, the Kendras, and the 8th house are not occupied by planets,when inalefic planets occupy the 3rd, 6th and 11th houses und when Jupiter or Venus occupies the rising sign or one of the Kendras, will end susocessfally. House-bulding or entry into a house shall be commenced when the rising sign is Denefic to the person or when it is a fixed sign. CHAPTER LIT (99). On Luxar Days ano HAtF Lunar DAys. 1. The lords of the 15 lunar days are respectivey (1) Brahma, (2) Vidbata, (3) Hari, (4) Yama, (3) Moon, (6) Subramanya, (7) Indra, (8) Vasu, (9) Sarpa, (10) Dharma, (11) Siva, (12) Savite, (18) Manmatta (14) Kali and (15) Viswadeva. 2, The New-Moon day is sacred to the Pitris, A person shall commence works suited to the Devas presiding over particular lunar days. The Ist, 6th and 11th lonar days are known as Nanda; the 2nd, 7th, and 12th lunar days are known as Bhadra; the Srd, 8th and 18th lunar days are known as Vijaya; the 4th, 9th, and 14th lunar days are known as Rikta and the 5th, 10th and 15th lunar days are known 0s Poorns. 8, Works directed to be done in particular Nakshatras shall be done on lunar days sacred tothe lords of the Naksha- atras. The same remarks apply toKaranes and Muhoortes, ## Page 461 cn. 62] BRIHAT SAMHITA 233 4. ‘The lords of the seven karanas Bava, Balava, Koulava, Taitila, Gara, Vanijn,and Vishti, are Indra,Brahma, Mitra, Aryama, Bhu, Sree and Yama. ‘Notes:—Karana is half a lunar day. The seven Karanas mentioned above are known as Adhruva or Movable, and when eight times repeated occupy the space from the second- half of the first day in the Moon’s increase to the first-half of tho 1th day in its wane. 5. The four Dhruva(fixed)Kuranas are Sakuni,Chatush- pada, Naga and Kimstughna and they begin from the second half of the !4th day of the waning moon: These are sacred to Kali, Vrisha, Sarpa and Vayu. 6. In a Bava Karana shall be done deeds o” an auspicious, a moveable or a fixed character as well as deeds for the promotion of « person’s health or comfort. Ina Balava Karana sball be done acts of charity and acts of help to Brahmins. In a Koulava Karina shall be done joyfal deeds and those for the acquisition of friends and in a Taitila Karana shall be done deeds liked by the public at large and also houses shall be built. 7. Ina Gara Karana lands shall be tilled, seeds sown, houses built and the like. Ina Vanik Kurana, works of a fixed nature shall be done as well as dealings with mer- chants. Ina Vishtior Bhadra Karana, auspicious deeds shall not be done but acts aimed at the ruin of onemies and those connected with poison may be done. 8, Ina Sakuni Karana a person shall do acts for the increase of his bealth and comfort, shall take medicine and shall learn or repeat theMoola mantras (magical formulae.) In a ChatushpadaKarana a person shull do deeds convected with cows, Brahmins, the Pitris and the king. In a Naga Karana a person shall do works of a fixed nature, cruel deeds, acts of stealth and wicked deeds. In a Kimstughna 30 ## Page 462 284 BRIBAT PAMHITA. [ca. 53. Karana, a person shall do any work for the increase of his health and comfort as well as auspicious deeds. Notes—A Muhurta is 48 minutes. The 12 hours of day and 12 hours of night are each divided into 15 Muhurtas. Tho 15 day-Muburtas are sacred respectivaly to (1) Rudra, (2) Sarpa, (3) Mitra, (4) Pitri, (5) Vasu, (6) Vara, (7) Viswadeva ; (8) Vidhi, (9) Brahma, (10) Indra, (11) Indragni (12) Daitya, (15) Varuna, (14) Aryama and (15) Bhaga. The 15 night—Muhurtas are sucred respecti- vely to (1) Eeswara (2) Ajspada, (3) Ahirbhudhnya, (4) Pusha, (5) Nasatya (6) Yama, (7) Vanbi, (8) Dhata, (9) Sasi, (10) Aditya, (11) Guru, (12) Achyuta, (13) Arka, (14) ‘Twashta and (15) Vaya. Ofthe 15 night—Muburtas, the Ist, 2nd, 6th and 7th shall be rejected for all auspicious purposes. CHAPTER LIII (100.) On Marriage Lagnas and Nakshtras. 1, Marriages shall take place when the Moon passes through the asterism of Rohini, U. Phalguni, U. Ashadha, U. Bhadrapada, Revati, Mrigasirsha, Mula, Anuradha, Magha, Hasta or Swati; when the rising sign is Virgo, Libra or Gemini; when the benofic planets occupy other than the 7th, Sth and 12th houses, when the Moon occupies, the 2nd, 3rd or 11th house; when the malefic planets occupy,the 3rd, 6th, 8th and 1th houses; when Venus does not ocoupy the 6th house and when Mars does not occupy the 8th house ; and, 2. When the rising sign is other than the 2nd, 9th, or 8th honge from the Lagna in the horoscope of tho bride- groom or the bride; when at the time the course of the Sun is benefic ; when the Moon does not occupy the same sign with the Sun, Mars, Saturn or Venus; or when she is between two malefic planets ; when the Yoga is neither the ## Page 463 on. 54] pRitar sAMTIYA: 235 ‘Vyatipada nor that of Vaidhriti ; when the Karava is other than Vishti; when the lunar day is other than a Rikta ones when the werk day is other than that of a maletic planet ; when the Ayana is other than the Dakshinayaua ; when the month is other than that of Chaitra or Pousha and when the rising Navamea is a human Navamsa. CHAPTER LIV (101) (a). On TheNakshatras or The Moon in the Asterisms. 1, A person born when the Moon passes through the asterism of Aswini will be fond of ornaments, will be of fine ap;earance, of amiable manners, skilled in work and intelligent. A person born when the Moon passes through the asterism of Bharani will be successful at work, truthful, free from diseases, able and free from grief. 2, A person born when the Moon passes though the asterisin of Krittika will be a glutton, fond of the wives of other men, of bright appearance and of wide-spread fame. A person bora when the Moon passes through the asterism of Rohini will be truthful, will not covet the property of other men, will be of cleanly habits, of sweet speech, of firm views and of fiue appearance. 8. A person born when the Moon passes through the asterism of Mrigasirsha will be of no firm views, will be able, timid, of good speech, of active habits, rich and will indulge in sexual pleasures. A person born when the Moon passes through the asterisia of Ardea will be insincere, of irascible temper, ungrateful, troublesome and addicted to wicked deeds. 4, Apperson bora when the Moon passes through the asterism of Puuarvasn will be devout and of patient habits, (a) This chapter appears as Chapter XVI of Brihat Jataka, ## Page 464 236 BRIMAT SAMAITA. [ow. b4. will live in comfort, will be good natured, quiet,‘of wrong views, sickly, thirsty and pleased with érifes. 5, A person born when the Moon passes through the asterism of Pushya will have a control over his’, passions, will be generally like, will bz learned in the Sastras, will ‘be rich und will be fond of doing acts of charity, ‘A porson born when the Moon passes through the asterism of Aslesha will not be attentive to the work of other men, will be a promiscuous eater, will be sinful, uugrateful and skilled in deceiving other meu. 6. A person born when the Moon passes through the asterism of Magha will have numerous servants, will wor- ship the Devas and the pitris, aud will be engaged in important works. ‘A person born when the Moon passes through the asterism of P. Phalguui will be of sweet speech, will be liberal in his gifts, will be of wandering habits and will serve under kings. 7. A person born when the Moon passes through the asterism of U. Phalguai will be generally liked, will earn money by his learning aud will live in comfort and luxury. A person born whcn the Moon passes through the asterism of Hasta will be of active habits, full of resources, shameless, merciless, a thief and a drunkard. 8. A person born when the Moon passes"through the asterism of Chitra will wear clothes of various colorsyand flowers,and will be of beautiful eyes and limbs. A person born when the Moon passes through the asterism of Swati will be of a mild and quiet nature, will control his passions and desires, will be skilled in trade and merciful, will be unable to boar thirst, will be of sweet speech and will be disposedto do acts of charity. | | ## Page 465 on. 54.) BRIHAT SAMHITA. 987 9. A person born when the Moon passes throngh the asterism of Visakha will be jealous of another's prosperity, will be a niggard, will be of bright appearance and of distinct speech, will bo skilled in the art of earning woney, will be disposed to bring about eumity between persons. A person born when the Moon passes through the asterism of Anuradha will be rich, will hive in foreign lands, will bo unable to bear hungor and will be inclined to move from place to place. 10. A person bora when the Moon passes through the asterism of Jyeshta will have very fow friends, will be cheerful, virtuous and of irascible temper. A person bora when the Moon passes through the asterism of Moola will be haughty, rich, happy, not dis- posed to injure other men, of firm views and will live in luxury. 11. A person born when the Moon passes throngh the asterism of P, Ashadha will have an agreeable wife, will be prond and will be attached to friends. ‘A person born when the Moon passes through the astorism of U. Ashadha will be obedient, will be learned in the rales of virtue, will possess many friends, will be grate- fal, will return favors received and will be generally liked. 12. A person born when the Moon passes through the asterism of Sravana will be prosperous and learned, will havea liberal minded wife, will be rich and of wide- spreed fame. A person born wheu the Moon passes through the as- terism of Dhanishta will bo liberal in his gifts, will be rich, valient, will be fond of music and will bo a niggnad. 18. A person born when the Moon passes through the asterism of Satabhishak will be harsh in his speech, will be truthful, will suffer grief, will conquer his enemies, will ## Page 466 238 DRIHAT SAMBITA. fon. 58. thoughtlessly engage in works and will be of independent ways. A person born when the Moon passes through the as- terism of P. Bhadrapada will suffer from grief, will place his wealth at the disposal of his wife, will be of distinct speech, will be skilled in earning money and will bea niggard. 14, A person born when the Moon passes through the asterism of U. Buadrapada will be an able speaker, will behappy, will possess children and grand-children, will con- quer his enemies and will be virtuous. A person born when the Moon passes through the as- terism of Revati will possess perfect limbs, will be of amia- ble manners, willbe deeply learned, will never covet the property of other persons and will be rich. Notes:—The effects described in this Chapter will fully come to pass if the Moon be powerful, CHAPTER LY, (102). Ov Tae Division Or Tue Zovrac. 1. Sign Aries consists of the astorisms of Aswini, and Bharani and the first quarter of Krittika. Sign Taurus consists of the lust three quarters of Krittika, the asterism of Roini and tho first two quarters of Mrigasirsha. 2. Sign Gemini consists of the last two quarters of Mrigasirsha, the asterism of Ardra and the first three quar- ters of Punarvasu. Siga Cancer consists of the last quar- ter of Punarvasa and the asterisms of Pushya and Aslesha. 8. Sign Leo consists of the asterisms of Magha and P. Phalguni, and the first quarter of U. Phalgani. Sign Virgo consists of the last three quarters of U. Phalguni, the as- terism of Hasta, and the first two quarters of Chitra. ## Page 467 cu. 56.] BRIHAT SAMBITA 239 4, Sign Lib.a consists of the last two quarters of Chitra, the asterism of Swati, and the fret three quarters of Visakha. Sign Scorpio consists of the last quarter of Visa- kha and the astorisms of Anuradha and Jyeshta. 5 Sign Sagittari consists of the asterisms of Mula and P. Ashadha and the first quarter U. Ashadha. Sign Capricorn cousists of the last three quarters of U. Ashadho the asterism of Sravana and the Grst two quarters of Sra- vishta. 6. Sign Aquarius consists of the last two quarters ofSravishta, the asterism of Satabhishak, and the first three quarters of P. Bhadrapada. Sign Pisces consists of the last quarter of P. Bhadrapada and the asterisms of U. Bhadrapada and Revati. 7. Signs Aries, Leo, and Sagittari begin res- pectively with theasterisms of Aswini, Magaha and Mula and the several signs end with the fiirst, second, third of fourth quarters of the odd asterisms succeeding the suid three asterisms. CHAPTER L VI (108). Ow MarrtacEs. 1. I£at the time of marriage the rising sign be oceu- pied by the Sun or Mars, the woman will become a widow ; if it be occupied by Rabu, the son will die ; if by Satura, there will be poverty; if by Vonus, Moroury or Jupiter, the woman will remain chaste; und if by the Moon, tho woman will die early. 2. If at the time of marriage, the 2nd house from the ascendant be occupied by the Sun, Saturn, Rahu or Mars there will be much suffering from poverty ; if it be ocou- pied by Jupiter, Venus or Mercury the woman will become rich and will not become a widow and if the 2nd house be occupied by the Moon, she will get many sons. ## Page 468 240 BRIHAT SAMAITA [cn. 56. 8. Ifat the time of Marriage, the 3rd house from the ascendant be occupied by the Sun, the Moon, Mars, Jnpiter, Venus or Mercury the woman will have many sons and will become rich ; if the 3rd house be occupied by Saturn, the woman will be liked by all and if it be occupied by Rahu, she will die early. 4, fat the time of marriage, the 4th house from the ascendant be occupied by Saturn, the woman will not have much milk ; if it be occupied by the Sun and Moon, the woman will not be generally liked; if itbe occupied by Rabu, her husband will have another wife, if it be occupied by Mars she will have very little wealth ; and if it be oceu-, piod by Venus, Jupiter or Mercury, the woman will be happy 5. Ifat the time of Marriage the 5th house from the ascendant be occupied by the Sun or Mars there will be death of sons ; if it be occupied hy Jupiter, Venus or Mer- cury, the woman will get many sons; if by Raha, she will die early, if by Satura sho will be afflicted with serious di- seases ; and if it be occupied by the Moon she will got daughters. 6, L£at the time of Marriage, the Gth house from the ascendant be ocoupied by Saturn, the Sun, Rabu, Jupiter or Mars, the woman will bo liked by all for her good nature and she will shew due respect to her father-in-law and others ; if itbe occupied by the Moon, she will become a widow ; if by Venus, she will become poor , and if by Mer- cary she will become prosperous and quarrelsone. 7. If attho time of Marriage, ‘tho 7th house from the ascendant be occupied by Saturn, the woman will become # widow ;if itbe occupied by Mars, she will suffer imprison- ment; if by Jupiter; sho will suffer from torture; if by Mer- cury she will suffer miseries ; if by Ruhu, she will suffer loss of wealth ; if by the Sun she will suffer from diseases ; if by ## Page 469 24! cit. 52.) BRIBAT SAMIITA. B08 the Moon, she will travel to foreign lands and if by -Venus, she will die early. 8. If at the time of Marriage, the 8th house from the ascendant bo ocoupicd by Jupiter or Mercury, there will be separation between husband and wife ; if it be occupied by the Moon, Venus or Rabu the woman will die early ;.if by the Sun she will escape widowhood; if by Mars she will b> afflicted with disoases ; and if by Saturn she will become rich aud will be liked by her husband. 9. Ifat the time of Marriage the 9th house ftott the ascendant be occupied by Venus, the Sun, Mars or Jupiter, the woman will be charitable ; ifit be occupied by Meroury she will be free from diseases ; if by Rabu or Saturn she will be barren; and if by the Moon, she ‘will bear daughters and will be of « wandering nature. 10, Hf at the time of Marriage, the 10th house from the ascendant be occupied by Raku, the woman will become a widow ; if it be occupied by Saturn and the Sun, she will be inclined towards sinful deeds; if by Mars, she will die early ; if by the Moon, she wil become poor and’ unchaste, and if by any of the other planets she will be rich and liked by all. 11. Ifat the time of Marriage the 11th house from the ascendant be occupied by the Sun, the woman will got many sons ; if it bo occupied by the Moon, she will become rich ; if by Mars, eho will got sons ; if by Saturn, she. will become very wealthy ; if by Jupiter, she will be of long life; if by Meroury, she will live in plenty; if by Rabu she will die before her husband and if by Venus she will become weal- thy. 12. Ifat the time of marriage the 12th house from the ascendant be occupied by Jupiter, the woman will become rich 5 if it be cécupied by tho Sun, she will become poor , 31 ## Page 470 234 BRIHAT SAMUITA. lon. 58. if by the Moon, she will lose her wealth; if by Rabu, sho will become unchaste ; if by Venus, she will be chaste ; if by Mercury she will get many sons and grand-sons snd if by Saturn or Mars, she WA bo fond of liquor. 18, The most excellent hour for marriage is the hour in the evening when cows are being driven home, and the sky is covered with dust raised by their hoofs striking against the ground ‘while running. The married woman will got woalth, health and sons and will be prosperous. ‘This hour is known as Godhuli Lagna, In the case of such hour, the character of the Nakshatra, the Tithi, the Yoga, the Karana,or the Lagna need not be considered. Such an hour will make a peron happy and prosperous. CHAPTER LVII (104). On The Effects of Planetary motions. 1. The truths of Science have for a long time remained scattered for want of arrangement. They will become fit for ready use if arranged and systamatized. 2. The influence exercised by the planets over human affairs as they move through the signs of the Zodiac is various. I desire to describe their effects in stanzas written ina variety of metres and tho learned are requested to excuse this wish in me. (2). Notes. (a). Each stanza of this Chapter is written in a dis- tinct metre and contains the name of the metre also. On account of this restriction the ideas expressd in many stanzas are curious and far fetched. 3. One who has read the works of Mandavya on the present subject will not like my troatise, and if he likes it at all, he will like it in just the same way as person will like his wife whom he knows to be unchaste. ## Page 471 on. 53.) BRIHAT SAMBITA, 235, Notes. This stanza is written in the Jaghanachapala metre which term also means a harlot. "4, When the San passes through the 6th, 3rd and 10th signs from the sign occupied by the Moon at the time of birth of a person (a) the effects will be benefic ; when the Moon passes though the 8rd, 6th, 10th, 7th, and Ist signs from the Moon, the effectswill also bo benefic ; when Jupiter passes through the 7th, 9th, 2nd and Sth signs or when ‘Mara and Saturn pass through the 6th and 3rd signs or when Mercury passes through the 6th, 2nd, 4th, 10th and &th signs from the Moon the effects will be benefic. But when ‘Venus passes through the 7th, 6th and 10th signs from the Moon the effeots will be maletic. All the planets produce Denefic effects when they pass through the 11th house from the Moon. 5. When the Sun passes through the sign ocoupied by the Moon at the time of birth of a person such person will suffer from fatigue, from loss of wealth, chest-pain and foot journey. When the Sun passes through the 2nd house from the Moon the person will suffer from loss of woalth, discomfort, eye-diseases and deceit. When the San passes through the 8rd house from the Moon, the person will return to his place, will become rich, happy and free from diseases and will destroy his enemies. When tho Sun passes throngh the 4th house from the Moon, the person will suffer from diseases and will be hindered from enjoying the company of an excellent wife. .6 When the Sun passes through the 5th house from the Moon, the person will suffer from diseases and from enemies. When the Sun passes through the 6th house, (a). Tu faturo we shall only employ the expression from the ‘Moon ~ to denote the sign occupied by the Moon at the time of birth of s person, ## Page 472 cH. 58.7 RIUAT samarra 236 tho person will be freed from diseases, from enemies and from grief. When thé. Sua passes through the 7th house the person will suffer from the fatigues of foot-journéy , from chest-pain, from:humility and consumption, When the Sun passes through the 8th house form the Moon, the persou’s own ‘beautiful wife will notbe of use to him. 7. When the San passes through tho 9th house from the Moon, the person will suffer from accidents, humility, diseases, mental pains and opposition, When the Sun pas- ses through the 10th house from the Moon, the person will achieve great success and will gain his object. When the San passes through the ilth house, the person will achievo snocesss, will return tohis place, will be respected, will be- come prosperous and will be freed from diseases. When the Sun passes through the 12th house, the person will gaiu his object only by the adoption of just and proper means and not otherwise, 8. When tho Moon passes through the sign occupied by herself at the time of birth of a person, such person will get meals, excellent bed and clothes» When the Moon passes through the 2nd house, the person will suffer loss of respectability ard of wealth and will also suffer from obs- tacles. When the Moon passes through the Srd house, the person will got clothés, women, and wealth in ubundunoe. When the Moon passes through the 4th house, the person will have no liking for mountains and will be as cruel as ‘a serpent. 9, When the Moon passes through the Sth house from the sign occupied by herself at the time of birth of a person, such person will suffer from humility, diseases, pain of mind and obstacles in his path. When the Moon passes though the 6th house, the person will enjoy wealth, comfort and the ruin of his enemies and will be froed from diseases. ‘When the Moon passes through the 7th house, the person ## Page 473 237 SRIHAT SAMBITA, [ou. 53 will enjoy a carriage, respectability, a good bed, good meals and wealth. When the Moon passes through the 8th house the person will live in foar of evils. 10. When the Moon passes through the 9th house from the siga ocoupied by herself at the time of birth of a person, such person will suffer from imprisonment, pain of mind, fatigue of body and chest-pain.. When the Moon passes through the 10th house, the person’s orders will be carried out and he will sucooed in his work. When the Moon passes through the 11th house,"the person will enjoy pros- perity, will get new friends and wealth. When the Moon passes through the 12th house, he will suffer from injuries received from_a bullock 11. When Mars passes through the sign occupied by the Moon at the time of birth of person, such person will suffer from troubles. When Mars passes through the 2nd house from the Moon, the person will suffer from the king, from quarrels, from enemes and from disgrace. He will also safer from bilious and windy complaints and from thieves, 12, When Mars passes through the 3rd house from the Moon thore will be gain of objects from robbers and from children the person will become of bright appearance, his orders will be carried into effect, the will get wealth, blan- kets, motals, gems and the like. 13, When Mars passes though the 4th houso from the ‘Mon, the person will suffer ftom'fover, belly-ache and blood discharges and ho will also suffer miseries through associae tion with wicked mon. 14. When Mars passes through the 5th house from the Moon, the person will suffer from enemies, diseases, fears and troublesome children and his appearance will become less bright. ## Page 474 £8, 53.) BRIHAT SAMHITA 238 15, When"Mars passes through the 6th house from the Moon, the‘person will be froed from enemies and quar- rels ; he will obtain gold, corals and copper and will lead an independent life. 16. When”Mars passes through the 7th house from the ‘Moon, the person will suffer from a quarrelsome wife, from diseases of the eye and from belly-ache. When he passes through the 8th house, there will be bloodshed; loss of wealth and of respectabllity ; and wben he passes through the 9th house, the person will suffer disgrace and loss of wealth and the like ; his gait will be slow and he will become weak. 17, When Mars passes through the 10th house from the Moon, the person will obtain much wealth and when he passes through the 11th house, he will obtain suocess and renown and will rule over a province, 18. Whon Mars passes through the 12th house from the Moon, the person will suffer from various expenses, troubles, diseases of the eye, from an angry wife and from bilious complaints though he may be bora in the family of Indra. 19. When Mercury passes through the sign occupied by the Moon at the time of birth of person, such person will suffer loss of wealth caused by tho advice of wicked men, by tale bearers, by iuiprisoument ‘and quarrels. He will besides receive disagreouble intolligence when in his journey. 20. When Mercury passes through the 2nd house from the Moon, the person will suffer disgrace and gain wsnocess and wealth. When he passes through the 3rd house the person will got friends and will be afmwid of troubles from the king and from his enemies and he will quit his place from his owa wicked deeds, 21 When Meroury passes through the 4th houso from the Moon a persou’s knismon and family will increase ## Page 475 239 RRIHAT SAMAITA [cu '3. and there will be much gain. When Mercury passes through the Sth house from the Moon, the person will quarrel with hhis wife and sons and will not enjoy the company of an ex- cellent wife. 22, When Mercury passes through the 6th honse from the Moon, the person will be liked by all and will gain renown. When Mercury passes throngh the 7th house the person’s appearance will become less bright and there will be quarrels. ‘When Mercnry passess, through the &th house the person will get sons, success, cloths and wealth and will become happy and powerful. 23 When Mercury passes through the 9th house from Moon the person will meet with obstacles to his work. When Mercury passes through the 10th house from the Moon the person’s enemies will meet with ruin and the per- son will get wealth, will enjoy the company of his wife and will be dressed in flannel. 24. When Mercury passes through the 11th house from the Moon the person will get wealth, comfort, sons, women, friends and conveyance, will be h»ppy and will receive good intelligence. When Merenry passos through the 12th house from the Moon, the person will suffer disgrace from his enemies, will suffer from diseases and will nob enjoy the company of a good wife. 25. When Jupiter passes through the sign occupied by the Moon at the time of birth of a person, such person will lose his wealth and intelligence, will quit his place and will suffer from many quarrels. When Jupiter passes through the 2nd house from the Moon, the person will have no enemies and will enjoy weulth and women. 26. When Jupiter passes through the 3rd house from the Moon, the person will quit his place and will meet with obstacles in his work. When Jupiter pusses through the 4th ## Page 476 -{[ox. 58. pRinAT SAMEITA 240 house from the Moon, the person will suffer from troubles cnused by his kinsmen, will become patient and resigned and will delight in nothing. 27. When Jupiter passes through the 5th house from the Moon, the person will got servants, prosperity, sons, elephants, horses, bullocks, gold, towns, houses, women, cloths, gems and good qualities. 28, When Jupiter passee through the 6th house from the Moon, the person will be so much afflicted at heart that he will take no delight in the agreeable faces of beavtifu, women, in the music of the peacock and the cuckoo and in houses made pleasant by the frolic of children playing like the young of the deer. 29. When Jupiter passes through the 7th house from the Moon, the person will enjoy a good bed, the company of an excellent woman, wealth, good meals, flowers, convey- ance and the like and he will be of good speech and intelli- gence. 380. ‘When Jupiter passes through the 8h house from the Moon, the person will suffer from imprisonment, diseases, heavy grief, the fatigue of journey and éerious illnoss. ‘When Jupiter passes through the 9th house from the Moon the person will become efficient at work and influential and he will got sons, success in Work, wealth and grain. 81. When Jupiter passes through the 10th honse from the Moon, the person will quit his place and suffer loss of health and wealth. When Jupiter passes through the 11th house, the person will return to his country and will recover his health and wealth, When Jupiter passes through the 12th house, the porson will suffer grief in his retarn journey. 32. Whon Venus passes through the sign occupied by the Moon at the time of birth of a person, such person will enjoy excellent perfumes, flowers, cloths, honses,bed, ## Page 477 249 BRINAT SAMHITA [ow 57. meals and women. When Venus passes through the 2nd house from the Moon, the person will get sons, wealth, grain and presents from the king; will havea prosperous family, will enjoy flowers and gems and will be of bright appearance. 34. When Venus passes through the 8rd house from the Moon, the person will become influential, wealthy and respectable and will return to his place and will got cloths. His enemies will meet with ruin. When Venus passes through the 4th house, the person will get friends aud will become greatly powerful. 85. When Venus passes through the 5th house, the person will become happy, will get kinsmen, sons, wealth and friends and will not suffer defeat by the enemy. 86. When Venus passes through the 6th house from the Moon, the person will suffer disgrace, will be afflicted with diseases and will be exposed to danger. When Venus passes through the 7th house the person will suffer injuries through women, When Venus passes through the &h house from the Moon, the person will got houses, articles of laxury and beautiful women. 87. When Venus passes through the 9th house from the Moon, the person will become virtuous, bappy and wealthy, and he will get plenty of cloths. When Venus passes through tho 10th house from the Moon, the person will suffer disgrace and will also suffer from quarrels. #8. When Venus passes through the 11th house from the Moon, the person will get the wealth of his friends and will ulso get perfumes and cloths. When Venus passes through the 12th house the person will get very few cloths, +9. When Saturn passes through the sign occupied by the Moon at the time of birth of person, such person will suffer from poison and from fire, will quit his kiusmen, 32 ## Page 478 ca 57.) BRIBAT SAMBITA 250 will suffer imprisonment and torture, will travel to foreign lands aud live with his friends there ; will suffer miseries, loss of wealth and of sons, will suffer also from the fatigues of foot-jouraey and from humiliation. 40. When Saturn passes through the 2nd house from the Moon, the person will suffer loss of beauty and comfort, will become weak and will get wealth from other men and he will vot enjoy this wealth long. 41. When Saturn passes through the Srd house from the Moon, the person will get wealth, servants, articles of enjoyment, camels, buffaloes, horses, elephants, asses and houses. Ho will become influential, happy, free from diseases and will become greatly powerful and will defoat his enemies in fight. 42, When Satara passes through the 4th house from the Moon, the person will be separated from his friends, wealth and wife and ever suspecting evil in everythivg will never feel happy. 48. When Saturn passes through the 5th house from the Moon, the person will be separated from his sons and wealth and will suffer from quarrels. When Saturn passes through the 6th house from the Moon, the person will be freed from his enemies and diseases and will enjoy the company of women, 44 When Saturn passes through the{7th or 8th house from the Moon, the person will be separated from his wife aud sons and will travel on foot in a pitiable condition. When he passes through the 9th house, the person will be all that was stated for Saturn passing through the 8th house and will besides suffer from hatred, chest-pain, imprison- ment and in consequence will not properly observe the Anily duties. ## Page 479 251 BRIMAT GAMBITA [cu 57. 45. When Saturn passes through the 10th house, the person will get work and will suffer loss of wealth, learning and fame. When Satura passes through the 11th house from the Moon, the person will become oruel and will get women and wealth. When Saturn passes through the 12th house from the Moon the persou will suffer much grief. 46. Though a planet might be benefic to a. person, ho produces benefic effeots only according to the nature of the Dasa periods and the rank of the person in life, just in the same way as the quantity of rain falling into a small cup cannot but be small though the rain be excessive. 47. Tho Sun and Mars shall be worshipped with red flowers, sandal paste, the Vakula fower (the fragrant flower of Mimusops Elengi), gift of copper, gold and oxen to Brahmins. The Moon shall be worshipped by the gift of a white cow. Venus shall be worshipped with white flowers and by the gift of silver, and sweet and nutritious things. Saturn shall be worshipped by the gift ‘of black substances. Mercury shall be worshipped by the gift of gems, silver and with the Tilaka flower. Jupiter shall be worshipped with yellow flower and by the gift of yellow substances. By the worship of the planets, a person escapes all miseries. 48 Evils indicated by the motion of the planets. may be escaped by the worship of the Brahmius and the Devas, by expintory ceremonies, by the recitation of mantras and sacred texte, by the practice of austerities, by gifts to Brahmins, by tho subjugation of one’s passions, by moving in the company of Sadhus, and by conversing with them. 49, The Sun and Mars produce their effects when passing throngh the first half of a sign; the Moon and Saturn produce their effects whon moving through the 2nd helf of asign, The learned have declared so. ## Page 480 ou. 57.] BRIRAT SAMEITA ane 50. Mercury produces his effects throughout the period of his motion through a sign. 51. When Jupiter passes through the middle of odd signs, be produces miseries even to the righteous and when he passes through the 6th house he also reduces the person to a condition of misery. 52. When a benefic planet is aspected by @ malefic planet or when amalefic planet is aspected by a benefic planet or when a benefic planet and a malefic planet occupy a sign together, in all the above cases the effects will be the same. 58, The good effects assigned to » planet will fail if such planet occupies his depression sign or an inimical sign orif he be an Astangata planet or if he be aspected by an inimical planet—and a person can as little enjoy them as the blind oan enjoy the beauties of a woman. 54. Saturn will produce effects in just the same way as the San—just as the Ariagiti (metre) follows the rales of the Vytali metre and the Magadhigadha follows the rules of Aria, 55. IfSaturn be an Astangata planet or if he be about to disappear by conjunction with the Sun he will not produce miseries to the righteous. 56. The Moon partakes of the character of the planet who occupies the same house with her—just in the same way as the face assumes the character of the mind. 57. If the planets occupy malefic places a person will lose his importance i.e. become light just in the same way as the 5th letter of all the four feet and 7th letter of the 2nd and 4th feet become short—these restrictions apply to the Anushtup metre (in whioh this stanza is written.) 58. Planets occupying benefic places always produce good effects. . ## Page 481 258 BRIAT SAMEITAL lou. 57. 59. If planets do not occupy benefic places, alljthat a person may do to promote his welfare will only prove injarious to him just in the same way as tho ceremony of exorcismn of the ghost injares a person when not properly conducted. 60, A king who starts on a journey when the planets are in benefic places will gain his object though he might possess little power. 61. Ona Sunday and when the Sun occupies an Upuchaya Sign (the ?rd, 6th, 10th and 11th houses), «hall be done any work or business connected with gold, copper, a horse, dried sticks, bones, skin, woollen blankets, hille, the bark of trees, nails, serpents, thieves, weapons, forest, service under » tyrannical prince, sacred bath, medicine, white silk, articles for sale, shepherds, impenetrablo paths, cures, stones, works of art, pure articles, ‘well-known objects, valiant fight and works connected with fire. The same work shall be done when the Sun occupios the rising sign. On;Mondays or when the Moon occupies the rising sign or when she occupies one of the Kendras shall be done any work or business connected with jewels, conch shells, pearls, productions of water, silver, sacrificial rites, sugar canes, articles of food, wumon, milk, milk-trees, the branches of trees, orops of wet low lands, liquids, Brahmins, horses, the work of cooling,horned animals, the cultivation of lands, the summoning of a commander of armies, the king, popu- lar favor, the demons, phlegmatic substances, elephants, flowers and cloths. On Tuesdays shall be done any work or business con- nected with mineral mines, gold, fire, corals, weapons, theft, torture, forests, impenetrable places. command over armies, trees of red flowers, all red substances, bitter substances, pungent substances, works of art, serpents, ropes, young ## Page 482 - ca. 57] BRIBAT SAMUTTA 254 men that live by dealingsin these, physicians, Budhist asce- tics, working by night, white silk, cheating and foppery. On}Wedueesdays, and{when Mercury oconpies the rising sign, shall_be done any work! or business, connected with emeralds, lands, perfumes, cloths, plays, Knowledge of ence, skill in work. literary2performances, arts, mugical for- mulae, metalic work, law suit, acts of ability,articles for gale, practice of austerities and Yoga practice, messengers, pro- motion of long life, deceit, lies, bathing, objects either long or short, dependence on other men for help and important works, 62. On Thursdays shall be done any work or business con- nected with gold, silver, horses, elephants, oxen, physicians, medicinal plants, the Brabmins, the Pitris end the Devas, umbrellas, fans, ornaments, kings, temples,alms-houses, aus- picious deeds, science, beautiful objects, fruitful objects, truthful words, the practice of austerities, sacred fire and wealth. 68. On Fridays shall be done any work’or business connected with painting, cloths, spermatic drugs, friendship with prostitutes, buffoonery, the pleasures of the youth beautiful places, crystals, silver, enjoyment of flowers, per- fumes und the like, conveyances, sugar canes, autumn crops, cows, tradesmen, farmers, medicine and the productions of water. On Saturdays shall be done any work or business con- nected with a buffaloe, a goat, a camel,black metal, a servant, an old man, any low deeds, a bird, a thief, rope works, wicked persons, pot-shreds and obstructions. 64. Thus have been described the effects of the motions of the plancts throngh the signs of the Zodiac by Varaha Mihira in a variety of sweot metres after examining the seience of prosody. ## Page 483 258 BRINAT SAMIITA (on. 38 CHAPTER LVITII (105). On Tue Worsntr Or Tue NaxsnaTra Porussa Oz Tax Srewas Derry. 1. The asterism of Mula forms the feet of the Naksha- tra Purusha, The asterisms of Rohini and Aswini form his shanks ; those of P. Ashadha and U. Ashadha form his thighs and those of P. Phalgoni and U. Phalguni form the privity. 2. The asterism of Krittika forms the lip of the Nakshatrapurusha. Those of P. Bhadrapada and U. Bhadra- pada form his sides; that of Revati forms his abdomen ; and that of Anuradha forms his breast. 3. The asterism of Dhanishta forms the back of the Nakshatrapurusha, The asterism of Visakha forms his arms ; that of Hasta forms his hands; that of Punarvasu his fingers and that of Aslesba his finger nails. 4, The asterism of Jyeshta forms the neck of the Nakshatrapurusha ; that of Sravana forms his ears; thut of Pushya his face ; that of Swati his teeth ; that of Satabhi- shak his smiles; that of Magha his nose and that of Mriga- sirsha bis eyes. 5. The asterism of Chittra forms the forehead of the Nakehatrapurusha ; that of Bharani forms his head and that of Ardra his hairs. Thus have been described the features of the Nakshatrapurusha, 6. A peron shall worship Vishnu and the Naksha- trapurusha on the 8th lunar day ofthe dark half of the month of Chaitra when.the Moon paeses through the as- terism of Moola and shall fast that day- 7. At the close of the fasting, the person shall gieve away toa Bramin astronomer a vessel filled with gheo to- gether with gold, gems and cloths to the extent of his power. ## Page 484 ca. 58.) BRIHAT SAMHITA, 256 8. A.person, who {desires a bright and beautifal ap- pearance, shall feed Bramins with rice mixed with milk, hee and sugar and shall fast on days when the Moon pass- es through the several asterisms representing the features of the Nashatraparusha begining from the feet and he sball then worship both Vishnu and the Nakshatra- purusha. 9. ATperson who? fasts andj worships as stated above will have long arms, broad and firm breast, a moon- like face, white beautiful teeth, the gait of an elephant, eyes long like the leaves of the lotus and appearance cal- culated to attract the eyes of women and a body as fine as that of oupid. 10, A woman who fasts and worships as prescribed above will have aface as bright and spotless as the summer sun, eyesas softand largelas the petals of the lotus, beauti- fal teeth, fine ears, and hairs as black as tho bee. 11. Her voice will be sweet as that of the cuckoo, her lips will be red, her feet and hands will bees soft and bright as the lotus, her waist will be thin and ben with the weight of her bosoms and her navel turning from lofe to right. 12. Her thighs will be like the plantain; her but- tocks will be beantifal, the cavities in the loins above her hip will be Gino and her toes will be close. 18, A person who observes the Nakshatrapurusha vrita (ceremony) will after his death, become a star and slong with the innumerable stars of brilliant lustre, live to the end of Brahma’s day (482,000,000 years after which occurs the dissolution of the Universe). At the beginning ofthe next kalpa, the person willfirt be born a famous emperor and in his next birth, he will be born either a king ora rich manora Brahmin. ## Page 485 cB. 59.) BRIHAT SAMBITA. 257 14 415. The twelve months beginning from Marga- sirsha (November and December’ are respectively sacred to Kesava, Narnyana, Madhava, Govinda, Vishnu, Madhu- sudana, Trivikrama, Vamans, Sridbara, Hrishikesa, Pad- manabha and Damodara. 16. A person who, having fasted previosly,, worships Vishnu on Dwadesi days singing the twelve names men- tioned above will be freed from the trammels of re-birth and will obtain Salvation. CHAPTER LIX. (105). Coxciusion. 1. Platting the hill of my learning in the vast ocean ‘of Jyotisha Sastra and churning it,I have thus brought ‘cout this bright Moon of Science which sheds its light of kuowledge over the whole world. 2. Oye good men, I have not omitted to mention any- thing contained in the old Sastras ; you may compare my work with the Sastras and follow the rules freely. 3, If good critics discover a few merits in an ocean of demerits, it is their nature to bring the former to the . notice of the world, while the nature of bad critics is just the reverse. 4, Exposed to the fire of malicious criticism, the gold of literary production becomes purified. Every at- tempt must therefure be made to bring a work to the notice of severe critics. 5. If, in any of the copies of this work or in the reci- tation of is by persons who have learned it from their Freceptors, the learued happen to notice auy portion either missing or erroneous or omitted, they will, it is hoped, set ting aside all feelings of malice, correct the error or supply the omission. ## Page 486 258 BRINAT SAMHIYA- [on. 59. 6. By the blessing of the Sun, the Seges and the reverened proceptors worshipped by me,I have been able to write this brief treatise, Salutation to the ancient writers of Sunhita. ‘END.